Stahl Hazardous Area Product Catalogue

condensed catalogue 2014
Products for explosive gas atmospheres and areas with combustible dust
Explosion protected electrical equipment
Systems and components for automation
Explosion protected light fittings and
emergency lighting systems

2013-09-10·KP00·III·en
Explosion Protection by R. STAHL - General Catalogue
Sales
R. STAHL
Am Bahnhof 30 · 74638 Waldenburg (Württ.) E
T +49 (0) 79 42 / 943 - 0 · F +49 (0) 79 42 / 943 - 4333
sales_ex@stahl.de · www.stahl.de
Please find your contact person under the sales organisation, see page 588
R. STAHL · www.stahl.de
The newest CD
with the R. STAHL
catalogue can be
obtained from your
R. STAHL partner.

0
Conditions of Sales and Delivery, Pictograms and WebCode
Conditions of Sales and Delivery
The list on hand will be valid as of 2014-01-01.
All lists published up to now, including the technical
specifications and the conditions of sale and delivery,
will then be no longer valid and will be replaced by the
list on hand.
All deliveries and services are based on our
“General Terms and Conditions of Delivery“.
They become an integral part of the contract with each order
and can be viewed under the link:
www.stahl.de / DOWNLOADS
Changes of technical data, dimensions, weights, design and
availability are reserved.
The items in this list form a focus of our program of delivery.
This “Condensed Catalogue“ will be run with a higher
stockpiling of devices and component parts.
With our “Condensed Catalogue“ we want to make your
scheduling and warehousing easier.
If you will favour these devices during construction and project
planning you will secure yourself particularly convenient
delivery times.
You may find the complete delivery program in our
general catalogue and up-to-date in our online-catalogue
www.stahl.de.
Pictograms Application of the Pictograms
Ex Symbol
for all devices in explosion-protected design
Offshore
for all devices that are suitable for offshore applications. When the materials are
selected special importance is put on the harsh conditions of seawater atmosphere.
Shipping
for all devices with ship approval
Low temperature
for all devices that may be used in temperatures below -20 °C
High temperature
for all devices that may be used in temperatures higher than +40 °C
R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH
Product Segments PS
In the present “Condensed Catalogue“ you will find an
associated product segment with every item number.
This allows a computerized classification of defined
product segments and delivery conditions.
Mark-up for small-volume purchases
For purchase orders with a net order value < 100 Euro we will
charge a mark-up for small-volume purchases of 25 Euro net.
Cancellation
We will charge a processing fee of 50 Euro net for the
cancellation of an order. With special productions according to
the orders the cancellation costs will depend on the production
stage.
Repurchase
Repurchases are only possible for unopened regular stock
on hand, within 6 months after delivery and only with prior
consultation. If the goods have been returned freight prepaid
and after the quality of the returned goods has been accepted
we will credit 70% of the product invoice value.
2 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

0
Conditions of Sales and Delivery, Pictograms and WebCode
WebCode Description
By entering the WebCode on our homepage www.stahl.de you will be led directly
WebCode XXXXXXX to the respective documents.
WebCode Example: Installation Switch Series 8030/51
WebCode 8030A
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH 3

Safety Barriers
4 Safety Barrieres 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A2
Contents
Safety Barriers
Single-Channel Safety Barriers INTRINSPAK 9001 6
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers INTRINSPAK 9002 8
Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation INTRINSPAK 9004 10
You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de
General Information
Engineering
Application Examples
Accessories and Spare Parts
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Safety Barriers 5

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004 A2
10064E00
9001: WebCode 9001A
> Complete product range for all standard
applications
> Flexible and space saving - single and
dual channel versions on 12 mm only
> Time-saving installation thanks to
simultaneous
– snapping onto the rail and
– connecting to PE and earth
> Reduced inventory due to uniform
exchangeable fuse
9002: WebCode 9002A
9004: WebCode 9004A
ATEX / IECEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
9001, 9002:
x x x x x x 9001, 9002:
Ex i interfaces
9004:
Ex i interfaces
x x x x 9004:
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x*) x*)
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Ex i interfaces
9001, 9002:
Ex i interfaces
x x x x x x
Ex i interfaces
9004:
Ex i interfaces
x x x
Technical Data
Version 9001 9002 9004
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0001X IECEx PTB 08.0057X IECEx PTB 12.0003X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA [ib Gb] IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 2088 X PTB 01 ATEX 2053 X PTB 02 ATEX 2008
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga]
IIC/IIB T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga]
IIC/IIB T4 Gc
E II (2) GD [EEx ib] IIB/IIC
E II 3 G EEx nA II T4
(Installation in Zone 2)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan
(operating licence),
Russia (GOST R),
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
Belarus (operating
authorisation)
IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan
(operating licence),
Russia (GOST R),
USA (FM, UL), Belarus
(operating authorisation)
Kazakhstan
(operating authorisation),
Russia (GOST R),
Belarus (operating
authorisation)
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2, Division 2 and in safe area
Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions
Enclosure material Polyamide 6 GF
Degree of protection
according to IEC 60529
terminal enclosure:
housing:
IP20
IP40
Connection type 4 cage terminals, each maximum 1.5 mm2 flexible / solid
2 PA-terminals, each maximum 4 mm2 flexible / solid
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C
Storage -20 ... +75 °C
Dimensions 12 x 104 x 70 mm
Weight approx. 0.115 kg
6 Safety Barriers 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004
Selection table
UN Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
V Ω V mA mW
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Negative Polarity Series 9001/00
6 32 8.6 390 839 Pic. A 9001/00-086-390-101 158434 20
24 375 28 85 595 Pic. A 9001/00-280-085-101 158344 20
319 28 100 700 Pic. A 9001/00-280-100-101 158356 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Positive Polarity Series 9001/01
6 27 8.3 442 917.2 Pic. B 9001/01-083-442-101 158338 20
218 8.6 50 107.5 Pic. B 9001/01-086-050-101 158379 20
73 8.6 150 322.5 Pic. B 9001/01-086-150-101 158418 20
32 8.6 390 839 Pic. B 9001/01-086-390-101 158439 20
8 106 12.6 150 473 Pic. B 9001/01-126-150-101 158502 20
12 135 15.8 150 593 Pic. B 9001/01-158-150-101 158535 20
53 15.8 390 1541 Pic. E 9001/01-158-390-101 158509 20
262 16.8 75 315 Pic. B 9001/01-168-075-101 158568 20
16 241 19.9 100 498 Pic. B 9001/01-199-100-101 158632 20
168 19.9 150 746 Pic. B 9001/01-199-150-101 158638 20
66 19.9 390 1940 Pic. E 9001/01-199-390-101 158519 20
20 ... 35 505 25.2 57 359 Pic. C 9001/01-252-057-141 158689 20
505 25.2 60 378 Pic. D 9001/01-252-060-141 158693 20
268 25.2 100 630 Pic. M 9001/01-252-100-141 158697 20
24 666 28 50 350 Pic. B 9001/01-280-050-101 158665 20
375 28 85 595 Pic. B 9001/01-280-085-101 158351 20
319 28 100 700 Pic. B 9001/01-280-100-101 158365 20
294 28 110 770 Pic. B 9001/01-280-110-101 158380 20
198 28 165 1155 Pic. B 9001/01-280-165-101 158392 20
124 28 280 1960 Pic. E 9001/01-280-280-101 158722 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Alternating Polarity Series 9001/02
0.7 134 1.6 15 6 Pic. F 9001/02-016-015-101 158669 20
43 1.6 50 20 Pic. F 9001/02-016-050-101 158673 20
20 1.6 150 60 Pic. F 9001/02-016-150-101 158681 20
20.1 1.6 150 60 Pic. F 9001/02-016-150-111 158685 20
6 354 9.3 30 69.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-030-101 158743 20
79 9.3 150 348.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-150-101 158753 20
36 9.3 390 906.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-390-101 158755 20
Single-Channel Diode Return Barriers for Positive Polarity Series 9001/03
16 – – 19.9 0 0 Pic. G 9001/03-199-000-101 158475 20
24 – – 28 0 0 Pic. G 9001/03-280-000-101 158486 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Transmitter Series 9001/51
20 ... 35 – – 28 110 770 Pic. K 9001/51-280-110-141 158530 20
– – 28 91 637 Pic. L 9001/51-280-091-141 158524 20

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004
Schematic for Single-Channel Safety Barriers Series 9001
Picture A Picture B Picture C
Picture D Picture E Picture F
+ UN + U
N Ex i
Picture G Picture K Picture L
Picture M
Selection table
Channel UN Rmin Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
V Ω Ω V mA mW
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: - / - Series 9002/00
12
1+2
22.5
17.5
- -
321
416
- -
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: + / - Series 9002/10
12
1+2
66
- -
490
490
- -
12
1+2
66
- -
42
42
- -
Safety Barriers
09405E00 09406E00 09407E00
09408E00 09409E00 09410E00
09411E00 09415E00 09416E00
09417E00
Uo Io Po
358
463
- -
26
20
26
87
51
138
540
245
785
Pic. C 9002/00-260-138-001 158867 20
543
543
- -
9.33
9.33
18.7
20
20
20
50
50
90
Pic. A 9002/10-187-020-001 158937 20
49
49
- -
9.33
9.33
18.7
270
270
270
630
630
1260
Pic. A 9002/10-187-270-001 158933 20
8 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004
Selection table
Channel UN Rmin Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
V Ω Ω V mA mW
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: + / + Series 9002/11
12
1+2
16
16
- -
1423
1423
- -
1576
1576
- -
19.9
19.9
19.9
15
15
30
75
75
150
Pic. B 9002/11-199-030-001 158929 20
12
1+2
22.5
17.5
- -
321
416
- -
358
463
- -
26
20
26
87
51
138
570
260
850
Pic. B 9002/11-260-138-001 158870 20
12
1+2
25
25
- -
321
321
- -
358
358
- -
28
28
28
93
93
186
650
650
1300
Pic. B 9002/11-280-186-001 158848 20
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Safety Barrier Polarity: + / Signal Barrier Polarity: + Series 9002/13
12
1+2
16
16
- -
95
- -
- -
108
- -
- -
19.9
19.9
19.9
222
3
225
1100
15
1120
Pic. F 9002/13-199-225-001 158921 20
12
1+2
20 - 35
22
- -
216
- -
- -
243
- -
- -
25.2
25.2
25.2
118
0
121
740
20
760
Pic. N 9002/13-252-121-041 158830 20
12
1+2
24
24
- -
321
- -
- -
358
- -
- -
28
28
28
90
3
93
630
21
651
Pic. F 9002/13-280-093-001 158852 20
12
1+2
20 - 35
26
- -
292
- -
- -
327
- -
- -
28
28
28
97
0
100
679
21
700
Pic. G 9002/13-280-100-041 158818 20
12
1+2
24
24
- -
269
- -
- -
290
- -
- -
28
28
28
107
3
110
749
21
770
Pic. F 9002/13-280-110-001 158857 20
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: ~ / ~ Series 9002/22
12
1+2
0.7
0.7
1.4
19.9
19.9
- -
20.1
20.1
- -
1.6
1.6
3.2
150
150
300
60
60
120
Pic. J 9002/22-032-300-111 158954 20
12
1+2
99
18
158
158
- -
177
177
- -
12
12
24
80
80
160
240
240
480
Pic. M 9002/22-240-160-001 158948 20
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Signal Barrier Polarity: + / Signal Barrier Polarity: + Series 9002/33
12
1+2
25.5
25.5
- -
0
- -
- -
0
- -
- -
28
28
28
000
000
Pic. I 9002/33-280-000-001 158913 20
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Star Barrier / Star Barrier Series 9002/77
12
1+2 6
492
492
- -
545
545
- -
9.3
9.3
9.3
20
20
40
50
50
90
Pic. K 9002/77-093-040-001 158905 20
12
1+2 6
71
71
- -
82.1
82.1
- -
9.3
9.3
9.3
150
150
300
350
350
700
Pic. K 9002/77-093-300-001 158897 20
12
1+2 12
111
111
- -
126
126
- -
15
15
15
150
150
300
560
560
1130
Pic. K 9002/77-150-300-001 158889 20
12
1+2 24
657
657
- -
730
730
- -
28
28
28
47
47
94
330
330
660
Pic. K 9002/77-280-094-001 158877 20

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004
Schematic for Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Series 9002
Picture A Picture B Picture C
Picture E Picture F Picture G
Picture H Picture I Picture J
Picture K Picture M Picture N
Selection table
UN Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
V Ω V mA mW
Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation for Positive Polarity Series 9004/01
12 30 16.8 50 840 Pic. A 9004/01-168-050-001 159060 20
24 56 28 45 1260 Pic. A 9004/01-280-045-001 159082 20
26 73 31.5 25 787.5 Pic. A 9004/01-315-025-001 159086 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation for Positive Polarity with Voltage Limitation Series 9004/51
23 ... 27 – – 20.6 50 1030 Pic. B 9004/51-206-050-001 159090 20
Schematic
Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation, Polarity +
Picture A Picture B
Safety Barriers
09418E00 09419E00 09420E00
09422E00 09423E00 09424E00
09425E00 09426E00 09427E00
09428E00 09430E00 11030E00
Uo Io Po
10013E00 10014E00
10 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

Isolators
Isolators
Overview of the System Components ISpac 14
General ISpac 15
Applications ISpac 16
Ex i Isolators
Power Supply
Ex i Power Supply ISpac 9143 18
Transmitter
Frequency Transmitter ISpac 9146 20
Vibration Transducer Supply Unit ISpac 9147 22
Transmitter Supply Unit ISpac 9160 24
Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value ISpac 9162 26
Temperature Transmitter ISpac 9182 50
Isolating Repeater
Isolating Repeater HART Input ISpac 9163 28
mA-Isolating Repeater ISpac 9164 30
Isolating Repeater ISpac 9165 32
Isolating Repeater Loop Powered ISpac 9167 34
Resistance Isolator ISpac 9180 48
12 Isolators 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A3
Contents
Ex i Isolators
Isolating Repeater
Fieldbus Isolating Repeater ISpac 9185 52
Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater ISpac 9186 54
Switching Repeater
Switching Repeater ISpac 9170 36
Relay Module
I.S. Relay Module ISpac 9172 38
Electronic Relay ISpac 9174 40
Binary Output
Binary Output ISpac 9175 42
Binary Output with Line Fault Transparency ISpac 9175 44
Binary Output without Power Supply ISpac 9176 46
Non - Ex i Isolators
Transmitter
Transmitter Supply Unit ISpac 9160 66
Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value ISpac 9162 67
mA-Isolating Repeater ISpac 9164 68
Isolating Repeater ISpac 9165 69
Isolating Repeater Loop Powered ISpac 9167 70
Relay Module ISpac 9172 71
Temperature Transmitter ISpac 9182 73
System Components
Supply Module ISpac 9193 58
HART Termination Board ISpac 9196 64
HART-Multiplexer ISpac 9192 56
pac-Bus ISpac 9194 60
pac-Carrier ISpac 9195 62
Engineering ISpac
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Isolators 13

A3
General
Overview of the System Components
Asset
Management
Level
Control Level
Control Level
Zone 2 / Division 2
Control Level
Zone 1 / Division 1
Isolators
Field Circuit Non-Ex i
15801E00
PLC / DCS PLC / DCS
Classic / HART
meld devices
Classic / HART
meld devices
Field Circuit Ex i
14 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
General
A3
11748E00
WebCode ISpacA
> Versions Ex i and non-Ex i
> All functions with 2 channels per module
> Galvanic isolation between inputs, outputs and
power supply
> Modules for DIN-rail installation or comfortable
system integration via pac-Carrier
> Detachable terminals available in screw terminal
and spring clamp terminal versions
> Extended temperature range -20 … +70 °C
> Installation possible in Zone 2 resp. Div. 2
> Most isolator versions can be used for applications
according to „functional safety“ SIL (IEC 61508)
> Customer specific engineering by
R. Stahl’s competence center
> macros for easier planning and
engineering available
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*)
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Technical Data
Mounting type on DIN-rail (NS35/15, NS35/7.5) or in pac-Carrier
Versions - Screw terminals (standard)
- Spring clamp terminals
Removable, for wire cross-section 0.2 ... 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 flexible with or
without splay protection or single-wire
Enclosure IP30
Terminals IP20
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Single device -20 ... +70 °C
Group assembly -20 ... +60 °C
The installation conditions affect the ambient temperature.
Observe operating instructions.
Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C
Galvanic isolation Between inputs, outputs and power supply
Voltage range 18 ... 31.2 V DC / 96 ... 253 V AC (only 9170)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the safe area
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations
06812E00
122 mm / 4.80 "
X
99 mm / 3.90 " Y
114,5 mm / 4.51 "
Dim. X
Screw terminals 108 mm / 4.25 in
Spring clamp terminals 128 mm / 5.04 in
Dim. Y
Series 9143, 9185, 9192 35.2 mm / 1.39 in
Series 9146, 9147, 9160, 9162,
17.6 mm / 0.69 in
9163, 9165, 9167, 9170, 9172,
9175, 9176, 9180, 9182, 9193

A3
ISpac
Application of isolators
Symbol Application ISpac Type Ex i
Isolators
Signal circuit
Non Ex i
Signal circuit
06861E00
2-, 3-, 4-wire transmitters and
current sources
9160
9162 (with limit value)
Page 24
Page 26
Page 66
Page 67
06329E00
2-wire HART transmitter 9160
9162 (with limit value)
Page 24
Page 26
Page 66
Page 67
07649E00
4-wire HART transmitter 9163
9164
Page 28
Page 30 Page 68
06321E00
I/P converter, HART control valve 9165
9167
Page 32
Page 34
Page 69
Page 70
06331E00
Resistance thermometers /
Resistance temperature detectors
(RTD)
9182
9180
Page 50
Page 48
Page 72
06332E00
Thermocouple 9182 Page 50 Page 72
06333E00
Contact, optocouple output 9170
9172
Page 36
Page 38
06334E00
NAMUR proximity switch 9170 Page 36
06326E00
Speed control,
Flow measurement
9146 Page 20
06324E00
Solenoid valve,
LED indicating lamp, horn
9175
9176
9172
9174
Page 42
Page 46
Page 38
Page 40
Page 71
06327E00
Fire & gas detectors 9167 Page 34 Page 70
16 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A3
ISpac
Application of isolators
Symbol Application ISpac Type Ex i
06317E00
Alarm contact 9146
9162
9182
Signal circuit
Page 20
Page 26
Page 50
Non Ex i
Signal circuit
Page 67
Page 72
06330E00
HART Multiplexer 9192
9196
Page 56
Page 64
06328E00
Modbus, Profibus DP,
ServiceBus R.STAHL
9185
9186
Page 52
Page 54
06318E00
Power supply of
intrinsically safe users
9143 Page 18
06892E00
Vibration sensor 9147 Page 22
15280E00
Voltage source 9163 Page 28
HART
Ex i
V

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Ex i Power Supply
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9143
Series 9143 A3
07673E00
WebCode 9143A
> For intrinsically safe power supply of
3- or 4-wire transmittters and controllers
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ib] IIC/IIB
> Stable output voltage
> Galvanic isolation between output and
power supply
> Power supply 24 V AC / DC or 85 ... 230 V AC
> Compact design
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x
Installation in x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Auxiliary power Ex i output Order number Art. no. PS
Nominal voltage
UN
Max. nominal
current IN
Ex i power supply
Series 9143
24 V AC / DC 4.0 ... 5.6 V 160 mA 9143/10-065-200-10s 159820 29
9.5 ... 11.8 V 130 mA 9143/10-124-150-10s 159823 29
12.5 ... 14.7 V 140 mA 9143/10-156-160-10s 159797 29
14.6 ... 17.6 V 35 mA 9143/10-187-050-10s 159800 29
115 / 230 V AC 4.0 ... 5.6 V 160 mA 9143/10-065-200-20s 159785 29
9.5 ... 11.8 V 130 mA 9143/10-124-150-20s 159791 29
12.5 ... 14.7 V 140 mA 9143/10-156-160-20s 159829 29
14.6 ... 17.6 V 35 mA 9143/10-187-050-20s 159832 29
Note Other versions - see Automation Catalogue
The order code above is with screw type removable terminals.
Technical Data
Version 9143/10-...-...-10.
24 V AC / DC
9143/10-...-...-20.
115 / 230 V AC
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 12.0009X IECEx BVS 12.0009X
Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
[Ex ib Gb] IIC/IIB
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
[Ex ib Mb] I [Ex ib Mb] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining BVS 05 ATEX E 152X BVS 05 ATEX E 152X
E II 3 (2) G Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
E II (2) G [Ex ib Gb] IIC/IIB
E I (M2) [Ex ib Mb] I E I (M2) [Ex ib Mb] I
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Ex i Power Supply
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9143
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9143/10-065-200-.0. 9143/10-124-150-.0. 9143/10-156-160-.0. 9143/10-187-050-.0.
Max. voltage Uo 6.5 V 12.4 V 15.6 V 18.7 V
Max. current Io 200 mA 150 mA 160 mA 50 mA
Max. power Po 1.3 W 1.86 W 2.496 W 0.935 W
Further parameters
Version 9143/10-...-...-10.
24 V AC / DC
9143/10-...-...-20.
115 / 230 V AC
Installation in Zone 2, 22 and in the safe area in Zone 22 and in the safe area
Further information see respective certificate and operating
instructions
see respective certificate and operating
instructions
Auxiliary power
Version 9143/10-...-...-10.
24 V AC / DC
9143/10-...-...-20.
115 / 230 V AC
Rated voltage UN 24 V AC / DC 115 / 230 V AC
Voltage range AC: 20 ... 28 V
DC: 18 ... 35 V
85 ... 230 V AC

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Frequency Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9146
Series 9146 A3
11024E00
WebCode 9146A
> Speed control of rotating parts
in hazardous areas
> Most compact device in its class,
2 versions available:
– limit value switch, frequency/current
conversion, impulse divider function
within 17.6 mm width
– dual channel frequency/current conversion
within 17.6 mm width
> Line fault monitoring indicated by LED and
fault-contact contact enables easy monitoring
and prompt troubleshooting
> Broad input frequency range 0.001 ... 20 kHz
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Channels Output Limit value contact
(per channel)
Impulse output Order number Art. no. PS
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9146
1 0/4 ... 20 mA 2 NO / NC one NO selectable 9146/10-11-12s 159883 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA without one NO selectable 9146/20-11-11s 159886 21
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw-type terminals.
For devices equipped with spring-type terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw-type terminals with
"k" for spring-type terminals.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 13.0095X
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 05 ATEX E 0171 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4
E II (1) D [Ex ia] IIIC
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 10.5 V
Max. current Io 23.4 mA
Max. power Po 61.4 mW (linear characteristic curve)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9146
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Nominal current at UN, 20 mA
1 channel 55 mA
2 channels 75 mA
Ex i input
Input signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Input frequency 0.001 ... 20000 Hz
Output see selection table
Error detection Ex i input
Message of line fault and
auxiliary power failure
- contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
- pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Vibration Transducer Supply Unit
Series 9147
Series 9147 A3
14793E00
WebCode 9147A
> For vibration, acceleration and speed
sensors in 2- and 3-wire design
> Space-saving dual-channel version
> Signal frequencies up to 50 kHz
> Easy setting by means of front-side
rotary switch
> Galvanic isolation between inputs and
outputs and auxiliary power
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x x x
Selection table
Version Channels Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Vibration transducer
supply unit
Series 9147
1 9147/10-99-10s 212432 21 0.150
2 9147/20-99-10s 212433 21 0.210
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 12.0001 X
[Ex ia Da] IIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining BVS 12 ATEX E 007 X
E II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1)D [Ex ia Da] IIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (FMc), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), USA (FM)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Max. power Po 579 mW
Insulation voltage Um 253 V
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2
Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Vibration Transducer Supply Unit
Series 9147
Technical Data
Electrical data
Version 1 channel
9147/10-99-10
2 channels
9147/20-99-10
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC
Voltage range 18 ... 31.2 V 18 ... 31.2 V
Residual ripple within
( 3.6 VSS ( 3.6 VSS
voltage range
Nominal current at UN
1 channel 75 mA – –
2 channels – – 88 mA
Power consumption at UN
1 channel 1.8 W – –
2 channels – – 2.1 W
Power dissipation at UN
1 channel 1.4W – –
2 channels – – 1.8W
Polarity reversal protection yes yes
Operation indication LED green "PWR" LED green "PWR"
Undervoltage monitoring yes (no faulty devices / output states) yes (no faulty devices / output states)
Ex i input
Input resistance 10 kΩ
Input signal -20 ... -0.5 V
Functional range -24 ... 0 V
Output current
For 3-wire operation
For 2-wire operation
Output
10 mA at -21 V
20 mA at -18 V
2.6 / 4.3 / 7.9 mA at -10 V
Output signal -20 ... -0.5 V
Internal resistance < 30 Ω
Load resistance
1 channel > 2 kΩ
2 channels > 10 kΩ
Signal transmission
Delay input / output < 7 μs
Phase fluctuation < 0.6 % / period
Transferable frequency range 0 ... 50 kHz
Ripple at a load resistance of
< 60 mVss
10 kΩ
Error limits
relative to the measuring span -0.5 ... -20 V
Temperature influence < 0.05 % / 10 K
Auxiliary power influence < 0.05 %
Load resistance influence
At RL = 3 ... 10 kΩ < 0.35 % / kΩ
DC transmission fault
At UN and 20 °C < 0.5 %
AC transmission fault
At UN and 20 °C
Frequency Phase fault Amplitude fault
0 ... 200 Hz ( 0.5° ±1 %
< 400 Hz ( 1.0° ±1 %
> 600 Hz ( 1.5° ±1 %
< 1 Hz ( 2.5° ±1 %
< 10 kHz ( 25° +1 / -5 %
< 20 kHz ( 50° +1 / -5 %
< 50 kHz ( 125° -30 %
Electromagnetic compatibility Tested to the following standards and regulations:
EN 61326-1 Use in industrial environment

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Transmitter Supply Unit
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9160 Rev. F
Series 9160 Rev. F A3
09745E00
WebCode 9160A
> Suitable for 2-, 3-wires transmitter,
2-wires HART transmitter and mA-sources
(4-wires transmitter)
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output and power supply
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring
and messaging for input and output
(can be switched off)
> For use up to SIL 2,
special version up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
> High accuracy
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Variants with UL/FM approval for NEC on request
Selection Table
Output version
(control)
Channels Input Output A Output B SIL LFD* Order number Art. no. PS
0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
with HART
1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA – – 2 no 9160/13-11-10s 214893 21
3 yes 9160/13-11-13s 214897 21
0/4 ... 20 mA 2 no 9160/19-11-10s 214901 21
0/4 ... 20 mA
High Power
0/4 ... 20 mA – – 2 yes 9160/14-11-11s 214899 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 2 no 9160/23-11-10s 214905 21
0/4 ... 20 mA
passive / sink
with HART
1 0/4 ... 20 mA passive – – 2 no 9160/13-10-10s 214837 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA passive passive 2 no 9160/23-10-10s 214903 21
* LFD - line fault diagnosis
no - Device transmits line fault on the field side via the 4 ... 20 mA signal. Without LED / relay contact.
yes - Device transmits line fault on the field side via the 4 ... 20 mA signal. With LED / relay contact.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9160 Rev. F
Technical Data
Output version (control) 0/4 ... 20 mA active / source with HART
Version 9160/xx-11-10 9160/xx-11-13 9160/14-11-11
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 08.0050X IECEx BVS 08.0050X
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brasil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating athorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Version 9160/xx-11-10 9160/xx-11-13 9160/14-11-11
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 27 V 27 V 27 V
Max. current Io 88 mA 88 mA 112.5 mA
Max. power Po 576 mW 576 mW 731 mW
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
1 channel 75 mA 95 mA 95 mA
2 channels 115 mA – – – –
Ex i input
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Supply voltage for transmitter ) 16 V at 20 mA
(for 2-, 3-wire)
) 16 V at 20 mA
(for 2-, 3-wire)
) 18 V at 20 mA
(for 2-, 3-wire)
Output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
0 ... 379 Ω
(terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-)
(with internal 221 Ω resistor
for HART)
0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2-)
0 ... 379 Ω
(terminal 3+ / 2-)
for HART)
0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
0 ... 379 Ω
(terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-)
for HART)
Output version (control) 0/4 ... 20 mA passive / sink with HART
Version 9160/xx-10-10
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 08.0050X
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brasil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating athorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 27 V
Max. current Io 88 mA
Auxiliary power
1 channel 75 mA
2 channels 115 mA
Ex i input
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Supply voltage for transmitter ) 16 V at 20 mA (for 2-, 3-wire)
Output
Output signal Current sink, max. 30 V with HART
Load resistance RL see data sheet

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Contact
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9162
Series 9162 A3
11025E00
WebCode 9162A
> Compact limit value switch with
2 configurable limiting values and
0/4 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
> Suitable for 2-, 3-wire transmitter,
2-wire HART transmitter and mA-sources
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring
and messaging
> Variant for use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
*) For restrictions, see Explosion protection table
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Limit contact SIL Order number Art. no. PS
Transmitter supply unit
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
2 NO / NC – – 9162/13-11-12s 160120 21
with limit contact
with HART
with HART
Series 9162
4 ... 20 mA
with HART
4 ... 20 mA
with HART
2 NO / NC 2 9162/13-11-14s 202460 21
Technical Data
Version 9162/13-11-12 9162/13-11-14
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx FMG 10.0020X IECEx FMG 10.0020X
Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4 Ta = - 20 ... + 70 °C
[Ex iaD]
Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4 Ta = - 20 ... + 70 °C
[Ex iaD]
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust FM 06 ATEX 0008 X FM 06 ATEX 0008 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (cFM),
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KTL),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM),
Belarus (operating authorisation)
IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM),
Ship approval DNV DNV

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9162
Technical Data
Version 9162/13-11-12 9162/13-11-14
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 27 V 27 V
Max. current Io 87.9 mA 87.9 mA
Max. power Po 574 mW 574 mW
Auxiliary power
Nominal current at
83 mA 83 mA
UN, 20 mA
Output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2-) 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2-)
Limiting values
Configuration using ISpac Wizard using ISpac Wizard
Message 2 NO / NC 2 NO / NC
Switching voltage ( ± 30 V ( ± 30 V
Switching current
( 100 mA ( 100 mA
(resistive load)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater Input
Series 9163 Rev. B
Series 9163 Rev. B A3
15281E00
WebCode 9163A
> Suitable for 4-wire HART transmitters
and voltage sources
> Galvanic Isolation between input,
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and
messaging (can be switched off)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Variants with UL/FM approval for NEC on request
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output LFD* Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating repeater
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
no 9163/13-11-10s 214914 21
input
with HART
with HART
Series 9163
passive (sink) no 9163/13-10-10s 214912 21
0/1 ... 5 V,
0/2 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA no 9163/11-81-10s 214910 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
no 9163/23-11-10s 214920 21
passive (sink) no 9163/23-10-10s 214918 21
* LFD - line fault diagnosis,
no - The device transmits a line fault detected in the field circuit via the 4 ... 20 mA signal.
Without LED / relay contact.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater Input
Series 9163 Rev. B
Technical Data
Version 9163/.3-1.-1.. 9163/11-81-10.
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
IECEx BVS 08.0050X IECEx BVS 08.0050X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 03 ATEX E010X DMT 03 ATEX E010X
[Ex ia Ma] I
[Ex ia Ma] I
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS),
Ukraine (TR)
IECEx, ATEX
Safety data
Max. voltage Ui 30 V 30 V
Max. current Ii 150 mA negligible
Max. power Pi 1000 mW negligible
Max. voltage Uo negligible 4.2 V
Max. current Io negligible negligible
Max. power Po – – negligible
Auxiliary power
Nominal current at
UN, 20 mA
1 channel 80 mA 80 mA
2 channels 135 mA – –
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0 ... 5 V resp. 0 ... 10 V
Output
Output signal 9163/.3-11-10.: 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
9163/.3-10-10.: passive (sink)
0/4 ... 20 mA
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+/2- resp. 5+/6-)
0 ... 479 Ω (terminal 3+/2- resp. 4+/6-)
(with internal 221 Ω resistor for HART)
0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+/2- resp. 5+/6-)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
mA - Isolating Repeater
Series 9164
Series 9164 A3
08580E00
WebCode 9164A
> Interconnection of mA-sources and
active 2-wire inputs is possible
> Perfect solution to integrate 4-wire
transmitters with 2 wire I/O-cards
> Instrinsically safe input (Ex i) or
increased safety protection Ex e version
> Bidirectional HART transmission 4 ... 20 mA
> Galvanic isolation between input and output
ATEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Installation in x*) x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Order number Art. no. PS
mA - Isolating
1 Ex i: 4 ... 20 mA HART
Ex i: passive HART
9164/13-20-06 224365 21
repeater
(sink)
(sink)
Series 9164
Ex e: 4 ... 20 mA
HART (sink)
Ex i: passive HART
(sink)
9164/13-20-08 224364 21
Technical Data
Version 9164/13-20-06 (Ex e Input) 9164/13-20-08 (Ex i Input)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 04 ATEX 1236 X KEMA 04 ATEX 1298
E II 2 (1) G Ex e mb [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D Ex e mb [ia Da] IIIC
E II 2 (1) G Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Certificates and approvals
Certificates ATEX ATEX
Safety data
Input 4-wire transmitter-side
Ex e connection
Nominal voltage Un: 30 V
Nominal current In: 30 mA
Nominal power Pn: 900 mW
4-wire transmitter-side
Ex i connection
Output parameters: Uo, Io, Po = 0
Max. voltage Ui: 30 V
Max. current Ii: 150 mA
Max. power Pi: 1 W
Output 2-wire output
Max. power Pi: 1 W
2-wire output
Max. power Pi: 1 W
Auxiliary power without without
Ex i / Ex e Input
Version passive (current sink) passive (current sink)
Input signal 3.8 ... 20.5 mA with / wihout HART 3.8 ... 20.5 mA with / wihout HART
Ex i output
Version passive (current sink) passive (current sink)
Output signal 3.6 ... 21 mA with HART 3.6 ... 21 mA with HART

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
mA - Isolating Repeater
Series 9164
09432E00
10 mm / 4.0" 3 6
72 mm / 2.83 " 12 mm / 0.47 "

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9165
Series 9165 A3
09734E00
WebCode 9165A
> For intrinsically safe operation of
(HART)-control valves, i/p transmitters,
displays
> For HART output signals 0/4 ... 20 mA
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection:
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Ex i output signal LFD relay Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating Repeater
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
yes 9165/16-11-11s 201270 21
Field Circuit Ex i
with HART
with HART
Series 9165
no 9165/16-11-10s 207909 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
yes 9165/26-11-11s 201272 21
no 9165/26-11-10s 207910 21
LFD - Line fault diagnostic
no - device transmits field-side line fault via 4 ... 20 mA signal via LED
yes - device transmits field-side line fault via 4 ... 20 mA signal via LED and relay contact

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9165
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 10.0011X
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 03 ATEX E 012 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs) only for 9165/16-11-11., Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM, UL*), Belarus (operating authorisation)
* for UL approval - special version on request
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Auxiliary power
Nominal current at
UN, 20 mA
1 channel 55 mA
2 channels 90 mA
Ex i output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Connectable load
0 ... 800 Ω
resistance
Fault detection Ex i output
Signalization of faulty line
and power supply failure
- Contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to ground in case of fault
- pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA)
(only for 9165/.6-11-11.)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater Loop Powered
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9167
Series 9167 A3
08577E00
WebCode 9167A
(HART)-control valves, i/p transmitters,
displays, fire and gas detectors
> Galvanic isolation between
inputs and outputs
> Without power supply
> Very low internal resistance
> HART communication signal transmitting,
bidirectionally
Selection Table
Version Channels Ex i output Uo / Io / Po max. load resistance RL Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating Repeater
1 15.7 V / 60 mA / 233 mW 360 Ω 9167/11-11-00s 160238 21
Loop Powered Field
Circuit Ex i
Series 9167
25 V / 99 mA / 613 mW 800 Ω 9167/13-11-00s 160244 21
18.8 V / 107 mA / 503 mW 590 Ω 9167/14-11-00s 160250 21
2 15.7 V / 60 mA / 233 mW 360 Ω 9167/21-11-00s 160241 21
25 V / 99 mA / 613 mW 800 Ω 9167/23-11-00s 160247 21
18.8 V / 107 mA / 503 mW 590 Ω 9167/24-11-00s 160253 21

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9167
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Korea (KCs) only for 9167/14-11-00, Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Version 9167/.1-11-00, max. 360 Ω 9167/.3-11-00, max. 800 Ω 9167/.4-11-00, max. 590 Ω
Max. voltage Uo 15.7 V 25 V 18.8 V
Max. current Io 60 mA 99 mA 107 mA
Auxiliary power without without without
Input signal IE 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Ex i output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Function range 0 ... 40 mA 0 ... 40 mA 0 ... 40 mA

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Switching Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9170
Series 9170 A3
06528E00
WebCode 9170A
> For operation of contacts,
proximity sensors (NAMUR), optocouplers
output and auxiliary power
> Open-circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
> Inversion of output signal can be adjusted
> Transmission frequency up to 10 kHz
> Can be used up to SIL 2 (relay output) or
SIL 3 (electronic output) (IEC 61508)
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
Output version
(control)
Channels Power supply Output / channel LFD relay LFT Order number Art. no. PS
Signal relay
(125 V / 1 A)
1 24 V DC 1 change-over contact no no 9170/11-11-13s 207471 21
2 change-over contacts yes no 9170/10-11-11s 160309 21
120 ... 230 V AC 2 change-over contacts yes no 9170/10-11-21s 160318 21
2 24 V DC 1 change-over contact yes no 9170/20-10-11s 160290 21
2 NO yes no 9170/20-11-11s 160287 21
no no 9170/21-11-13s 207472 21
120 ... 230 V AC 1 change-over contact yes no 9170/20-10-21s 160300 21
2 NO yes no 9170/20-11-21s 160303 21
Power relay
(250 V / 4 A)
2 change-over contacts yes no 9170/10-13-21s 160327 21
Electronic
(35 V / 50 mA)
1 24 V DC 1 electronic output yes no 9170/11-14-11s 203287 21
yes 9170/11-14-12s 203288 21
2 24 V DC 1 electronic output yes no 9170/21-14-11s 203152 21
yes 9170/21-14-12s 203153 21
LFD - Line fault diagnostic
no - device transmits line fault via LED
yes - device transmits line fault via LED and relay contact
LFT - line fault transparency, device signals line fault on field side to the control directly via the signal output.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Switching Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9170
Technical Data
Version 24 V DC
9170/.0-11-11.,
9170/20-10-11.
24 V DC
9170/.1-11-13.,
9170/.1-11-14.,
9170/.1-14-12.
24 V DC
9170/.0-12-11.
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X
Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4, [Ex ia] IIIC Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4, [Ex ia] IIIC [Ex ia] IIC, [Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E195X DMT 02 ATEX E195X DMT 02 ATEX E195X
E II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC
India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM, UL),
IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO),
Canada (CSA),
Russia (GOST R), USA (FM),
IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO),
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL),
Ship approval DNV DNV DNV
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and
in the safe area
in Zone 2, Div. 2 and
in the safe area
in safe area
Further information see respective certificate and
operating instructions
see respective certificate and
Version 120 ... 230 V AC
9170/.0-11-21.,
9170/20-10-21.
120 ... 230 V AC
9170/.0-12-21.,
9170/.0-13-21.
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X
[Ex ia] IIC, [Ex ia] IIIC [Ex ia] IIC, [Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E195X DMT 02 ATEX E195X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO),
Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO),
Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs)
only for 9170/10-12-21., Russia (GOST R),
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM, UL),
Further parameters
Installation in safe area in safe area
Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions see respective certificate and operating instructions
Safety data
Version 9170/10-..-..
(1 channel)
9170/11-..-..
(1 channel)
9170/20-..-..
(2 channels)
9170/21-..-..
(2 channels)
Inputs (channels individually)
Max. voltage Uo 10.6 V 9.6 V 10.6 V 9.6 V
Max. current Io 24 mA 10 mA 24 mA 10 mA
Max. power Po 64 mW 24 mW 64 mW 24 mW
Inputs (2 channels parallel)
Max. voltage Uo – – – – 10.6 V 9.6 V
Max. current Io – – – – 48 mA 20 mA
Max. power Po – – – – 128 mW 48 mW
Version 24 V DC
9170/..-1.-1.
120 ... 230 V AC
9170/.0-1.-21.
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 120 ... 230 V AC
Input signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR) acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Output see selection table see selection table
- Contact in the output circuit (35 V / 50 mA) opens in
case of fault (only at 9170/.1-14-12.)
- contact (30 V / 100 mA), closed to ground in
case of fault *)
- pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA) *)
*) not at 9170/.1-11-13.
none

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
I.S. Relay Module
Series 9172
Series 9172 A3
08578E00
WebCode 9172A
> For binary signal and control circuits
> Intrinsically safe inputs or outputs [Ex ia] IIC
inputs and outputs
*) For restrictions, see Explosion Protection table
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output / channel Order number Art. no. PS
I.S. relay module
1 Ex i signal 1 change over contact
9172/10-11-00s 160359 21
Series 9172
(250 V / 4 A)
Ex i / I.S., 1 change over contact
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
9172/12-11-00s 169651 21
Non-Ex i signal Ex i / I.S., 1 change over contact
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
9172/11-11-00s 160366 21
2 Ex i signal 1 change over contact
(250 V / 4 A)
9172/20-11-00s 160363 21
Ex i / I.S., 1 change over contact
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
9172/22-11-00s 169653 21
Non-Ex i signal Ex i / I.S., 1 change over contact
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
9172/21-11-00s 160369 21
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia] IIC T4
E II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
I.S. Relay Module
Series 9172
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9172/.0-11-00 9172/.1-11-00 9172/.2-11-00
Inputs
Max. voltage Ui 30 V – – 30 V
Max. current Ii 150 mA – – 150 mA
Max. power Pi 1.3 W – – 1.3 W
Outputs (contact) – –
for connection of intrinsically safe circuits with:
max. voltage Ui
125 V AC
125 V DC
max. current Ii
4 A
0.25 A
Internal capacitance Ci negligible negligible negligible
Internal inductance Li negligible negligible negligible
Isolation voltage 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC
60 V DC
0.3 A
30 V DC
4 A
Further parameters
Version 9172/.0-11-00 9172/.1-11-00 9172/.2-11-00
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and
in the safe area *)
in the safe area
in the safe area *)
*) in Zone 2 max. contact load
capacity 125 V / 4 A
– – *) in Zone 2 max. contact load
capacity 125 V / 4 A
Further information see respective certificate and
Auxiliary power
Supply without without without
Max. power losses per
0.4 W 0.4 W 0.4 W
channel
Input
Input signal Ex i non-Ex i Ex i
Switching signal 12 ... 30 V 12 ... 31.2 V 12 ... 30 V
Current consumption < 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V
< 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 31.2 V
< 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V
Output see Selection Table see Selection Table see Selection Table
Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Relay modules for
installation in Zone 1
The modules 8510/122-06-6..-00 contain relay modules of Series 9172.
If 8510 modules are installed in an enclosure of the degree of protection Ex e
(e.g. Type 8150 or 8146), installation in Zone 1 is possible.
165514 19 1.470
165531 19 1.470
200381 19 1.470
220076 19 1.470
Relay modules Type 9172 Modules Type 8510
9172/10-11-00s 8510/122-06-600-00
9172/20-11-00s 8510/122-06-601-00
9172/21-11-00s 8510/122-06-602-00
9172/22-11-00s 8510/122-06-604-00

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Electronic Relay
Series 9174
Series 9174 A3
02133E00
WebCode 9174A
> Ex i control for switching Ex e loads
> Maintenance-free and electronic switching
> Compact design (width 12 mm)
> Installation in Zone 1 together with I/O IS1 or
FF Digital I/O coupler Series 9413
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Electronic relay
Series 9174
1 Ex i Ex e, 48 V DC, 2 A 9174/10-14-00 212340 29 0.110
Ex e, 250 V UC, 1 A 9174/10-15-00 212431 29 0.110
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust applied for
EII 2 G Ex e mb [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
Version 9174/10-14-10 9174/10-15-10
Safety data
Max. voltage Ui 28 V 28 V
Max. current Li 150 mA 150 mA
Max. power Pi 780 mW 780 mW
Internal capacitance Ci negligible negligible
Internal inductance Li negligible negligible
Isolation voltage 253 V 253 V
Rated operational current
Ex e back-up fuse 2 A 3.15 A
Max. power dissipation 0.85 W 1.6 W
Ex i input
Switching level for
ON / OFF
ON 11 ... 28 V 11 ... 28 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V 0 ... 5 V
Control current < 15 mA < 15 mA
Ex e output
Max. voltage 48 V DC 250 V AC / DC
Max. current 2 A 1 A
Min. voltage 5 V DC 90 V AC / 40 V DC
Min. current 2 mA 10 mA
Max. switching frequency 300 Hz 300 Hz

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Electronic Relay
Series 9174
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inch) - Subject to Alterations
14836E00
108,8 mm / 4.28 "
101,5 mm / 3.99 "
90 mm / 3.54 "
7,5 mm / 0.29 "
92 mm / 3.62 "
79 mm / 3.11 " 12,2 mm / 0.48 "

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output
Series 9175
Series 9175 A3
09822E00
WebCode 9175A
I.S. solenoid valves and indicators
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC / [Ex ib] IIC
(can be switched off)
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Channels No-load
voltage Uout
Max. output
current Iout max
Internal
resistance Ri
Order number Art. no. PS
Binary output
Series 9175
1 10 V 60 mA 150 Ω 9175/10-12-11s 160398 21
17.5 V 45 mA 130 Ω 9175/10-14-11s 160410 21
25 V 35 mA 250 Ω 9175/10-16-11s 160416 21
2 10 V 60 mA / 120 mA *) 150 Ω / 75 Ω *) 9175/20-12-11s 160404 21
17.5 V 45 mA / 90 mA *) 130 Ω / 65 Ω *) 9175/20-14-11s 160413 21
25 V 35 mA / 70 mA *) 250 Ω / 125 Ω *) 9175/20-16-11s 160419 21
*) Parallel connection of the outputs possible; thus, doubling of the output current.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output
Series 9175
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 10.0050X
Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4
[Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
E II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Version 9175/.0-12-11. 9175/.0-14-11. 9175/.0-16-11.
Max. values per output
Max. voltage Uo 11.3 V 19.6 V 11.3 V
Max. current Io 75 mA 150 / 60 mA 110 / 50 mA
Auxiliary power
Nominal current
(at UN, Iout max)
80 mA / 140 mA
Input
Voltage for ON / OFF
ON 15 ... 31.2 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V
Control circuit < 5 mA
Ex i output see selection table

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output with Line Fault Transparency
Series 9175
Series 9175 A3
07439E00
WebCode 9175A
I.S. solenoid valves and indicators
> Line fault transparency (LFT):
line fault signalling directly via output on
PLC / DCS
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x x
Selection Table
Version Channels No-load voltage
Uout
Max. output
current Iout max
Internal
resistance Ri
Binary output
with line fault
transparency
Series 9175
1 10 V 60 mA 150 Ω 9175/10-12-12s 168456 21
17.5 V 45 mA 130 Ω 9175/10-14-12s 168458 21
25 V 35 mA 250 Ω 9175/10-16-12s 168460 21

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output with Line Fault Transparency
Series 9175
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
E II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval DNV
Version 9175/.0-16-12. 9175/.0-14-12. 9175/.0-12-12.
Max. voltage Uo 11.3 V 19.6 V 11.3 V
Max. current Io 110 / 50 mA 150 / 60 mA 75 mA
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption
Device draws its power from auxiliary power or signal cable as a function of its switching state.
Version 9175/.0-16-12. 9175/.0-14-12. 9175/.0-12-12.
Switching state Input = Output Input = Output Input = Output
Switching state OFF
Auxiliary power rated
current IN
40 mA 35 mA 30 mA
Switching state ON
Auxiliary power rated
current IN
14 mA 14 mA 14 mA
Signal input rated
current IN
90 mA 80 mA 50 mA
Power consumption 2.5 W 2.26 W 1.5 W
Power loss 1.92 W 1.73 W 1.4 W
Input
ON 15 ... 31.2 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V
Control circuit < 5 mA
- contact on the signal input open in case of fault

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output without Power Supply
Series 9176
Series 9176 A3
10495E00
WebCode 9176A
Ex i solenoid valves, indicators and horns
> Power supply by control circuit, loop powered
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC / [Ex ib] IIC
> Galvanic isolation
between inputs and outputs
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Channels No-load voltage
Uout
Max. output
current Iout max
Internal
resistance Ri
Binary output
without power supply
Series 9176
1 10 V 60 mA 150 Ω 9176/10-12-00s 160452 21
17.5 V 45 mA 130 Ω 9176/10-14-00s 160459 21
25 V 29 mA 320 Ω 9176/10-15-00s 160472 21
35 mA 250 Ω 9176/10-16-00s 160465 21
43 mA 460 Ω 9176/10-17-00s 200546 21
2 10 V 60 mA / 120 mA *) 150 Ω / 75 Ω *) 9176/20-12-00s 160456 21
17.5 V 45 mA / 90 mA *) 130 Ω / 65 Ω *) 9176/20-14-00s 160462 21
25 V 29 mA / 58 mA *) 320 Ω / 160 Ω *) 9176/20-15-00s 165567 21
35 mA / 70 mA *) 250 Ω / 125 Ω *) 9176/20-16-00s 160468 21
43 mA / 86 mA *) 460 Ω / 230 Ω *) 9176/20-17-00s 171425 21
*) Parallel connection of the outputs possible. Doubling of the output current.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Binary Output without Power Supply
Series 9176
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia] IIC T4
E II (1) D [Ex iaD]
Certificates ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), USA (UL) - not for type 9176/..-17-00,
Ship approval DNV
Safety data
Version 9176/..-12-... 9176/..-14-... 9176/..-15-... 9176/..-16-... 9176/..-17-...
Max. voltage Uo 11.3 V 19.6 V 27.6 V 27.6 V 27.6 V
Max. current Io
[Ex ia] 75 mA 150 mA 86.5 mA 110 mA 60 mA
[Ex ib] – – 60 mA 44 mA 50 mA – –
Max. power Po 210 mW 732 mW 596 mW 760 mW 415 mW
Auxiliary power without
Input
ON 18 ... 31.2 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Resistance Isolator
Series 9180
Series 9180 A3
11026E00
WebCode 9180A
> For intrinsically safe operartion of resistance
thermometers or other resistance sensors
> World-wide unique dual channel solution
– space saving, only 8.8 mm per channel
> For 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
> Resistance range from
18 ... 391 Ω or 180 ... 3910 Ω
Selection Table
Version Channels Measuring range Order number Art. no. PS
Resistance isolator
1 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 9180/10-77-11s 160491 21
Series 9180
180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000) 9180/11-77-11s 160499 21
2 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 9180/20-77-11s 160494 21
180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000) 9180/21-77-11s 160502 21
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Version 9180/.0 9180/.1
India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs) only for 9180/10-77-11.,
India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K),

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Resistance Isolator
Series 9180
Technical Data
Version 9180/.0 9180/.1
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 6.5 V 6.5 V
Max. current Io 16.5 mA 16.5 mA
Max. power Po 27 mW 27 mW
Ex i input
Connection type (no. of wires) 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuits 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuits
Measuring range 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000)
Middle resolution 10 m Ω 100 m Ω
Output
Output signal equals input signal (resistance)
Response time (10 ... 90 %)
< 10 ms
Multiplexer operation
Response time (Input = Output) < 1sec

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Temperature Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9182
Series 9182 A3
09746E00
WebCode 9182A
thermocouples, resistance thermometers,
resistance transmitters, mV-sources
> One unit individually configurable for nearly
all temperature sensors
> Galvanic isolation between input, output,
power supply and configuration interface
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and
> Simple configuration with PC or DIP-switches
Ex i
x x x x x x Ex i
interface
interface
x x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
(per channel)
SIL Order number Art. no. PS
Temperature
transmitter
Series 9182,
field circuit Ex i
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
without – – 9182/10-51-11s 160546 21
2 9182/10-51-13s 201653 21
2 NO / NC – – 9182/10-51-12s 160549 21
2 9182/10-51-14s 201682 21
0/4 ... 20 mA
passive / sink
without 2 9182/10-59-13s 201657 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
without – – 9182/20-51-11s 160541 21
Signal duplication due to parallel connection of inputs of 9182/20-51-.. (dual channel).
Further information see operating instruction.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9182
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Version 9182/.0-51-1. 9182/10-5.-13, SIL 2
9182/10-51-14, SIL 2
Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KTL) only for 9182/10-51-11,
USA (FM, UL),
IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Belarus (operating athorisation)
Safety data
Max. power Po 32 mW (linear characteristic)
Auxiliary power
1 channel 70 mA
2 channels 80 mA
Ex i Input The input parameters can be set via the parameterising software ISpac Wizard or
DIP switch (only type 9182/.0-5.-11.).
Input resistance thermometer
Types Pt 100, Pt 500, Pt 1000
Ni 100, Ni 500, Ni 1000
Type of circuit 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuit
Input thermocouple Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, XK
Input resistance transmitter
up to 100 k Ω
(RTD)
Output
(only for 9182/.0-51-1.)
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA (configurable)
Connectable load
resistance RL
1 channel 0 ... 750 Ω
2 channels 0 ... 600 Ω
Limiting values
Message 2 NO / NC per channel
(configurable using ISpac Wizard)
Switching voltage ( ± 30 V
Switching current
(resistive load)
( 100 mA

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Fieldbus Isolating Repeater
Series 9185
Series 9185 A3
09812E00
WebCode 9185A
> For isolation between an intrinsically safe or
non-intrinsically safe RS 422 / RS 485 bus
and a non-intrinsically safe RS 232, RS 422,
RS 485 interface
> For operation of the intrinsically safe
Profibus DP (RS 485 IS to PNO standard)
> Intrinsically safe fieldbus RS 422, RS 485
[Ex ib] IIC
RS 422 / RS 485 (Ex i), RS 232, RS 422,
RS 485 and power supply
> Transmission speed adjustable
between 1.2 kbit/s and 1.5 Mbit/s
> Automatic setting of transmission speed
for Profibus DP
> Bitrefresh
Ex i
x x x x Ex i
interface
interface
x x Ex i
interface
x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Interfaces field area Interfaces safe area Order number Art. no. PS
Fieldbus isolating
RS-485 IS (PNO) RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 9185/11-35-10s 160587 21
repeater
Series 9185
RS-422, RS-485 RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 9185/12-45-10s 160594 21

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Fieldbus Isolating Repeater
Series 9185
Technical Data
Version 9185/11-35-10 9185/12-45-10
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 06.0004X IECEx BVS 06.0004X
Ex nAc [ib] IIC T4
[Ex ib] IIIC
Ex nAc IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E246X BVS 10 ATEX E 105 X
E II (2) GD [EEx ib] IIC/IIB,
E II 3 G EEx nA II T4
E II 3G Ex nAc IIC T4
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
Ship approval DNV, ABS, RS DNV, ABS, RS
Version 9185/11-35-10 9185/12-45-10
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 3.73 V – –
Max. current Io 149 mA – –
Max. power Po 139 mW – –
For connection RS 485 IS
Insulation voltage 253 V – –
Internal capacity Ci and
negligible – –
inductivity Li
Max. permissible
voltage Ui
± 4.2 V – –
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V UC 24 V UC
Nominal current (24 V) 80 mA 80 mA
Interface field area
Version RS 485 IS RS 485 / RS 422 (can be set)
Level setting: RS 485 IS (PNO specification) and RS
485 IS (R. STAHL specification)
EIA RS 485, EIA RS 422
Connections Sub-D socket X3, 9-pole Sub-D socket X3, 9-pole
Transfer speed 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Мbit/s 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Мbit/s
Settings fixes transmission speed or automatic detection
> 9.6 kbit/s (only with Profibus DP)
fixes transmission speed or automatic detection
> 9.6 kbit/s (only with Profibus DP)
Line length depends on transmission speed and cable depends on transmission speed and cable
Terminating resistor to be set in external plug to be set in external plug
Data transmission
LED green "RxD3" LED green "RxD3"
indication
Interface safe area
Version RS 232, RS 422 (from Rev. B), RS 485 RS 232, RS 485 / RS 422 (can be set)
Settings fixed transmission speed or automatic
detection > 9.6 kbit/s (only with Profibus DP)
fixed transmission speed or automatic
detection > 9.6 kbit/s (only with Profibus DP)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater
Series 9186
Series 9186 A3
08579E00
WebCode 9186A
> Easy installation and mainetance due to:
– Intrinsically safe optical interface
– Intrinsically safe bus connection via
RS-485 IS (PNO)
> High availability due to:
– Build-up of ring structures, redundant
Point-to-Point, line structures
– Integrated analysis of optical input signal
– Error message if critical levels of input
signal reached
> Transmission of Profibus DP, Modbus,
HART on RS-485, R. STAHL Servicebus
> 9186/12
– Installation in Zone 1 and Zone 2 possible
– Fieldbus interface for intrinsically safe
Profibus DP (PNO)
> 9186/.5
– Installation in Zone 2 possible
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
9186/12-11-11:
x x x x x x x x x 9186/12-11-11:
Ex i interface
9186/.5-..-..:
Ex i interface
x x x 9186/.5-..-..:
9186/12-11-11:
Installation in
x*) x*) x*) x*) x*) x*) x*) 9186/12-11-11:
9186/.5-..-..:
Installation in
x*) x*) x*) x*) 9186/.5-..-..:
Ex i interface
x x x x x x
Ex i interface
x x x
Installation in
x*) x*) x*)
Installation in
x*) x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Installation in Network structure Order number Art. no. PS
Fibre optics fieldbus
isolating repeater
Series 9186
Zone 1 Ring, point-to-point redundant, line 9186/12-11-11 160623 25
Zone 2 and
in the safe area
Point-to-point, end of line 9186/25-12-11 160625 25
Ring, point-to-point redundant, line 9186/15-12-11 160624 25
Technical Data
Version 9186/12 9186/.5
Installation in Zone 1 Zone 2 and in the safe area
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 145 X BVS 07 ATEX 068 X
E II 2G (1) G Ex e mb ib [ia, op is] IIC T4
E II (1) D [Ex iaD]
E II (1) GD [Ex op is] IIC
E II 3 G Ex nA nC II T4
Certificates ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K),
ATEX, Canada (UL), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), USA (UL)
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo ± 3.7 V – –
Max. current Io 148 mA – –
Max. power Po 137 mW – –

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater
Series 9186
Technical Data
Version 9186/12 9186/.5
Installation in Zone 1 Zone 2 and in the safe area
Safety data
For connection RS 485 IS
Max. permissible
voltage Ui
± 4.2 V – –
inductivity Li
negligible – –
Ex i fault-contact
Max. permissible
voltage Ui
24 V – –
Max. permissible
current Ii
600 mA – –
inductivity Li
negligible – –
Auxiliary power
Nominal current (at UN) 67 mA 130 mA
Optical interface
Protocols protocol transparent for RS-485 interface protocol transparent for RS-485 interface
Network topologies Ring topology, line topology,
point-to-point connection
Ring topology, line topology,
point-to-point connection
Redundancy automatic switching in case of line fault automatic switching in case of line fault
Connection ST®, BFOC/2.5 connector ST®, BFOC/2.5 connector
Wavelength 850 nm 850 nm
Transmission distance ( 2000 m ( 2000 m
Electrical interfaces
Protocols PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, HART,
ServiceBus R.STAHL (IS1)
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, HART,
ServiceBus R.STAHL (IS1)
Version RS 485 IS (PNO) RS 485
Connection Sub-D socket X1, 9-pole Sub-D socket X1, 9-pole
Bit rate 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s
Fault control
Power supply failure Fault-contact is open Fault-contact is open
Transmission level is good LED green and yellow "FO signal",
fault-contact is closed
LED green and yellow "FO signal",
fault-contact is closed
Transmission level
reduced (- 1.5 dBm)
LED yellow "FO signal", fault-contact is open LED yellow "FO signal", fault-contact is open
Fibre breakage or
transmission level is
too low (- 3 dBm)
LED red "FO ERR", fault-contact is open LED red "FO ERR", fault-contact is open
Switching capacity of
fault-contact
see Ex i values max. 60 V DC, 42 V, 1 A
Mechanical data
Weight approx. 200 g approx. 200 g
Mounting type on DIN rail, EN 50022 (NS35/15; NS35/7.5) on DIN rail, EN 50022 (NS35/15; NS35/7.5)
35,2 mm
1.38 "
99 mm / 3.89 "
106 mm / 4.17 "
35,2 mm
1.38 "
114,2 mm / 4.49 "
106,7 mm / 4.20 "
99 mm / 3.89 "
106 mm / 4.17 "
35,2 mm
1.38 "
114,2 mm / 4.49 "
106,7 mm / 4.20 "
06251E00 11335E00 11328E00
126,5 mm / 4.98 "
119 mm / 4.68 "
99 mm / 3.89 "
106 mm / 4.17 "
9186/12-11-11 9186/15-12-11 9186/25-12-11

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
HART-Multiplexer
Series 9192
Series 9192 A3
09730E00
WebCode 9192A
> Used for connection of up to
32 HART capable field devices to an
HART management system
> Compatible to Cornerstone, AMS,
FDM, Fieldcare, PDM, PRM etc. and
FDT application
> CommDTM for integration into FDT tools
> Up to 128 HART-Multiplexer on one
PC interface
> Up to 3968 HART field devices
> Galvanic isolation between power supply,
RS 485 bus and HART channels
Selection Table
Version Channels Order number Art. no. PS
HART-Multiplexer
32 9192/32-10-10 160695 21
Series 9192
incl. 14-core connection cable for pac-Carrier Series 9195 or HART connection board Series 9196
CommDTM available, download under the given WebCode 9192A

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
HART-Multiplexer
Series 9192
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X
E II 3 G Ex nA II T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Nominal current (24 V) 55 mA
System configuration
09237E00
Field device interface (HART)
Number of channels 16 or 32, setting via switch
Connection Ribbon cable, 14-pole (inclusive)
Signal HART FSK
HART Specification HART Field Communication Protocal Rev. 7.1 (downwards compatible to Rev. 4.0);
FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 7.1)
RS 485 interface
Number 1
Connection Sub-D socket, 9-pole
Signal RS 485
Protocol compatible to Cornerstone, AMS, PDM, PRM, FDM
Number of HART-Multiplexer
per
bus segment
maximum 31

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Supply Module
Series 9193
Series 9193 A3
09814E00
WebCode 9193A
> Supply of 24 V DC power supply into
the pac-Bus
> Supply current up to 4 A
(for approx. 30 - 50 modules)
> Single or redundant supply,
decoupled via diodes, with LED indication
> Exchangeable fuses for both supply circuits
> Power supply failure and line fault messaging
via relay contacts
> Different operating modes can be selected
via DIP-switches
(error signal and single / redundant supply)
> Any installation on the pac-Bus
(beginning, end, middle, both sides)
Selection Table
Version Supply Error messaging Order number Art. no. PS
Supply module
24 V / 4 A,
Line fault and power supply failure 9193/20-11-11s 160717 21
Series 9193
primary + redundant

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Supply Module
Series 9193
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc nCc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs),
Ship approval DNV
Input
Power supply 24 V DC
Input range 18 ... 31.2 V
Redundant supply yes, decoupled with diodes
Safety fuse 5 x 20 mm; 2 x T 4.0 A; exchangeable for prim. and red. supply
Output Supply into the pac-Bus
24 V / maximum 4 A
Error message
Power fail PF Contact (35 V / 100 mA)
Line fault LF Contact (35 V / 100 mA), closed in good conditions

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
pac-Bus
Series 9194
Series 9194 A3
02710E00
WebCode 9194A
> Supply for approx. 40 modules per segment
> Usabel for high and low profile DIN rails
(NS35/15 and NS35/7.5)
> Just snap on DIN rail without tools
> Elements can be appended at any time
> Potential free error messaging contact
for common error signal
> Gold plated contacts for
highest contact safety
> Low cost supply via terminals
> Supply module with integrated replaceable
fuses and redundant supply available
Selection Table
Version Picture Description Order number Art. no. PS
pac-Bus
Series 9194
09885E00
pac-Bus single element,
raster distance 17.6mm
9194/31-17 160731 21
Terminal set
for pac-Bus
10374E00
5-pole, (set begin + end)
with bridge for error message chain
9194/50-01 160730 21
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X
USA (FM)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Max. current 4 A
Connection Screw terminals, 5-pole, maximum 1.5 mm2 or via supply module Series 9193
Mounting type on DIN-rail
Mounting orientation horizontal or vertical

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
pac-Bus
Series 9194
Dimensional Drawing (All Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations
21 mm / 0.82 "
09858E00
3,8 mm / 0.15 "
17,6 mm / 0.69 "
24,2 mm / 0.95 "
22 mm / 0.87 "
37 mm / 1.45 "
15 mm / 0.59 "

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
pac-Carrier
Series 9195
Series 9195 A3
14224E00
WebCode 9195A
> pac-Carrier for 8 or 16 modules,
up to 32 signals
> All standard ISpac isolators can be used
> Integration of Ex i and non-Ex i field circuits
in one carrier
> Flexible engineering due to:
– direct allocation between I/O module and
pac-Carrier
– simple connection to
the HART managemet system
– horizontal and vertical installation possible
– installation possible in Zone 2 and Div. 2
> Easy and quick installation due to:
– customized system cables to
automation system
– installation of the isolators without tools
– installation of the carrier on DIN rail or
mounting plate
> Low out of service time of the system due to:
– redundant power supply with
fault detection contact and
exchangeable fuses
– very robust chassis proven by
the DNV approval for ship building
Selection Table
Version Number of slots Connection HART-Multiplexer Order number PS
pac-Carrier
8 no 9195/08A-...-... 27
Series 9195
9192/32 9195/08H-...-... 27
16 no 9195/16A-...-... 27
9192/32 9195/16H-...-... 27
Customer specific versions for the following DCS: Yokogawa Centum VP, Yokogawa Pro-Safe-RS,
Emerson Delta V, TRICONEX, Invensys, Honeywell, Siemens.
Detailed information about the available pac carrier versions as well as technical documentation you may
download from the internet at www.ispac.info. Engineering and shipment of new versions within 6 weeks.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc nCc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 ATEX E 213 X
USA (FM)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
pac-Carrier
Series 9195
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Redundant supply yes, decoupled with diodes
Fuse 2 x TR5; T 2.0 A; exchangeable, for primary and redundant supply
Connection of field devices
Number of channels 8, 16, 32
10154E02
HART interface
PLC or DCS
System cable System cable
pac Carrier 9195
i
p
HART Mux
Ex i
Management System
redundant
Connection - via connection of automation systems
Asset
HART RS485
- via HART multiplexer 9192 (only at 9195/..H-...-...)
Error message
Power fail PF Contact (35 V / 100 mA), closed in good conditions
09826E00
155 mm / 6.10 "
130 mm / 5.12 "
*
144 mm / 5.67 " 130 mm / 5.12 "
Type 9195/08.-...-..., 8 slots
09854E00
155 mm / 6.10 "
130 mm / 5.12 "
*
286 mm / 11.26 " 130 mm / 5.12 "
Type 9195/16.-...-..., 16 slots
* depending on Type, see Engineering Guide
150 mm / 5.91 "
*
150 mm / 5.91 "
*

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
HART Termination Board
Series 9196
Series 9196 A3
07858E00
WebCode 9196A
> Cost and space saving system for HART
> Processing of 4 ... 20 mA Non-Ex signals
> Simple installation on DIN rail
Selection Table
Version Channels Application Signal to the
automation
system
Additional
output for
recorder, etc.
HART
termination board
Series 9196
16 2-, 3- or
4-wire transmitter
1 ... 5 V yes 9196/16H-XX0-01c 160888 21
2-, 3- or
4-wire transmitter,
positioner
4 ... 20 mA no 9196/16H-XX0-03c 160891 21
1 ... 5 V no 9196/16H-XX0-04c 160897 21
Screw terminal Detachable terminals for the connection of the HART Termination Board
type 9196/...-...-03c. Two terminals per board required.
16 poles, horizontal wire connection 112992 24
16 poles, vertical wire connection 112993 24
32 channels if two HART Termination Boards Series 9196 are connected to
HART Multiplexer Series 9192

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
HART Termination Board
Series 9196
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
11343E02
Connection isolators /
Non-Ex field devices
Connection automation
system
PLC or DCS
HART
Termination Board
9196
i
p
HART Mux
ISpac 9192
I.S. Isolators
ISpac
Ex i
Asset
Management System
HART RS485
9196/...-...-01c, 9196/...-...-02c, 9196/...-...-04c via integrated screw terminal
9196/...-...-03c via detachable terminal, connected in
parallel to the field device / PLC;
in or output
9196/...-...-01c, 9196/...-...-02c, 9196/...-...-04c via integrated screw terminal
125 mm / 4.92 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 80 mm / 3.15 "
11336E00 11337E00
84 mm / 3.31 " 130 mm / 5.12 "
125 mm / 4.92 "
HART Termination Board Type 9196/16H-XX0-01c / -02c / -04c HART Termination Board Type 9196/16H-XX0-03c

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Series 9160 Rev F
Series 9160 Rev F A3
06290E00
WebCode 9160D
> Can be used up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
Output version (control) Channels Input Output A Output B Order number Art. no. PS
0/4 ... 20 mA
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
with HART
with HART
with HART
– – 9160/13-11-60s 222784 29
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
9160/19-11-60s 222788 29
(AMS direction)
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 9160/23-11-60s 222790 29
For devices equipped with spring-type terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw-type terminals with "k" for spring-type
terminals.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nA T4 Gc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
1 channel 75 mA
2 channels 115 mA
Input
Supply voltage for transmitter ) 16 V at 20 mA (for 2-, 3-wire)
Output
Output signal
type variant 9160/.3-11-60. 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
type variant 9160/19-11-60. Output A
Output B
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
0 ... 379 Ω (terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-)
(with internal 221 Ω resistor for HART)
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART (AMS direction)

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Series 9162
Series 9162 A3
06292E00
WebCode 9162B
> Compact limit value switch with
2 configurable limiting values and
0/4 ... 20 mA output or 4 ... 20 mA
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring
and messaging
> Version for use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
*) For restrictions, see Explosion protection table
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Limit contact SIL Order number Art. no. PS
Transmitter supply unit
1 4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
2 NO / NC 2 9162/13-11-64s 201145 29
with limit contact
with HART
with HART
Series 9162
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx FMG 10.0020X
Ex nAc nCc IIC T4 Ta = - 20 ... + 70 °C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas FM 10 ATEX 0016 X
E II 3 G Ex nAc nCc IIC T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Nominal current at UN, 20 mA 83 mA
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2-)
Limiting values
Configuration using ISpac Wizard
Message 2 NO / NC
Switching voltage ( ± 30 V
Switching current
( 100 mA
(resistive load)
Error detection input

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
mA - Isolating Repeater Non-Ex i
Series 9164
Series 9164 A3
08580E00
WebCode 9164B
> Interconnection of mA-sources and
active 2-wire inputs is possible
> Perfect solution to integrate
4-wire transmitters with 2 wire I/O-cards
> Non-instrinsically safe input
> Bidirectional HART transmission 4 ... 20 mA
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
mA - Isolating
1 4 ... 20 mA HART (sink) passive HART (sink) 9164/13-20-58 224366 29
Repeater Non-Ex i
Series 9164
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas KEMA 04 ATEX 1298
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Certificates ATEX
Safety data
Input 4-wire transmitter-side
Output 2-wire output
09432E00
10 mm / 4.0" 3 6
72 mm / 2.83 " 12 mm / 0.47 "

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Isolating Repeater
Series 9165
Series 9165 A3
07191E00
WebCode 9165B
> For operation of (HART)-control valves,
i/p transmitters, displays
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
Isolating Repeater
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
9165/16-11-61s 165695 29
with HART
with HART
Series 9165
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
9165/26-11-61s 165697 29
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc nCc T4
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nAc nCc II T4
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Input
Output
Load resistance 0 ... 800 Ω
Fault detection output
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2 and in the safe area

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Series 9167
Series 9167 A3
06294E00
WebCode 9167B
> For operation of (HART)-control valves,
i/p transmitters, displays, fire and
gas detectors
inputs and outputs
> Without power supply
> Very low internal resistance
> HART communication signal transmitting,
bidirectionally
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
Version Channels max. load resistance RL Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating Repeater
2 800 Ω 9167/23-11-50s 165704 29
Loop Powered
Series 9167
For devices equipped with spring-type terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw-type terminals
with "k" for spring-type terminals.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA II T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power without
Input signal IE 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Output
Functional range 0 ... 40 mA

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Relay Module
Series 9172
Series 9172 A3
15746E00
WebCode 9172B
> For binary signal and control circuits
inputs and outputs
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output / channel Order number Art. no. PS
Relay Module
1 Switching signal 24 V 1 change over contact
9172/11-11-50s 221740 29
Series 9172
(250 V / 4 A)
2 Switching signal 24 V 1 change over contact
(250 V / 4 A)
9172/21-11-50s 221742 29
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Supply without
Max. power losses
0.4 W
per channel
Input
Switching signal 12 ... 31.2 V
Current consumption < 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V
Output
Minimum load 5 V / 5 mA
Maximum load DC 220 V / 0.1 A
125 V / 0.25 A
60 V / 0.3 A
30 V / 4 A
Maximum load AC 250 V / 4 A cos φ > 0.7
Max. switching capacity 100 W / 100 VA
Electrical service life
Resistive load ) 1 x 105 operating cycles
Mechanical service life ) 1 x 107 operating cycles
Maximum switching
( 15 Hz
frequency
Switching delay ON / OFF ( 10 ms
Switching delay OFF / ON ( 10 ms

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Series 9182
Series 9182 A3
06296E00
WebCode 9182B
> For operation of thermocouples,
resistance thermometers, mV sources
> One device individually configurable for
almost all temperature sensors
> Galvanic isolation between input, output,
auxiliary power and configuration interface
> Wire-breakage and short-circuit monitoring
and messaging (can be switched off)
> Versions with limit contact or
passive output available
> Easy configuration via PC or DIP switches
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
(per channel)
SIL Order number Art. no. PS
Temperature
transmitter
Series 9182,
field circuit Non-Ex i
1 0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
without 2 9182/10-51-63s 201655 29
2 NO / NC 2 9182/10-51-64s 201684 29
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
active / source
without – – 9182/20-51-61s 165706 29
Signal duplication due to parallel connection of inputs of 9182/20-51-.. (dual channel).
Further information see operating instruction.

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Series 9182
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nAc nCc II T4
Europe (ATEX)
EII 3 G Ex nAc nCc II T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
1 channel 70 mA
2 channels 80 mA
Input The input parameters can be set via the parameterising software ISpac Wizard or
DIP switch (only type 9182/.0-51-61.).
Input resistance thermometer
Types Pt 100, Pt 500, Pt 1000
Ni 100, Ni 500, Ni 1000
Type of circuit 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuit
Input thermocouple Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, XK
Input resistance transmitter
up to 100 k Ω
(RTD)
Output
(only for 9182/.0-51-6.)
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA (configurable)
Connectable load
resistance RL
1 channel 0 ... 750 Ω
2 channels 0 ... 600 Ω
Limiting values
Message 2 NO / NC
(configurable using ISpac Wizard)
Switching voltage ± 30 V
Switching current
(resistive load)
( 100 mA
Error detection input

Remote I/O
Remote I/O System
Overview of the System Components IS1+ 76
General Information IS1+ 77
CPU & Power Modules
CPU & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9440/22 78
Sockets for CPU & Power Module IS1+ 9490 78
CPU & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9440/15 79
Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9441/12 9444/12 80
Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9441/15 9444/15 82
Analog Input Modules
Analog Input Module HART Ex n Inputs, 8 Channels IS1+ 9461/15 88
Analog Universal Modules
Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1 IS1+ 9468/32 84
Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 2 IS1+ 9468/33 86
Analog Output Modules
Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels IS1+ 9466/15 90
Digital Input Modules
Digital Input Module NAMUR Ex n Inputs, IS1+ 9470/25 96
16 Channels, for Zone 2 / Div. 2
74 Remote I/O 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A4
A4
Contents
Remote I/O System
Digital Input Output Modules
Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1 IS1+ 9470/32 92
Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2 IS1+ 9470/33 94
Digital Output Modules
Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1 IS1+ 9475/32-04-72 98
with „Plant STOP““
Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1 IS1+ 9475/32-04-.2 100
with „Plant STOP“
with „Plant STOP“
without „System OFF“
Digital Output Module Relay for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9477/12 106
Sockets for Digital Output Module Relay IS1+ 9490 106
Digital Output Module Relay Ex nA Outputs, for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9477/15 108
Digital Output Module Valve IS1+ 9478 109
Temperature Input Modules
Temperature Input Module for Zone 1 IS1+ 9482/32 110
Temperature Input Module for Zone 2 IS1+ 9482/33 112
System Components and Accessories
BusRail IS1+ 9494 114
Accessories IS1+ 115
System Description IS1+
Engineering Examples IS1+
Digital Input Module 24 V for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9471
PC Software IS Wizard IS1+ 9499
DTM HART Gateway DP IS IS1+ 9499/DTM
Enclosure for Fieldstations IS1+
Dimensional Drawings IS1+
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 75

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
General
A4 Overview of the System Components
Overview of Functions IS1+
Installation
in Zone 2
PROFIBUS DP x x x 1) x x x x x x x
Modbus RTU x x x 1) x x x x x x
PROFINET x x x x x
Modbus TCP x x x x x x x
EtherNet/IP x x x x x x x 2)
FF HSE x x x x x 2)
1) when installed in Zone 1 only; in Zone 2: RS485
2) in preparation
Remote I/O
06912E00
Installation
in Zone 1
RS485-IS
FO ex op is
ServiceBus
IS Wizard
ServiceBus
DTM
Web server
COM/Device/
Gateway DTM
HART support
Line
redundancy
System
redundancy
76 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
General
A4
04124E00
WebCode IS1A
> Intrinsically safe Ex ia IIC, Ex e, Ex nA or
Ex nL inputs and outputs
> Fieldbus communication: Modbus RTU,
Profibus DP V0 and DP V1 HART,
Industrial Ethernet, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
> Hot swap for all modules
> Full redundancy or media redundancy
> Optional ServiceBus for parameterization,
fault diagnostics and HART communication
> DTM technology for full access to all
system and HART field device information
> Field enclosures in many versions,
engineered to choice
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x*) x*) x*) x*)
IS1+ is extremely simple to use:
A CPU & Power Module and several input/output modules are snapped on to the BusRail (35 mm DIN rail).
The unique power supply concept, developed especially for use in hazardous areas, makes system
planning as simple as for normal industrial I/O systems. Plug & play without separate engineering tools.
IS1+ is particularly flexible:
Suitable for small and big signal quantities with field stations installed in safe or explosive atmospheres.
An intrinsically safe fieldbus using copper-wire or fibre-optic technology connects field stations in
Zone 1 / Division 1 with the automation devices. The system is completely HART transparent.
IS1+ is extremely economical:
Modules with 8 or 16 inputs lower the price per signal. DTM technology is used for full integration into
standard Asset Management and Engineering systems allowing easy and fast commissioning,
trouble shooting and maintenance.

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
CPU & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1
Series 9440/22, 9490
Series 9440/22, 9490 A4
10065E00
WebCode 9440A
> Intrinsically safe fieldbus and ServiceBus
acc. RS 485-IS (PNO-Standard)
> Integrated Ex i power supply
for up to 8 I/O modules
> Profibus DP V0 and V1 HART; Modbus RTU
> System redundancy (Profibus standard)
and media redundancy
> DTM and ServiceBus interface
for fault diagnostics and
Asset Management System
> LCD for local display of diagnostic data,
input and output values
> Module can be replaced in Zone 1 / Div. 1
in operation (hot swap)
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x x*) x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Installation in Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
CPU & Power
Modules
(without sockets)
Zone 1 /
Division 1
Profibus DP V1
HART
24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1243 162218 22 2.963
Profibus DP V0 120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1243 162211 22 2.963
Profibus DP V1
HART + PNO-redundancy
24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1455 203585 22 2.963
120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1455 203586 22 2.963
Modbus RTU 24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1202 162221 22 2.963
120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1202 162214 22 2.963
Sockets
for CPU & Power
Modules
Zone 1,
connection by
means of Ex e
terminals
– – 24 V DC,
120 / 230 V AC
9490/11-12 162707 22 0.482
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas KEM 08.0038X
Europe (ATEX)
9440/22-01-.1: Ex d [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
9490/11-12: Ex d e [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Gas KEMA 02 ATEX 1333 X
9440/22-01-.1: E II 2 G Ex d [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
9490/11-12: E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST-K),
Russia (GOST-R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (operating licence)
Ship approval ABS, BV, ClassNK, DNV, GL, LR, RS
Fieldbus
Protocols Profibus DP; Modbus RTU
Interface RS 485-IS acc. to Profibus specification
Dimensions L = 250 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 170 mm

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
CPU & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2
Series 9440/15
Series 9440/15 A4
05637E00
WebCode 9440B
for up to 16 I/O modules
> Profibus DP V0 and V1 HART; Modbus RTU
> System redundancy (Profibus standard)
and media redundancy
> DTM and ServiceBus interface
for fault diagnostics and
Asset Management System
> LCD for local display of diagnostic data,
input and output values
Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x*) x*) Installation in x x*) x*) Installation in x x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
CPU & Power Module Profibus DP V1 HART 24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1243 162201 22 0.610
Profibus DP V1 HART +
PNO-redundancy
24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1455 203584 22 0.610
Modbus RTU 24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1198 162188 22 0.610
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas PTB 06.0001X
Ex nA [ia, ib] IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 99 ATEX 2222
E II 3 (2) G Ex nAc [ia, ib] IIC T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST-K),
Russia (GOST-R), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (operating licence)
Fieldbus
Protocols Profibus DP; Modbus RTU
Interface RS 485
Max. internal signal delay for 8
I/O modules (without I/O module delay)
for Digital Modules 7 ms
for Analog Modules 10 ms
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption
without I/O modules 0.3 A at 24 V
with 8 I/O modules approx. 2.5 A at 24 V
with 16 I/O modules approx. 4.9 A at 24 V
Power dissipation
without I/O modules 8.4 W
per I/O module approx. 1 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Ethernet CPU Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1
Series 9441/12 and 9444/12
Series 9441/12 and 9444/12 A4
06458E00
WebCode 9441A
> Fieldbus connection Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET, Modbus TCP or EtherNet/IP
with 100 MBit/s
> Redundant Ethernet connection
(Modbus TCP) is possible
> Explosion protected, optical inherently
safe fibre optic cable, „Ex op is“
for up to 8 I/O modules incl.
connected field devices
> Configuration and diagnosis
via Ethernet and DTM
> LCD display to indicate diagnostic data
and determine IP addresses
> Modules can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
Selection Table
kg
CPU Module Zone 1 / Division 1 PROFINET,
Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP
– – 9441/12-00-00 211045 22 1.300
Power Module (PM) Zone 1 / Division 1 – – 24 V DC 9444/12-11 166178 22 2.410
Sockets for
Zone 1 Modbus TCP,
24 V DC 9492/12-11-11 166176 22 1.100
CPU & Power Module
simplex
Modbus TCP,
redundant
24 V DC 9492/12-11-12 166324 22 2.200
PROFINET,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/12-11-31 166321 22 1.100
EtherNet/IP,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/12-11-41 166322 22 1.100
Note Sockets and accessories for Div. 1 installation on request

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9441/12 and 9444/12
Technical Data
Version CPU Module Power Module (PM) Sockets for
CPU & Power Module Zone 1
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 08.0035X IECEx KEM 08.0035X IECEx KEM 08.0035X
Ex d [ia Ga] [op is T6 Ga]
IIC T4 Gb
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] [Ex op is Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia Ga]
[op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (1) G Ex d e [ia Ga]
IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (1) G Ex d e [ia Ga]
IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da]
[Ex op is Da] IIIC
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Ship approval DNV, BV, LR, GL, RS
Ethernet interface
Interface Fibre optic cable, 100BASE-FX, Ex op is (IEC 60079-28)
Communication protocols Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
Transfer rate max. 100 MBit/s
Max. line length 2000 m
Auxiliary power
Current consumption
without I/O modules
approx. 0.36 A at 24 V DC
Actual current
consumption with
8 I/O modules
Power dissipation
with 8 I/O modules 14 W
(IEC 60529)
IP30
Dimensions L = 125 mm, W = 340 mm, H = 172 mm

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9441/15 and 9444/15
Series 9441/15 and 9444/15 A4
09733E00
WebCode 9441B
> Fieldbus connection Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET, Modbus TCP or EtherNet/IP
with 100 MBit/s
> Redundant Ethernet connection
(Modbus TCP) is possible
> Explosion protected, optical inherently
safe fibre optic cable, „Ex op is“
> Integrated Ex i power supply for up to
8 I/O modules incl. connected field devices
> LCD display to indicate diagnostic data
and determine IP addresses
> Modules can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)
Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
Selection Table
kg
CPU Module Zone 2 / Division 2 PROFINET,
Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP
– – 9441/15-00-00 211046 22 1.300
Power Module (PM) Zone 2 / Division 2 – – 24 V DC 9444/15-11 203883 22 2.410
Sockets for
Zone 2 / Division 2 Modbus TCP,
24 V DC 9492/15-11-11 208893 22 1.100
CPU & Power Module
not redundant
Modbus TCP,
redundant
24 V DC 9492/15-11-12 208899 22 2.200
PROFINET,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/15-11-31 208895 22 1.100
EtherNet/IP,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/15-11-41 208896 22 1.100

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9441/15 and 9444/15
Technical Data
Version CPU Module Power Module (PM) Sockets
for CPU & Power Module
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 10.0051X IECEx KEM 10.0051X IECEx KEM 10.0051X
Ex nA d [ia Ga] [op is T6 Ga]
IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA d [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA d [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] [Ex op is Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA d [ia Ga]
[op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IIC T4 Gc
IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da]
[Ex op is Da] IIIC
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Ship approval DNV, BV, LR, GL, RS
Ethernet interface
Interface Fibre optic cable, 100BASE-FX, Ex op is (IEC 60079-28)
Communication protocols Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
Transfer rate max. 100 MBit/s
Max. line length 2000 m
Auxiliary power
Current consumption
without I/O modules
Actual current
consumption with
8 I/O modules
Power dissipation
with 8 I/O modules 14 W
(IEC 60529)
IP30
Dimensions L = 125 mm, W = 340 mm, H = 172 mm

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1
Series 9468/32
Series 9468/32 A4
15230E00
WebCode 9468A
> 8 channels can be adjusted individually
as analog inputs or outputs
> Intrinsically safe inputs/outputs Ex ia
> For 0/4…20 mA + HART signals
> Line fault monitoring
and LED display per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
> Module can be replaced in the
hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:
Series 9460/12, 9461/12, 9465/12
and 9466/12
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Analog Universal
Module HART
8 channels with adjustable parameters
for 2-wire transmitters or positioners *);
with channel status LEDs
Zone 1 9468/32-08-11 210659 22 0.275
*) to operate active 4-wire HART transmitters, a 9164 must be connected in between for each channel
Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0054X
Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0173 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9468/32
Technical Data
Safety data
2-Leiter-Eingang
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB
3-wire input
Lo [mH] 3.8 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 59 71 88 119
Lo [mH] 23 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 370 430 430 470 550 700 860 890
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB
Ex i inputs/outputs
Lo [mH] 3.6 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 58 70 87 119
Lo [mH] 21 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 380 420 420 470 550 700 860 890
Nominal signal range 0 … 20 mA / 4 … 20 mA
Digital communication HART protocol
Supply voltage
16 V (at 20 mA)
for 2-wire transmitter
Max. load resistance
(output)
750 Ω at 20 mA
700 Ω at 21.8 mA
Signal transmission
Transient response
output (10...90 %)
Resolution in the range
4 ... 20 mA
Maximum delay
from signal / internal bus
40 ms
Auxiliary power
Filter time constant (adjustable parameters)
small medium 50 Hz, 60 Hz
14.75 bit
(with HART: 12.75 bit)
32 ms 120 ms 500 ms
Max. power consumption 5.3 W (at 20 mA per channel)
Max. power dissipation
Only outputs 3.7 W
(at 20 mA, 500 Ω per channel)
Only inputs 2.7 W
(at 20 mA per channel)
14.75 bit 14.75 bit

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9468/33
Series 9468/33 A4
15231E00
WebCode 9468B
> 8 channels can be adjusted individually
as analog inputs or outputs
> For 0/4…20 mA + HART signals
> Line fault monitoring per channel
> Module can be replaced in the
hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
Series 9460/12, 9461/12, 9465/12
and 9466/12
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x x x
Selection Table
kg
Analog Universal
Module HART
for 2-wire transmitters or positioners *)
Zone 2 9468/33-08-10 210660 22 0.275
*) to operate active 4-wire HART transmitters, a 9164 must be connected in between for each channel
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0173 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9468/33
Technical Data
Safety data
2-Leiter-Eingang
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB
3-wire input
Lo [mH] 3.8 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 59 71 88 119
Lo [mH] 23 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 370 430 430 470 550 700 860 890
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB
Ex i inputs/outputs
Lo [mH] 3.6 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 58 70 87 119
Lo [mH] 21 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 380 420 420 470 550 700 860 890
Nominal signal range 0 … 20 mA / 4 … 20 mA
Digital communication HART protocol
Supply voltage
16 V (at 20 mA)
for 2-wire transmitter
Max. load resistance
(output)
750 Ω at 20 mA
700 Ω at 21.8 mA
Signal transmission
Transient response output
(10...90 %)
4 ... 20 mA
Maximum delay
from signal / internal bus
40 ms
Auxiliary power
14.75 bit
(with HART: 12.75 bit)
32 ms 120 ms 500 ms
Max. power consumption 5.3 W (at 20 mA per channel)
Max. power dissipation
Only outputs 3.7 W
(at 20 mA, 500 Ω per channel)
Only inputs 2.7 W
(at 20 mA per channel)
14.75 bit 14.75 bit

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Analog Input Module HART Ex n Inputs, 8 Channels
Series 9461/15
Series 9461/15 A4
05678E00
WebCode 9461C
> 8 channels for 2-wire HART transmitters
> Inputs for Ex nL and Ex nA
inputs and system
for each field circuit
> Module can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)
Ex interface x x Ex interface x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x*) Installation in x x*) Installation in x x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Analog Input
Module HART
8 channels for 2-wire HART transmitters 9461/15-08-12 168667 22 0.241
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 06 ATEX 0291 X
E II 3 (2) GD Ex nA [nL] [ib] IIC T4
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM),
Safety data
Maximum values
Cable parameters (ATEX)
(for inductive or
capacitive circuits)
max. voltage Uo 23.8 V
max. voltage Ui 32 V
max. current Io 36 mA
max. current Ii any
max. power Po 567 mW
max. power Pi any
max. capacitance Co for IIC 94 nF
max. capacitance Co for IIB 0.88 μF
max. inductance Lo for IIC 2 mH
max. inductance Lo for IIB 20 mH
effective internal capacitance Ci 2.5 nF
effective internal inductance Li 0

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Analog Input Module HART Ex n Inputs, 8 Channels
Series 9461/15
Technical Data
Ex n inputs
Signal range 0 .. 20 mA, 4 .. 20 mA + HART
(adjustable parameters for each channel)
Supply voltage 16.0 V at 20 mA for 2-wire transmitters
Signal transmission
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
4 ... 20 mA
Maximum delay from
input to internal bus,
0 ... 90 % of signal span
Note: For HART operation, the time setting "medium" or 50 Hz, 60 Hz is recommended
6 W
Maximum power
dissipation
3.6 W
12.75 bit 12.75 bit 12.75 bit
32 ms 120 ms 840 ms

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels for Zone 2
Series 9466/15
Series 9466/15 A4
06017E00
WebCode 9466B
> 8 channels for controlling HART
control valves and positioners
> Outputs for Ex nL and Ex nA
> Galvanic isolation between outputs
and system
(hot swap)
Selection Table
kg
Analog Output
Module HART
8 channels for controlling HART control valves
and positioners
9466/15-08-12 168678 22 0.321
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM)
Safety data
Maximum values
(for inductive or capacitive
circuits)
max. voltage Ui 32 V
max. current Ii any
max. power Po 553 mW
max. power Pi any
max. capacitance Co for IIC 94 nF
max. capacitance Co for IIB 0.88 μF
max. inductance Lo for IIB 20 mH
effective internal capacitance Ci 1.2 nF
effective internal inductance Li 0

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels for Zone 2
Series 9466/15
Technical Data
Ex n outputs
Signal range 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA + HART (adjustable parameters for each channel)
Resolution in the range 14 Bit at 0 ... 21.8 mA
Maximum delay from
5 ms
internal bus to outputs
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
6 W (8 channels at 20 mA)
Maximum power
dissipation
4.4 W (8 channels at 20 mA and 500 Ω )

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1
Series 9470/32
Series 9470/32 A4
15232E00
WebCode 9470C
> 16 channels can be adjusted
in pairs as digital input or output
> For contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
and low-power solenoid valves
> Up to 8 channels can be used as
frequency/counter input; with rotation
direction recognition
> Line fault monitoring and LED display
per channel
> Module can be replaced in the hazardous
area under voltage (hot swap)
Series 9470/12, 9470/22, 9475/12-08-41
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Digital Input
Output Module
for contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
or low-power solenoid valves,
with channel status LEDs
Zone 1 9470/32-16-11 210447 22 0.275
Note Please order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12ATEX0099X

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9470/32
Technical Data
Safety data
1 channel
Max. power Po 25.5 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB/IIIC
2 channels in parallel
Lo [mH] 280 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] – 0.49 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.81 0.96 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3
Lo [mH] 1000 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01
Co [μF] – 2.6 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.2 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
Max. power Po 51 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB/IIIC
Ex i inputs/outputs
Lo [mH] 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] 0.3 0.44 0.57 0.67 0.77 0.93 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3
Lo [mH] 270 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01
Co [μF] – 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Ex i inputs
Supply voltage 8.2 V
Output characteristic
15284E00
Signal transmission
Max. delay from signal
/ internal bus
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9470/3. - Output
0 2 4 6 8
U[V]
< 1 ms
Max. delay from
frequency input /
internal bus
Auxiliary power
Filter without small medium large
Frequency
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz 1/f + 1 ms 16/f 81/f 162/f
1 kHz ( f < 1960 Hz 1.5 ms 32/f 243/f 486/f
1960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f )20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms
Max. power consumption 2.5 W
Max. power dissipation 2.5 W
Mechanical data
I [mA]

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9470/33
Series 9470/33 A4
15233E00
WebCode 9470D
> 16 channels can be adjusted in pairs
as digital input or output
> For contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
and low-power solenoid valves
> Up to 8 channels can be used
as frequency/counter input;
with rotation direction recognition
Series 9470/12, 9470/22, 9475/12-08-41
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Digital Input Output
Module
for contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
or low-power solenoid valves
Zone 2 9470/33-16-10 210448 22 0.275
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12ATEX0099X

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9470/33
Technical Data
Safety data
1 channel
Max. power Po 25.5 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB/IIIC
2 channels in parallel
Lo [mH] 280 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] – 0.49 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.81 0.96 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3
Lo [mH] 1000 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01
Co [μF] – 2.6 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.2 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
Max. power Po 51 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB/IIIC
Ex i inputs/outputs
Lo [mH] 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] 0.3 0.44 0.57 0.67 0.77 0.93 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3
Lo [mH] 270 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01
Co [μF] – 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Ex i inputs
15284E00
Signal transmission
Max. delay from
signal / internal bus
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9470/3. - Output
0 2 4 6 8
U[V]
< 1 ms
Max. delay from
frequency input /
internal bus
Auxiliary power
Filter without small medium large
Frequency
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz 1/f + 1 ms 16/f 81/f 162/f
1 kHz ( f < 1960 Hz 1.5 ms 32/f 243/f 486/f
1960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f ) 20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms
Max. power consumption 2.5 W
Mechanical data
I [mA]

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Input Module NAMUR Ex n Inputs,
16 Channels for Zone 2 / Div. 2
Series 9470/25
Series 9470/25 A4
05692E00
WebCode 9470B
> 16 channels for contacts and NAMUR
proximity switches (EN 60947-5-6)
> Zone 2 version for connection of circuits
acc. to Ex nA and Non-Ex
> Galvanic isolation between inputs
and system
> Two channels can be used as frequency
inputs or counters up to 20 kHz
(hot swap)
Selection Table
kg
Digital Input Module
NAMUR
Inputs Ex nL, Ex nA 9470/25-16-12 168683 22 0.319
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM),

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Input Module NAMUR Ex n Inputs,
Series 9470/25
Technical Data
Safety data
Maximum values
(for inductive or capacitive
circuits)
Digital inputs
max. voltage Ui 12.6 V
max. current Ii any
max. power Po 48 mW
max. power Pi any
max. capacitance Co for IIC 1.2 μF
max. capacitance Ci for IIC 2.6 nF
max. inductance Li for IIC 0 mH
Signal EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Maximum signal delay
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
from digital inputs to
internal bus
from frequency inputs to
internal bus
from counter inputs to
internal bus
3 W
Maximum power
dissipation
3 W
per channel
per channel
channels 0-15 as digital inputs approx. 1 ms approx. 2 ms
channels 14 or 15 as
frequency input or counter
measuring range 1 Hz ... 1 kHz
(measurement frequency
f = 1 ... 35 Hz)
(measurement frequency
f = 35 Hz ... 1 kHz)
gate time
50 ms approx. 50 ms approx. 50 ms
200 ms approx. 200 ms approx. 200 ms
1 s approx. 1 s approx. 1 s
without OC/SC
detection
with OC/SC
detection
approx. 2 ms approx. 4 ms
2 ms + 1/f 4 ms + 1/f
34 ms + 1/f 36 ms + 1/f
approx. 2 ms approx. 4 ms

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1
Series 9475/32-04-72
Series 9475/32-04-72 A4
15278E00
WebCode 9475F
> 4-channel digital output
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ib
> Suitable for Ex i hydraulic valves and
solenoid valves
> Additional Ex i control input for "Plant STOP"
(acc. IEC61508 up to SIL2)
> Line fault monitoring and LED displays
per channel
> LED display for output signal per channel
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interface x x x x
Selection Table
Version Installation Open-circuit
voltage
Max.
output
current
Internal
resistance
Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Digital Output Module
with "Plant STOP"
Zone 1 13.8 V 95 / 75 mA 23.2 Ω 9475/32-04-72 218063 22 0.275
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex ia [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0232X
E II 2 (2) G Ex ia [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
Certifications and
certificates
Safety data
Output ib
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 0.11 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01
Co [nF] 257 267 337 477 488
LO [mH] 2.9 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.05 0.02
CO [nF] 1467 1767 2367 2667 2767 3157

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/32-04-72
Technical Data
Ex i outputs
15287E00
15
12
9
6
3
0
1)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
U[V]
2)
90 100
I [mA]
80
1) 4 channels 2) max. 3 channels
Notice: In case of operation with 4 outputs and a total current > 320 mA, output 4 will be pulsed.
Reduce the load current to < 320 mA!
Ex i control input X3
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption 6 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/32-04-.2
Series 9475/32-04-.2 A4
15236E00
WebCode 9475E
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ia
> For Ex i solenoid valves and display elements
per channel
Series 9475/12-04-11, 9475/12-04-21
and 9475/22-04-21
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
voltage
Max.
output
current
Internal
resistance
kg
Digital output module
with "Plant STOP"
Zone 1 17.9 V 40 mA 170 Ω 9475/32-04-12 210651 22 0.275
23.6 V 40 mA 287 Ω 9475/32-04-22 210652 22 0.275
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Certifications and
certificates

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/32-04-.2
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9475/32-04-12
Output ia
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.3 1.1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 99 109 119 149 189 220
Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 669 879 889 889 989 1189 1439
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 3.1 2.0 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 109 109 119 119 149 189 220
Lo [mH] 27 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 499 609 869 899 1089 1189 1439
Version 9475/32-04-22
Output ia
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.45 0.75 0.5 0.37 0.25 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] -- 56 67 76 93 95 95
Lo [mH] 10 5 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] 323 323 333 393 473 633 783
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 1.5 1.0 0.86 0.5 0.37 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] 43 51 55 69 760 93 95
Lo [mH] 24 20 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] 333 333 343 393 483 633 783
Version 9475/32-04-12 9475/32-04-22
Ex i outputs
40 45
I [mA]
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U[V]
40 45
I [mA]
15285E00 15286E00
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U[V]
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508) Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption 5 W 5.8 W
Max. power dissipation 4 W 4.5 W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/32-08-.2
Series 9475/32-08-.2 A4
15237E00
WebCode 9475C
per channel
Series 9475/12-08-51, 9475/12-08-61,
9475/22-08-51 and 9475/22-08-61
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
voltage
Max. output
current
Internal
resistance
kg
with "Plant STOP"
Zone 1 17.5 V 30 mA 170 Ω 9475/32-08-52 210655 22 0.275
23.5 V 20 mA 315 Ω 9475/32-08-62 210656 22 0.275
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Certifications and
certificates

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/32-08-.2
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9475/32-08-52
Output ia
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.44 1.4 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] -- 103 113 113 153 183 227
Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 673 883 943 943 1083 1283 1493
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 6.3 2.0 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 113 113 123 123 153 193 227
Lo [mH] 58 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 363 723 953 963 1083 1283 1493
Safety data
Version 9475/32-08-62
Output ia
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.57 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] -- 49 52 54 69 95 97
Lo [mH] 11 5.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 335 335 395 485 635 785 785
Max. connectable
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 7.0 5.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.05
Co [nF] 32 36 49 64 81 97 97
Lo [mH] 100 50 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 245 365 425 505 655 785 785
Version 9475/32-08-52 9475/32-08-62
Ex i outputs
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I [mA]
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U[V]
I [mA]
15283E00 15284E00
25
20
15
10
5
0
U[V]
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508) Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Auxiliary power
Max. power dissipation 4.8 W 4 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/33-08-.0
Series 9475/33-08-.0 A4
15238E00
WebCode 9475D
Series 9475/12-08-51, 9475/12-08-61,
9475/22-08-51 (without System OFF) and
9475/22-08-61 (without System OFF)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
voltage
Max.
output
current
Internal
resistance
kg
Digital Output Modul Zone 2 17.5 V 30 mA 170 Ω 9475/33-08-50 210657 22 0.275
23.5 V 20 mA 315 Ω 9475/33-08-60 210658 22 0.275
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 (1) Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and
certificates

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9475/33-08-.0
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9475/33-08-50
Output ia
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.44 1.4 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] -- 103 113 113 153 183 227
Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 673 883 943 943 1083 1283 1493
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 6.3 2.0 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 113 113 123 123 153 193 227
Lo [mH] 58 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 363 723 953 963 1083 1283 1493
Safety data
Version 9475/33-08-60
Output ia
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Output ib
Lo [mH] 1.57 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] -- 49 52 54 69 95 97
Lo [mH] 11 5.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 335 335 395 485 635 785 785
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC
IIB / IIIC
Lo [mH] 7.0 5.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.05
Co [nF] 32 36 49 64 81 97 97
Lo [mH] 100 50 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 245 365 425 505 655 785 785
Version 9475/33-08-50 9475/33-08-60
Ex i outputs
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U[V]
I [mA]
15283E00 15284E00
Auxiliary power
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U[V]
I [mA]
Max. power dissipation 4.8 W 4 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Output Module Relay and Socket for Zone 1 / Div. 1
Series 9477/12, 9490
Series 9477/12, 9490 A4
12771E00
WebCode 9477A
> 6 or 8 channels: volt-free relay contact,
normally open
> High switching capacity, up to 100 VA
and system
> Connection of the field cables to
Ex e terminals
(hot swap)
Ex interface x x Ex interface x x Ex interface x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x
Selection Table
Version Installation in Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Relay
Zone 1 / Division 1 8 contacts, 60 V 9477/12-08-12 162627 22 2.570
6 contacts, 250 V 9477/12-06-12 162630 22 2.566
Sockets
for CPU & Power
Modules Sockets
Zone 1,
connection by
means of
Ex e terminals
for digital output module relay
9477/12-08-12
9490/11-33 162703 22 0.560
for digital output module relay
9477/12-06-12
9490/11-34 162705 22 0.527
Sockets and accessories for Div. 1 installation on request
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas PTB 06.0001X
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC/IIB T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 01 ATEX 2205 X
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia, ib] IIC T4
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Output Module Relay and Socket for Zone 1 / Div. 1
Series 9477/12, 9490
Technical Data
Version 9477/12-08-12 (60 V) 9477/12-06-12 (250 V)
Ex outputs
Maximum switching
voltage
Maximum switching
current
Maximum switching
capacity
Contact normally open normally open
Auxiliary power
Behaviour during
undervoltage
60 V AC 30 V DC 250 V AC 30 V DC 110V DC 220 V DC
2 A 2 A 2 A 2 A 0.3 A 0.12 A
100 VA 60 W 100 VA 60 W 33 W 26 W
Output = OFF Output = OFF
Maximum power
consumption
4.8 W 3.6 W
Maximum power
dissipation
4.8 W 3.6 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Output Module Relay Ex nA Outputs,
Series 9477/15
Series 9477/15 A4
09893E00
WebCode 9477B
> 8 channels with output:
volt-free relay contact, normally open
> Outputs Ex nA (non-sparking)
and system
(hot swap)
Ex interface x x Ex interface x x Ex interface x
Installation in x x*) Installation in x x*) Installation in x
Selection Table
kg
Digital Output
Module Relay
Outputs Ex nA (non-sparking) 9477/15-08-12 168694 22 0.321
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas PTB 06.0001X
Ex nAC IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 (2) G Ex nAc nCc nLc [ib] IIC T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Ex nA outputs
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Maximum switching capacity
Contact NO
Auxiliary power
250 V AC 30 V DC 110V DC 220 V DC
2 A 2 A 0.3 A 0.12 A
100 VA 60 W 33 W 26 W
Behaviour during undervoltage Output = OFF
Maximum power consumption 4.8 W
Maximum power dissipation 4.8 W

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Digital Output Module Valve
Series 9478
Series 9478 A4
14200E00
WebCode 9478A
> 8 integrated 3/2-port directional control
valves for pneumatic valves
> Monitoring of the electronic control
of the 3/2-port directional control valves
in regard to short circuit and wire breakage
> Functions adjustable
> Live module can be replaced (hot swap)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
Version Channels Pressure range Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Digital Output
Module Valve
8 2.5 ... 7 bar 9478/22-08-51 203599 22 0.950
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas PTB 06.0001X
Ex ib IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Russia (GOST R), USA (FM)
Pneumatic Data
Media Compressed air oiled, oil-free, dry
neutral gases, (5 mm filter recommended)
Sealing material FPM, NBR
Manual actuation yes
Switching times ca. 1000 c.p.m.
Qn value at 20 °C air temperature, 6 bar at the valve inlet and 1 bar of differential pressure: 300 l/min
Digital input; Ex i
Function System OFF, outputs are depressurized
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Module enclosure Polyamide 6GF
Material
Valve block PPS, PA
Fire resistance (UL 94) V2
(IEC 60529)
IP20
Pneumatic connections
Auxiliary power
Behaviour during
undervoltage
P, R: plug connector d 8 mm
Y0 ... Y7: plug connector d 6 mm
X: standard silencer (included in the delivery and already fitted)
All outputs are depressurized
Typical power input 5.75 W with activated pilot valves

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Temperature Input Module for Zone 1
Series 9482/32
Series 9482/32 A4
15234E00
WebCode 9482A
> 8 channels for resistance thermometer
detectors, potentiometers, thermocouples
and mV sensors
> Intrinsically safe inputs Ex ia
> For Pt-, Ni- and Cu-resistance temperature
detectors according to DIN, IEC and GOST
in 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
> For thermocouples according to IEC, DIN
and GOST with internal or external reference
junction
> Line fault monitoring and LED indication
per channel
> Module can be replaced in hazardous
> Compatible spare for IS1 I/O modules:
– Series 9480 and 9481
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Temperature Input
Module for Zone 1
for resistance temperature detectors,
thermocouples; potentiometers with
channel status LEDs
Zone 1 9482/32-08-11 217643 99 0.000
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9482/32
Technical Data
Ex i inputs
Connectable sensors/
resistance transmitters
Connectable
thermocouples
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
Type Reference Measuring range (ITS-90) Medium
Pt100 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt500 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt1000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni500 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Pt462) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt502) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.1 K
Cu532) GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
M501) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.15 K
M1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.1 K
3-wire potentiometer - - 0 ... 500 Ω 0.02 Ω
3-wire potentiometer - - 0 ... 2,5 k Ω 0.10 Ω
3-wire potentiometer - - 0 ... 5 k Ω 0.20 Ω
B IEC 60584-1 +400 ... +1800 °C 0.25 K
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1000 °C 0.1 K
J IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1200 °C 0.1 K
K IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1370 °C 0.1 K
N IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1300 °C 0.1 K
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 °C 0.1 K
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 °C 0.1 K
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 °C 0.1 K
XK GOST 8.585 -50 ... +800 °C 0.1 K
mV - - 0 ... +100 mV 3.6 μV
0.8 W
Maximum power
dissipation
0.8 W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, B = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
resolution
resolution

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9482/33
Series 9482/33 A4
15235E00
WebCode 9482B
> 8 channels for resistance thermometer
detectors, potentiometers, thermocouples
and mV sensors
> Intrinsically safe inputs Ex ia
> For Pt-, Ni- and Cu-resistance temperature
detectors according to DIN, IEC and GOST
in 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
> For thermocouples according to IEC, DIN
and GOST with internal or external reference
junction
> Module can be replaced in hazardous area
under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1 I/O modules:
– Series 9480 and 9481
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Temperature Input
Module for Zone 2
for resistance temperature detectors,
thermocouples
Zone 2 9482/33-08-10 217644 99 0.000
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Series 9482/33
Technical Data
Ex i inputs
Connectable sensors/
resistance transmitters
Connectable
thermocouples
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
Pt100 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt500 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt1000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni500 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Pt462) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt502) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.1 K
Cu532) GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
M501) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.15 K
M1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.1 K
3-wire potentiometer - - 0 ... 500 Ω 0.02 Ω
3-wire potentiometer - - 0 ... 2,5 k Ω 0.10 Ω
B IEC 60584-1 +400 ... +1800 °C 0.25 K
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1000 °C 0.1 K
J IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1200 °C 0.1 K
K IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1370 °C 0.1 K
N IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1300 °C 0.1 K
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 °C 0.1 K
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 °C 0.1 K
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 °C 0.1 K
XK GOST 8.585 -50 ... +800 °C 0.1 K
mV - - 0 ... +100 mV 3.6 μV
0.8 W
Maximum power
dissipation
0.8 W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, B = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
resolution
resolution

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
BusRail
Series 9494
Series 9494 A4
02076E00
WebCode 9494A
> Backplane bus for the IS1+ system,
consisting of data bus, Ex i PowerBus
and address circuits
> For 2 or 4 modules
> Installation on 35 mm DIN rails NS 35/15
> The BusRail can be interconnected
for up to 18 modules
> Passive component with redundancy
and high availability
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x*) x*) Installation in x x x*) x*) x*) x*)
*) Restrictions table explosion protection - see catalogue automation
Selection Table
kg
BusRail
04829E00
for 4 modules 9494/S1-M4 162853 22 0.100
07005E00
for 2 modules begin 9494/S1-B2 162857 22 0.062
for 2 modules end 9494/S1-E2 162855 22 0.062
End cover BusRail
04826E00
begin 9494/A1-B0 162859 22 0.044
04810E00
end 9494/A1-E0 162861 22 0.044
End cover
with connection cable
04769E00
0.7 m / 27.5 in 9494/L1-V7 162865 22 0.210
1.10 m / 43.3 in 9494/L1-V8 162866 22 0.260
length acc. specification 9494/L1-V9 162867 22 0.069
DIN rail
04768E00
For inserting the BusRail
(< 0.5 m / 19.7 in
and > 2 m / 78.7 in),
35 x 15 x 1.5 mm
(EN 50022)
103714 16 1.410

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Accessories
A4 Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS
Plug-in Terminal
02079E00
2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, screw connector, blue, for connecting
the field signals to I/O modules, for intrinsically safe field circuits
Labelling: 1 ... 16
Attention: An additional terminal is necessary
for I/O module Series 9470 and 9480.
Designation: 17 ... 32
162702 24
2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, screw connector, blue, for connecting
the field signals to I/O modules, for intrinsically safe field circuits
Labelling: 17 ... 32
162718 24
02077E00
2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, spring clamp connection, blue,
for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for intrinsically safe field circuits, incl. test jacks
Labelling: 1 ... 16
Attention: An additional terminal is necessary for I/O module
Series 9470 and 9480.
Designation: 17 ... 32
162695 24
2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, spring clamp connection, blue,
for intrinsically safe field circuits, incl. test jacks
162716 24
09898E00
Screw connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16 pin, black,
for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
Labelling: 1 ... 16
162708 24
Screw connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16 pin, black,
for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
162719 24
09899E00
Spring connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock and test jacks, 16 pin,
black, for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
Labelling: 1 ... 16
162710 24
Spring connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock and test jacks, 16 pin,
black, for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
162720 24
09898E00
2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16-pole, screw connection, black,
for non-intrinsically safe field circuits
Attention: Only for I/O module 9477/15
Version with warning sign
Labelling: 1 ... 16
162704 24
09899E00
2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16-pole, spring connection, black,
for non-intrinsically safe field circuits including test jacks
Attention: Only for I/O module 9477/15
Version with warning sign
Labelling: 1 ... 16
162706 24
Sub-D plug
09868E00
9-pin for connection of the fieldbus or ServiceBus to the CPU & power
module Series 9440/22 and fieldbus-isolating repeater 9185. Integrated
terminator can be switched on or off. For RS-485 IS to PNOstandard.
162693 24
9-pin for connection of the fieldbus or ServiceBus to
the CPU & power module Series 9440/15 and
fieldbus-isolating repeater 9185.
Integrated terminator can be switched on or off.
For non-intrinsically safe RS-485.
105715 24
Fieldbus isolating
repeater,
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
09867E00
• Equipment for installation in safe areas or Zone 2 / Div. 2
• For fieldbusses with RS-485 interface - Zone 1 / Class I, II, III
Division 1 and Class I, II, III Zone 1
• Suitable for Profibus DP, Modbus, R. STAHL ServiceBus
• Interface to automation system RS-232, RS-422, RS-485
• Automatic setting of transfer rate for Profibus DP
• Adjustable transfer rate (1.2 kBit/s to 1.5 MBit/s)
• Power supply 24 V AC/DC
• Further information see data sheet Series 9185/11
160587 21
Optical Fieldbus
Isolating Repeater,
Zone 1
11131E00
• Isolating repeater for installation in Zone 1 and Zone 2 / Class I
Division 2 and Class I Zone 1
• For fieldbus via fibre optic intrinsically safe cables „ex op is“
into Zone 1 / Class I, II, III Division 1 and Class I, II, III Zone 0
• Redundant construction possible using optical ring
• Extensive diagnostic function and fault-contact
• Suitable for Profibus DP up to 1.5 MBit/s
• Further versions and information see data sheet of
Series 9186 optical fieldbus-isolating repeater
160623 25

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Accessories
Optical Fieldbus
Isolating Repeater,
Zone 2
mA - Isolating
Repeater
Type 9164/13-22-09
mA - Isolating
Repeater
Type 9164/13-22-08
Electronic relay
Model 9174/10-14-00
Electronic relay
Model 9174/10-15-00
Partition
Media Converter
9721/13-11-14
FO patch cable
Media Converter
Remote I/O
11550E00
• Isolating repeater for installation in Zone 2 / Div. 2
• For fieldbus via fibre optic intrinsically safe cables „ex op is“
into Zone 1 / Div. 1
• Optical ring possible
• Extensive diagnostic function and fault-contact
• Suitable for Profibus DP up to 1.5 MBit/s
• Further versions and information see data sheet of
Series 9186 optical fieldbus-isolating repeater
160624 25
10389E00
The mA isolating repeaters are used for the connection of
4-wire transmitters to active 2-wire inputs and
for the galvanic separation.
Input: sink, Ex e
Output: sink, Ex i
160166 29
04653E00
The mA isolating repeaters are used for the connection of
4-wire transmitters to active 2-wire inputs and
for the galvanic separation.
Input: sink, Ex i
Output: sink, Ex i
160165 29
04036E00
The electronic relay module 9174 is used to switch Ex e loads by
using intrinsically safe control signals.
input: Ex i
output: 48 V / 2 A DC, Ex e
212340 29
The electronic relay module 9174 is used to switch Ex e loads by
using intrinsically safe control signals.
input: Ex i
output: 250 V / 1 A DC, Ex e
212431 29
15196E00
For mounting between intrinsically safe and
non-intrinsically safe connections of the I/O modules,
in order to adhere to the required 50 mm distance
220101 24
15255E00
Media converter of 10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 port) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x fibre optic cable port LC)
220381 22
14259E00
Patch cable for connection of IS1+ Ethernet CPU 9441
with media converter 202211 (Switch SK-KJ1710 1FX 4TX)
and 202212 (Switch SK-KJ1740 4FX 1TX);
plug LC / MTRJ; lenght 3 m
202610 24
15289E00
Patch cable for connection of IS1+ Ethernet CPU 9441
with media converter9721; plug LC / SC; lenght 3 m
220911 24
12566E00
4 ports fibre switch of 100 Base-Fx “Ex op is“
(4 x fibre optic cable ports MTRJ) to 100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 port)
202212 22
116 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
Accessories
Device DTM IS1+
for PROFIBUS DP
DTM
12564E00
• Parameterization and configuration of the IS1+ system
• Communicating with HART-compatible field devices
via Profibus DP V1
• Supports all common FDT frame applications
(e.g. FieldCare, PactWare ™ )
• Condition Monitoring
• Scan function for automatic topology generation
on request
Device DTM IS1+
for Ethernet
• Parameterization and configuration of the IS1+ system
• Communicating with HART-compatible field devices
via Ethernet Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP
• Supports all common FDT frame applications
(e.g. FieldCare, PactWare ™ )
• Condition Monitoring
• Scan function for automatic topology generation
on request
IS1 PCS7 APL
field device library
CFC
15667E00
Easy connection of IS1+ modules to the SIEMENS
control system PCS7 via PROFIBUS DP.
The library contains CFC driver modules created in conformance
with PCS7 modules, and documentation in English.
HOTLINE support inclusive.
Order, processing and support are carried out directly
via SIEMENS: function.blocks.industry@siemens.com
Hardware/software requirements: SIEMENS PCS7 V7.1 to 8.0 SP1
and IS1+ CPM 9440/…C1455 from V03.45 and GSD from V03.05
on request

Fieldbus Technology
118 Fieldbus Technology 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A5
Contents
Fieldbus Technology
Overview of the System Components ISbus 120
General ISbus 121
Power Supply and Diagnosis
Fieldbus Power Supply ISbus 9412 122
Diagnosis communication module ISbus 9415 123
bus-carrier for Fieldbus Power Supply Series 9412 ISbus 9419 124
bus-Carrier, Yokogawa ALF111 version ISbus 9419 126
Field Device Coupler
Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/21 128
Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/11 130
Digital I/O Coupler (4-Wire) ISbus 9413/21 132
Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/24 133
Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler ISbus 9410/34 135
System Components and Accessories
Fieldbus Terminator ISbus 9418 137
Accessories ISbus 139
Fieldbus System Solution ISbus
Fieldbus Modules ISbus
Field Device Coupler Non-Ex ISbus 9411/00
Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/34
Digital I/O Coupler (2-Wire) ISbus 9413/28
Software ISbus
Drivers ISbus
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 119

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
General
A5 Overview of the System Components
Overview of Functions ISbus
Field device Installation Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 1
FISCO/Entity (ia, ib) Zone 0/1 x x
Zone 2 x
FISCO/entity (ic) Zone 2 x *) x
Ex ic (entity) Zone 2 x *) x
Ex d/q/m Zone 1 x x
Zone 2 x
Ex nA Zone 2 x
Ex i solenoid valve Zone 0/1 x
Ex i contact Zone 0/1 x
*) feldbus power supply with Ex ic parameters suitable for field device required
Fieldbus Technology
07644E00
Field device coupler
941/34 9411/24 9411/21 9411/11 9413/21
120 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
General
A5
09085E00
WebCode ISBUSA
> Components and systems for use on
Profibus PA and FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
systems
> Full product range for fieldbus installations
based on the „High Power Trunk“ concept
in Zone 1and Zone 2 / Div. 2.
> Integration of simple, discrete signals onto
the fieldbus via intelligent Digital I/O Couplers
> Redundant fieldbus power supply
with galvanic isolation for
FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
> Advanced physical layer diagnostics,
optional integrated into fieldbus power supply
or via H1 network
> Field housings of different sizes and
materials, such as plastic, stainless steel
and aluminium
Fieldbus technology has become established in recent years alongside conventional field devices and
field devices with HART support. The solutions from the Profibus Organisation or the Fieldbus
FOUNDATIONTM are now used in the majority of new installations. Solutions with fieldbus barriers have largely
replaced the FISCO installations.The R. STAHL product range includes field device couplers for installation
in Zone 1, Zone 2 and Class 1 Div. 2 for connection of e.g. I.S. or FISCO and non-I.S. fieldbus devices,
simple discrete I.S. signals and more. The bus is supplied with the necessary power using a simplex or
redundant power supply. Physical Layer Diagnostics is integrated as standard in the fieldbus power supply
and can also be transmitted via FF H1 on asset management systems.
Besides the new ISbus components for FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus and Profibus PA, R. STAHL also supplies
all-inclusive system solutions. These range from different types of field housings, made from plastic,
stainless steel, or aluminium, and innovative solutions with Ex-plug connectors for the non-intrinsically safe
fieldbus to complete system solutions for all different forms of field signals.
Depending on the application and customer requirements, R. STAHL optimally combines the components
and systems from the Fieldbus ISbus and Remote I/O IS1+ sectors to create the most efficient and
low-cost solution.

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Fieldbus Power Supply
Series 9412
Series 9412 A5
13055E00
WebCode 9412A
The fieldbus power supply is used for single or
redundant power supply of FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus H1 segments.
> Galvanic isolation between fieldbus segment
and power supply unit
> High output power of up to 28 V and 1 A
> Integrated fieldbus diagnosis (physical layer)
with signaling contact
> Integrated, switchable terminator
*) also in safe area
Selection Table
kg
Fieldbus
power supply
fieldbus power supply and diagnostics 9412/00-310-11s 200586 23 0.135
fieldbus power supply, diagnostics and
9412/00-320-11s 200588 23 0.135
adjustable warning level
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (IZP), USA (FM),
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Power dissipation 2.75 W at 500 mA output current and 24 V
Fieldbus
Specification IEC 61158-2, FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1 FF-831
Segment supply
Supply voltage ) 28 V DC
Note: other output voltages for FNICO and Entity upon request
Supply current
Simplex mode 10 ... 500 mA
Redundant mode 10 ... 500 mA (= 2 x 250 mA in redundant operation 2 x 9412)
Boost mode 10 mA ... 1 A (= 2 x 500 mA in parallel operation 2 x 9412)
Diagnostics
Fault detection
9412/0.-310-11s: overload and short circuit
9412/0.-320-11s: overload, short circuit and Physical Layer values: trunk voltage/current,
signal level, noise, jitter, unbalance
Error message relay contact (30 V DC / 100 mA)
Ambient temperature -20 ... +70 °C (observe operating instructions)
Dimensions 108 x 114.5 x 17.6 mm

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Diagnosis Communication Module
Series 9415
Series 9415 A5
14240E00
WebCode 9415A
The Diagnosis Communication Module (DCM)
transmits diagnostics data, measured by the
ISbus fieldbus power supplies Series 9412,
to a host and / or asset management system
via FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1.
> Transmission of diagnostics data from
up to 8 FF H1 segments
> Diagnostics physical layer values:
voltage / current value, jitter, noise,
signal level, unbalance
> Simple integration into asset management
systems via FF H1 and EDD
> Diagnostics handling acc. to
NAMUR NE 107 and FF-912
> Various bus-Carriers for 4 or 8 segments,
simplex and redundant available
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interface x
Installation in x
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Diagnosis
transmission of diagnostics data from up to 8 via FF H1 9415/00-310-42 207903 23
communication
module
Note installation in bus-Carriers with 8 (simplex / redundant) or 16 (redundant) slots
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 11.0054x
Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 11 ATEX E 104X
E II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Certificates ATEX, IECEx
Ship approval DNV
Power supply from the bus-Carriers Series 9419
Diagnostics interface
For connection to ISbus Fieldbus Power Supplies 9412 (via bus-Carrier 9419)
Physical layer
measurement
(acc. to NAMUR NE 123)
via Fieldbus Power Supplies 9412:
Segment: voltage / current, jitter, signal level, noise, balance, current and voltage
Fieldbus devices: jitter, signal level
Fieldbus interface
For connection to Host and Asset Management Systems with H1 interface
Functions
Technology EDD
Cyclic data transmission 10 DI function blocks for status information / common error per segment
Acyclic data transmission 9 Transducer blocks for detailed information: physical layer values, HI-alarm,
HIHI-alarm, LO-alarm, LOLO-alarm, status DCM, status segment, status fieldbus devices
Ambient temperature - 20 ... + 70 °C
Dimensions 108 x 114.5 x 35.2 mm

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
bus-Carrier
Series 9419
Series 9419 A5
14710E00
WebCode 9419A
> For Fieldbus Power Supplies Series 9412
for supplying FF H1 segments with power
> for 4 or 8 fieldbus segments, simplex
or redundant
> Slot for the diagnosis communication module
9415 for the transmission of physical layer
data via FF H1
> Mounting on DIN rail or mounting plate
> High availability through:
– Redundant auxiliary power supply
with signalling contact
– Separate signalling contact
for segment fault
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x
Selection Table
Version Connection Trunk
supply
Number of
segments
Number of slots Order number Art. no. PS
bus-Carrier, universal to any
FF H1 hosts
simplex 8 8 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/08F-XX1-01C1 208745 23
redundant 4 8 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/04R-XX1-02C1 208746 23
8 16 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/08R-XX1-02C1 208747 23
Note Shield clamps have to be ordered separately for carriers 08R and 04R.
Other versions on request.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Redundant supply yes, diode-decoupled
Error detection
Power Fail (pri / red) Contact "PF" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
Diagnostics Contact "Dia" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
for further information, see operating instructions for Type 9412
Connection
Trunk to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the fieldbus power supply
Host / red. host to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the Fieldbus Power Supplies
DCM via ribbon cable using plug connectors
Shield via integrated shield bar with strain relief

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
bus-Carrier
Series 9419
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inch]) - Subject to Alterations
130 [5,12]
144 [5,67]
14791E00
X
154 [6,06]
160 [6,30] 62 [2,30]
Type Dimension X
9419/04R-XX1-02C1 217 mm [8.55]
9419/08F-XX1-01C1 217 mm [8.55]
9419/08R-XX1-02C1 359 mm [14.13]

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
bus-Carrier
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 version
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 version A5
15302E00
WebCode 9419B
> For Fieldbus Power Supplies Series 9412
for supplying FF H1 segments with power
> For 4 or 8 fieldbus segments, simplex
or redundant
> With connecting plugs for Yokogawa ALF111
host sub-assembly
> Slot for the diagnosis communication module
9415 for the transmission of physical layer
data via FF H1
> Mounting on DIN rail or mounting plate
> High availability through:
– Redundant auxiliary power supply
with signalling contact
– Separate signalling contact
for segment fault
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x
Selection Table
Version Connection Trunk
supply
Number of
segments
Number of slots Order number Art. no. PS
bus-Carrier,
Yokogawa
to Yokogawa
ALF111
FF H1 hosts
simplex 8 8 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/08F-YO1-01A5 221454 23
redundant 4 8 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/04R-YO1-02A5 221455 23
8 16 FPS + 1 DCM 9419/08R-YO1-02A5 221456 23
Note Shield clamps have to be ordered separately for carriers 08R and 04R.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Ship approval DNV
Auxiliary power
Redundant supply yes, diode-decoupled
Error detection
Power Fail (pri / red) Contact "PF" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
Diagnostics Contact "Dia" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
for further information, see operating instructions for Type 9412
Connection
Trunk to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the fieldbus power supply
Host / red. host via system plug for Yokogawa AKB336 system cable
DCM via ribbon cable using plug connectors
Shield via integrated shield bus or to terminal connections "S"

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
bus-Carrier
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 version
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inch]) - Subject to Alterations
129 [5,08]
160 [6,30]
217 [8,54]
15455E00 11560E00 15300E00 11561E00
160 [6,30]
129 [5,08] 358 [14,09]
9419/08R bus-Carrier for 8 fieldbus segments 9419/04R bus-Carrier for 4 fieldbus segments
130 [5,12]
160 [6,30] 62 [2,30]
144 [5,67]
15301E00 11562E00 11559E00
129 [5,08]
160,5 [6,32]
217 [8,54]
252 [9,92]
9419/08F bus-Carrier for 8 fieldbus segments 9419 bus-Carrier with modules

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler
Series 9411/21
Series 9411/21 A5
14216E00
WebCode
The Zone 1 Ex i field device couplers are used
to connect 4 or 8 intrinsically safe (FISCO)
FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1 or Profibus PA field
devices to a non-intrinsically safe /
Ex e fieldbus (high-power trunk).
> Galvanic isolation between intrinsically
safe field devices and non-intrinsically
safe fieldbus
> Reduced start-up current and low short-circuit
current due to power management
> Capacitive or direct grounding of cable
screens
> LED displays for status and faults
of the individual spurs
> Integrated fieldbus terminating resistor that
can be activated separately
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x
Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Number of
channels (spurs)
Terminals Order number Art. no. PS
Ex i field device
coupler without
enclosure
without,
DIN rail mount
4 screw terminals 9411/21-210-31 161843 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-230-31 206826 23
8 screw terminals 9411/21-210-41 161887 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-230-41 206829 23
Ex i field device
coupler in the
standard enclosure
made of polyester 4 screw terminals 9411/21-211-31 161845 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-231-31 206827 23
8 screw terminals 9411/21-211-41 161888 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-231-41 206836 23
made of
stainless steel
4 screw terminals 9411/21-212-31 161847 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-232-31 206828 23
8 screw terminals 9411/21-212-41 161889 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/21-232-41 206837 23

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Series 9411/21
Technical Data
Version Coupler mounted on DIN rail Coupler in the standard enclosure
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0057 X IECEx BVS 08.0057 X
Ex mb e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex mb e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C [ia D]
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 004 X BVS 06 ATEX E 004 X
E II 2(1)G Ex mb e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb E II 2(1)G Ex mb e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Ga] IIIC E II 2(1) D Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C [ia D]
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (IZP), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Safety data each spur FISCO (IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-27)
Power supply not required, the Field Device Coupler is powered from the trunk
Version 4 Spurs 8 Spurs
Trunk,
non-intrinsically safe / Ex e
Voltage range 16 ... 32 V 16 ... 32 V
Max. current consumption
at 24 V
0 mA each spur 24 mA
Spurs, intrinsically safe
FISCO Ex i
Quantity 4 8
Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
at 24 V
Coupler mounted on DIN rails: -40 ... +75 °C
Coupler built in a standard enclosure: -20 ... +70 °C
Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9411/21-2.0-31 208.5 83.3 128.2
9411/21-2.0-41 208.5 83.3 128.3
9411/21-2.1-31 227 91 199
9411/21-2.1-41 340.5 91 199
9411/21-2.2-31 236.5 105.5 234.5
9411/21-2.2-41 360 105.5 234.5

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Couplers
Series 9411/11
Series 9411/11 A5
11008E00
WebCode 9411B
> For FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
and Profibus PA
> Connection of up to 4 or 8 explosion
protected (Ex d / Ex m) field devices
to a non-intrinsically safe / Ex e fieldbus
> Short-circuit protection for each spur
> Reduced starting and low short-circuit
current through power management
> LED indication of faults on each spur
> Switchable termination on board
> Screw or cage clamp terminals
> Customer specific enclosures available
in different versions
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x
Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Number of channels
(spurs)
Ex e
field device coupler
without enclosure
without,
DIN rail mount
4 screw terminals 9411/11-210-30 161849 23
8 screw terminals 9411/11-210-40 161855 23
Ex e
in the standard
enclosure
made of polyester 4 screw terminals 9411/11-211-30 161851 23
8 screw terminals 9411/11-211-40 161857 23
made of
stainless steel
4 screw terminals 9411/11-212-30 161853 23
8 screw terminals 9411/11-212-40 161859 23

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Couplers
Series 9411/11
Technical Data
Version Coupler mounted on DIN rail Coupler in the standard enclosure
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0056 X IECEx BVS 08.0056 X
Ex mb eb IIC T4 Ex mb eb IIC T4
Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex mb eb IIC T4 E II 2 G Ex mb eb IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CFM), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Serbia (IZP), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Trunk,
Rated operational voltage 9 ... 32 V
0 mA each spur 25 mA 25 mA
20 mA each spur 105 mA 185 mA
Spurs, Ex e
Quantity 4 / 8
Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
9411/11-...-30
(4 spurs)
9411/11-...-40
(8 spurs)
9411/11-2.0-30 208.5 82 128.2
9411/11-2.0-40 208.5 82 128.2
9411/11-2.1-30 227 91 199
9411/11-2.1-40 340.5 91 199
9411/11-2.2-30 236.5 105.5 234.5
9411/11-2.2-40 360 105.5 234.5

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Digital I/O Coupler
Series 9413
Series 9413 A5
06148E00
WebCode 9413A
The digital I/O coupler is used to connect 8
intrinsically safe contacts or proximity initiators
and 4 intrinsically safe solenoid valves to a
FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1.
> Galvanic isolation between input, output
and fieldbus
> Operation at an intrinsically safe (FISCO)
or non-intrinsically safe fieldbus (high-energy
trunk) is possible
> LED display for power supply and field bus
> Optional: LED display for inputs/outputs/
error message
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x x x*) x*)
Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Power supply Fieldbus Order number Art. no. PS
Digital I/O coupler
without external Ex e or Ex i, Ex nL *) 9413/21-210-84-FF 161991 23
without enclosure
Digital I/O coupler
in the standard
enclosure
in polyester
(Series 8146)
external Ex e or Ex i, Ex nL *) 9413/21-211-84-FF 161995 23
in stainless steel
(Series 8125)
external Ex e or Ex i, Ex nL *) 9413/21-212-84-FF 161999 23
Note *) acc. to FISCO specification IEC 60079-27
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 2029
E II 2(1) G Ex mb e [ia] IIC T4
E II 2(1) D Ex tD A21 [iaD] IP66 T65°C
suitable, certified enclosure necessary
(e.g. R. STAHL Series 8146 or 8125)
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (IZP),
Power supply
Power supply external
Voltage range 17 ... 32 V
Max. nominal current
consumption
(all inputs short circuit; outputs full load; LED module installed)
Discrete inputs, Ex i
at 17 V at 22 V at 24 V at 28 V
200 mA 150 mA 140 mA 120 mA
Input signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Digital outputs, Ex i
No load voltage 23.5 V
Internal resistance ( 340Ω
Min. starting current (0 ... 50 ms) 30 mA
Min. holding current (> 50 ms) 15 mA
Ambient temperature without enclosure: - 20 ... + 65 °C
with polyester enclosure 8146/.S71: - 20 ... + 60 °C
with stainless steel enclosure 8125/.073: - 20 ... + 60 °C
Function blocks for FF DO, DI, MDO, MDI, AI, CI, MDO, MDI, LTB
Dimensions
9413/21-210-84-FF 253 143 76.5
9413/21-211-84-FF 340.5 210.5 91
9413/21-212-84-FF 360 237 165

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Series 9411/24
Series 9411/24 A5
14217E00
The Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Couplers
are installed in Zone 2 and connect 4 or 8
intrinsically safe FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
or Profibus PA field devices in Zone 1 to a
non-intrinsically safe fieldbus
(high power trunk).
> Isolation between intrinsically safe field
devices and non-intrinsically safe fieldbus
> Reduced starting and low short-circuit current
through power management
> LED indication of status and faults on
each spur
> Switchable fieldbus termination on board
4 Spur: WebCode 9411E
8 Spur: WebCode 9411F
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
Selection Table
channels (spurs)
Zone 2 Ex i
without,
DIN rail mount
4 screw terminals 9411/24-310-31 203616 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/24-330-31 206838 23
8 screw terminals 9411/24-310-41 203617 23
detachable screw
terminals
9411/24-330-41 206839 23
Note Field enclosures in polyester or stainless steel: Customer specific solutions on request

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Series 9411/24
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0057 X
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CFM), Russia (GOST R), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Version 4 Spurs 8 Spurs
Trunk,
Voltage range 16 ... 32 V 16 ... 32 V
at 24 V
Spurs, intrinsically safe
FISCO Ex i
Quantity 4 8
Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
9411/24-2.0-31 208.5 83.3 128.2
9411/24-2.0-41 208.5 83.3 128.3
Fieldbus Technology
at 24 V
134 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler
Series 9410/34
Series 9410/34 A5
14357E00
WebCode 9410A
The Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Couplers are
used to connect up to 12 explosion-protected
(Ex nL / Ex ic / Ex nA) FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
or Profibus PA field devices to a non-intrinsically
safe / high energy trunk.
> Low start-up current due to
power management
> Short-circuit monitoring of spurs
with automatic switch-off of the respective
spur and indicator (LED)
> Customer-specific enclosures available
in different versions
Ex interface x Ex interface x Ex interface x
Installation in x Installation in x Installation in x
Selection Table
channels (spurs)
Field device coupler
without enclosure
without, DIN rail mount 4 screw terminals,
pluggable
9410/34-330-30 207904 23
8 screw terminals,
pluggable
9410/34-330-40 207905 23
12 screw terminals,
pluggable
9410/34-330-60 207906 23

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler
Series 9410/34
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, USA (FM)
Ship approval DNV
Trunk,
not intrinsically safe / Ex nA
Voltage range 9 ... 32 V
0 mA each spur 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA
3 / 7 / 11 spurs at 41 mA,
1 spur in short-circuit
Short-circuit all spurs 75 mA 75 mA 75 mA
Spurs, Ex ic / nA / nL
9410/34-...-30
(4 spurs)
9410/34-...-40
(8 spurs)
9410/34-...-60
(12 spurs)
198 mA 362 mA 526 mA
Note Spur ic and nL in combination with voltage limited fieldbus power supply only
(e.g. R. STAHL Types 9412/01 or 9412/02)
Quantity 4, 8, 12
Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Dimensions
9410/34-330-30 103 94 64
9410/34-330-40 154 94 64
9410/34-330-60 206 94 64
Fieldbus Technology
136 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Fieldbus Terminator
Series 9418
Series 9418 A5
07211E00
WebCode 9418A
The fieldbus terminator is used for proper
termination of FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus or
Profibus PA segments. Version depending it
can be installed in intrinsically safe (FISCO)
or non-intrinsically safe fieldbusses
(high energy trunk).
> Extremely compact design
> Simple installation in M20 cable glands
> For direct integration in enclosures
or field devices
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
Version Fieldbus Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fieldbus terminator
"Ex m"
non-intrinsically safe (Ex e) 9418/01-201-10 168062 23 0.080
Fieldbus terminator
"Ex i"
intrinsically safe (FISCO) 9418/02-201-10 168063 23 0.080
Technical Data
Version 9418/01 (Ex m) 9418/02 (Ex i)
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust PTB 08.0007 PTB 08.0007
Ex mb II T6/T5 Ex ib IIB/IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T65 °C / T100 °C Ex ibD 21 T65 °C / T100 °C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 2053 PTB 07 ATEX 2053
E II 2 G Ex mb II T6/T5 E II 2 G Ex ib IIB/IIC T6/T5
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T65°C/T100°C E II 2 D Ex ibD 21 T65°C/T100°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K)
Ship approval DNV
Terminating resistor
Capacitance 1 mF
Resistance 100 Ω
Ambient temperature T5: - 40 ... + 75 °C
T6: - 40 ... + 40 °C

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Fieldbus Terminator
Series 9418
Technical Data
Installation example
On the installation of the Fieldbus Terminator in a cable gland:
• it is used as a certified sealing plug
• it can be seen that a terminating resistor is connected to a device in the enclosure even
if the enclosure is closed
ø 12 mm / 0.47 "
10 mm / 0.39 "
9418 Fieldbus Terminator
32 mm / 1.26 "
Fieldbus Technology
07111E00
07212E00
ø 14 mm / 0.55 "
138 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
Accessories
A5 Accessories and Spare Parts
Terminator
06501E00
Fieldbus Terminator "Ex m" 168062 23
Fieldbus Terminator "Ex i" 168063 23
bus-Carrier, simplex
14402E00
bus-Carrier for 8 segments, simplex 208745 23
bus-Carrier,
redundant
14403E00
bus-Carrier for 8 segments, redundant 208747 23
14402E00
bus-Carrier for 4 segments, redundant 208746 23
Fieldbus Wizard
Engineering Tool
Engineering
Tool
07376E00
Engineering tool for design of fieldbus foundation
or Profibus PA fieldbus segments
Download under www.fieldbus-solutions.info
Cable gland
02055E00
138454 15
13027E00
138464 15
Spring-loaded clam-ping
bracket
15797E00
8161/5-M20-13 50 pieces
8161/6-M 20-13 50 pieces
Spring-loaded clamping bracket KLBÜ C01 113509 24
LED module
06987E00
for the status (yellow) and error (red) indicators of the digital inputs
and outputs; pluggable
for Digital I/O Coupler, Series 9413
168201 23
Top rail mounting set
06988E00
for installation onto DIN rails NS35/15
for Digital I/O Coupler, Series 9413
168202 23
pac-Bus
11311E00
Wiring for power supply and common error messaging for up to
8 fieldbus power supplies
160731 21
Eathing bar set
for 4 Spurs
01525E00
Earthing bar 9411 spring terminal strap 202774 23
16248E00
Earthing bar 9411 with screw terminals 161929 23
Eathing bar set
for 8 Spurs
04079E00
Earthing bar 9411 spring terminal strap 202775 23
16249E00
Earthing bar 9411 with screw terminals 161930 23

Wireless
140 Wireless 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
Contents
Wireless
General ISwireless 142
WLAN Access Point - Zone 1 ISwireless 8265 143
WLAN Access Point - Zone 2 ISwireless 9710 145
WirelessHART Gateway ISwireless 9715 150
Asset Tracking System
RFID Controller ISwireless 8265 147
RFID Tag ISwireless 9713 147
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Wireless 141

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
General
A6
Overview of the Portfolio
Wireless Technology for Process Automation
The use of wireless technology in process industry offers entirely
new possibilities for the system operators to optimize existing
production processes and adopt entirely new paths. A wide field
of applications with various solutions becomes available to the
user: R. STAHL considers this trend in many different ways.
Applications and Suitable Wireless Solution
Application Wireless solution
Position switch and switching without signal wiring and
power supply
Wireless sensor and actor networks - WirelessHART WirelessHART Gateway Series 9715
Data communication with portable or mobile devices
Point-to-point connections for CCTV and HMI
Tracking of assets and individuals indoor and outdoor Asset Tracking System based on active RFID type 9713
Wireless
14383E02
Besides WLAN and WirelessHART, R. STAHL also offers
switches working without battery or power supply. Recently,
the offer has been completed by a localisation system offering
new solutions for more efficient production processes and
increased safety.
Position switch 8074F
Control unit 8040F
Receiver and repeater
WLAN Access Point 9710 for Zone 2
WLAN Access Point 8265 for Zone 1
Integration into ERP or other software applications via
Tagpilot Software
142 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WLAN Access Point
Series 8265
Series 8265 A6
06316E00
WebCode 8265C
> IEEE 802.11a/b/g or 802.11n
(up to 300 Mbit/s) - Standard
> Degree of protection IP66
> For use from -30 ... +60 °C
> Individual WLAN or wireless solution for
use with any device
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
The WLAN Access Point enables wireless data transmission in hazardous areas. For instance, it is
possible to access data in a company network from a PDA or a notebook with WLAN interface, transmitting
data or controlling sequences.
The WLAN Access Point from R. STAHL stands out due to its easy installation and a robust enclosure
which is suitable for rough industrial environments. Its wide temperature range allows to be used almost
under all conditions.
The device supports the widely used standards IEEE 802.11a/b/g and 802.11n, with up to 300 Mbits/s.
Selection Table
Version Antennas Order number PS
11308E00
external, omni-directional, 2.4 GHz 8265/5.-.... 75
Note The devices will be designed according to orders.
Selection table see data sheet or general catalogue.

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WLAN Access Point
Series 8265
Technical Data
Version WLAN Access Point Series 8265
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0025
Europe (ATEX)
Further parameters
Installation in Zones 1, 2 or Zones 21, 22
Wireless
Radio standards 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11i or in addition optional 802.11n
Safety / Encoding WPA2 - 802.11i with 128 bit AES-CCM
Antenna diversity yes (optional)
Operating modes Access Point, Access Client or Repeater / Bridge
Configuration via integrated web server
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage 24 V DC
Degree of protection IP66
Technical Data - Antenna
Europe (ATEX)
Gas E II 2G Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Dust E II 2D Ex t IIIC T85°C Db IP66
Radiation omni-directional
Antenna gain (peak) 5 dBi
Cable length approx. 5 m
ø 11 mm
ø 0.43 "
ø 289 mm / 11.34 "
16,50 mm
0.65 "
210 mm / 8.27 "
236 mm / 9.29 " 227 mm / 8.94 "
ø 289 mm / 11.34 "
16,50 mm
0.65 "
ø 11 mm
ø 0.43 "
210 mm / 8.27 "
236 mm / 9.29 " 227 mm / 8.94 "
8265, size 4, 1 external antenna 8265, size 4, 2 external antennas
Wireless
Ex de IIC T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80 °C
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80 °C
WPA TKIP, WEP support
MAC ID filter
administrator password
06894E00 06893E00
144 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WLAN Access Point
Series 9710
Series 9710 A6
12691E00
WebCode 9710A
> Compact WLAN access point enables
communication with portable devices such as
barcode scanner, cameras, PDAs in
Zone 2 / Div. 2
> Open standard conforms to 802.11a/b/g
> Robust and compact design for use in
industrial environment
> Temperature range -30 ... +60 °C
> Flexible design for use in Zones 2, 22 and
Class 1 Div. 2
> Field enclosures made of stainless steel
with IP66
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Note: NEC solution on request
The ISwireless WLAN access point Series 9710 is an access point for industrial use which has an Ethernet
100 Base-T connection. The device has a bit rate of up to 54 Mbit/s and supports the standards IEEE
802.11b/g (2.4 GHz ISM band) and 802.11a (5 GHz ISM band). Since it has been designed for the
international use, it has many features which qualify it for the industrial use in the process industry.
Applicability for hazardous areas, IGMP Snooping, OFDM for higher noise immunity, repeater mode,
an OPC server diagnostics, extended temperature range, high vibration resistance and DIN-rail mounting.
We also offer a version which conforms to 802.11n upon request.
Selection Table
Version Description Field enclosure Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
WLAN access point
Series 9710
without enclosure – – 9710/12-11-11 WLAN
Access Point Z2
207122 75 0.800
integrated in
enclosure
made of stainless steel,
Series 8125
8125/5061 WLAN
Access Point Z2 9710
207123 75 3.500
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T5 Gc (requires additional enclosure)
Dust
integrated into enclosure: E II 3 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T130°C
Certificates ATEX
Wireless
Radio standards 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11i
Safety / Encoding WPA2 - 802.11i with 128 bit AES-CCM
Legacy WPA TKIP, WEP support
MAC ID filter
administrator password
Antenna diversity yes
Configuration using the integrated web server
Auxiliary power
Field enclosure IP65

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WLAN Access Point
Series 9710
Media converter single-port fibre switch from 10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 port) to
Antennas omnidirectional, 2.4 GHz ISM band 4 dBi antenna gain 207404 75 0.340
Coaxial cable antenna - device
6 mm / 0.24 "
10 mm / 0.40 "
196,5 mm / 7.74 "
182 mm / 7.17 "
7 mm / 0.28 "
212,5 mm / 8.37 "
228,5 mm / 9 "
91 mm / 3.58 "
236,5 mm / 9.31 "
3 mm / 0.12 "
279 mm / 10.98 "
ø 7 mm / 0.28 "
Series 8125/5061 WLAN Access Point 9710
WLAN Access Point integrated in the stainless-steel enclosure
Wireless
kg
100 BASE-Fx "Ex op is" (1 x optical fibre cable port MTRJ),
including patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
104236 43 0.200
4-port fibre switch from 10/100 BASE-Fx "Ex op is"
(4 x optical fibre cable ports MTRJ) to 10/100 BASE-Tx (1 x RJ45 port),
incl. 4 x patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
168473 43 0.220
6 dBi antenna gain 207405 75 0.370
omnidirectional, 5 GHz ISM band 6 dBi antenna gain 207406 75 0.200
omnidirectional, 2.4 / 5 GHz ISM band 6/8 dBi antenna gain 207407 75 0.370
mounting kit for antenna 207408 75 0.160
Antennas for use in the offshore applications are available on request.
RP-SMA / N-plug
1.5 m 207411 75 0.110
antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
3 m 207410 75 0.110
antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
6 m 207409 75 0.110
14264E00
146 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
Series 8265, 9713
Series 8265, 9713 A6
12799E00
WebCode 8265D
> For localising equipment and people in
hazardous areas
> Interface to the ERP / MES / PLS system over
Ethernet, optionally copper or WLAN
> Suitable for international use -
based on 2.4 GHz ISM frequency band
> Detection of 80 … 100 tags per second and
more than 1,000 tags per controller
> Transmission range controller/tag
up to 160 m
> Optional Edgeware for the integration into
ERP or another software
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
RFID controller 8265: For use in x x x x
RFID tag 9713: For use in x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Basic version Interface Antennas Order number PS
RFID controller
Series 8265/53
12798E00
Ex d enclosure 8265/53
RFID controller
Ethernet
10Base-T/
100Base-TX
1 omni-directional
antenna for RFID
8265/53-C1547 RFID
Controller LAN
75
Ex d enclosure 8265/53
RFID controller
Ethernet
10Base-T/
100Base-TX
WLAN 802.11b/g
1 omni-directional
antenna for RFID
1 omni-directional
antenna for WLAN
8265/53-C1546 RFID
Controller WLAN
75
RFID tag
Series 9713
14861E00
RFID transponder The RFID tag is used to localise people and
identify and localise containers and vehicles
in hazardous areas. (Packaging unit 24 units)
9713/11-15
RFID Tag
75
Edgeware *) Edgeware Basic Software for connecting RFID controllers
for the operating mode "Presence"
210829 75
Edgeware Locate Software for connecting RFID controllers
for the operating mode "Zone localisation"
210830 75
Edgeware Advanced Software for connecting RFID controllers
for the operating mode "Exact localisation"
210831 75
Middleware Tagpilot Software for the connection to business
applications such as ERP, MES or PLS
on request
Note *) The Edgeware licence is always valid for 100 tags.
Technical Data
Version RFID controller Series 8265
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
Installation Zones 1, 2 ,21, 22

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
Series 8265, 9713
Technical Data
Version RFID controller Series 8265
Wireless
Frequency band 2.400 ... 2.483 GHz (licence-free ISM band)
Transmission power
Configuration using the integrated web server
Radio licence R&TTE, CE
Interfaces
WLAN: 100 mW
Ethernet Physical: RJ 45
Antenna 2 x RP-SMA sockets
Auxiliary power
Power consumption by means of integrated power supply (85 ... 264 V AC)
Ambient conditions
WLAN: 4.95 VA
LAN: 1.75 VA
Storage temperature
range
Relative humidity (no
condensation)
Weight approx. 9 kg
Enclosure material Aluminium, saltwater-resistant
Enclosure IP66
Technical Data
Version External antenna
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 10.0026X
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust SIRA 09 ATEX 3251 X
Radiation omni-directional
Antenna gain (peak) 5 dBi
Frequency band 2300 ... 2500 MHz
Length 210 mm
Diameter 38 mm
Weight 365 g
Cable length approx. 5 m
Technical Data
Version RFID tag Series 9713
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SEV 10.0005
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust SEV 10 ATEX 0151
Installation Zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
Wireless
EN 300 440-2 V1.1.2
EN 300 328 V1.6.1
Note: The radio interface uses the licence-free 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Local regulations may limit the use of the device. Further local certificates on request.
-25 ... +60 °C
90 %
Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Ex t IIIC T85°C Db IP66 Ta = -40 ... +60°C
E II 2G Ex e IIC T6 Gb
E II 2D Ex t IIIC T85°C Db IP66
Ex ia IIC T5 Ga
Ex ia IIIC T70°C Da
E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T5 Ga
E II 1D Ex ia IIIC T70°C Da
148 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
Series 8265, 9713
Technical Data
Version RFID tag Series 9713
Wireless
Frequency band 2400 ... 2483 MHz (licence-free ISM band)
Transmission rate Signal per 1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 30 or 60 seconds (Standard: 4s)
Transmission power 1 mW
Transmission range
Indoor up to 40 m
Outdoor up to 160 m
Radio licence R&TTE, CE
EN 300 440-2 V1.1.2
EN 300 328 V1.6.1
Note: The radio interface uses the licence-free 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Local regulations may limit the use of the device. Further local certificates on request.
Storage space 112 bytes
Service life 6 ... 10 years
Power supply Integrated lithium thionyl chloride battery (non rechargeable)
Battery state Automatic signalling of low charging state
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
range
Dimensions (W x H x D) 60 x 95 x 19 mm
Weight 120 g
172 mm / 6 .77 "
ø 234 mm / 9.21 "
172 mm / 6. 77 "
ø 9 mm
ø 0.35 "
395 mm / 15.55 "
176,5 mm / 6.95 "
172 6.7 mm / 7 "
172 mm / 6 .77 "
15,5 mm
0.61 "
14863E00 14864E00
15,5 mm
0.61 "
ø 234 mm / 9.21 "
172 mm / 6. 77 "
ø 9 mm
ø 0.35 "
395 mm / 15.55 "
176,5 mm / 6.95 "
172 6.7 mm / 7 "
8265, size 3, 2 external antennas 8265, size 3, 1 external antenna
14862E00
ø 4,5 mm / 0.18 "
15 mm / 0.59 "
83 mm / 3.27 "
95 mm / 3.74 "
9713 RFID tag
18,5 mm / 0.73 "
24,5 mm / 0.96 "
60 mm / 2.36 "
3,5 mm / 0.14 "

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WirelessHART Gateway
Series 9715
Series 9715 A6
14847E00
WebCode 9715A
> Compact WirelessHART gateway for
operating WirelessHART field devices
> Ethernet interface for communication with
DCS and Asset Management System
> Intrinsically safe antenna interface
Ex ic - safe working on the interface
> Optionally: Ethernet connection via FO,
Ex op is explosion-protected
> Future-oriented concept: Network and
Security Manager on external PC
> Wide temperature range - 40 … + 60 °C
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x
Ex op is interface x x
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Data interface Field enclosure Order number Art. no. PS
WirelessHART
gateway without
field enclosure
100BaseTx (copper) without 9715/21-11-20-050 207778 75
100BaseTx (copper)
without 9715/21-12-20-050 207781 75
100BaseFx (fibre optics)
Note The WiNetMaster (Network Manager and Security Manager) software is included in the delivery.
Software and licence are delivered on a CD-ROM.
Antennas are not included in the delivery, please order separately.
Technical Data
Version 9715/21-11-20 9715/21-12-20
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0010X IECEx TUR 11.0010X
Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ic Gc][op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7086 X TÜV 11 ATEX 7775 X
E II 3 (3) G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc E II 3 (3/1) G Ex nA [ic Gc][op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (3) D [Ex ic Dc] IIIC E II (3) D [Ex ic Dc][Ex op is Da] IIIC
Certificates ATEX, IECEx ATEX, IECEx
Further parameters
Installation in Zones 2 and 22 in Zones 2 and 22
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage 24 V DC, redundant 24 V DC, redundant
Voltage range 19 ... 32 V DC 19 ... 32 V DC
Nominal current at 24 V DC 145 mA 200 mA
Power input 3.5 W 4.8 W
Radio interface
Log WirelessHART
Frequency band 2.4 ... 2.4835 GHz (ISM band)
Max. number of
WirelessHART devices
50 (prepared for expansion to 250 devices)
Data interface
Log HART over Ethernet, Modbus TCP
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ... + 60 °C
Storage temperature range - 40 ... + 85 °C
150 Wireless 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
WirelessHART Gateway
Series 9715
kg
Antennas omnidirectional, 2.4 GHz ISM band 4 dBi antenna gain 207404 75 0.340
Antennas for use in the offshore applications are available on request. on request
Antennas for use in Zone 1 / 21 are available on request. on request
Coaxial cable antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
0.5 m 207412 75 0.110
antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
1.5 m 207411 75 0.110
antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
3 m 207410 75 0.110
antenna - device
RP-SMA / N-plug
6 m 207409 75 0.110
Field enclosure For installation in Zone 2 / 22, enclosures of Series 8146 (plastic) or
Series 8125 or 8150 (stainless steel) are available on request.
For installation in Zone 1 / 21, enclosures of Series 8265 GUBox are
available in type of protection Ex d on request.
on request

Operating and
Monitoring Systems
152 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
Contents
Operating and Monitoring Systems
HMI Technologies for all Applications EXICOM 154
Remote HMI
Series 600 - KVM Systems, Functional Principles EXICOM 155
ET - PC-Terminals - Zone 1, 21 EXICOM Series ET-600 156
MT - PC-Terminals - Zone 2, 22 EXICOM Series MT-600 161
IT - PC-Terminals - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM Series IT-600 166
Series 500 - Thin Client, Functional Principles EXICOM 170
Open Panel PC Systems - Zone 1, 21 EXICOM Series ET-500 171
Open Panel PC Systems - Zone 2, 22 EXICOM Series MT-500 178
Open Panel PC Systems - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM Series IT-500 185
Open HMI / Panel PC
Series 400 - Panel PC, Functional Principles EXICOM 189
Panel PC Systems - Zone 1, 21 EXICOM Series ET-400 190
Panel PC Systems - Zone 2, 22 EXICOM Series MT-400 199
Panel PC Systems - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM Series IT-400 208
Operator Interfaces EAGLE
Series 300 - EAGLE, Functional Principles EXICOM 212
Visualization Systems - Zone 1, 21 EXICOM Series ET-300 213
Visualization Systems - Zone 2, 22 EXICOM Series MT-300 216
Operator Interfaces FALCON
FALCON Series, Functional Principles EXICOM 219
Text / Graphic Displays - Zone 1 EXICOM ET-FALCON Series 220
Text / Graphic Displays - Zone 2 EXICOM MT-FALCON Series 224
Enclosures
Enclosures for ET-/MT-/IT-Devices EXICOM HSG 226
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 153

A7
HMI Technologies for all Applications
The ideal operating station for each type of plant - in hazardous as well as industrial production areas.
This is made possible by our EXICOM product series with its many specific options.
EXICOM 600 Series
KVM Systeme (Remote HMI)
Classic point-to-point data connection from a
PC outside of the production area, via a
transmission unit, to an HMI on-site - reliable,
simple and in use world-wide.
EXICOM 500 Series
Thin Clients (Remote HMI)
Modern Server-Client structures provide flexible
access options from different HMIs to different
servers. Flexible and cost-effective.
EXICOM 400 Series
Panel PCs / Full Clients (Open HMI)
On-site intelligence. Fast Intel ™ Atom®
processors ensure fast on-site software
applications; robust PC design - also for
extreme temperatures.
WebCode HMIA
08607E01
EXICOM 300 Series
Operator Interface - EAGLE
Complete operating system for complex
machine applications in hazardous areas - with
integrated operating system and SPSPlusWIN
software for easy engineering.
EXICOM FALCON Series
Operator Interface - FALCON
Robust graphics / text terminals for simple
machine operation and automation tasks - with
reader systems also ideal for tank storage and
tank farm applications.
154 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
Functional Principles
Series 600 - KVM Systems
Series 600 - KVM Systems
A classic KVM data connection via VGA/DVI or USB/PS2 via copper or optical fibre cable to a terminal
on-site - perfect image quality with digital data transfer.
STAHL-HMI is the only provider of transmission units that produce perfect images on displays ranging in
size from 15 " / 19" / 22" Full HD up to a 24"WU wide screen.
The KVM CLASSIC solution has been developed for point-to-point data transmission.
The Series 600 HMIs are certified for installation in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or have been designed for
installation in industrial areas (non-Ex).
14833E00
WebCode KVMA

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Series ET-600 - Zone 1, 21
Series ET-600 - Zone 1, 21 A7
14225E00
WebCode KVMA
KVM Systems -
the classic point-to-point solution
Applications
> Process industry
> Pharmaceutical plants
> Chemical plants
Highlights
> Digital transmission, no adjustment
depending on transmission length
> Brilliant image quality with LED backlights
> GREEN Technology - displays free of lead,
cadmium or mercury
> Displays up to a maximum diagonal of
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E102 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2(1) D Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST-R)
Design ET-667 ET-677 ET-687
Display
Design TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Resolution WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2
Backlight LED backlight LED backlight LED backlight
Operation
Front plate
AL Version Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
RM version Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
Current 3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Permanent operation -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Operation with
heater version O30
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
The O30 version is only available for the AC version devices !
Type of protection
Front: IP66 IP66 IP66
Reverse IP65 IP65 IP65
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 mm 660 x 475 mm 660 x 475 mm
Cut-out (WxHxD) 615 x 435 x 110 mm 615 x 435 x 110 mm 615 x 435 x 110 mm

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Selection Table - Standardised Version ET-6x7
Design Display Touch Interfaces Order number PS Weight
Size Type Ethernet
kg
ET-667
03908E00
56 cm /
22“
TFT 250
cd/m2
– – Copper ET-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-AC-AL 40 32.000
Yes Copper ET-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 32.000
– – Optical
fibre
ET-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-AC-AL 40 32.000
Yes Optical
fibre
ET-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 32.000
ET-677
01736E00
61 cm /
24“
TFT 300
cd/m2
– – Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
ET-687
01735E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT 300
cd/m2
– – Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
Note The selection table lists the most common and standardised versions.
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the ET-6x7 KVM devices.
All listed ET-6x7 KVM devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and a touch screen
and designed for a voltage supply from 100 - 240 V AC.
Ordering example for
standardised versions
Design
KVM device with 24" TFT display with touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, aluminium front plate,
operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in
QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-677-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL
2 HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-F-T
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Selection Table - Version Configuration ET-6x7
Design Description Order number PS Weight
ET-667
03908E00
KVM device zone 1, 21
TFT colour 56 cm (22“), 1680 x 1050 pixels
TFT Display 250 cd/m2
ET-677
01736E00
ET-687
01735E00
TFT colour 61 cm (24“WU), 1920 x 1200 pixels
Device Option
Ethernet Ethernet Option CAT:
Data transmission via CAT7, max. 150 m
Ethernet option MM FO:
Data transmission via MM-FO, max. 500 m
Ethernet option SM-FO:
Data transmission via SM-FO, max. 10,000 m
Display Display Typ: TFT Display 6x7-TFT 43
Touch screen Touchscreen option:
T: Analogue resistive touch screen (membrane)
Touchscreen option:
TG: Analogue resistive glass touch screen
Front plate Front plate AL: aluminium 6x7-AL 43
Front plate RM: rear mount module 6x7-RM 43
Power supply Operating voltage AC: 100 - 240 V AC 6x7-AC 43
Operating voltage DC: 24 V DC 6x7-DC 43
Note Use the ET-6x7 version configuration to combine ET-6x7 KVM devices with different device options
that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
Specify the device options via Navision and SAP in the order text.
version configuration
Design
KVM device with 24" TFT display with glass touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, aluminium front
plate, operating voltage of 24 V DC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-677-xxxx
1.1 6x7-DVI3-CAT
1.2 6x7-TFT
1.3 6x7-TG
1.4 6x7-DC
1.5 6x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
ET-667-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-677-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-687-xxxx 40 32.000
6x7-DVI3-CAT 43
6x7-DVI3-MM-FO 43
6x7-DVI3-SM-FO 43
6x7-T 43
6x7-TG 43
158 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Designation Design Order number PS Weight
kg
Transmission units Desktop enclosure
KVM transmission unit DVI3
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transmission CAT7
KVM-DVI3-CAT 43 1.500
Data transmission MM-FO
KVM-DVI3-MM-FO 43 1.500
Data transmission SM-FO
KVM-DVI3-SM-FO 43 1.500
Accessories /
Transmission unit
19" Rack mount front panel
for 1 DVI3 transmission unit DVI3-RackMountKit-1 43 1.000
for 2 DVI3 transmission units DVI3-RackMountKit-2 43 1.000
Memory USB extension and bracket with
USB plug-in coupling for front IP65 or
mounting in field enclosure.
VB-USB-Plug 43 0.200
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB,
with Recovery and Backup function
USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 43 0.500
USB stick, 16 GB,
USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Keyboard with integrated trackball
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-TB50-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBDi-USB-TB50-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBDi-USB-TB50-CH 43 3.000
Keyboard with integrated touch pad
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-P-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-P-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-P-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBDi-USB-P-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBDi-USB-P-CH 43 3.000
Keyboard with integrated joystick
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-J-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-J-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-J-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBDi-USB-J-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBDi-USB-J-CH 43 3.000
Keyboard with integrated mouse
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-M-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-M-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-M-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBDi-USB-M-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBDi-USB-M-CH 43 3.000
Desktop Ex-i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys,
USB interface
KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1.500
Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys,
USB interface
KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTZ, 102 keys,
USB interface
KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 43 1.500
Desktop mouse Ex i Optical desktop, mouse, USB interface MSi-JM0100-USB 43 0.200

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Supply and
connection module
Module for the connection of readers
Version for barcode readers
Operating voltage AC: 100 - 240 V AC
Output voltage for readers 5.4 V Ex i
Operating voltage DC: 12 - 30 V DC
Version for RFIDi readers
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
kg
Ex i Mifare card reader with RSi interface RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-ASC 43 1.000
Ex i Barcode scanner Hand-held scanner with Ex i interface BCSi-SK200-RSST 42 1.000
Proximity scanner with Ex e interface
(package including basic station, recharger
and belt holder)
BCSi wall mounting Wall mounting inc. mounting materials BCSi-SK200-wall mounting 43 1.000
CAT7-Data cable CAT7 data cable 4x2xAWG22, inc. 2x RJ45 plug
Length: 50 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG22-50m 43 3.500
Note: For enclosures and enclosure accessories, please refer to the section entitled "Enclosures" for ET-/MT-/IT- devices.
ReaderBox-054-AC-RS232 43 3.000
ReaderBox-054-DC-RS232 43 3.000
BCSi-SK300-Pack 42 4.000
160 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Series MT-600 - Zone 2, 22
Series MT-600 - Zone 2, 22 A7
14225E00
WebCode KVMA
KVM Systems -
Applications
> Process industry
> Pharmaceutical plants
> Chemical plants
Highlights
> GREEN Technology -
displays free of lead, cadmium or mercury
> Displays up to a maximum diagonal
of 24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
Certificates ATEX
Design MT-667 MT-677 MT-687
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC oder
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
Current 3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
with heater version O30
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Selection Table - Standardised Version MT-6x7
Size Type Ethernet kg
MT-667
03908E00
56 cm / 22“ TFT
250 cd/m2
- Copper MT-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-AC-AL 40 16.000
Yes Copper MT-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 16.000
- Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
MT-677
01736E00
61 cm / 24“ TFT
300 cd/m2
- Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
MT-687
01735E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT
300 cd/m2
- Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the MT-6x7 KVM devices.
All listed MT-6x7 KVM devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and a touch screen
MT-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-AC-AL 40 16.000
MT-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 16.000
162 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Selection Table - Version Configuration MT-6x7
kg
MT-667
03908E00
Remote HMI KVM Zone 2, 22
MT-667-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-677
01736E00
MT-677-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-687
01735E00
TFT colour 61 cm (24“WU),
1920 x 1200 pixels
MT-687-xxxx 40 16.000
Device Option
6x7-DVI3-CAT 43
6x7-DVI3-MM-FO 43
6x7-DVI3-SM-FO 43
6x7-T 43
Touchscreen option:
6x7-TG 43
Note Use the MT-6x7 version configuration to combine MT-6x7 KVM devices with different device options
Design
operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-677-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-677-xxxx
1.1 6x7-DVI3-CAT
1.2 6x7-TFT
1.3 6x7-TG
1.4 6x7-DC
1.5 6x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
Accessories /
Transmission unit
Memory USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in
coupling for front IP65 or mounting in field enclosure.
USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and
Backup function
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Desktop Ex i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1.500
Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 43 1.500
Supply and
connection module
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
Proximity scanner with Ex e interface (package
including basic station, recharger and belt holder)
BCSi wall mounting Wall holder inc. mounting materials BCSi-SK200-wall-holder 43 1.000
kg
164 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systems
CAT7-Data cable CAT7 data cable 4x2xAWG22, inc. 2x RJ45 plug
kg

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systeme
Series IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)
Series IT-600 - Safe area (Non-Ex) A7
05981E00
WebCode KVMA
KVM Systems -
Applications
> Industrial production areas
Highlights
> GREEN Technology - displays free of lead,
cadmium or mercury
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
Technical Data
Design IT-667 IT-677 IT-687
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection
Dimensions [mm]

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systeme
Selection Table
Size Type Ethernet kg
IT-667
03908E00
56 cm /
22“
TFT
250 cd/m2
- Copper IT-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-AC-AL 40 10.000
Yes Copper IT-667-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 10.000
- Optical
fibre
IT-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-AC-AL 40 10.000
Yes Optical
fibre
IT-667-DVI3-MM-FO-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 10.000
IT-677
01736E00
61 cm /
24“
TFT
300 cd/m2
- Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
IT-687
01735E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT
300 cd/m2
- Optical
fibre
Yes Optical
fibre
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the IT-6x7 KVM devices.
All listed IT-6x7 KVM devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and a touch screen
Design
operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design,
with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-677-DVI3-CAT-TFT-T-AC-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systeme
Selection Table
IT-667
03908E00
KVM device non-Ex
IT-677
01736E00
KVM device non-Ex
IT-687
01735E00
KVM device non-Ex
Device Option
Touch screen Touchscreen option T:
Analogue resistive touch screen (membrane)
Touchscreen option TG:
Analogue resistive glass touch screen
Note Use the IT-6x7 version configuration to combine IT-6x7 KVM devices with different device options
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-677-xxxx
1.1 6x7-DVI3-CAT
1.2 6x7-TFT
1.3 6x7-TG
1.4 6x7-DC
1.5 6x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
IT-667-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-677-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-687-xxxx 40 10.000
6x7-DVI3-CAT 43
6x7-DVI3-MM-FO 43
6x7-DVI3-SM-FO 43
6x7-T 43
6x7-TG 43
168 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
KVM Systeme
kg
Accessories /
Transmission unit
Memory USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and
Backup function
USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBD-USB-TB50-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBD-USB-TB50-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBD-USB-TB50-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBD-USB-TB50-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBD-USB-TB50-CH 43 3.000
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBD-USB-P-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBD-USB-P-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBD-USB-P-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBD-USB-P-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBD-USB-P-CH 43 3.000
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBD-USB-J-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBD-USB-J-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBD-USB-J-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBD-USB-J-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBD-USB-J-CH 43 3.000
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBD-USB-M-DE 43 3.000
Language: US, QWERTY KBD-USB-M-US 43 3.000
Language: FR, AZERTY KBD-USB-M-FR 43 3.000
Language: FR-BE KBD-USB-M-FR-BE 43 3.000
Language: CH KBD-USB-M-CH 43 3.000

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Series 500 - Thin Clients
500 series - Thin Clients A7
The Thin Client technology is ideal for flexible access options with central data management.
Each ERP / MES network can be accessed from each Thin Client via the IP address, giving users the
greatest possible flexibility on site. The Series 500 operating stations can be integrated into modern net-works
as Thin Client or by means of a KVM over IP box. Up to four Remote HMIs can access one KVM box
with one software license, thus cost-effectively communicating with several PCs - for example, when
monitoring the production process and simultaneously applying Condition Monitoring. Multi-monitoring with
several on-site terminals can as easily be implemented as the application as Thin Client in a server
environment with virtual work stations. All EXICOM Thin Clients run our Remote firmware, which protects
the system from external manipulation, permanently monitors and renews the data transfer and controls
communication via RDP, VNC and Netc@p. The Series 500 HMIs are certified for installation in
zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or have been designed for installation in industrial areas (non-Ex).
WebCode THINCLIENTSA
14829E00
170 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Series ET-500 - Zone 1, 21 A7
12605E00
The PC located in the safe area and the
Thin Client operating station in the hazardous
area - modular and suitable for the toughest
ambient conditions
Applications
> Process industry
> Machine automation
> Drilling plants
Highlights
> Modular structure and
lightweight construction
> Permanent data transfer control with
monitoring software
> Optional innovative sunlight-readable
15" displays, ideal for outdoor installation
> Displays from 15“ (1024 x 768 pixels) to
24“WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data - Version ET-5x6-A
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0006X
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7041 X
Version TX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST-K), Korea (KC),
Russia (GOST-R), USA (UL)
Ship approval DNV, LR
Design ET-536-A ET-556-A
Display
Design TFT Color, 16,777,216 colors TFT Color, 16,777,216 colors
Size 38 cm / 15“ 48 cm / 19“
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 5:4
Type TFT 350 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
Sunlight readable
(optional)
SR 1000 cd/m – –
Backlight LED backlight LED backlight
Operation
Front plate
Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium
Version VA Stainless steel on aluminium Stainless steel on aluminium
Functional keys 8 8
Soft keys – – – –
Alphanumerical and
– – – –
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Design ET-536-A ET-556-A
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater,
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
endlosure insulation and
protective screen
Note Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h,
for constant operation +50 °C.
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 440 x 340 mm 535 x 425 mm
Cut-out (WxHxD) 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm 522.5 x 412.5 x 165 mm
Technical Data - Version ET-5x7
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Display
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection
Dimensions [mm]
Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h,
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
172 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Selection Table - Standardised Version ET-536-A
Design Display Interfaces Order number PS Weight
Size Type Ethernet Reader kg
ET-536-A
12600E00
38 cm /
15“
TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – ET-536-A-TX-TFT-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Copper – – ET-536-A-TX-SR-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-TX-SR-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
TFT
350 cd/m2
Optical
fibre
– – ET-536-A-FX-TFT-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Optical
fibre
– – ET-536-A-FX-SR-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-FX-SR-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – ET-536-A-TX-TFT-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Copper – – ET-536-A-TX-SR-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-TX-SR-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
TFT
350 cd/m2
Optical
fibre
– – ET-536-A-FX-TFT-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Optical
fibre
– – ET-536-A-FX-SR-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-536-A-FX-SR-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
Note Version PES = polyester front plate; version VA = stainless steel front plate
Selection Table - Standardised Version ET-556-A
ET-556-A
12601E00
48 cm /
19“
TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – ET-556-A-TX-TFT-PES 40 25.000
RSi1 ET-556-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 25.000
Optical
fibre
– – ET-556-A-FX-TFT-PES 40 25.000
RSi1 ET-556-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 25.000
Copper – – ET-556-A-TX-TFT-VA 40 25.000
RSi1 ET-556-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 25.000
Optical
fibre
– – ET-556-A-FX-TFT-VA 40 25.000
RSi1 ET-556-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 25.000
Design
Remote HMI Thin Client with 15" TFT display, copper Ethernet interface, polyester front plate,
keyboard in QUERTZ design, mounted inside a stainless steel enclosure on stand
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-536-A-TX-TFT-PES
2 KBDi-PS2-QZ
3 HSG-x36-V2A-FR-F-T
3.1 HSG-xx6-MPF

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Design Display Touch Order number PS Weight
Size Type
ET-567
04930E00
56 cm / 22“ TFT 250 cd/m2 - ET-567-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 32.000
Yes ET-567-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 32.000
ET-577
04932E00
61 cm / 24“ TFT 300 cd/m2 - ET-577-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 32.000
ET-587
04931E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT 300 cd/m2 - ET-587-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 32.000
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the ET-5x7 Thin Client devices.
All listed ET-5x7 Thin Client devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and a touch screen
Design
Thin Client device with 24" TFT display with touch screen, copper Ethernet interface,
aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand,
keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-577-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
174 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
kg
ET-567
04930E00
Thin Client zone 1, 21
ET-567-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-577
04932E00
ET-577-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-587
04931E00
ET-587-xxxx 40 32.000
Device Option
Ethernet Ethernet Option TX: 10/100BaseTX 5x7-TX 43
5x7-T 43
Touchscreen option:
5x7-TG 43
Note Use the ET-5x7 version configuration to combine ET-5x7 Thin Client devices with different device options
Design
Thin Client device with 24" TFT display with glass touch screen, copper Ethernet interface,
aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 24 V DC, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand,
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-577-xxxx
1.1 5x7-TX
1.2 5x7-TFT
1.3 5x7-TG
1.4 5x7-DC
1.5 5x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Accessories and Spare Parts - for ET-500 Series
Desktop Ex-i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys,
USB interface
USB interface
USB interface
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
(package including basic station, recharger and
belt holder)
Memory USB extension and bracket with
USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and
Backup function
Accessories and Spare Parts - for ET-5x6-A Series
KVM-Box Digital KVM switch for ET/MT5x6
KVM ports to PC:
• 2 x PS2 socket (keyboard/mouse)
• 1 x USB-B socket (keyboard/mouse to PC)
• 1 x USB-B socket (virtual media to PC)
• 1 x DVI-I socket (screen, DVI/VGA)
• 1 x TRS socket (audio)
Remote HMI connection:
• 10Base-T, 100Base-Tx Ethernet
DIN rail kit for KVM box Assembly kit DIN rail 5x6-KVM-DINrailKit 43 1.000
Assembly kit 1
Assembly kit 48 cm rack (19" rack)
KVM-Box
Installation bracket for 1 KVM box
Assembly kit 2
KVM boxes
Assembly kit 48 cm rack (19“ rack)
Installation bracket for 2 KVM boxes
Power supply Power supply in aluminium enclosure
Installation in Zones 1 and 2
Input voltage: 90 - 253 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
Output voltage: 24 V DC
Media converter/switch Single Port Fibre Switch from 10/100 Base-Tx
(4 x RJ45 Ports) to 100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“
(1 x optical fibre port MTRJ),
inc. patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
4 Port Fibre Switch from 100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“
(4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ) to
10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
inc. 4 x patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
Ex-i keyboard in QWERTZ, 105 keys, PS2 interface KBDi-PS2-QZ 43 1.800
in QWERTY, 105 keys, PS2 interface KBDi-PS2-QY 43 1.800
in AZERTY, 105 keys, PS2 interface KBDi-PS2-AY 43 1.800
Ex i Keyboard
with integrated trackball
in QWERTZ, 107 keys, PS2 interface, trackball KBDi-TB50-PS2-QZ 43 2.500
in QWERTY, 107 keys, PS2 interface, trackball KBDi-TB50-PS2-QY 43 2.500
in AZERTY, 107 keys, PS2 interface, trackball KBDi-TB50-PS2-AY 43 2.500
Ex i Keyboard
with integrated joystick
in QWERTZ, 107 keys, PS2 interface, joystick KBDi-JS-PS2-QZ 43 2.500
in QWERTY, 107 keys, PS2 interface, joystick KBDi-JS-PS2-QY 43 2.500
in AZERTY, 107 keys, PS2 interface, joystick KBDi-JS-PS2-AY 43 2.500
Ex i trackball Diameter 50 mm, PS2 interface TBi50-PS2 43 0.600
Ex i Joystick IP65, PS2 interface JSi-1-PS2-VA-cc 43 1.000
IP65, USB interface JSi-2-USB-VA-cc 43 1.000
kg
kg
5x6-KVM-digital 43 1.000
5x6-KVM-RackMountKit-1 43 1.000
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.400
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
176 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Field cable Patch cable MTRJ => SC
(SK-KJ1710 --> Exicom)
kg
VB-SC-MTRJ 43 0.200
Patch cable 3 m, 2 x RJ45
(SK-KJ1710 --> PC / plug)
VB-SFTP-CAT5-Patch-3,0 43 0.200
Patch cable 3 m, open => RJ45
(Eagle/Open HMI => plug)
VB-TP-CAT5-Exe-RJ45-Patch 43 0.200
Field cable copper, CAT5E, AWG22
Price per metre
VB-TP-CAT5-AWG22 43
RJ45 plug, metal, can be assembled in the field VB-RJ45-PLUG-180 43 0.100
Extension scanner interface to
VB-BC-3 43 0.200
flange socket M12
Adapter for DIN rail mouhnting SC --> SC VB-SC-SC-jack 43 0.200
MilTac breakout optical fibre cable,
VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m 43 0.500
basic length 2 m, with SC plug both ends
additional length in metres, price per metre
VB-FO-MIL-xm 43
Indoor breakout optical fibre cable,
VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 43 0.500
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 43
Accessories and Spare Parts - for ET-5x7 Series
kg
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Supply and
connection module

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Series MT-500 - zone 2, 22 A7
12612E00
The PC located in the safe area and the
Thin Client in the hazardous area - modular and
suitable for the toughest ambient conditions
Applications
> Process industry
> Drilling plants
Highlights
> Modular structure and
lightweight construction
> Permanent data transfer control
with monitoring software
> Displays from 15" (1024 x 768 pixels) to
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Technical Data - Version MT-5x6-A
Global (IECEx)
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Version TX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Russia (GOST-R)
Design MT-536-A MT-556-A
Display
Design TFT colour display, 16,777,216 colours TFT colour display, 16,777,216 colours
Size 38 cm / 15“ 48 cm / 19“
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 5:4
Type TFT 350 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
Sunlight readable
(optional)
SR 1000 cd/m – –
Backlight LED backlight LED backlight
Operation
Front plate
Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium
Version VA Stainless steel on aluminium Stainless steel on aluminium
Functional keys 8 8
Soft keys – – – –
Alphanumerical and
– – – –
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Design MT-536-A MT-556-A
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
protective screen
Note Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h,
Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h,
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 440 x 340 mm 535 x 425 mm
Cut-out (WxHxD) 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm 522.5 x 412.5 x 165 mm
Technical Data - Version MT-5x7
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates ATEX
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Dimensions [mm]

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Selection Table - Standardised Version MT-536-A
MT-536-A
12600E00
38 cm / 15“ TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – MT-536-A-TX-TFT-PES 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Copper – – MT-536-A-TX-SR-PES 40 18.000
TFT
350 cd/m2
Optical
fibre
SR
1000 cd/m
Optical
fibre
TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – MT-536-A-TX-TFT-VA 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
Copper – – MT-536-A-TX-SR-VA 40 18.000
TFT
350 cd/m2
Optical
fibre
SR
1000 cd/m
Optical
fibre
MT-556-A
12601E00
48 cm / 19“ TFT
350 cd/m2
Copper – – MT-556-A-TX-TFT-PES 40 25.000
Optical
fibre
Copper – – MT-556-A-TX-TFT-VA 40 25.000
Optical
fibre
Sample order Design
Thin Client with 15" TFT display, copper Ethernet interface, polyester front plate,
keyboard in QWERTZ design, mounted inside a stainless steel enclosure on stand
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-536-A-TX-TFT-PES
2 KBDi-PS2-QZ
3.1 HSG-xx6-V2A-MPF
RSi1 MT-536-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-TX-SR-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
– – MT-536-A-FX-TFT-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
– – MT-536-A-FX-SR-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-FX-SR-RSi1-PES 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-TX-SR-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
– – MT-536-A-FX-TFT-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
– – MT-536-A-FX-SR-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-536-A-FX-SR-RSi1-VA 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-556-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 25.000
– – MT-556-A-FX-TFT-PES 40 25.000
RSi1 MT-556-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-PES 40 25.000
RSi1 MT-556-A-TX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 25.000
– – MT-556-A-FX-TFT-VA 40 25.000
RSi1 MT-556-A-FX-TFT-RSi1-VA 40 25.000
180 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Size Type kg
MT-567
04930E00
56 cm / 22“ TFT 250 cd/m2 - MT-567-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 16.000
Yes MT-567-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 16.000
MT-577
04932E00
61 cm / 24“ TFT 300 cd/m2 - MT-577-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 16.000
MT-587
04931E00
61 cm / 24“WU TFT 300 cd/m2 - MT-587-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 16.000
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of
the MT-5x7 Thin Client devices.
All listed MT-5x7 KVM devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and a touch screen
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-577-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
MT-567
04930E00
MT-577
04932E00
MT-587
04931E00
Device Option
Touchscreen option:
Note Use the MT-5x7 version configuration to combine MT-5x7 Thin Client devices with
different device options that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-577-xxxx
1.1 5x7-TX
1.2 5x7-TFT
1.3 5x7-TG
1.4 5x7-DC
1.5 5x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
MT-567-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-577-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-587-xxxx 40 16.000
5x7-T 43
5x7-TG 43
182 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
Accessories and Spare Parts - for MT-500 Series
kg
Desktop Ex i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1.500
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
Barcode scanner Hand-held scanner with Ex i interface BCSi-SK200-RSST 42 1.000
Memory USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in coupling
for front IP65 or mounting in field enclosure.
USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and Backup function USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
Accessories and Spare Parts - for MT-5x6-A Series
kg
KVM-Box Digital KVM switch for ET-/MT-5x6
KVM ports to PC:
• 2 x PS2 socket (keyboard/mouse)
• 1 x USB-B socket (keyboard/mouse to PC)
• 1 x USB-B socket (virtual media to PC)
• 1 x DVI-I socket (screen, DVI/VGA)
• 1 x TRS socket (audio)
Remote HMI connection:
• 10Base-T, 100Base-Tx Ethernet
5x6-KVM-digital 43 1.000
DIN rail kit for KVM box Assembly kit DIN rail 5x6-KVM-DINrailKit 43 1.000
Assembly kit 1
Assembly kit 48 cm rack (19" rack)
KVM-Box
Installation bracket for 1 KVM box
Assembly kit 2
KVM boxes
Assembly kit 48 cm rack (19“ rack)
Installation bracket for 2 KVM boxes
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.330
Media converter/switch Single Port Fibre Switch from
10/100BaseTX (4 x RJ45 Ports) to
100BaseFX „Ex op is“ (1 x optical fibre port MTRJ),
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
4 Port Fibre Switch from
100BaseFX „Ex op is“(4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ) to
10/100BaseTX (1 x RJ45 Port),
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
Ex i keyboard in QWERTZ, 105 keys, PS2 interface KBDi-PS2-QZ 43 1.800
Ex i
Keyboard with
integrated trackball
Ex i
Keyboard with
integrated joystick

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Thin Client
kg
Field cable Patch cable MTRJ => SC (SK-KJ1710 --> Exicom) VB-SC-MTRJ 43 0.200
Patch cable 3 m, 2 x RJ45 (SK-KJ1710 --> PC / plug) VB-SFTP-CAT5-Patch-3,0 43 0.200
Price per metre
Extension scanner interface to flange socket M12 VB-BC-3 43 0.200
Accessories and Spare Parts - for MT-5x7 Series
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Supply and
connection module
VB-TP-CAT5-AWG22 43
VB-FO-MIL-xm 43
VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 43 0.500
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 43
kg
184 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
Thin Client
Series IT-500 - Safe area (Non-Ex)
05981E00
Thin Client technology for modern networks
Applications
> Industrial areas of production
Highlights
> Network remote connections via TCP/IP
> High degree of security due to closed system
> Very flexible: several Thin Client HMIs
can simultaneously access several PCs
> WLAN and Switch compliant
> Displays from 19" (1280 x 1024 pixels) to
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
Technical Data
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection
Dimensions [mm]

A7
Thin Client
Selection Table
Size Type kg
IT-567
04930E00
56 cm / 22“ TFT 250 cd/m2 - IT-567-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 10.000
Yes IT-567-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL 40 10.000
IT-577
04932E00
61 cm / 24“ TFT 300 cd/m2 - IT-577-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 10.000
IT-587
04931E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT 300 cd/m2 - IT-587-TX-TFT-AC-AL 40 10.000
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the IT-5x7 Thin Client devices.
All listed IT-5x7 Thin Client devices are equipped with an aluminium front plate (AL) and designed for a voltage supply
from 100 - 240 V AC.
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-577-TX-TFT-T-AC-AL
32.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
186 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
Thin Client
Selection Table
kg
IT-567
04930E00
Thin Client Non-Ex
IT-567-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-577
04932E00
Thin Client Non-Ex
TFT Colour 61cm (24“), 1920 x 1080 pixels
IT-577-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-587
04931E00
Thin Client Non-Ex
TFT colour 61 cm (24"WU), 1920 x 1200 pixels
IT-587-xxxx 40 10.000
Device Option
Touch screen Touchscreen option T:
Analogue resistive touch screen (membrane)
5x7-T 43
Touchscreen option TG:
Analogue resistive glass touch screen
5x7-TG 43
Note Use the IT-5x7 version configuration to combine IT-5x7 Thin Client devices with different
device options that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
Design
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-577-xxxx
1.1 5x7-TX
1.2 5x7-TFT
1.3 5x7-TG
1.4 5x7-DC
1.5 5x7-AL
2.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
3 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
Thin Client
Memory USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and Backup function USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in coupling
for front IP65 or mounting in field enclosure.
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
kg
188 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
Series 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients
The Open HMI devices are robust Panel PCs for hazardous areas. With their pre-installed Windows
operating systems, such as Windows XP / Embedded Standard 2009 / 7 ultimate, they are ready to run
straight away. The EXICOM 400 Series has been developed for 24/7 operation in temperatures ranging
from -30 °C to +55 °C. Our Panel PCs are furthermore equipped with a crash recovery system so that in
the case of a system failure the original state can be restored immediately with the aid of a USB stick.
Open HMI Panel PCs communicate with the PLC via Profibus, MPI or serial RS 232 / 422 / 485 interfaces
as well as via Ethernet and, by means of a converter, also via bus systems. The Series 400 HMIs are
certified for installation in zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or designed for installation in industrial areas (non-Ex).
14831E00
WebCode PANELPCA

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Series ET-400 - zone 1, 21 A7
05981E00
WebCode PANELPCA
Open HMI - flexible Panel PCs for all types of
automation software - ready-to-run
Applications
> Oil and gas upstream
> Marine installation
Highlights
> Ready-to-run - Immediate operation with
pre-installed Windows operating system
> No ventilator, no rotating parts
> Multilingual Windows installation
> Integrated touch screens with 150 language
layouts and log-in function (Windows Login)
> All major communication interfaces
> Backup and recovery of the entire system via
USB stick
> Displays from 10.4" (800 x 600 pixels) to
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Global (IECEx)
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST-K), Korea (KC), Russia (GOST-R), USA (UL)
Design ET-406-A ET-416-A ET-436-A ET-456-A
Display
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
Size 26 cm / 10.4“ 26 cm / 10.4“ 38 cm / 15“ 48 cm / 19“
Resolution SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3 5:4
Type TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
Sunlight readable (optional) – – – – SR 1000 cd/m – –
Backlight LED backlight LED backlight LED backlight LED backlight

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Design ET-406-A ET-416-A ET-436-A ET-456-A
Operation
Front plate
Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium
Version VA – – – – Stainless steel on
aluminium
Stainless steel on
aluminium
Functional keys 12 12 8 8
Soft keys 10 – – – – – –
Alphanumerical and
23 – – – – – –
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W 36 W 36 W
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater, endlosure
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
insulation and protective screen
Note Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h, for constant operation +50 °C.
Type of protection IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 400 x 270 mm 372 x 270 mm 440 x 340 mm 535 x 425 mm
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm 522.5 x 412.5 x 165 mm
Technical Data - Version ET-4x7
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection
Dimensions [mm]

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Standardised Version ET-4x6-A
Design Display Interfaces Memory [GB] Order number PS Weight
Size Type Ethernet RAM Data
memory kg
ET-406-A
10875E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400
cd/m2
Copper 1 4 SSD ET-406-A-TX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES 40 13.600
16 SSD ET-406-A-TX-R1-TFT-16GB-PES 40 13.600
Optical
fibre
1 4 SSD ET-406-A-FX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES 40 13.600
16 SSD ET-406-A-FX-R1-TFT-16GB-PES 40 13.600
ET-416-A
10877E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400
cd/m2
Optical
fibre
ET-436-A
10879E00
38 cm /
15“
TFT
350
cd/m2
100 HD ET-436-A-TX-R1-TFT-100GB-PES 40 18.000
SR
1000
cd/m
Copper 1 4 SSD ET-436-A-TX-R1-SR-4GB-PES 40 18.000
100 HD ET-436-A-TX-R1-SR-100GB-PES 40 18.000
TFT
350
cd/m2
Optical
fibre
100 HD ET-436-A-FX-R1-TFT-100GB-PES 40 18.000
SR
1000
cd/m
Optical
fibre
1 4 SSD ET-436-A-FX-R1-SR-4GB-PES 40 18.000
100 HD ET-436-A-FX-R1-SR-100GB-PES 40 18.000
ET-456-A
11609E00
48 cm /
19“
TFT
350
cd/m2
Optical
fibre
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the ET-4x6-A Panel PCs.
All ET-4x6-A Panel PCs listed above are fitted with a polyester front plate (PES) and a touch screen.
Additionally, the front plate of the ET-406-A Panel PC is fitted with soft keys, alphanumerical keys and system keys.
Design
Panel PC with 19" display, copper Ethernet interface, a main memory of 1 GB and data memory of
4 GB (solid state), polyester front plate, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in
QWERTZ design, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-456-A-TX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES
1.2 specify operating system
2.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
3 KBDi-PS2-QZ
192 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Design Display Touch Memory [GB] Order number PS Weight
Size Type RAM Data
memory kg
ET-467
04930E00
56 cm /
22“
TFT
250
cd/m2
- 2 16 SSD ET-467-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 32.000
100 HD ET-467-TX-TFT-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 32.000
Yes 2 16 SSD ET-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 32.000
100 HD ET-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 32.000
ET-477
04932E00
61 cm /
24“
TFT
300
cd/m2
ET-487
04931E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT
300
cd/m2
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the ET-4x7 Panel PCs.
All listed ET-4x7 Panel PC devices are equipped with a copper Ethernet interface (TX) and an aluminium front plate (AL) and
are designed for a voltage supply from 100 - 240 V AC.
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory of 2 GB
and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside
an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-477-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL
2 specify operating system
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Version Configuration ET-4x6-A
ET-406-A
10875E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
TFT colour 26 cm (10.4“), 800 x 600 pixels
TFT display 400 cd/m
ET-416-A
10877E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
ET-436-A
10879E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
ET-456-A
11609E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
Device Option
Ethernet Ethernet option TX: 10/100BaseTX 4x6-A-TX 40
Ethernet Option FX: 100BaseFX (Ex op is) 4x6-A-FX 40
Display Display Typ: TFT Display 4x6-A-TFT 40
Display Type: Sunlight Readable Display
only ET/MT-436-A
Main memory RAM memory R1: 1 GB RAM 4x6-A-R1 40
RAM memory R2: 2 GB RAM 4x6-A-R2 40
Data memory Bulk memory 4GB: 4 GB Solid State Disk 4x6-A-4GB 40
Bulk memory 16GB: 16 GB Solid State Disk 4x6-A-16GB 40
Bulk memory 100GB: 100 GB Hard Disk 4x6-A-100GB 40 1.000
Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk MLC 4x6-A-128GBM 43
Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk SLC 4x6-A-128GBS 43
Front plate Front plate PES: Polyester 4x6-A-PES 40
Front plate VA: stainless steel SS316
only ET/MT-436-A or ET/MT-456-A
Reader interface Reader interface: RS-232 Ex-i Barcode/ Mifare, U internal 4x6-A-RSi1 40
Note Use the ET-4x6-A version configuration to combine ET-4x6-A Panel PCs with different device options
The assembly of a complete ET-4x6-A Panel PC always requires one configuration article.
Furthermore, you need to specify the device options Ethernet, display type, main memory, data memory and front plate
Only the reader interface option is truly optional and must not necessarily be specified.
Design
Panel PC with 19" display, copper Ethernet interface, a main memory of 2 GB and a 100 GB hard disk,
stainless steel front plate, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-456-A-xxxx
1.1 4x6-A-TX
1.2 4x6-A-TFT
1.3 4x6-A-R2
1.4 4x6-A-100GB
1.5 4x6-A-VA
3.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
4 KBDi-PS2-QZ
kg
ET-406-A-xxxx 40 13.600
ET-416-A-xxxx 40 13.200
ET-436-A-xxxx 40 18.000
ET-456-A-xxxx 40 25.000
4x6-A-SR 40
4x6-A-VA 40
194 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
kg
ET-467
04930E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
ET-467-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-477
04932E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
ET-477-xxxx 40 32.000
ET-487
04931E00
Panel PC Zone 1, 21
ET-487-xxxx 40 32.000
Device Option
Ethernet Ethernet option TX: 10/100BaseTX 4x7-TX 43
Touch screen Touchscreen option
4x7-T 43
Touchscreen option
4x7-TG 43
Main memory RAM memory R1: 1 GB RAM 4x7-R1 43
RAM memory R2: 2 GB RAM 4x7-R2 43
Data memory Bulk memory 4GB: 4 GB Solid State Disk 4x7-4GB 43
Bulk memory 16GB: 16 GB Solid State Disk 4x7-16GB 43
Bulk memory 100GB: 100 GB Hard Disk 4x7-100GB 43 1.000
Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk MLC 4x7-128GBM 43
Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk SLC 4x7-128GBS 43
Note Use the ET-4x7 version configuration to combine ET-4x7 Panel PCs with different device options
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with glass touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory of
2 GB and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 24 V DC, mounted
inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-477-xxxx
1.1 4x7-TX
1.2 4x7-TFT
1.3 4x7-TG
1.4 4x7-R2
1.5 4x7-16GB
1.6 4x7-DC
1.7 4x7-AL
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Accessories and Spare Parts - for ET-400 Series
Desktop Ex-i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1.500
Card reader,
intrinsically safe, Proximity
(package including basic station, recharger and belt holder)
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 43 0.500
USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and Backup function USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in coupling for
front IP65 or mounting in field enclosure.
Operating system Multilingual Windows Embedded installation with:
Language set :
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portugese,
Brazilian, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish,
Greek, Hungarian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Russian, Hebrew,
Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Thai,
Windows XP Professional
(min 16 GB Solid State card required):
Multilingual (like WINembedded2009) WINXPproMUL 43
Windows 7 ultimate Multilingual,
(Required memory: 2 GB RAM, min. 16 GB SSD)
Pre-installed software WINCC 2008 flexible Runtime-SW pre-installed on
WINembedded2009
128 Powertags Runtime license WINCC-Flexible-2008-Runtime128 42
2K Powertags Runtime license WINCC-Flexible-2008-Runtime-2k 42
kg
WINembedded2009 40
WIN7Ultimate 43
IMG-WINXP-S1-WINCC-Flexible-2008-
Runtime
40
196 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
kg
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.400
10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 Ports) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x optical fibre port MTRJ),
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ) to
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
Ethernet interface
(optional extra)
8265 Ex-d enclosure with
Single Ethernet 10/100 BaseTX Interface
8 terminals in flange-mounted 8146
1 x cable end CAT5e USB 2.0
1 x cable end supply cable 24 V DC
SK-LAN1xTX-USBe 43 8.000
Dual Ethernet 10/100 BaseTX Interface
Ex i Keyboard
Ex i Keyboard
Patch cable 3 m, open => RJ45 (Eagle/Open HMI => plug) VB-TP-CAT5-Exe-RJ45-Patch 43 0.200
VB-TP-CAT5-AWG22 43
Price per metre
VB-FO-MIL-xm 43
VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 43 0.500
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 43

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Accessories and Spare Parts - for ET-4x7 Series
Keyboard / Pointing Device Keyboard with integrated trackball
Supply and
connection module
kg
198 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
05981E00
WebCode PANELPCA
Applications
> Oil and gas upstream
> Marine installation
Highlights
> Backup and recovery of the entire system
via USB stick
> Displays from 10.4" (800 x 600 pixels) to
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Design MT-406-A MT-416-A MT-436-A MT-456-A
Display
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
Size 26 cm / 10.4“ 26 cm / 10.4“ 38 cm / 15“ 48 cm / 19“
Resolution SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3 5:4
Type TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
Sunlight readable (optional) – – – – SR 1000 cd/m – –
Backlight LED backlight LED backlight LED backlight LED backlight

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Design MT-406-A MT-416-A MT-436-A MT-456-A
Operation
Front plate
Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium
Version VA – – – – Stainless steel on
Soft keys 10 – – – – – –
Alphanumerical and
23 – – – – – –
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W 36 W 36 W
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater, endlosure
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
insulation and protective screen
Note Operating temperature +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h, for constant operation +50 °C.
Type of protection IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm 522.5 x 412.5 x 165 mm
Technical Data - Version MT-4x7
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates ATEX
Display
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Dimensions [mm]
aluminium
Stainless steel on
aluminium
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
200 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Standardised Version MT-4x6-A
Design Display Interfaces Memory [GB] Order number PS Weight
Size Type Ethernet RAM Data memory kg
MT-406-A
10875E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400
cd/m2
Copper 1 4 SSD MT-406-A-TX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES 40 13.600
16 SSD MT-406-A-TX-R1-TFT-16GB-PES 40 13.600
Optical
fibre
1 4 SSD MT-406-A-FX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES 40 13.600
16 SSD MT-406-A-FX-R1-TFT-16GB-PES 40 13.600
MT-416-A
10877E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400
cd/m2
Optical
fibre
MT-436-A
10879E00
38 cm /
15“
TFT
350
cd/m2
Optical
fibre
MT-456-A
11609E00
48 cm /
19“
TFT
350
cd/m2
1 16 SSD MT-456-A-TX-R1-TFT-16GB-PES 40 25.000
Optical
fibre
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the MT-4x6-A Panel PCs.
All MT-4x6-A Panel PCs listed above are fitted with a polyester front plate (PES) and a touch screen.
Additionally, the front plate of the MT-406-A Panel PC is fitted with soft keys, alphanumerical keys and system keys.
Design
Panel PC with 19" display, copper Ethernet interface, a main memory of 1 GB and data memory of 4 GB (solid state),
polyester front plate, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-456-A-TX-R1-TFT-4GB-PES
1.2 specify operating system
2.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
3 KBDi-PS2-QZ

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Standardised Version MT-4x7
Size Type RAM Data memory kg
MT-467
04930E00
56 cm /
22“
TFT
250
cd/m2
- 2 16 SSD MT-467-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 16.000
100 HD MT-467-TX-TFT-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 16.000
Yes 2 16 SSD MT-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 16.000
100 HD MT-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 16.000
MT-477
04932E00
61 cm /
24“
TFT
300
cd/m2
MT-487
04931E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT
300
cd/m2
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the MT-4x7 Panel PCs.
All listed MT-4x7 Panel PC devices are equipped with a copper Ethernet interface (TX) and an aluminium front plate (AL)
and are designed for a voltage supply from 100 - 240 VAC.
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory of 2 GB
and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 230 V AC, mounted inside
an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-477-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
202 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Version Configuration MT-4x6-A
kg
MT-406-A
10875E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-406-A-xxxx 40 13.600
MT-416-A
10877E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-416-A-xxxx 40 13.200
MT-436-A
10879E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-436-A-xxxx 40 18.000
MT-456-A
11609E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-456-A-xxxx 40 25.000
Device Option
Ethernet Ethernet option TX: 10/100BaseTX 4x6-A-TX 40
Ethernet Option FX: 100BaseFX (Ex op is) 4x6-A-FX 40
Display Display Typ: TFT Display 4x6-A-TFT 40
Display Type: Sunlight Readable Display
only ET-/MT-436-A
4x6-A-SR 40
Main memory RAM memory R1: 1 GB RAM 4x6-A-R1 40
RAM memory R2: 2 GB RAM 4x6-A-R2 40
Data memory Bulk memory 4GB: 4 GB Solid State Disk 4x6-A-4GB 40
Bulk memory 16GB: 16 GB Solid State Disk 4x6-A-16GB 40
Bulk memory 100GB: 100 GB Hard Disk 4x6-A-100GB 40 1.000
Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk MLC 4x6-A-128GBM 43
Data memory Bulk memory 128GB: 128 GB Solid State Disk SLC 4x6-A-128GBS 43
Front plate Front plate PES: Polyester 4x6-A-PES 40
Front plate VA: stainless steel SS316
only ET-/MT-436-A or ET-/MT-456-A
4x6-A-VA 40
Reader interface Reader interface: RS-232 Ex-i Barcode/ Mifare, U internal 4x6-A-RSi1 40
Note Use the MT-4x6-A version configuration to combine MT-4x6-A Panel PCs with different device options that are NOT listed in
the selection table under the standardised versions.
The assembly of a complete MT-4x6-A Panel PC always requires one configuration article.
Furthermore, you need to specify the device options Ethernet, display type, main memory, data memory and front plate.
Only the reader interface option is truly optional and must not necessarily be specified.
Design
Panel PC with 19" display, copper Ethernet interface, a main memory of 2 GB and a 100 GB hard disk,
stainless steel front plate, mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design,
fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-456-A-xxxx
1.1 4x6-A-TX
1.2 4x6-A-TFT
1.3 4x6-A-R2
1.4 4x6-A-100GB
1.5 4x6-A-VA
3.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
4 KBDi-PS2-QZ

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
MT-467
04930E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-477
04932E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
MT-487
04931E00
Panel PC Zone 2, 22
Device Option
Display Display Typ TFT Display 4x7-TFT 43
Touchscreen option:
Note Use the MT-4x7 version configuration to combine MT-4x7 Panel PCs with different device options
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with glass touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory of
2 GB and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 24 V DC,
mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-477-xxxx
1.1 4x7-TX
1.2 4x7-TFT
1.3 4x7-TG
1.4 4x7-R2
1.5 4x7-16GB
1.6 4x7-DC
1.7 4x7-AL
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
MT-467-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-477-xxxx 40 16.000
MT-487-xxxx 40 16.000
4x7-T 43
4x7-TG 43
204 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Accessories and Spare Parts - for MT-400 Series
kg
Desktop Ex-i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1.500
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
USB stick, 16 GB,
USB extension and bracket with USB plug-in
Language set :
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portugese, Brazilian, Dutch, Danish, Swedish,
Norwegian, Finnish, Greek, Hungarian, Czech,
Polish, Turkish, Russian, Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese,
Japanese, Korean, Thai,
WINembedded2009 40
WIN7Ultimate 43
WINembedded2009
IMG-WINXP-S1-WINCC-Flexible-2008-Runtime 40

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
10/100BaseTX (4 x RJ45 Ports) to
100BaseFX „Ex op is“ (1 x optical fibre port MTRJ),
100BaseFX „Ex op is“ (4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ)
to 10/100BaseTX (1 x RJ45 Port),
Ethernet interface
(optional extra)
Single Ethernet 10/100BaseTX Interface
Dual Ethernet 10/100BaseTX Interface
Ex i Keyboard
Ex i Keyboard
Price per metre
MilTac breakout optical fibre cable, basic length 2 m,
with SC plug both ends
Indoor breakout optical fibre cable, basic length 2 m,
with SC plug both ends
kg
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.400
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
VB-TP-CAT5-AWG22 43
VB-FO-MIL-xm 43
VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 43 0.500
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 43
206 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Accessories and Spare Parts - for MT-4x7 Series
kg
Keyboard / Pointing Device Keyboard with integrated trackball
Supply and
connection module

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Series IT-400 - Safe area (Non-Ex) A7
05981E00
WebCode PANELPCA
Applications
> Industrial areas of production
Highlights
> Backup and recovery of the entire system
via USB stick
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
Technical Data
Display
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
TFT colour display,
16.7 mio. colours
Size 56 cm / 22“ 61 cm / 24“ 61 cm / 24“WU
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Operation
Front plate
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 - 240 V AC 50 - 60 Hz
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 - 240 V AC
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Operation
-30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
Type of protection
Dimensions [mm]

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Standardised Version
Size Type RAM Data
memory
kg
IT-467
04930E00
56 cm /
22“
TFT
250
cd/m2
- 2 16 SSD IT-467-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 10.000
100 HD IT-467-TX-TFT-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 10.000
Yes 2 16 SSD IT-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-16GB-AC-AL 40 10.000
100 HD IT-467-TX-TFT-T-R2-100GB-AC-AL 40 10.000
IT-477
04932E00
61 cm /
24“
TFT
300
cd/m2
IT-487
04931E00
61 cm /
24“WU
TFT
300
cd/m2
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of the IT-4x7 Panel PCs.
All listed IT-4x7 Panel PC devices are equipped with a copper Ethernet interface (TX) and
an aluminium front plate (AL) and are designed for a voltage supply from 100 - 240 V AC.
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory of
2 GB and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 230 V AC,
mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball,
fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-477-TX-TFT-R2-16GB-AC-AL
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
Selection Table - Version Configuration
IT-467
04930E00
Panel PC non-Ex
IT-477
04932E00
Panel PC non-Ex
IT-487
04931E00
Panel PC non-Ex
Device Option
Touchscreen option:
Note Use the IT-4x7 version configuration to combine IT-4x7 Panel PCs with different device options
Design
Panel PC device with 24" TFT display with glass touch screen, copper Ethernet interface, main memory
of 2 GB and 16 GB data memory (solid state) aluminium front plate, operating voltage of 24 V DC,
mounted inside an enclosure with V2A stand, keyboard in QWERTZ design, with trackball, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 IT-477-xxxx
1.1 4x7-TX
1.2 4x7-TFT
1.3 4x7-TG
1.4 4x7-R2
1.5 4x7-16GB
1.6 4x7-DC
1.7 4x7-AL
3.1 HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF
4 KBDi-USB-TB50-DE
kg
IT-467-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-477-xxxx 40 10.000
IT-487-xxxx 40 10.000
4x7-T 43
4x7-TG 43
210 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Panel PC
kg
Memory USB stick, 16 GB, with Recovery and Backup function USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 43 0.500
Keyboard /
Pointing Device
Language set :
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portugese,
Brazilian, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish,
Greek, Hungarian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Russian,
Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Thai,
WINembedded2009 40
WIN7Ultimate 43
WINembedded2009
IMG-WINXP-S1-WINCC-Flexible-
2008-Runtime
40

A7
Series 300 - EAGLE
The EXICOM 300 Series has been designed for the visualisation of medium-sized automation tasks,
operation as built-in device and tankfarm application in hazardous areas. The EAGLE operating stations
have been designed to run with a proprietary operating system, making them highly secure against external
manipulation. The proprietary SPSPlusWIN software is easily integrated for cost-effective, simple
engineering without any further runtime licence cost. The operating station can be tailored to suit individual
PLC applications via its touch screen and a wealth of function keys. An innovative SR display is available
guaranteeing optimum readability for all outdoor applications. The Series 300 EAGLE HMIs are certified
for installation in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22.
WebCode EAGLEA
14832E00
212 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Operator Interface EAGLE
Series ET-300 - zone 1, 21 A7
06243E00
WebCode EAGLEA
Universal operator interfaces with a proprietary
operating system for PLC connection and
visualization tasks
Applications
> Tank farm automation
Highlights
> "Turnkey" HMIs with touch screen
as a standard
> Simple, cost-effective engineering
with SPSPlusWIN
> Proprietary operating and runtime system to
save on licence and runtime costs
> Can be operated in extreme ambient
temperatures ranging from -30 °C to +55 °C
> Many functions for optimum display and
management of processes with international
fonts (Unicode)
> Easily integrateable card reader systems
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST-K), Korea (KC),
Russia (GOST-R), USA (UL)
Design ET-306-A ET-316-A ET-336-A
Display
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
Size 26 cm / 10.4“ 26 cm / 10.4“ 38 cm / 15“
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3
Sunlight readable
(optional)
– – – – SR 1000 cd/m
Operation
Keyboard Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate
Functional keys 12 12 8
Soft keys 10 – – – –
Alphanumerical and
23 – – – –
system keys

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Technical Data
Design ET-306-A ET-316-A ET-336-A
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W 36 W
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
protective screen
Dimensions [mm]
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm
Selection Table
Size Type Ethernet Reader
ET-306-A
01568E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
450 cd/m2
VGA
Copper – – ET-306-A-TX-TFT 40 13.600
Optical
fibre
ET-316-A
02684E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400 cd/m2
SVGA
Copper – – ET-316-A-TX-TFT 40 13.200
Optical
fibre
ET-336-A
02741E00
38 cm /
15“
TFT
350 cd/m2
XGA
Copper – – ET-336-A-TX-TFT 40 18.000
Optical
fibre
SR
1000 cd/m
XGA
Copper – – ET-336-A-TX-SR 40 18.000
Optical
fibre
Sample order Design
Eagle operator interface with 15" TFT display, copper Ethernet interface,
installed in an enclosure with V2A stand and barcode reader, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET- 336-A-TX-TFT-RSi1
2 HSG-x36-V2A-FR-F
2.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
2.2 HSG-xx6-FR-BCR
3 BCSi-SK200-RSST
3.1 BCSi-SK200 wall mounting
3.2 VB-BC-3
kg
RSi1 ET-306-A-TX-TFT-RSi1 40 13.600
– – ET-306-A-FX-TFT 40 13.600
RSi1 ET-306-A-FX-TFT-RSi1 40 13.600
– – ET-316-A-FX-TFT 40 13.200
– – ET-336-A-FX-TFT 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-336-A-TX-SR-RSi1 40 18.000
– – ET-336-A-FX-SR 40 18.000
RSi1 ET-336-A-FX-SR-RSi1 40 18.000
214 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
kg
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.400
Interface modules Feldbus Bridge Profibus DP, DIN rail mounting 9185/12-46-10 43 0.120
S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-422 interface,
DIN rail mounting, no handling block required
MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-422 42 0.100
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ)
to 10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
Proximity scanner with Ex-e interface (package
Card reader,
Ex i Mifare card reader with RSi interface RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT 43 1.000
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
Mifare cards 10 MIFARE Proximity access cards
1K S50 - ISO 14443, front (front packaging):
vinyl glossy white, back: STAHL logo,
inkjet site code and card number
Coding:
Customer number 16 bit: 0
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card number
from 001 ... 010 cards printed with card number and
site code externally 00001 - 00001 ... 00010
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 43 0.100
100 Mifare cards, as before,
but card number 1 ...100
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 43 1.000
USB extension and bracket with
Desktop
Ex-i keyboard
Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys,
USB interface
USB interface
USB interface
Engineering cable Exicom Eagle => PC VB-99 43 0.500
Field cable Adapter for DIN rail mouhnting SC --> SC VB-SC-SC-jack 43 0.200
Patch cable MTRJ => SC (SK-KJ1710 --> Exicom) VB-SC-MTRJ 43 0.200
Software Engineering software for
all Eagle operator interfaces
SPSPlus-Win-5.xx 40
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-Update-5.xx 40
Handling blocks for S7 Profibus DP HB-S7-DP 40

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
06243E00
WebCode EAGLEA
Universal operator interfaces with a proprietary
operating system for PLC connection and
visualization tasks
Applications
> Tankfarm automation
Highlights
> "Turnkey" HMIs with touch screen as
a standard
> Simple, cost-effective engineering
with SPSPlusWIN
> Proprietary operating and runtime system to
save on licence and runtime costs
> Can be operated in extreme ambient
temperatures ranging from -30 °C to +55 °C
> Many functions for optimum display and
management of processes with
international fonts (Unicode)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Technical data
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Design MT-306-A MT-316-A MT-336-A
Display
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
Size 26 cm / 10.4“ 26 cm / 10.4“ 38 cm / 15“
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels SVGA, 800 x 600 pixels XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3
Sunlight readable
(optional)
– – – – SR 1000 cd/m

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Technical data
Design MT-306-A MT-316-A MT-336-A
Operation
Keyboard Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate
Functional keys 12 12 8
Soft keys 10 – – – –
Alphanumerical and
23 – – – –
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W 36 W
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
-40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
protective screen
Dimensions [mm]
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 mm 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 mm
Selection Table
MT-306-A
01568E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
450 cd/m2
VGA
Copper – – MT-306-A-TX-TFT 40 13.600
RSi1 MT-306-A-TX-TFT-RSi1 40 13.600
Optical
fibre
– – MT-306-A-FX-TFT 40 13.600
RSi1 MT-306-A-FX-TFT-RSi1 40 13.600
MT-316-A
02684E00
26 cm /
10.4“
TFT
400 cd/m2
SVGA
Copper – – MT-316-A-TX-TFT 40 13.200
Optical
fibre
– – MT-316-A-FX-TFT 40 13.200
MT-336-A
02741E00
38 cm /
15“
TFT
350 cd/m2
XGA
Copper – – MT-336-A-TX-TFT 40 18.000
Optical
fibre
– – MT-336-A-FX-TFT 40 18.000
SR
1000 cd/m
XGA
Copper – – MT-336-A-TX-SR 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-336-A-TX-SR-RSi1 40 18.000
Optical
fibre
– – MT-336-A-FX-SR 40 18.000
RSi1 MT-336-A-FX-SR-RSi1 40 18.000
Sample order Design
EAGLE operator interface with 15" TFT display, copper Ethernet interface, installed in an enclosure
with V2A stand and barcode reader, fully mounted
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-336-A-TX-TFT-RSi1
2 HSG-x36-V2A-FR-F
2.1 HSG-xx6-MPF
2.2 HSG-xx6-FR-BCR
3 BCSi-SK200-RSST
3.1 BCSi-SK200 wall mounting
3.2 VB-BC-3

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Interface modules Feldbus Bridge Profibus DP, DIN rail mounting 9185/12-46-10 43 0.120
S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-422 interface,
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x optical fibre ports MTRJ) to
(package including basic station, recharger and
belt holder)
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
1K S50 - ISO 14443, front (front packaging): vinyl glossy
white, back: STAHL logo, inkjet site code and
card number
Coding:
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card number
from 001 ... 010 cards printed with card number and
site code externally 00001 - 00001 ... 00010
100 Mifare cards, as before, but card number 1 ...100 Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 43 1.000
Keyboard in QWERTZ, 105 keys, PS2 interface KBDi-PS2-QZ 43 1.800
Desktop Ex-i keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 43 1,500
Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 43 1,500
Language: NO, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 43 1,500
Engineering cable Exicom Eagle => PC VB-99 43 0.500
Field cable Adapter for DIN rail mouhnting SC --> SC VB-SC-SC-jack 43 0.200
Patch cable MTRJ => SC (SK-KJ1710 --> Exicom) VB-SC-MTRJ 43 0.200
Note The operation in hazardous areas requires accessories for zones 1 or 21.
The operation in industrial areas only requires accessories suitable for non-hazardous areas.
Software Engineering software for all EAGLE operator interfaces SPSPlus-Win-5.xx 40
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-Update-5.xx 40
kg
DSPq-120-24-block 43 3.400
MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-422 42 0.100
SK-KJ1710 43 0.200
SK-KJ1740 43 0.220
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 43 0.100
218 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
FALCON Series
FALCON operator interfaces can be used for simple automation tasks or access control in tankfarms in
Zones 1 / 2 / 21 / 22. Designed as intrinsically safe equipment, the devices can be operated in extreme
temperatures up to +70 °C, and are the operator interface of choice worldwide. The can communicate with
all types of automation systems and are configured with the SPSPlusWIN software. The great variety of
function keys and soft keys of the various product versions provide for a great many individual settings.
Typical communication tasks includes data transmission with Profibus DP, Modbus MPI or other serial
protocols. For installation in Zones 1 and 21 the FALCON HMIs of the ET Series require an external power
.supply and various media converters for the connection to the Fieldbus system. These are not necessary
for installation in Zones 2 and 22 (MT Series).
08607E01
WebCode FALCONA

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125 A7
06248E00
WebCode FALCONA
Operator Interfaces for machine-oriented
visualizations and PLC tasks - multi-functional
and available in many versions.
Applications
> Access control
Highlights
> Universal application for PLC communication
in hazardous areas
> Quick installation with SPSPlusWIN
engineering software
> Serial protocols, MPI, Profibus DP, etc.
> Temperature range from -20 ... +70°C
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Design Display
Size
Functional
keys
Interfaces
standard,
reader
Order number PS Weight
kg
ET-65-B,
plastic enclosure
09994E00
134 x 40.4 mm 16 RS-422 ET-65-B-RS422 40 3.000
RS-422, RSi ET-65-B-RS422-RSi 40 3.000
ET-75-B,
plastic enclosure
09992E00
114 x 64 mm 8 RS-422 ET-75-B-RS422 40 3.000
RS-422, RSi ET-75-B-RS422-RSi 40 3.000
ET-125-B,
plastic enclosure
09993E00
114 x 64 mm 16 RS-422 ET-125-B-RS422 40 4.000
RS-422, RSi ET-125-B-RS422-RSi 40 4.000
ET-125-BM
stainless steel enclosure
09993E00
114 x 64 mm 16 RS-422 ET-125-BM-RS422 40 4.000
RS-422, RSi ET-125-BM-RS422-RSi 40 4.000

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125
Selection Table
kg
Package serial Complete package, consisting of:
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus Isolator
• VB-299 cable
ET-65-B-Pack 40 5.000
ET-75-B-Pack 40 5.000
ET-125-B-Pack 40 5.000
Profibus DP package Complete package, consisting of:
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10
• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge
• VB-299 cable
ET-65-B-DP-Pack 40 5.000
ET-75-B-DP-Pack 40 5.000
ET-125-B-DP-Pack 40 5.000
MPI package Complete package, consisting of:
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus Isolator
• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232
• VB-301 cable
• VB-299 cable
ET-65-B-MPI-Pack 40 5.000
ET-75-B-MPI-Pack 40 5.000
ET-125-B-MPI-Pack 40 5.000
Sample order Design
ET-65 as complete package, for connection to an automation system with serial RS-232 or
RS-422 interface, mounted inside a stainless-steel enclosure for installation outdoors in
temperatures ranging from -20 ... + 70 °C
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 ET-65-B-Pack
2 HSG-ET-65-V4A-B
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex ia IIC/IIB T4/T3 Gb
Ex ia IIIC T70°C/80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 03 ATEX E 226
E II 2 G Ex ia IIC/IIB T4/T3 Gb
E II 2 D Ex ia IIIC T70°C/80°C Db
Design ET-65-B ET-75-B ET-125-B ET-125-BM
Display
Design LCD monochrome
graphic display
LCD monochrome
graphic display
LCD monochrome
graphic display
LCD monochrome
graphic display
Size 134 x 40.4 mm 114 x 64 mm 114 x 64 mm 114 x 64 mm
Resolution 240 x 64 pixels 240 x 128 pixels 240 x 128 pixels 240 x 128 pixels
Backlight LED backlight
with additional
9143 power supply
LED backlight
with additional
9143 power supply
LED backlight
with additional
9143 power supply
LED backlight
with additional
9143 power supply
Enclosure Robust plastic
enclosure
Robust plastic
enclosure
Robust plastic
enclosure
Stainless steel
enclosure, aluminium
front plate base
Operation
Keyboard Polyester membrane
on FR4 material;
> 1 million actions
Polyester membrane
on FR4 material;
> 1 million actions
Polyester membrane
on FR4 material;
> 1 million actions
Polyester membrane
on FR4 material;
> 1 million actions
Soft keys 4 -- 8 8
Alphanumerical and
23 23 23 23
system keys

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125
Technical Data
Design ET-65-B ET-75-B ET-125-B ET-125-BM
Power supply
Device 8 - 12.5 VDC, 180 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
8 - 12.5 VDC, 180 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
Backlight 8 - 12.5 VDC, 140 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
8 - 12.5 VDC, 140 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
Ambient temperature
Operation - 20 ... + 70 °C
(+ 60 °C at T4)
- 20 ... + 70 °C
(+ 60 °C at T4)
Storage -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C
Type of protection
Front IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Reverse IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Dimensions [mm]
Cut-out (WxHxD) 275 x 131 x 80 mm 275 x 131 x 80 mm 300 x 180 x 80 mm 300 x 180 x 80 mm
Polyester enclosure • Dimensions (WxHxD): 340 x 340 x 91 mm
• with lid cut-out
• HSG-ET-75-P 42 4.000
• HSG-ET-125-P 42 4.000
V4A stainless steel
enclosure
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 360 x 360 x 91 mm
• HSG-ET-75-V4A 42 5.500
• HSG-ET-125-V4A 42 5.500
inc. heater, controller, junction box
(enclosure depth 230 mm)
inc. breather to prevent accumulation of
condensation
Power supply Power supply, 24 V DC; DIN rail mounting 9143-10-114-200-10 43 0.200
Power supply, 85 - 253 V AC; DIN rail mounting 9143-10-114-200-20 43 0.200
Isolating repeater Serial Fieldbus isolator, DIN rail mounting 9185/11-45-10 43 0.200
Feldbus Bridge Profibus DP, DIN rail mounting 9185/11-46-10 43 0.200
Interface converter S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-232 interface,
BCSi wall mounting Wall mounting inc. mounting materials BCSi-SK200-Wandhalterung 43 0.500
Card reader,
intrinsically safe,
Proximity
8 - 12.5 VDC, 180 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
8 - 12.5 VDC, 180 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
8 - 12.5 VDC, 140 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
8 - 12.5 VDC, 140 mA
via
9143/10-114-200-xx
- 20 ... + 70 °C
(+ 60 °C at T4)
- 20 ... + 70 °C
(+ 60 °C at T4)
kg
HSG-ET-65-P 42 4.000
HSG-ET-65-V4A 42 5.500
HSG-ET-65-V4A-H 42 6.500
HSG-ET-75-V4A-H 42 6.500
HSG-ET-125-V4A-H 42 6.500
HSG-ET-65-V4A-B 42 6.000
HSG-ET-75-V4A-B 42 6.000
HSG-ET-125-V4A-B 42 6.000
MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-232 42 0.100
222 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125
1K S50 - ISO 14443, front (front packaging):
vinyl glossy white, back: STAHL logo,
inkjet site code and card number
Coding:
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card
number from 001 ... 010 cards printed with
card number and site code externally
00001 - 00001 ... 00010
kg
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 43 0.100
100 Mifare cards, as before,
but card number 1 ... 100
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 43 1.000
Connection cable 9185 => MPI Box VB-301 43 0.200
9185 => Terminal block, blue VB-299 43 0.200
Exicom Falcon => PC
VB-300 43 0.200
MT-65 / MT-125 => PC
Extension scanner interface to flange socket
M12
VB-BC-3 43 0.200
Field cable blue, LIYCY 6 x 2 x 0.75 mm2 Price per metre
VB-6x2x0,75-bl 43
all Falcon operator interfaces
SPSPlusWin-LITE-5.xx 40
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-LITE-5.xx-Update 40

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
MT-65
MT-65 A7
12142E00
WebCode FALCONA
Operator Interfaces for machine-oriented
visualizations and PLC tasks - multi-functional
and available in many versions
Applications
> Access control
Highlights
> Universal application for PLC communication
in hazardous areas
> Quick installation with SPSPlusWIN
engineering software
> Serial protocols, MPI, Profibus DP, ect.
> Temperature range from -20 ... +70 °C
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Technical data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 70°C
E II 3 D EEx IP65 T85°C X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 70°C
E II 3 D EEx IP65 T65°C X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 50°C
Display
Design LCD monochrome, transflective
Size 134 x 40.4 mm
Resolution 240 x 64 pixels
Backlight LED backlight
Operation
Keyboard Polyester membrane on FR4 material; > 1 million actions
Functional keys 16
Soft keys 4
Alphanumerical and
23
system keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC
Current 105 mA
Power 2.52 W
Ambient temperature
Operation -20 ... +70 °C
Storage -30 ... +80 °C
Type of protection
Front IP65
Reverse IP20
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 290 x 146 mm
Cut-out (WxHxD) 275 x 131 x 80 mm

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
MT-65
Selection Table
Design Display Functional Interfaces Order number PS Weight
Size keys kg
MT-65 Basic device
09995E00
134 x 40.4 mm 16 RS-232 MT-65-RS232 40 2.000
RS-422 MT-65-RS422 40 2.000
RS-422; DP MT-65-RS422-DP 40 2.000
Sample order Design
MT-65 for connection to an automation system with serial RS-422 interface, mounted inside a
stainless-steel enclosure for installation outdoors in temperatures ranging from -20 ... + 70 °C
Order Reference
POS Order number
1 MT-65-RS-422
2 HSG-MT-65-V4A-B
kg
Polyester enclosure • Dimensions (WxHxD): 340 x 340 x 91 mm
HSG-MT-65-P 42 4.000
V4A stainless steel
enclosure
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 360 x 360 x 91 mm
HSG-MT-65-V4A 42 5.500
inc. heater, controller, junction box
(enclosure depth 230 mm)
HSG-MT-65-V4A-H 42 6.500
inc. breather to prevent accumulation of
condensation
HSG-MT-65-V4A-B 42 6.000
Interface converter S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-232 interface,
MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-232 42 0.100
Connection cable Exicom Falcon => PC
MT-65 / MT-125 => PC
VB-300 43 0.200
Extension scanner interface to
flange socket M12
VB-BC-4 43 0.100
all FALCON operator interfaces
SPSPlus-Win-LITE-5.xx 40
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-LITE-5.xx-Update 40

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Enclosures for ET- / MT- / IT-Devices
HSG-xx6 / xx7 Series
HSG-xx6 / xx7 Series A7
14937E00
Robust yet sleek enclosures for our
HMI operating stations Series 300 (EAGLE),
400 (Panel PC), 500 (Thin Clients) and
600 (KVM Systems)
> Brushed stainless steel
– Surface roughness 0.3 ... 0.6 mm
– Material V2A (SS304)
– Optional: V4A (SS316), seawater-proof
> Protection type IP66
> A variety of mounting and installation options
> All CFR enclosures are suitable for
clean room installation according to GMP
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table - Standardised Version FR for xx6 Devices
Design Design Order number PS Weight
kg
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-x36
Stainless steel V2A enclosure (SS 304)
With cut-out for lid for ET-/MT-x36 (15“)
Front door
• direct wall mounting HSG-x36-V2A-FR-W 43 24.000
• Mounted on stand HSG-x36-V2A-FR-F 43 24.000
• Ceiling mounting HSG-x36-V2A-FR-C 43 24.000
• direct wall mounting
HSG-x36-V2A-FR-W-T 43 29.500
• with keyboard enclosure
• Mounted on stand
HSG-x36-V2A-FR-F-T 43 29.500
• Ceiling mounting
HSG-x36-V2A-FR-C-T 43 29.500
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-x56
Front door
• direct wall mounting HSG-x56-V2A-FR-W 43 24.000
• Mounted on stand HSG-x56-V2A-FR-F 43 24.000
• Ceiling mounting HSG-x56-V2A-FR-C 43 24.000
HSG-x56-V2A-FR-W-T 43 29.500
HSG-x56-V2A-FR-F-T 43 29.500
HSG-x56-V2A-FR-C-T 43 29.500
Note The selection table lists the most common and standardised FR enclosure versions.
Please use the FR version configuration below for your individual configuration of FR enclosures.
226 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2013-09-10·BP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Standardised Version FR for xx7 Devices
kg
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-/IT-xx7
With cut-out for lid for ET-/MT-/IT-xx7
Front door
• direct wall mounting HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-W 43 24.000
• Mounted on stand HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-F 43 24.000
• Ceiling mounting HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-C 43 24.000
HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-W-T 43 29.500
HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-F-T 43 29.500
HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-C-T 43 29.500
Note The selection table lists the most common and standardised FR enclosure versions.
Please use the FR version configuration below for your individual configuration of FR enclosures.
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Modifications
B
15290E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-FR-*
A 625 740 740
B 516 568 568
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 400 400 400
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
D
Stainless steel enclosures V2A Series HSG-xx6-V2A-FR-* and HSG-xx7**-V2A-FR-*
2013-09-10·BP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 227

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Standardised Version CFR for xx6 Devices
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-x36
Clean room Front door
• direct wall mounting HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-W 43 23.500
• Mounted on stand HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-F 43 23.500
• Ceiling mounting HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-C 43 23.500
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-x56
• direct wall mounting HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-W 43 23.500
• Mounted on stand HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-F 43 23.500
• Ceiling mounting HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-C 43 23.500
Selection Table - Standardised Version CFR for xx7 Devices
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A for
Series ET-/MT-/IT-xx7
• direct wall mounting HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-W 43 24.000
• Mounted on stand HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-F 43 24.000
• Ceiling mounting HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-C 43 24.000
Note The selection table lists the most common and standardised CFR enclosure versions.
Please use the version configuration below for your individual configuration of CFR enclosures.
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
B
D
Stainless steel enclosures V2A Series HSG-xx6-V2A-CFR-* and HSG-xx7**-V2A-CFR-*
kg
HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-W-T 43 29.000
HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-F-T 43 29.000
HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-W-T 43 29.000
HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-F-T 43 29.000
kg
HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-W-T 43 29.500
HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-F-T 43 29.500
HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-C-T 43 29.500
14843E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-CFR-*
A 625 720 720
B 542 627 627
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 406 406 406
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
228 2013-09-10·BP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Version Configuration FR for xx6 Devices
kg
for Series
ET-/MT-x36
With cut-out for lid for ET-/MT-x36 (15")
Front door
HSG-x36-V2A-FR-xxxx 43 24.000
for Series
ET-/MT-x56
With cut-out for lid for ET/-MT-x56 (19")
Front door
HSG-x56-V2A-FR-xxxx 43 24.000
Device Option
Mounting type Ceiling mounting HSG-xx6-FR-W – –
Mounted on stand HSG-xx6-FR-F – –
direct wall mounting HSG-xx6-FR-C – –
Outdoor installation Outdoor installation from -20 °C
Breather bottom right
(not for HSG-xx6-V2A-FR-*-T)
HSG-xx6-FR-O 43 0.030
Outdoor installation from -30 °C
100 W heater
(not possible with keyboard)
HSG-xx6-FR-O30 43 6.500
+ 100 W heater
+ screen coveer and insulation
HSG-xx6-FR-O40 43 9.000
Canopy additional canopy HSG-xx6-FR-SR 43 1.000
Keyboard enclosure additional keyboard enclosure HSG-xx6-FR-T 43 5.000
Provision for scanner Provision for scanner BCSi-SK200-RSST HSG-xx6-FR-BCR 43
Note Use this version configuration to combine FR enclosures with different enclosure options for
device Series xx6 that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
The assembly of a complete enclosure always requires one configuration article.
Furthermore, you need to specify the enclosure option mounting type.
All other enclosure options are not mandatory.
Specify the enclosure options via Navision and SAP in the order text.
B
15290E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-FR-*
A 625 740 740
B 516 568 568
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 400 400 400
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
D

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Version Configuration FR for xx7 Devices
for Series
ET-/MT-/IT-xx7
Front door
Device Option
Mounting type Ceiling mounting HSG-xx7-FR-W – –
Mounted on stand HSG-xx7-FR-F – –
direct wall mounting HSG-xx7-FR-C – –
Canopy additional canopy HSG-xx7-FR-SR 43 1.000
Keyboard enclosure additional keyboard enclosure HSG-xx7-FR-T 43 5.000
Provision for scanner Provision for scanner BCSi-SK200-RSST HSG-xx7-FR-BCR 43
Note Use this version configuration to combine FR enclosures with different enclosure options for
device Series xx7 that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
B
D
kg
HSG-xx7-V2A-FR-xxxx 43 24.000
HSG-xx7-FR-O 43 0.030
15290E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-FR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-FR-*
A 625 740 740
B 516 568 568
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 400 400 400
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
230 2013-09-10·BP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Version Configuration CFR for xx6 Devices
kg
for Series
ET-/MT-x36
HSG-x36-V2A-CFR-xxxx 43 23.500
for Series
ET-/MT-x56
HSG-x56-V2A-CFR-xxxx 43 23.500
Device Option
Mounting type direct wall mounting HSG-xx6-CFR-W – –
Mounted on stand HSG-xx6-CFR-F – –
Ceiling mounting HSG-xx6-CFR-C – –
(not for HSG-xx6-V2A-CFR-*-T)
HSG-xx6-CFR-O 43 0.030
100 W heater
HSG-xx6-CFR-O30 43 6.500
+ 100 W heater
+ screen coveer and insulation
HSG-xx6-CFR-O40 43 9.000
Canopy additional canopy HSG-xx6-CFR-SR 43 1.000
Keyboard enclosure additional keyboard enclosure HSG-xx6-CFR-T 43 5.000
Provision for scanner Provision for scanner BCSi-SK200-RSST HSG-xx6-CFR-BCR 43
Note Use this version configuration to combine CFR enclosures with different enclosure options for device
Series xx6 that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
B
14843E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-CFR-*
A 625 720 720
B 542 627 627
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 406 406 406
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
D

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Version Configuration CFR for xx7 Devices
for Series
ET-/MT-/IT-xx7
Device Option
Mounting type Ceiling mounting HSG-xx7-CFR-W – –
Mounted on stand HSG-xx7-CFR-F – –
direct wall mounting HSG-xx7-CFR-C – –
Canopy additional canopy HSG-xx7-CFR-SR 43 1.000
Keyboard enclosure additional keyboard enclosure HSG-xx7-CFR-T 43 5.000
Provision for scanner Provision for scanner BCSi-SK200-RSST HSG-xx7-CFR-BCR 43
Note Use this version configuration to combine CFR enclosures with different enclosure options for device
Series xx7 that are NOT listed in the selection table under the standardised versions.
F
I
H
G
C A
E B
B
D
kg
HSG-xx7-V2A-CFR-xxxx 43 24.000
HSG-xx7-CFR-O 43 0.030
14843E00
Design HSG-x36-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-x56-
V2A-CFR-*
HSG-xx7-
V2A-CFR-*
A 625 720 720
B 542 627 627
C 190 190 190
D 720 720 720
E 304 304 304
F 406 406 406
G 78 78 78
H 34° 34° 34°
I 270 270 270
232 2013-09-10·BP00·III·en

A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
Selection Table - Rigfloor Enclosure
kg
Rigfloor enclosure
14661E00
• Rigfloor enclosure aluminium (Al Mg 3)
• With cut-out for lid for ET-/MT-x36 (15“)
• Provision for installation of AC power supply
• Provision for HMA and Hawk terminal boxes
• Dimensions (W x H x D):
467 mm x 490 mm x 178 mm
• for non-stationary application
• no protection type
HSG-x36-AL-RF01 43 3.000
Selection Table
kg
Stainless steel
enclosure V2A
for Series
ET-/MT-x06, -x16
• Stainless steel V2A enclosure (SS 304)
• Type 8126/5404-4
• Dimensions (W x H x D):
600 mm x 500 mm x 210 mm
• with lid cut-out for 10.4“ device
• for wall mounting, no keyboard enclosure
HSG-x06-V2A-W 43 21.850
• HSG-x16-V2A-W 43 21.850
Dimensional Drawings (All dimensions in mm) - subject to modifications
14221E00
Design B H T
HSG-xx6-V2A-W 600 500 210
H
T B
Stainless steel V2A enclosure Series HSG-xx6-V2A-W
kg
Enclosure
accessories HSG-xx6
Elbow with coupling
Length 450 mm
HSG-xx6-V2A-MPW 43 7.000
Stand with coupling
Length 1240 mm
HSG-xx6-V2A-MPF 43 10.000
Enclosure
accessories HSG-xx7
Elbow with coupling
Length 450 mm
HSG-xx7-V2A-MPW 43 7.000
Stand with coupling
Length 1240 mm
HSG-xx7-V2A-MPF 43 10.000

Camera and Videosystems
234 Camera and Videosystems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A8
Contents
Camera and Videosystems
Camera Systems for All Areas 236
Camera
Compact Colour Camera EC-710 238
Zoom Camera EC-740-AFZ 240
Zoom Camera with Pan/Tilt Function EC-740-PTZ 242
DOME Camera EC-750-PA 244
Thermal Imaging Camera EC-800-TIC 246
Thermal Imaging Camera with Pan/Tilt Function EC-800-PTT 248
Camera Enclosures 8214 250
Video Software
ISview 252
SeeTec 253
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Camera and Videosystems 235

A8
Camera Systems for All Areas
Trust But Verify
Increased safety
Camera systems play an increasingly important role for the safety onboard ships, drill rigs or in production plants -
they are used to monitor work areas and processes and to ensure general safety. Our "automated surveillance",
combining camera systems with powerful software, guarantees that every part of the plant, even the hazardous areas,
can be monitored. Areas not easily accessible can be monitored by the smallest explosion proof camera in the world;
all-round surveillance is a job for the state-of-the-art Dome camera, and we offer a great variety of PTZ cameras for
zoom and pan/tilt functions. The cameras from R. STAHL Camera Systems GmbH enable security staff to react
quickly to any potential safety problems and thus prevent emergencies. If an emergency occurs after all, the cameras
provide a comprehensive overview of the situation, thus enabling staff to make the necessary decisions preventing
the situation from escalating.
Greater efficiency
In their every-day work system operators profit from the advantages of a camera surveillance system. An improved
overview of their workplace and its surroundings gives them control of the situation and enables them to work more
efficiently and accurately. It is also possible to issue pro-active warnings to anyone entering hazardous areas.
Damage limitation
Despite everyone's best efforts it is not always possible to prevent accidents. Operating large machinery in tight
spaces with many blind spots carries risks for life and machinery. A camera system from R. STAHL Camera Systems
GmbH provides an extra pair of eyes regardless of which machinery is used in which environment. Injuries or break-downs
can thus be prevented.
Improved ergonomics and user-friendliness
In most cases, cameras contribute towards improved ergonomics and user-friendliness. Fewer people need to be
present in dangerous or hazardous areas. It is possible to distribute video images via a network, thus enabling several
workers with different areas of responsibility to monitor the situation simultaneously and in real time.
From the Compact camera to the Dome camera
From the component to the complete system
Various camera types and appropriate video systems ensure optimal monitoring of installation conditions in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas and thus for the highest installation safety. The smallest explosion proof camera
in the world monitors very narrow rooms; the dome camera is developed for the all-round surveillance while our PTZ
and zoom camera has additional pan and zoom functions.
The first explosion-proof thermal image cameras by R. STAHL Camera Systems GmbH ensure optimum leakage
monitoring, for example on oil-rigs. All cameras are designed for hazardous areas and for installation in extreme
ambient temperatures.
Basically, there are two functional principles for camera systems that have different advantages depending on the
existing application and requirements.
State-of-the-art video encoder technology frequently enables a retrofit upgrade from analogue camera systems to
modern camera systems with network technology.
WebCode CCTVA
Camera and Video Systems
236 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A8
Camera Systems for All Areas
Analogue Camera System
14582E00
IP-Camera System
14586E00
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 237

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Compact Colour Camera
Series EC-710
Series EC-710 A8
07003E00
WebCode EC710A
Extremely compact, explosion-proof colour
cameras with fixed viewing angles for a variety
of monitoring tasks where space is at a premium
> Applications
– Gauge glass monitoring
– Process monitoring
> Highlights
– IP69K
– Temperature range from -40 to +75 °C
– Weight 695 g with 5 m cable
– Chemical, shock and vibration resistant
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Compact colour camera
EC-710
with a fixed lens viewing angle of 81° EC-710-081P 202206 A1 0.700
Note The EC-710-081 camera version replaces the discontinued type EC-710-090 camera with the 90° horizontal viewing
angle. Both camera versions have the same actual horizontal viewing angle of 81°.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 09.0002 X
Ex mb II T6, T5, T4
Ex mD 21 T85/100/125°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex mb II T4 - 40°C < Ta < + 75°C
E II 2 D Ex mD 21 T85°C - 40°C < Ta < + 35°C
E II 2 D Ex mD 21 T100°C - 40°C < Ta < + 50°C
E II 2 D Ex mD 21 T125°C - 40°C < Ta < + 75°C
CCD 0.635 cm (1/4“) CCD Sensor PAL
CCD total pixels PAL: 795 (H) x 596 (V), NTSC: 811 (H) x 508 (V)
Minimum illumination 1.5 Lux at F1.2 5600 K
Resolution 470 TVL
Signal-noise ratio 52 dB (MIN) / 60 dB (TYP) (AGC OFF)
Video output 1.0 V pp Composite Video at 75 Ohm
Gamma correction 0.45
Gain control AGC (automatic gain control)
White balance mode ATW / AWC (fix)
White balance range 3,200 - 10,000 K
Mirror function REV. / NOR. Switchable via wire connected to 12 V DC
Mechanical shock resistance Shock and vibration resistant
Weight 0.44 kg without cable
Enclosure material Stainless steel 316L, chemically hardened lens
Degree of protection IP69K
Power consumption 12 V DC +/- 10%, consumption 250 mA heating ON, 85 mA heating OFF
238 Camera and Video Systems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Compact Colour Camera
Series EC-710
Horizontal Fields of Vision
0,1 m
0,3 m
1 m
0,4 m
CCC EX 23°
0,4 m
1 m
0,6 m
CCC EX 33°
1 m
0,6 m
0,9 m
CCC EX 44°
1 m
0,8 m
1 m
CCC EX 52°
04696E00 14939E00 04781E00 04172E00 04173E00
1 m
1,2 m
1,7 m
CCC EX 81°
04151E00 04167E00
1 m
0,2 m
CCC EX 12°
1 m
1,0 m
1,4 m
CCC EX 70°
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Ex e junction Box
07015E00
Ex-e terminal box
• E II 2 G EEx e II T6/T5
• E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
• 14 UK3N terminals
• 2 USLKG PE terminals
• 4 cable boxes
• degree of protection IP66 water-proof
• black
• polyester material
JCT for XC710-Series 212983 A4 1.000
Multi cable
07014E00
Universal multi-cable
• 1 coaxial cable + 5 wires
• price per metre
CAM-MULTI-01-UNI 167534 A4 0.200
armed multi-cable
• mud- and oil-resistant
• price per metre (maximum distance control
system -> camera: 100 metres)
CAM-MULTI-01-ARM 167535 A4 0.200
Protective tube • 1.8 m flexible stainless steel tube
to protect cables
• Can be screwed onto EC-710
• Other lengths also available
Protective-conduit-1,8m 213012 A7 0.400
Video server • 1-channel video server with 9 V
power supply unit
• Video In
• PTZ interface RS-485
• MJPG and several H.264
streams simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• 4-channel video server with 9 V power
supply unit
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800
Colour quad processor • 4 channel colour quad processor for
multi-screen display
• Requires a serial display (non-Ex)
for control, e.g. RLED 7 Serial
• Stainless steel enclosur 316
Quad splitter EC-710 213041 A7 3.300
Display unit • Serial 7" TFT LCD Modul with LED Backlight
• Temperature range from -40 to +85 °C
• IP67
• On Screen Display (OSD)
Monitor RLED Non-Ex 7'' 213035 1.900

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-AFZ
Series EC-740-AFZ A8
14657E00
WebCode EC740ZA
The explosion-proof EC-740 Zoom camera is
ideally suitable for rough ambient conditions due to its
IP69K and its wide operating temperature range of
-40 to +75 °C.
> Applications
– Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
– Crane installation for a perfect overview
– Pipeline monitoring
– Tankfarms
> Highlights
– Protection type IP69K
– Wide temperature range
– Compact and lightweight
– Available in aluminium and stainless steel
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interfaces x x x x
Selection Table
kg
Zoom camera
EC-740-AFZ
Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera
including Ex-board
EC-740-AFZ-EX-ALU 212984 A1 3.100
Analogue stainless steel PAL Zoom camera
including Ex-board
EC-740-AFZ-EX-SST 212986 A1 6.000
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 2 G EEx ib (ib) m p II T5, Tamb -40 to +75 °C
E II 2 G EEx ib (ib) m p II T6, Tamb -40 to +20 °C
E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T6 ... T5 Gb
E II 2 D Ex mb tb IIIC T89°C Db
CCD 1/4“ (0.635 cm) Sensor IT CCD
Total pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V), 440,000
Minimum illumination 0.7 Lux (f1.4 1/50 sec. PAL) 0.1 Lux (f1.4 1/3 sec. PAL)
Resolution 460 TVL
TV System PAL, FBAS, 625 lines interlaced, 50 Hz, 4.43 MHz colour subcarrier 1 Vtt (75 ohm)
Signal-noise ratio 50 dB or more
Lens f = 4.1 mm (wide angle lens) to 73.8 mm (telephoto lens).
216 x zoom ratio; 18 x optical, 12 x digital
Lens speed from wide angle lens to telephoto lens 2.1 sec. (f = 1.4 to f = 3.0 zoom moving speed)
Viewing angle horizontal, 48° (wide angle lens), 2.8° (telephoto lens)
Minimum working distance 290 mm (wide angle lens), 800 mm (telephoto lens)
Lens glass Chemically hardened, toughened, tempered float glass, 7 times stronger than ordinary glass,
scratch-proof surface
Power supply 24 V DC +/- 10%
Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures < 0°C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures > 0°C
fuses: the camera requires a 315 mA-T fuse with a breaking capacity of 1.5 kA
Communication RS-232, Pelco D and Visca Protokoll, 9.6 Kbps
Operating temperature range T5: Tamb -40 to +75 °C
T6: Tamb -40 to +20 °C
Enclosure aluminium or stainless steel SS316, depending on version
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors, long-term stability
0.1 % per annum
Weight including 5 m cable
aluminium camera 3 kg
stainless steel camera 5 kg
Cable minimum bending radius 50 mm
Camera bracket for hanging, standing or overhead position, including fastening material

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-AFZ
Horizontal Field of Vision
14219E00
5 cm
4 cm
1 m
1 m
AF Zoom 2,8° - 48°
0,8 m
kg
Multi cable
07014E00
• Multi-cable for Ex-AFZ-, Ex-PTZ and
Ex-PTT cameras
• 1 x video coax cable + 4 x current and
7 x signal cross sections
• price per metre
CAM-MULTI-PTZ-UNI 213032 A4 0.200
• Armed multi-cable for Ex-AFZ-,
Ex-PTZ and Ex-PTT cameras
• 1 x video coax cable + 4 x current and
• price per metre
CAM-MULTI-PTZ-ARM 213033 A4 0.300
Oil damper • Oil damper for the EC-740 zoom
camera for a permanent vertical
position down towards to object on
the hook.
• Damping of any sudden movements
• Can be set to summer /
winter operation
• Weight without camera
Oil-damped-bracket-cran-
cameras-Alu
213007 A7 3.400
• Oil damper for the EC-740 zoom
camera for a permanent vertical
position down towards to object on
the hook.
• Damping of any sudden movements
• Can be set to summer /
winter operation
• Weight without camera
• Stainless steel enclosure
Oil-damped-bracket-cran-
cameras-SSt
213008 A7 5.100
Video server • 1-channel video server with
9 V power supply unit
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• 4-channel video server with
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-PTZ
Series EC-740-PTZ A8
14641E00
WebCode EC740PTZA
The robust, explosion-proof colour camera with
pan/tilt function and 18x zoom can be operated in a wide
range of ambient temperatures and has an exceedingly high
protection type, IP69K
Two enclosure versions in either aluminium or 316 stainless
steel make the camera perfectly suitable for a variety of
applications.
> Applications
– Perimeter guarding
– Process monitoring
– Tankfarms
– Pipeline overview
> Highlights
– Protection type IP69K
– Internal cabling
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Zoom camera
EC-740-PTZ
Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera
with pan/tilt function including Ex-board
EC-740-PTZ-EX-ALU 212988 A1 8.600
Analogue stainless steel PAL Zoom camera
with pan/tilt function including Ex-board
EC-740-PTZ-EX-SST 212990 A1 16.100
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T6…T5 Gb
CCD 1/4“ (0.635 cm) Sensor IT CCD
Total pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V), 440,000
Minimum illumination 0.7 Lux (f1.4 1/50 sec. PAL) 0.1 Lux (f1.4 1/3 sec. PAL)
Resolution 460 TVL
TV System PAL, FBAS, 625 lines interlaced, 50 Hz, 4.43 MHz colour subcarrier 1 Vtt (75 ohm)
Signal-noise ratio 50 dB or more
Lens f = 4.1 mm (wide angle lens) to 73.8 mm (telephoto lens).
216 x zoom ratio; 18 x optical, 12 x digital
Lens speed from wide angle lens to telephoto lens 2.1 sec. (f = 1.4 to f = 3.0 zoom moving speed)
Viewing angle horizontal, 48° (wide angle lens), 2.8° (telephoto lens)
Minimum working distance 290 mm (wide angle lens), 800 mm (telephoto lens)
Panning range total 340°, 170° to the left, 170° to the right
Tilt range total 180°, up 90°, down 90°
Backlash PTZ PTZ 1°
Pan/tilt speed 12.5 °/sec
Camera positions 6 option for pre-setting camera positions, tolerance < 1°
Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures < 0 °C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures > 0 °C
12 W when panning / tilting
Operating temperature range T5: Tamb -40 bis +65 / +75 °C (SST/Alu version)
T6: Tamb -40 bis +20 °C
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors,
long-term stability 0.1 % per annum
Weight including 5 m cable (3,5 m available for installation)
aluminium camera 8,8 kg
stainless steel camera 18,8 kg

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-PTZ
14219E00
5 cm
4 cm
1 m
1 m
AF Zoom 2,8° - 48°
0,8 m
kg
Multi cable
07014E00
• Multi-cable for Ex-AFZ-,
• 1 x video coax cable
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
DOME Camera
Series EC-750-PA
Series EC-750-PA A8
07026E00
WebCode EC750A
Explosion-protected colour camera with
pan/tilt function for complex monitoring tasks in
a variety of light conditions.
Applications
> Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
> Surveillance of boilers and production
Highlights
> Top-of-the-range optical system
> Chemical, shock and vibration resistant,
with IP68
> Compact and lightweight
> White sun-roof included
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Dome camera
Series EC-750-PA
Explosion-protected Dome camera with pigtail;
analog CVBS-output
EC-750-PA-VI-PE 168166 A2 8.000
Explosion-protected Dome camera with pigtail;
integrated IP server
EC-750-PA-IP-PE 168168 A2 8.000
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 08 ATEX 6023 X
Version with pigtail:
EII 2 G Ex d IIC T6, - 20°C ( Ta ( + 55°C
EII 2 G Ex d IIC T5, - 20°C ( Ta ( + 60°C
EII 2 D Ex td A21 IP68 T85°C, - 20°C ( Ta ( + 55°C
EII 2 D Ex td A21 IP68 T100°C, - 20°C ( Ta ( + 60°C
Certificates ATEX
CCD 1/4“ CCD Sensor PAL or NTSC
CCD total pixels 440,000 (PAL); 380,000 (NTSC)
Minimum illumination 0.7 lux in standard mode, 0.01 lux in slow shutter mode and ICR
Signal-noise ratio > 50 dB
A.E.S.
Yes
(automatic electronic shutter)
Gain control AGC (automatic gain control)
White balance mode Automatic
Lens 18x optical zoom (zoom lens 4.1 to 73.8 mm)
Viewing angle (horizontal) 48° (wide angle lens), 2.8° (telephoto lens)
Minimum operating distance: 290 mm (wide angle lens), 800 mm (telephoto lens)
Focus Automatic with remote control override
Lens settings Tilt - 90° to + 90° with flip facility; Pan 360° without stop
Enclosure material Stainless steel SS316
Operating temperature range - 20 ... + 55 °C for PE version and T6 / T85°C
- 20 ... + 60 °C for PE version and T5 / T100°C
Cable length 5.0 metre (+ 0.1)
Power consumption 18 to 30 V DC, max. consumption 12 W

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
DOME Camera
Series EC-750-PA
14649E00
5 cm
4 cm
1m
1 m
Zoom 2,8° - 48°
0,8 m
kg
Ex e junction Box
07015E00
Ex-e terminal box
• E II 2 G EEx e II T6/T5
• E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
• 14 UK3N terminals
• 2 USLKG PE terminals
• 4 cable boxes
• degree of protection IP66
water-proof
• black
• polyester material
JCT 212983 A4 1.000
Multi cable
07014E00
• price per metre
CAM-MULTI-01-UNI 167534 A4 0.200
armed multi-cable
• price per metre (maximum distance
control system -> camera: 100 metres)
CAM-MULTI-01-ARM 167535 A4 0.200
Breakout cable VB-TP-CAT5-
AWG22
166458 43
CAT5E, AWG price per metre
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• Video In
• streams simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Thermal Imaging Camera
Series EC-800-TIC
Series EC-800-TIC A8
14789E00
WebCode EC800A
The modern explosion-proof EC-800 thermal image
camera is the ideal choice for surveillance tasks in
complete darkness. By making thermal radiation
visible, animate and inanimate objects can be safely
detected across a wide distance.
> Applications
– Perimeter guarding -
independent of light conditions
– Leakage detection (oil spills, temp. gases)
– Early fire detection
> Highlights
– Protection type IP68
– Shock-proof and vibration-proof
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Thermal
imaging camera
EC-800-TIC
made of aluminium including Ex-Board EC-800-TIC-EX-ALU 212992 A3 2.900
made of stainless steel including Ex-Board EC-800-TIC-EX-SST 212994 A3 6.000
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Sensor VOx Microbolometer
Pixels FPA format 324 x 256 (pixel size 25 mm)
Frame rates 7.5 Hz (NTSC); 8.3 Hz (PAL)
Sensitivity < 75 mk, < 50 mk f/1.0
Measuring range -40 to +160 °C
Video NTSC / PAL
Lens WFOV, 19 mm (24° detection 450 m)
digital zoom 2x and 4x
Colour display 4 colour palettes (LUTs)
Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures < 0°C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures > 0°C
T6: Tamb -40 to +20 °C
Weight including 5 m cable
aluminium camera 3 kg
stainless steel camera 6 kg
Cable minimum bending radius 50 mm
Camera bracket for hanging, standing or overhead position, including fastening material

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Series EC-800-TIC
kg
Multi cable
07014E00
• Multi-cable for Ex-AFZ-,
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
• Armed multi-cable for
Ex-AFZ-, Ex-PTZ and
Ex-PTT cameras
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• Video In
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Series EC-800-PTT
Series EC-800-PTT A8
14948E00
WebCode EC800PTA
The explosion-proof pan/tilt EC-800-PTT thermal
camera combines the benefits of a pan/tilt camera
with the optical properties of a thermal image camera.
With this camera, large areas can be monitored even
in absolute darkness or adverse weather conditions.
> Applications
– Perimeter guarding - independent of
light conditions
– Security patrol (6 pre-settings)
– Early fire detection
> Highlights
– Protection type IP68
– Aluminium or stainless-steel enclosure 316
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Selection Table
kg
Thermal imaging
camera
EC-800-PTT
aluminium with pan/tilt function
including Ex-board
EC-800-PTT-EX-ALU 212996 A3 8.400
stainless steel with pan/tilt function
including Ex-board
EC-800-PTT-EX-SST 212998 A3 15.900
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Sensor VOx Microbolometer
Pixels FPA format 324 x 256 (pixel size 25 mm)
Frame rates 7.5 Hz (NTSC); 8.3 Hz (PAL)
Sensitivity < 75 mk, < 50 mk f/1.0
Measuring range -40 to +160 °C
Video NTSC / PAL
Lens WFOV, 19 mm (24° detection human approx. 450 m)
digital zoom 2x and 4x
Colour display 4 colour palettes (LUTs)
Panning range total 340°, 170° to the left, 170° to the right
Tilt range total 180°, up 90°, down 90°
Backlash PTZ PT 1°
Pan/tilt speed 12.5 °/sec
Camera positions 6 option for pre-setting camera positions, tolerance < 1°
T6: Tamb -40 to +20 °C
Weight including 5 m cable (3,5 m available for installation)
aluminium camera 8,8 kg
stainless steel camera 18,8 kg

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Series EC-800-PTT
kg
Multi cable
07014E00
• Multi-cable for Ex-AFZ-, Ex-PTZ and
Ex-PTT cameras
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
+ 4 x current and
• price per metre
• Video In
• MJPG and several H.264 streams
simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• Video In
simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Camera Enclosure
Series 8214
Series 8214 A8
00999E00
WebCode 8214E
Explosion-protected housing for
standard cameras
Applications
> Production surveillance
> Leakage detection
Highlights
> If required by the customer, the ready-to-run
camera can be installed in the housing by us
> Customers may provide their own cameras
> Wide range of accessories
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x x
Selection Table
Version
kg
01780E00
Camera Enclosure
Series 8214
without enclosure heating short, 327 mm 8214/123-2-S06 140912 A3 6.000
long, 477 mm 8214/124-2-S06 140865 A3 7.500
with fitted enclosure heating short, 327 mm 8214/123-2-S07 140913 A3 6.300
long, 477 mm 8214/124-2-S07 140868 A3 7.800
Order Number Supplement
please specify text: ... with mounted camera type ... (provided by the customer)
... with protective roof, long
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 06.0070
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T6 or T5
resp.
Ex d [ia/ib] IIC T6 or T5
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation), Serbia (SRPS)
Electrical data for camera
Rated voltage max. 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated power 8214/..3: Pv max. = 60 W; 8214/..4: Pv max. = 79 W
Ambient temperature without enclosure heating: - 20 ... + 40 °C;
with fitted enclosure heating: - 30 ... + 40 °C

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Camera Enclosure
Series 8214
kg
Universal
multi-cable
07014E00
• price per metre
CAM-MULTI-01-UNI 167534 A4 0.200
07014E00
armed multi-cable
• price per metre (maximum distance
control system -> camera: 100 metres)
CAM-MULTI-01-ARM 167535 A4 0.200
Breakout cable CAT5E, AWG price per metre
VB-TP-CAT5-AWG22 166458 43 0.000
• Video In
simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7401 207763 A4 0.800
• Video In
simultaneously
VS-AXIS-Q7404 207764 A4 0.800
Wall-mounted
support
on request
Protective roof Protective roof, long

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Video Software ISview
A8
12550E00
WebCode ISviewA
Video software for the display of real-time
images supplied by IP cameras and video
servers with VAPIX protocol (Axis) and MOXA.
> Applications
– Operating of cameras in zone 1 by means of
ISView / HMI installation
– Ideal for camera systems involving up to 12 cameras
> Highlights
– Simple operation
– Very short timeouts
– Optimised for Open HMI touch screen operation
– Large touch buttons for operation with work gloves
– No extra training required
Selection Table
kg
Video software Installation via USB stick without licence,
one licence required for each camera
ISview-1.xx-stick 202706 40 0.100
Licence for one camera ISview-1.xx-L 202707 40 0.000
Technical Data
Video and PTZ protocols VAPIX Axis and MOXA
Using the software Mouse, trackball, joystick and touch screen (touch buttons)
Direct PTZ control Via pointer devices (mouse, joystick and trackball), touch
Preset function Yes
Display Single or split screen (quad), full screen or window
Video sources A maximum of 12 IP cameras or video server chanels
Motion JPG or H.264
Refresh rate About 15-25 frames / sec (fps)
Image delay No more than 120 ms
Requirements operating
system
Windows XP, Windows embedded, Windows 7
Requirements PC system At least Pentium M 600 MHz, 1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash or HD memory, resolution at least 800x600
Recording None

A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
A8
Video Software SeeTec
A8
12551E00
WebCode SeeTecA
> Applications
– Safety + Security camera systems
– Ideal for large camera systems
> Highlights
– Video recording possible
– Alarm forwarding
– Multi-monitor operation
– Different user levels
– Open video management system
– And many more functions
Video software for complex safety and security solutions. From the smallest application with maximum 5 cameras to the largest
possible solution with more than 1000 cameras with simultaneous option of controlling different components. SeeTec can be flexibly
adapted to the existing system requirements is more powerful and cost-efficient than conventional video systems. Already existing
analog components can be integrated into the network technology. Third-party systems can be integrated and controlled via a variety
of existing IP interfaces.
Selection Table
Version Description Order number
Video software ProBox 5/10/15/20/25 Project-specific quotes
Enterprise edition Project-specific quotes
Technical Data
Video and PTZ protocols Support of all major camera types
Using the software Keyboard, mouse, trackball, joystick
Video sources Depending on project, up to several 1000 cameras
Operating system
requirements
Windows XP Pro, VISTA Pro/Ultimate, 7 Pro/Ultimate, 2003 Server, 2008 Server
PC system requirements Minimum Pentium 4.2 GHz, 1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash or HD memory
Features
of the ProBox packages
Video recording
• Available packages: 5, 10, 15, 20 and 25 camera sources
• Standard and alarm recording
• Multi-monitoring view
• Unlimited recording time
• List of events
PTZ control
• Storage of an unlimited number of pre-set camera positions
• Camera tours
• Joystick control
• Prioritised control
Motion detection
• Integrated motion detection
• Motion detection directly by cameras
• Supports intelligent video sensor technology of the cameras
• In case of an alarm, active alarms via sound, e-mail or similar methods
Remote access
• Worldwide access via LAN, WAN, VPN
• The report mode shows when each user logged in
• PTZ control
• Control of I/O contacts using buttons
Image data export
• Export image data automatically or manually, encrypted or unencrypted
• Export as a video or image file
• Subsequent image data import of larger amounts of data and
viewing by means of the offline viewer
Available extensions
• These versions cannot be extended

Lighting
Lighting
Compact Light Fittings
made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W C-LUX 6100 256
Compact Emergency Light Fittings
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W EXLUX 6001 261
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W ECOLUX 6600 272
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W 6014 279
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W 6414 279
Tubular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
made of Aluminium T-LUX 6035 268
LED, made of Polycarbonate 6039 270
Emergency Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W EXLUX 6008 264
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W ECOLUX 6608/5 274
Economy - made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W ECOLUX 6608/3 276
254 Lighting 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
Contents
Lighting
Accessories
for C-LUX 6100, 6500, 6108, 6508 C-LUX 260
for EXLUX 6000, 6008 EXLUX 266
for ECOLUX 6600, 6608 ECOLUX 277
Bulkhead Light Fittings
for Incandescent Lamps up to 100 W 6388 283
for Halogen Lamps up to 150 W 6788 283
Pendant Light Fittings
for Discharge Lamps up to 500 W, Energy Saving Lamps up to 23 W 6050 285
IEC Version
for Discharge Lamps up to 600 W, Induction Lamps up to 165 W 6470 289
Floodlights
made of Cast Aluminium, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 400 W 6121 294
made of Stainless Steel, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W 6521/4 296
made of Stainless Steel, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W 6521/5 298
Dimensional Drawings for Series 6521 300
Accessories for Floodlights Series 6521 301
Tank Inspection Lamps for Halogen Lamps up to 100 W 6122 303
Portable Lamps
with Lead-Fleece Battery 6148 308
with Lead-Acid Battery; Industrial Design L148 310
Accessories for Portable Lamps Series 6148 and L148 312
Hand Lamps with Batteries
with Extremely high Luminous Intensity 6140 313
for Alkaline Batteries 6141 315
Hand Lamps for Mains Connection
Hand Lamps with Connection Lead, for Incandescent Lamps up to 60 W 6147 320
Inspection Light LED 6149/2 317
Helideck Systems / Systems for Helicopter Landing Sites
Xenon Helideck Floodlight TEF 9964 322
Perimeter Light LED TEF 2430 323
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W - Zone 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6400
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W - Zone 1 6012
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W - Zone 2, 22 6412
Compact Light Fittings
made of Sheet Steel 8 W - Zone 1 6114
made of Sheet Steel 8 W - Zone 2, 21, 22 6514
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W - Zone 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6408
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36 W - Zone 1, 2 6018
made of Sheet Steel 8 W - Zone 1, 2 6118
Mounting Material / Emergency Lighting Technology
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Lighting 255

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Compact Light Fitting
Series C-LUX 6100 / 6500
Series C-LUX 6100 / 6500 E2
01907E00
WebCode 6100A
> Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting
> Can be fitted to order with emergency
exit signs
> Central locking
> All-pole disconnection via N/C switch
when cover is opened (Series 6100)
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
C-LUX 6100: For use in x x x x
C-LUX 6500: For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamps Lamps Electronic
ballasts
piece kg
C-LUX 6100
Zones 1, 21
Fluorescent
lamp
1 x 8 W 1 6100/1081-8011-3430-00 118948 32 3.390
2 x 8 W 1 6100/1082-8011-3430-00 118967 32 3.500
2 6100/1082-9011-3430-00 118990 32 2.400
3 x 8 W 1 6100/1083-8011-3430-00 118980 32 3.530
2 6100/1083-9011-3430-00 118996 32 2.600
C-LUX 6500
Zones 2, 21, 22
Fluorescent
lamp
1 x 8 W 1 6500/1081-8010-8430-00 123215 32 2.400
2 x 8 W 2 6500/1082-9010-8430-00 123219 32 2.500
3 x 8 W 3 6500/1083-9010-8430-00 123224 32 2.600
DULUX-L lamp 1 x 24 W 1 6500/3241-8010-2430-00 123192 32 2.400
Incandescent
lamp
1 x 60 W – – 6500/6601-0010-0430-00 123174 32 2.150
2 x 40 W – – 6500/6402-0010-0430-00 123226 32 2.300
Emergency exit needed only when used as information lights or escape sign lights;
with adhesive symbols positioned as follows:
Mounting position
08481E00
Please specify emergency exit sign number (see accessories)
Note Compact light fittings can be operated as emergency lighting via a group or central battery system;
fittings are supplied without lamps, which must be ordered separately; further escape and information
signs available on request.
Note
Incandescent Lamp
According to the EU guideline the sale of electric light bulbs has been forbidden gradually since
September 2009. Furthermore special lamps (e.g. impact-resistant lamps) are usable.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Compact Light Fitting
Technical Data
Version 6100 (Zones 1, 21) 6500 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Zone 1: PTB 97 ATEX 2119 Zone 2: SNCH 03 ATEX 3558
Zone 1: E II 2 G EEx eds IIC T4 Zone 2: E II 3 G EEx n A II T4
(T3 for incandescent lamps)
Dust Zone 21: LCIE 03 ATEX 6158 Zone 21: SNCH 03 ATEX 3557
Zone 22: SNCH 03 ATEX 3558
Zone 21: E II 2 D IP66 T130°C Zone 21: E II 2 D IP66 T1)
Zone 22: E II 3 D IP66 T1)
1) T85 °C for 8 W lamps; T68 °C for DULUX L
lamps; T117 °C for incandescent lamps
Certificates ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
ATEX, China (CQST), Canada (CSA),
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
Rated voltage
for fluorescent lamps: AC: 220 (- 10%) ... 240 (+ 10%) V; 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 198 ... 250 V
for DULUX-L lamps: AC: 220 (- 10%) ... 240 (+ 6%) V; 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 176 ... 254 V
for incandescent lamps: 230 V
Version 6100 (Zones 1, 21) 6500 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C (with fluorescent lamp)
-20 ... +40 °C (with DULUX-L lamp)
-50 ... +40 °C (with incandescent lamp)
Connection 2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores
2 x 2.5 mm2 for flexible cores
Cable entry 1 cable entry 8161 in plastic, M25 x 1.5 and
2 plugs 8290 in plastic, M25 x 1.5
(enclosed)
Protection class I(with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162)
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
04293E00
Additional dimensions for cable
entries 8161 and plugs 8290
04295E00
355
150
Emergency exit sign
9 425 11
445
7 119
181 a
4
R3,5
a (mm)
8161 M25 x 1.5 32
8290 M25 x 1.5 6
Accessories see page 260

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series C-LUX 6108 / 6508 E2
01907E00
WebCode 6108A
> Operating modes
– non-maintained operation
– non-maintained operation
with switchable emergency light blocking
> With continous operating test
> For fluorescent lamps 8 W, d 16 mm,
for two-pin holder G5
> Suitable for wall and ceiling mounting
> Can be fitted to order
with emergency exit signs
> Central locking
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
6108: For use in x x x x
6508: For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamps Continous operation test Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
C-LUX 6108
for Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
1 x 8 W with 6108/1081-8017-74-00 119173 32 3.700
C-LUX 6508
for Zones 2, 21, 22
1 x 8 W with 6508/1081-8017-74-00 123291 32 3.900
Emergency exit sign needed only when used as information lights or escape sign lights;
with adhesive symbols positioned as follows:
Mounting position
08481E00
Please specify emergency exit sign number (see accessories)
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting material.
These accessories must be ordered separately.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Technical Data
Version 6108 (Zones 1, 2, 21, 22) 6508 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 97 ATEX 2161 ASEV 99.1 10381.01
E II 2 G EEx edm IIC T4 E II 3 G Ex nA II T4 (Zone 2)
Dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6239 SEV 05 ATEX 0125
E II 2 D IP66 T130°C E II 2 D IP66 T75°C
Certificates ATEX, China (CQST),
Kazakhstan (operating authorisation),
Tawain (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
ATEX, India (PESO), Russia (GOST R),
Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
Nominal voltage AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
AC: 110 ... 127 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
possible on request
AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
AC: 110 ... 127 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
possible on request
Ambient temperature
Charging -5 ... +50 °C -5 ... +50 °C
Normal mode -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Connection 2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores
2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores
Cable entry 1 cable entry 8161 in plastic M25 x 1.5 and
(enclosed)
1 cable entry 8161 in plastic M25 x 1.5 and
(enclosed)
Protection class I(with internal PE connection terminal) I(with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162) IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162)
Lighting hours 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light) 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light)
Dimensional drawings see page 257

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6100 / 6500 / 6108 / 6508
Series 6100 / 6500 / 6108 / 6508 E2 Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
Fluorescent lamps
Socket spanner
Adapter plate
Emergency exit sign
Emergency exit sign
Diffuser
Lighting
kg
04936E00
8 W, d 16 mm, for two-pin G5 holder
119045 36 0.415
15507E00
Colour of light Light flux
cool white 450 Im 10 pcs
M8 / wrench size 13;
to open/close the central locking
222430 36 0.110
05755E00
for use together with metal cable glands;
the metal cable glands are integrated in the earthing system
via adapter plates
115826 36 0.060
115828 36 0.060
08483E00
113182 36 0.015
08482E00
113183 36 0.015
08484E00
113184 36 0.015
08485E00
113210 36 0.015
03206E00
113193 36 0.015
12617E00
113200 36 0.015
08486E00
113211 36 0.015
09020E00
113194 36 0.015
12618E00
113201 36 0.015
08487E00
113209 36 0.015
03203E00
113192 36 0.015
12616E00
113199 36 0.015
08488E00
113212 36 0.015
12615E00
113195 36 0.015
12619E00
113202 36 0.015
03018E00
113206 36 0.015
05704E00
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 piece
2 x M25 x 1.5 1 piece
white green 1 pc
white green 1 pc
white green 1 pc
white green 1 pc
green white 1 pc
red white 1 pc
white green 1 pc
green white 1 pc
red white 1 pc
white green 1 pc
green white 1 pc
red white 1 pc
white green 1 pc
green white 1 pc
red white 1 pc
white green 1 pc
for light fitting 8 W 119044 37 0.250
260 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series EXLUX 6001
Series EXLUX 6001 E2
15454E00
WebCode 6001A
> As bulkhead light fitting or
side-entry luminaire
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W, 36 W and 58 W
> Central lock
> All-pole disconnection by means of
a positive opening switching element
when opening the luminaire
Selection Table
Design Lamp
wattage
Number
of lamps
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in: x x x x
Electronic ballast Order number Art. no. PS Weight
W kg
EXLUX 6001 18 2 with EOL 1+2 6001/522-9510-1511 220897 30 8.500
36 2 with EOL 1+2 6001/542-9510-1511 220903 30 10.400
58 2 with EOL 1+2 6001/562-9510-1511 220910 30 10.800
ECG 220 ... 240 V 1xDC 6001/5..-...0-....
220 ... 240 V 2xDC 6001/5..-...1-....
110 ... 240 V 1xDC (only 18 W and 36 W) 6001/5..-...2-....
110 ... 240 V 2xDC (only 18 W and 36 W) 6001/5..-...3-.... 37
120 ... 277 V 2xDC
6001/5..-...6-.... 37
(17 W, 32 W and 40 W NEC-standard)
Connection terminal Cage clamp terminal type WAGO 0.5 ... 4 mm2 6001/5..-....-1... 37
Screw-type terminal type STAHL 1.5 ... 6 mm2 6001/5..-....-2...
Cable glands Standard 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland and 6001/5..-....-..1. 30
2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!
Technical data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80 °C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80 °C
Approvals and Certificates

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series EXLUX 6001
Technical data
Electrical data
Ballast
6001/...-...0-.... 6001/...-...1-....
Lamp start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC 220 ... 240 V AC
Voltage DC during
switching on
198 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC
Voltage DC
during operation
176 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation of the
1 lamp 2 lamps
lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36, 58 W 18, 36, 58 W
Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 36 W, 160 mA
2 x 36 W, 320 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA
1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 36 W, 160 mA
2 x 36 W, 320 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA
6001/...-...2-.... 6001/...-...3-.... 6001/...-...6-....
Lamp start Cold start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 110 ... 240 V AC 110 ... 240 V AC 120 ... 277 V AC
Voltage DC during
switching on
104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC
Voltage DC during
operation
104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation of the
1 lamp 2 lamps 2 lamps
lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081 ANSI C78.81
Lamp power 18, 36 W 18, 36 W 17, 32, 40 W
Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA
1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA
2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA
1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA
1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA
2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA
Power factor cos p cos p ) 0.97 capacitive; no additional compensation required
Ambient conditions
Operating
temperature range
Lighting
Through wiring
Type without with
6001/52.-...0-.... -30 °C ... 60 °C -30 °C ... 50 °C
6001/52.-...1-.... -30 °C ... 60 °C -30 °C ... 50 °C
6001/52.-...2-.... -30 °C ... 45 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/52.-...3-.... -30 °C ... 45 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/54.-...0-.... -30 °C ... 55 °C -30 °C ... 50 °C
6001/54.-...1-.... -30 °C ... 55 °C -30 °C ... 50 °C
6001/54.-...2-.... -30 °C ... 45 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/54.-...3-.... -30 °C ... 45 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/56.-...0-.... -20 °C ... 55 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
6001/56.-...1-.... -20 °C ... 55 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
6001/53.-...6-.... -30 °C ... 40 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/55.-...6-.... -30 °C ... 40 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
6001/57.-...6-.... -30 °C ... 40 °C -30 °C ... 40 °C
The lowest ambient temperature when used with breather is -20 °C.
1 x 17 W, 80…155 mA
2 x 17 W, 160…305 mA
1 x 32 W, 135…285 mA
2 x 32 W, 270…570 mA
1 x 40 W, 160…360 mA
2 x 40 W, 325…715 mA
262 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series EXLUX 6001
Technical data
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Material
Enclosure
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour white, similar to RAL 9010
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035
Gasket Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Lamp cover Polycarbonate
Lamp locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13,
hinged lamp cover
Mounting / Installation
Connection
Through wiring
Standard: Spring clamp terminals
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
Special: Terminal block with covering
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 (finely stranded)
Through wiring Standard luminaire
Luminaires are equipped with internal through wiring.
Ingoing and outgoing leads can be connected on the opposite sides.
Terminals: see Techn. data
Wiring cross-section: 2.5 mm2 for max. 16 A
without Optional
On the connection side, there are 2 bores M25 x 1.5 for cable entries
for ingoing and outgoing wiring of the connection line
(ingoing and outgoing leads on one side).
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inch]) - Subject to Modifications
15440E00
b L1
L2
M25 x 1,5 L3 M25 x 1,5
Dimensions Luminaire
17/18 W 32/36 W 40/58 W
L1 700 [27.56] 1310 [51.57] 1610 [63.39]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50] 800 [31.50]
L3 2) 320 ... 480
[12.60 ... 18.90]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]
b 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24]
h1 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92]
1) fixed mounting distance2) variable mounting distance
EXLUX 6001 Standard luminaire
h1
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Emergency Light Fitting for Fluorescent Lamps
Series 6009
Series 6009 E2
16126E00
WebCode 6009A
> As bulkhead light fitting or
side-entry luminaire
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W and 36 W
> Central lock
> Weekly functional test
> Light duration test of the emergency lighting
every six months
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Design Lamps Operating time test Order number PS
W
Standard light fitting
Series 6009
2 x 18 W with 6009/522-9617-1611-7 30
2 x 36 W with 6009/542-9617-1611-7 30
Note The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
Technical data
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Approvals and Certificates
Electrical data
Rated voltage 220 ... 254 V, 50 / 60 Hz
110 ... 127 V, 50 / 60 Hz available on request
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Connection
Mechanical data
- 30 ... + 50 °C
- 5 ... + 40 °C operationable
Standard: Spring clamp terminals
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
Special: Terminal block with covering
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 (finely stranded)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 when using the breather 8162)
Protection class I(with internal PE connection)
Emergency light duration 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6009
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inch]) - Subject to Modifications
183,5 [7,22]
M25 x 1,5
[M25 x 0,06]
Dimensions Luminaire
L1 857 [33.74] 1467 [57.76]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50]
L3 2) 320 ... 480
1) fixed mounting distance
2) variable mounting distance
EXLUX 6009
M25 x 1,5
125
L1
L2
L3
[4,92]
[M25 x 0,06]
17/18 W 32/36 W
[12.60 ... 18.90]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6001 / 6009
Series 6001 / 6009 E2
Fluorescent
lamps
Bracket for
wall mounting
with tube
18 W 1350 Im
36 W 3350 Im
58 W 5200 Im
Lamp cover for luminaire L=700 222427 37 0.639
Lamp-holder
Switch
Socket key
Adapter
plates
Mounting rail
Mounting
bracket
Lighting
kg
04936E00
108952 37 0.100
108951 37 0.200
108950 37 0.220
Two-pin cap d 26 mm
Light colour: universal white
05460E00
for side entry lamp; with tube, length 400 mm, d 42 mm 108947 36 2.480
for luminaire L=1310 222428 37 1.149
for luminaire L=1610 222429 37 1.450
05696E00
117252 37 0.025
10809E00
Lamp holder G13 1 piece
Switching element 8080/1-3-L,
2 normally closed contacts
132527 37 0.025
15507E00
M8 / wrench size 13;
to open/close the central locking
222430 37 0.210
05755E00
115815 36 0.070
115818 36 0.070
115821 36 0.070
115824 36 0.070
115826 36 0.060
115828 36 0.060
115829 36 0.060
1 x M20 x 1.5 1 piece
1 x M25 x 1.5 1 piece
1 x NPT 1/2“ 1 piece
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 piece
2 x M25 x 1.5 1 piece
for use together with metal cable glands;
the metal cable glands are integrated in
the earthing system via adapter plates
15584E00
222826 36 0.300
15585E00
for a variable mounting distance 1 pair
Mounting clamp mounted on a mounting rail for
a variable mounting distance; 1 pair
222456 36 0.400
266 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6001 / 6009
Pipe clamp
15583E00
kg
R 11/2“ 222459 36 1.200
R 11/4“ 222458 36 1.250
R 2“ 222460 36 1.300
with mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;
Material: stainless steel
1 pair
Ring bolt
05378E00
M8, direct mounting in insert nuts, 1 pair 115736 36 0.120
Breathing
gland
05703E00
M25 x 1.5 in order to avoid condensate formation 115738 36 0.020
Ballast
15587E00
6042/923-22; 18 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117593 37 1.400
6042/923-21; 18 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117594 37 1.460
6042/943-22; 36 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117595 37 1.400
6042/943-21; 36 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117596 37 1.400
6042/963-21; 58 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117597 37 1.450
6042/963-22; 58 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117598 37 1.400
6042/913-22; 18 W; 110 ... 240 V; 2xDC 202164 37 1.550
6042/983-22; 36 W; 110 ... 240 V; 2xDC 202165 37 1.550
Spare ballast for replacement 1:1
Ceiling and
wall-mounting
bracket
15586E00
1 pair 222827 36
mounted on a mounting rail for
a variable mounting distance;
Lamp can be swiveled in steps of 15°
Battery set
for 6009
16185E00
Gas-tight NiCd battery; 7 Ah / 6 V 223532 36

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series T-LUX 6035
Series T-LUX 6035 E2
12665E00
WebCode 6035A
> Pendant, wall mounting or bulkhead fitting
options
> 1- or 2-lamp version
– 18 W
– 36 W
– 58 W
> Aluminium enclosure, borosilicate glass tube
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamps Ballast Temperature class Order number Art. no. PS Weight
without external reflector
W 40 °C 55 °C TS max at
Ta = 55 °C
kg
Tubular Light Fittings
for Fluorescent Lamps
Series T-LUX 6035
2 x 18 W 1 channel ECG T6 2) T5 85 °C 6035/12522-8010 117177 38 9.700
Magnetic ballast
compensated
T6 2) T5 85 °C 6035/12522-4010 117171 38 9.700
2 x 36 W 1 channel ECG T6 T5 100 °C 6035/13542-8010 117178 38 15.300
Magnetic ballast
compensated
T6 T5 100 °C 6035/13542-2010 117172 38 15.300
2 x 58 W 1 channel ECG T6 T6 80 °C 6035/14562-8010 117179 38 18.200
Magnetic ballast
compensated
T6 T6 80 °C 6035/14562-2010 117173 38 18.200
Note 2) with magnetic ballast
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx LCI 07.0002
Ex d IIB T4, T5 or T61)
Ex tD A211)
1) See selection table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 06 ATEX 6104
E 2 II G Ex d IIC/B T1) IIB = 36 W / 58 W IIC = 18 W
E II 2 D Ex tD A21
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage ECG: 220 ... 240 V ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz, cos φ ) 0.95
Magnetic ballast: 230 or 240 V + 6 % - 10 %, 50 Hz, cos φ ) 0.9 (compensated)
Connection type Terminal block with spring contacts; with through-wiring option
Marking L1 + N + PE; cable cross-section max. 2 x 2.5 mm2, solid / flexible
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +55 °C (6035/12 and 6035/13 Ta -20 ... +60 °C)
Cable entry
Standard 2 holes M20 facing each other; 1 stopping plug included in the delivery
Special 2 holes M20 add 1 hole M25 or 2 holes NPT 3/4“
metal cable gland earthing via metal adapter plates
Protection class I(with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (10 m)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series T-LUX 6035
kg
Bi-pin lamp G13,
light colour:
universal white
04936E00
108952 37 0.100
108951 37 0.200
108950 37 0.220
Fixation
on flat surface
06645E00
18 W 1350 Im
36 W 3350 Im
58 W 5200 Im
1 pair, material: stainless steel 117200 36 0.510
1 pair, material: zinc plated steel 117199 36 0.520
Fast Fixing
06643E00
1 pair, material: stainless steel 117198 36 0.270
1 pair, material: zinc plated steel 117197 36 0.280
Pipe hanger fastening
06640E00
1 pair, material: stainless steel, 42 - 49 mm (1 1/4 - 1 1/2 ) 117196 36 0.690
1 pair, material: zinc plated steel, 42 - 49 mm (1 1/4 - 1 1/2 ) 117195 36 0.660
External Reflector
12647E00
Steel reflector, varnished, 58 W 117203 36 0.070
Protective wire grid
12646E00
Steel protective wire grid, 58 W 117194 36 0.100
Dimensional Drawings (all Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
06633E00
Lamps A B
18 W 745 650
36 W 1365 1260
58 W 1655 1560
150
Ø 12
89
191
85
15
12 B 77,5
Series 6035 Tubular Light Fittings
A

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Tubular Light Fitting LED
Series 6039
Series 6039 E2
15557E00
WebCode 6039A
> Extremely robust luminaire design for
rough ambient conditions
> Can be used as maintenance-free
machine light
> Extremely long service life due to LED used
> High power LEDs including driver in
innovative design
> Even more security due to flicker-free
LED light
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Rated operational
voltage
Connection Cable Order number Art. no. PS Weigh
t
kg
Tubular Light Fitting
LED 6039
110 ... 240 (± 10 %) V
AC / DC, 50 / 60 Hz
2.5 m 6039/2-1511-120-00 218116 64 1.400
5.0 m 6039/2-1511-150-00 220229 64 1.400
12 (± 10 %) V DC 2.5 m 6039/2-1221-120-00 222976 64 1.400
5.0 m 6039/2-1221-150-00 222977 64 1.400
24 ... 48 (± 10 %) V
AC / DC, 50 / 60 Hz
5.0 m 6039/2-1321-150-00 222978 64 1.400
2.5 m 6039/2-1321-120-00 222979 64 1.400
Note - The tubular light fitting is delivered without plug. Specify the plug on order
(see Accessories and Spare Parts).
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
Ex d IIC T4 Gb or Ex db IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T 100°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Gb or Ex db IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db or Ex tb IIIC T100°C
Electrical data
Version 6039/2-12 (12 V) 6039/2-13 (24 ... 48 V) 6039/2-15 (110 ... 240 V)
Rated operational voltage 12 (± 10 %) V DC 24 ... 48 (± 10 %) V
AC / DC, 50 / 60 Hz
110 ... 240 (± 10 %) V
AC / DC, 50 / 60 Hz
Nominal operational
current
Luminous Characteristics
12 V 1.3 A 24 V AC / DC 0.7 A
48 V AC / DC 0.3 A
110 V AC 0.13 A
240 V AC 0.07 A
Lamps LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K
Luminous flux approx. 1,000 lm approx. 1,000 lm approx. 1,000 lm
Luminous Intensity 285 lux in 1 m distance 285 lux in 1 m distance 285 lux in 1 m distance
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C -40 ... +60 °C -30 ... +60 °C

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Tubular Light Fitting LED
Series 6039
Technical Data
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60529)
Protection class II
Material
Enclosure tube Polycarbonate
Sealing cap NBR / PVC (EPDM)
Connecting cable Standard: connecting cable, type H07RN-F, d 7.7 ... 10 mm, 2 x 1 mm2
Optional: Gifas Thermoflex cable, Type HXSLHXÖ-J, d 7.7 ... 10 mm,
2 x 1.5 mm2 Helukabel with steel wire screening, Type SY-JZ, 2 x 1.5 mm2
kg
Mounting bracket
04880E00
Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel (2 pieces) 120535 36 0.050
Mounting bracket and
magnet
04885E00
Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel and magnet
(2 pieces)
120536 36 0.100
Plug
04923E00
8570/12-304 3 pins, 100 ... 130 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150599 10 0.420
8570/12-306 3 pins, 200 ... 250 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150579 10 0.420
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inch) - Subject to Alterations
15559E00
12,7 mm
0.50 "
ø 25 mm / ø 0.98 "
54,5 mm
2.15 "
8 mm / 3. " 846
04926E00 04927E00
443,5 mm / 17.46 "
93,5 mm
3.68 "
ø 50 mm
ø 1.97 "
47,5 mm
1.87 "
302,5 mm / 11.91 "
ø 40 mm
ø 1.57 "
ø 54 mm
ø 2.13 "
346 mm / 13.62 "
15 mm / 0.59 "
ø 4 mm
ø 0.16 "
12,7 mm
0.50 "
54,5 mm
2.15 "
80 mm / 3.15 "
Tubular light fitting Mounting bracket Mounting bracket and magnet

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Light Fitting for Fluorescent Lamps
Series ECOLUX 6600
Series ECOLUX 6600 E2
10032E00
WebCode 6600A
> 1- or 2-lamp version:
– 18 W
– 36 W
– 58 W
> Enclosure in polyester resin,
glass fibre reinforced and cover in
polycarbonate, impact-resistant
> Quick fasteners
6600/52 and
x x x 6600/52 and
x 6600/52 and
x x x x x
6600/54
6600/54
6600/54
for use in
for use in
for use in
6600/56
for use in
x x x 6600/56
for use in
x 6600/56
for use in
x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamps Electronic ballast Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Lamp wattage Number of lamps
W kg
ECOLUX 6600
Cable glands plastic
no trough wiring
18 1 1 channel ECG 6600/521-8010-2230 202357 63 3.100
2 1 channel ECG 6600/522-8010-2230 124632 63 3.200
36 1 1 channel ECG 6600/541-8010-2230 202364 63 4.800
2 1 channel ECG 6600/542-8010-2230 124643 63 5.000
58 1 1 channel ECG 6600/561-8010-2230 124700 63 5.800
2 1 channel ECG 6600/562-8010-2230 124654 63 6.100
ECOLUX 6600
Cable glands plastic
trough wiring
with 5 cores
18 1 1 channel ECG 6600/521-8510-2250 202358 63 3.500
2 1 channel ECG 6600/522-8510-2250 202361 63 3.600
36 1 1 channel ECG 6600/541-8510-2250 202365 63 5.100
2 1 channel ECG 6600/542-8510-2250 202368 63 5.300
58 1 1 channel ECG 6600/561-8510-2250 202371 63 6.100
2 1 channel ECG 6600/562-8510-2250 202374 63 6.400
ECOLUX 6600
Cable glands metal
no trough wiring
18 1 1 channel ECG 6600/521-8000-2230 202359 63 3.200
2 1 channel ECG 6600/522-8000-2230 202362 63 3.300
36 1 1 channel ECG 6600/541-8000-2230 202366 63 4.900
2 1 channel ECG 6600/542-8000-2230 202369 63 5.100
58 1 1 channel ECG 6600/561-8000-2230 202372 63 5.900
2 1 channel ECG 6600/562-8000-2230 202375 63 6.200
ECOLUX 6600
Cable glands metal
trough wiring
with 5 cores
18 1 1 channel ECG 6600/521-8500-2250 202360 63 3.600
2 1 channel ECG 6600/522-8500-2250 202363 63 3.700
36 1 1 channel ECG 6600/541-8500-2250 202367 63 5.200
2 1 channel ECG 6600/542-8500-2250 202370 63 5.400
58 1 1 channel ECG 6600/561-8500-2250 202373 63 6.300
2 1 channel ECG 6600/562-8500-2250 202376 63 6.500
Through wiring Standard: without 6600/...-.0..-.... 124822 63
Special: with 3 conductors 6600/...-.3..-.... 124825 63
Special: with 5 conductors 6600/...-.5..-.... 124828 63
Switching off Standard: without 6600/...-...0-.... 124837 30
Special: with switch 8080, 2-pole 6600/...-...1-.... 124840 63
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting accessories.
These parts must be ordered separately.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Light Fitting for Fluorescent Lamps
Series ECOLUX 6600
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA II T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T* °C Dc oder Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
* surface temperature see test certificate
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Zone 2: DMT 01 E 085 X
Zone 2: E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Dust Zone 21: DMT 01 ATEX E 086X
Zone 22: DMT 01 E 085X
Zone 21: E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
Zone 22: E II 3D Ex tc IIIC T* °C Dc
* surface temperature see test certificate
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), USA Canada (FM),
Belarus (operating authorisation), Taiwan (ITRI)
Ship approval GL
Rated voltage AC: 220 (- 10 %) ... 240 (+ 10 %) V, 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 154 ... 276 V
Ambient temperature
220 .. 240 V (IEC)
6600/52.-....-0... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C
6600/54.-....-0... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C
6600/56.-....-0... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 80 °C
110 ... 240 V (IEC)
6600/52.-....-4... - 25 ... + 50 °C + 95 °C - 25 ... + 45 °C + 95 °C
6600/54.-....-4... - 25 ... + 50 °C + 95 °C - 25 ... + 45 °C + 95 °C
220 ... 240 V (IEC)
6600/52.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 70 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 70 °C
6600/54.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 70 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 70 °C
6600/56.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 75 °C - 25 ... + 55 °C + 75 °C
120 ... 277 V (NEC)
6600/53.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 85 °C
6600/55.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 85 °C
6600/57.-....-6... - 25 ... + 55 °C + 85 °C
Connection type Spring cage terminal
without trough wiring with trough wiring
Ta Ts max Ta Ts max
connection cross-section: max. 2 x 2.5 mm2
3 pole (terminal marking: L1 + N + PE)
5 pole (terminal marking: L1 + L2 + L3 + N + PE)
Cable glands Cable glands plastic:
1 cable gland 8161, M25 x 1.5 and 2 stopping plugs 8290, M25 x 1.5 (enclosed)
Cable glands metal:
preparation for 3 cable glands M20 x 1.5 made of metal (6000/...-..0.-...)
2 stopping plugs 8290, M20 x 1.5 (enclosed)
Note: Cable glands have to be ordered separately.
Protection class I (with internal PE connection terminal)
(IP64 when using breather 8162)
04824E00
Dimensi-ons
Light fitting
18 W 36 W 58 W
L1 700 1310 1610
L2 1) 400 800 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920 795 ... 1030
1) Fixed mounting distance
2) Variable mounting distance

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series ECOLUX 6608
Series ECOLUX 6608 E2
09379E00
WebCode 6608B
> For fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W
> For emergency light operation periods of
1.5 or 3 hrs
> During emergency time: If emergency lamp
broken changing to the other lamp
> Battery case which can be opened separately
for easy change of batteries by means of
plug-type contacts
> Enclosure closed by means of
quick-action locks
ATEX/IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
For use in x x x For use in x For use in x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamps Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
ECOLUX 6608
Zones 2, 21, 22
2 x 18 W 6608/522-9010-7267 200786 63 7.300
2 x 36 W 6608/542-9010-7267 200787 63 9.100
Through wiring without (standard) 6608/...-.0..-.... 125010
Special: With 6-cores 6608/...-.6..-.... 125012 30
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
EX nA IIC T4 Gc or EX nAc IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T90°C
Ex tc IIIC T90°C DC or Ex tc IIIC T90°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 093 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc or E II 3 G Ex nAc IIC T4
Dust BVS 03 ATEX E 094 X
E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db or E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C
* T90 °C = max. surface temperature referred to 18 W, 36 W; Ta = + 40 °C
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Canada (CSA), USA (FM), Belarus (operating licence)
Rated voltage AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient temperature
Standard operation - 25 ... + 50°C
Battery operated - 5 ... + 50°C charge
- 25 ... + 50°C discharge

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series ECOLUX 6608
Technical Data
Connection option Terminals L1, L2, L3, N, PE, L' (switched phase)
2.5 mm fine / single wire
L1 = charging phase, must not be switched
Cable entries
Standard Connection side:
1 cable gland M25 x 1.5 and 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
Opposite side:
1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
(cable glands enclosed)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 when using breather 8162)
Emergency light service time
Battery capacity Emergency light
operation time
Emergency light power
17/18 W light fitting 32/36 W light fitting
7 Ah 1.5 h 100 % 60 %
3 h 60 % 30 %
04384E00
Emergency light fittings ECOLUX 6608, 18 W, 36 W
Dimensions Light fitting
18 W 36 W
L1 830 1440
L2 1) 400 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series ECOLUX 6608 Economy
Series ECOLUX 6608 Economy E2
12124E00
WebCode 6608A
> For fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W
> Electronic ballast with integrated emergency
light electronics
> Battery is integrated in the lamp enclosure
> For emergency light mode 1.5 h
> Intelligent charging technology
> Enclosures in glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin, lamp cover in
shock-resistant polycarbonate
> Enclosure closed by
means of quick-action locks
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
kg
ECOLUX 6608 Economy
Zones 2, 21, 22
2 x 18 W 6608/322-8010-5248 202377 63 3.860
2 x 36 W 6608/342-8010-5248 202378 63 5.680
Through wiring without (standard) 6608/...-.0..-.... 125010
with 6 conductors (only for 36 W) 6608/34.-.6..-.... 203638 30
Note The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts. These parts must be ordered separately!
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0031X
Ex nA II T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 2015 X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST R)
Rated voltage AC: 220 ... 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient conditions
Standard operation - 20 ... + 40 °C
Battery operated Compliant to specifications at temperature between - 5 ... + 40 °C
Connection option Terminals L1, L2, L3, N, PE, L' (switched phase)
2.5 mm fine / single wire
L1 = charging phase, must not be switched
Cable entries Connection side:
1 cable gland M25 x 1.5 and 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
Opposite side:
(cable glands enclosed)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 when using breather 8162)
Emergency light service time 1.5 h for a battery capacity 4 Ah
04824E00
Emergency light fittings ECOLUX 6608 Economy, 18 W, 36 W
Dimensions Light fitting
18 W 36 W
L1 700 1310
L2 1) 400 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6600, 6608
Series 6600, 6608 E2 Accessories and Spare Parts
kg
Fluorescent lamp
04936E00
Two-pin cap d 26 mm
Light colour: universal white
108952 37 0.100
108951 37 0.200
108950 37 0.220
Ceiling and
wall-mounting bracket
05898E00
18 W 1350 Im
36 W 3350 Im
58 W 5200 Im
mounted on a mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;
Lamp can be swiveled in steps of 15°
1 pair 124910 36 1.150
Ring bolts
05378E00
Mounting clamp bracket
05896E00
124901 36 0.300
Mounting rail
05895E00
Mounting bracket mounted
on the mounting rail
for a variable mounting distance
1 pair
for a variable mounting distance of 1 pair 124894 36 0.210
Ceiling mounting bracket
05897E00
for ceiling suspension of the lamp, 1 pair 124908 36 0.230
Pipe clamps
09402E00
R 11/4“ (d 42 mm) 124913 36 1.140
R 11/2“ (d 48 mm) 124891 36 1.160
R 2“ (d 60 mm) 124898 36 1.300
Mounting set
"Grid cable rack"
04361E00
for grid cable racks, with a cable diameter of 6 mm;
124905 30 1.560
Wall-mounting bracket
05460E00
to mount the lamps as side-entry lamps using a tube
with a length of 1300 mm, d 42 mm
(for pipe clamp R 11/2“) 109281 37 6.000
Reflectors
05324E00
for later installation, broad deep beam
For 1-lamp light fittings 18 W 117128 36 0.082
For 2-lamps light fitting 18 W 117098 36 0.265
For 2-lamps light fittings 36 W 117115 36 0.234
For 2-lamps light fittings 58 W 117145 36 0.290
Switch
10809E00
Switching element 8080/1-3-L, 2 normally closed contacts 132527 37 0.025

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6600, 6608
Adapter plates
Breathing gland
Mounting kit for
through wiring for 6600
Diffuser cover for 6600
kg
1 x M20 x 1.5 1 piece
1 x M25 x 1.5 1 piece
2 x M20 x 1.5 1 piece
2 x M25 x 1.5 1 piece
Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc
Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs
Diffuser cover for 6608 for lamp 18 / 20 W 124635 37 0.500
Battery set for 6608
Lighting
05755E00
for earth continuity when using metal glands;
115815 36 0.070
115818 36 0.070
115821 36 0.070
115824 36 0.070
115826 36 0.060
115828 36 0.060
115829 36 0.060
05703E00
for installation in lights;
in moulded material; without counter nut
138573 15 0.010
138576 15 0.200
05503E00
For later installation into standard-light fitting
DV3, tension clamp terminals 3 x 2.5 mm2,
max. 16 A terminal marking: L1 + N + PE
18 W 124925 36 0.120
36 W 124927 36 0.300
58 W 124929 36 0.300
DV5, tension clamp terminals 5 x 2.5 mm2,
max. 16 A terminal marking: L1 + L2 + L3 + N + PE
18 W 124919 36 0.300
36 W 124921 36 0.300
58 W 124923 36 0.300
DV3, screw terminals 3 x 2.5 mm2,
max. 16 A terminal marking: L1 + N + PE
18 W 124912 36 0.400
36 W 124915 36 0.400
58 W 124917 36 0.400
DV5, screw terminals 5 x 2.5 mm2,
max. 16 A terminal marking: L1 + L2 + L3 + N + PE
18 W 124895 36 0.400
36 W 124902 36 0.400
58 W 124909 36 0.400
05329E00
for lamp 36 / 40 W 124646 37 1.300
for lamp 58 / 65 W 124657 37 1.000
10321E00
118017 37 1.150
13622E00
211520 37 1.050
NiCd-battery for 6608/5 7 Ah / 6 V 1 pc
NiCd battery for 6608/3 4 Ah / 6 V 1 pc
278 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Sheet-Steel Light Fittings
Series 6014 / 6414
Series 6014 / 6414 E2
01974E00
WebCode 6014A
> As 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-lamp version
> Versions
– pendant light fittings
– wall-mounting light fittings
– recessed light fittings
> Powder-coated sheet-steel or
stainless steel
> Central lock
> All-pole disconnection via NC switch
in positive opening operation when
glass cover is opened (Series 6014)
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
6014: For use in x x x x
6414: For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Lamp wattage Number of lamps Width Order number Art. no. PS Weight
W mm kg
6014/5
Pendant light fitting
Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
18 1 280 6014/5121-8011-0230-1 116657 31 10.060
2 280 6014/5122-9011-0230-1 116431 31 10.800
3 380 6014/5223-9011-0230-1 116443 31 17.600
4 380 6014/5224-9011-0230-1 116447 31 18.100
36 1 280 6014/5141-8011-0230-1 116658 31 17.000
2 280 6014/5142-9011-0230-1 116435 31 20.300
3 380 6014/5243-9011-0230-1 116451 31 25.500
4 380 6014/5244-9011-0230-1 116455 31 26.500
58 1 280 6014/5161-8011-0230-1 116659 31 20.000
2 280 6014/5162-9011-0230-1 116439 31 26.900
3 380 6014/5263-9011-0230-1 116459 31 30.500
4 380 6014/5264-9011-0230-1 116462 31 31.500
6014/6 Wall and ceiling
mounting light fitting *)
Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
18 1 280 6014/6121-8011-0230-1 116660 31 10.090
2 280 6014/6122-9011-0230-1 116465 31 11.500
3 380 6014/6223-9011-0230-1 116474 31 18.000
4 380 6014/6224-9011-0230-1 116476 31 18.500
36 1 280 6014/6141-8011-0230-1 116661 31 17.400
2 280 6014/6142-9011-0230-1 116468 31 17.900
3 380 6014/6243-9011-0230-1 116478 31 25.900
4 380 6014/6244-9011-0230-1 116480 31 26.900
58 1 280 6014/6161-8011-0230-1 116662 31 20.500
2 280 6014/6162-9011-0230-1 116471 31 24.750
3 380 6014/6263-9011-0230-1 116482 31 30.900
4 380 6014/6264-9011-0230-1 116484 31 31.900
6014/7 Recessed light fitting
Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
18 1 280 6014/7121-8011-0230-1 116663 31 12.300
2 280 6014/7122-9011-0230-1 116486 31 11.000
3 380 6014/7223-9011-0230-1 116492 31 19.000
4 380 6014/7224-9011-0230-1 116494 31 15.150
36 1 280 6014/7141-8011-0230-1 116664 31 18.400
2 280 6014/7142-9011-0230-1 116488 31 22.000
3 380 6014/7243-9011-0230-1 116496 31 27.500
4 380 6014/7244-9011-0230-1 116498 31 28.500
58 1 280 6014/7161-8011-0230-1 116665 31 22.100
2 280 6014/7162-9011-0230-1 116490 31 26.230
3 380 6014/7263-9011-0230-1 116500 31 32.800
4 380 6014/7264-9011-0230-1 116502 31 33.800
Through wiring without 6.14/....-.0..-....-. 116646
with 3 cores 6.14/....-.3..-....-. 116647 31
with 5 cores 6.14/....-.5..-....-. 116648 31
Wide range voltage ECG 110 ... 240 V; 1, 2 lamps 6014/.1..-....-4...-. 208645 31
110 ... 240 V; 3, 4 lamps 6014/.2..-....-4...-. 208646 31
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting material. These must be ordered separately.
*) Wall-mounting brackets must be ordered separately.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6014 / 6414
Selection Table
Version Lamp wattage Number of lamps Width Order number Art. no. PS Weight
6414/5 Pendant light fitting
Zones 2, 21, 22
6414/6 Wall and ceiling
mounting light fitting *)
Zones 2, 21, 22
6414/7 Recessed light fitting
Zones 2, 21, 22
Through wiring without 6414/....-.0..-.... 122175
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting material. These must be ordered separately.
Technical Data
Version 6014 (Zones 1, 2, 21, 22) 6414 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 99 ATEX 2029 SEV 09 ATEX 0161
Certificates ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Ship approval GL only for 6014/7 GL only for 6414/7
Rated voltage
Electronic ballast AC: 220 (- 10%) ... 240 (+ 10%) V, 50 / 60 Hz
ECG with extended voltage range AC: 110 (- 10%) ... 240 (+ 10%) V; 50 / 60 Hz
Operating temperature range -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Degree of protection IP65 (IP64 with breather 8162) IP65 (IP64 with breather 8162)
Protection class I (with internal PE-terminal) I (with internal PE-terminal)
Material
Enclosure
Standard Sheet-steel, powder-coated, colour white, similar to RAL 9016
Special Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Lens Safety glass
Connection Line-up terminals, 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 solid / flexible
Cable glands
Lighting
W mm kg
18 1 280 6414/5121-8010-2230-1 122125 31 10.600
2 280 6414/5122-8010-2230-1 122127 31 11.100
3 380 6414/5223-9010-2230-1 122129 31 17.600
4 380 6414/5224-9010-2230-1 122131 31 18.100
36 1 280 6414/5141-8010-2230-1 122133 31 17.000
2 280 6414/5142-8010-2230-1 122135 31 17.500
3 380 6414/5243-9010-2230-1 122137 31 25.500
4 380 6414/5244-9010-2230-1 122139 31 26.500
58 1 280 6414/5161-8010-2230-1 122141 31 20.000
2 280 6414/5162-8010-2230-1 122143 31 20.500
3 380 6414/5263-9010-2230-1 122145 31 30.500
4 380 6414/5264-9010-2230-1 122147 31 31.500
18 1 280 6414/6121-8010-2230-1 122149 31 10.900
2 280 6414/6122-8010-2230-1 122150 31 11.500
3 380 6414/6223-9010-2230-1 122151 31 11.500
4 380 6414/6224-9010-2230-1 122152 31 18.500
36 1 280 6414/6141-8010-2230-1 122153 31 17.400
2 280 6414/6142-8010-2230-1 122154 31 17.900
3 380 6414/6243-9010-2230-1 122155 31 25.900
4 380 6414/6244-9010-2230-1 122156 31 26.900
58 1 280 6414/6161-8010-2230-1 122157 31 20.500
2 280 6414/6162-8010-2230-1 122158 31 20.900
3 380 6414/6263-9010-2230-1 122159 31 30.900
4 380 6414/6264-9010-2230-1 122160 31 31.900
18 1 280 6414/7121-8010-2230-1 122161 31 12.300
2 280 6414/7122-8010-2230-1 122162 31 12.800
3 380 6414/7223-9010-2230-1 122163 31 19.000
4 380 6414/7224-9010-2230-1 122164 31 19.500
36 1 280 6414/7141-8010-2230-1 122165 31 18.400
2 280 6414/7142-8010-2230-1 122166 31 19.400
3 380 6414/7243-9010-2230-1 122167 31 27.500
4 380 6414/7244-9010-2230-1 122168 31 28.500
58 1 280 6414/7161-8010-2230-1 122169 31 18.400
2 280 6414/7162-8010-2230-1 122170 31 22.600
3 380 6414/7263-9010-2230-1 122171 31 32.800
4 380 6414/7264-9010-2230-1 122172 31 33.800
with 3 cores 6414/....-.3..-.... 122176 31
with 5 cores 6414/....-.5..-.... 122177 31
*) Wall-mounting brackets must be ordered separately.
E II 2 G EEx ed IIC T4 E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4
E II 2 D IP65 T80°C / T90°C E II 2 Ex tD A21 IP65 T74°C
Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI),
ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI),
DC: 198 ... 254 V
AC: 220 (- 10%) ... 240 (+ 10%) V, 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 154 ... 276 V
DC: 104 ... 264 V
– –
Standard 1 cable gland M25 x 1.5 and
Special Specify non-standard entries in writing
280 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6014 / 6414
kg
Fluorescent lamps
04936E00
108952 37 0.100
108951 37 0.200
108950 37 0.220
Wall- and ceiling-mounting
05375E00
108948 36 1.000
108949 36 1.200
Ring bolt
05378E00
18 W 1350 Im
36 W 3350 Im
58 W 5200 Im
Material: Sheet steel 1 pair
For light fittings width: 280 mm
Material: Sheet steel 1 pair
For light fittings width: 380 mm
Switch
10809E00
Switching element 8080/1-3-L, 2 normally closed contacts 132527 37 0.025
Breathing gland
05703E00
M25 x 1.5 in order to avoid condensate formation 115738 36 0.020
0499E00
Pendant light fitting 6014/5 and 6414/5
Version Dimensions in mm
Wattage Number of
lamps
L L1 h b1 b2
18 W 1 730 550 120 280 206
2 730 550 120 280 206
3 730 550 120 380 246
4 730 550 120 380 246
36 W 1 1340 950 120 280 206
2 1340 950 120 280 206
3 1340 950 120 380 246
4 1340 950 120 380 246
58 W 1 1640 1250 120 280 206
2 1640 1250 120 280 206
3 1640 1250 120 380 246
4 1640 1250 120 380 246

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6014 / 6414
Wall-mounting light fitting 6014/6 and 6414/6
Wall-mounting bracket for light fitting 6014/6 and
6414/6 narrow version (280 mm)
Wall-mounting bracket for light fitting 6014/6 and
6414/6 broad version (380 mm)
Light fitting
Cut-Out
Recessed light fitting 18 W 6014/7 and 6414/7
Wattage Number of
18 W 1 830 730 120 280 206
36 W 1 1440 1340 120 280 206
58 W 1 1740 1640 120 280 206
Wattage Number of
18 W,
36 W,
58 W
Light fitting Light fitting
lamps
L L1 h b1 b2
2 830 730 120 280 206
3 830 730 120 380 246
4 830 730 120 380 246
2 1440 1340 120 280 206
3 1440 1340 120 380 246
4 1440 1340 120 380 246
2 1740 1640 120 280 206
3 1740 1640 120 380 246
4 1740 1640 120 380 246
lamps
b1 b2 b3 b4 a
1 280 206 305 320 290
2 280 206 305 320 290
3 380 246 405 420 390
4 380 246 405 420 390
Cut-Out Cut-Out
Recessed light fitting 36 W 6014/7 and 6414/7 Recessed light fitting 58 W 6014/7 and 6414/7
Lighting
04600E00
04601E00
04602E00
04596E00
09672E00
04587E00 0488E090
09673E00 09674E00
282 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Bulkhead Light Fitting
Series 6388 / 6788
Series 6388 / 6788 E2
12797E00
WebCode 6388A,
6788A
> Suitable for incandescent lamps up to 100 W
and halogen lamps up to 150 W
> Through-wiring possible
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
6388: For use in x x
6788: For use in x
Selection Table
kg
Bulkhead light fitting
Series 6388
up to 150 W 6388/1-2-2 121700 38 4.000
Bulkhead light fitting
Series 6788
up to 150 W 6788/1-2-2 125084 38 4.000
Note The light fittings are supplied without lamps, see accessories.
General-purpose incandescent lamps fall under the EU Directive 2009/125/EC and will no longer be
offered by R. STAHL.
Technical Data
Version 6388 (Zones 1, 2) 6788 (Zone 2)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas IBExU 03 ATEX 1118 IBExU 06 ATEX B035
E II 2 G EEx ed IIC T* E II 3G Ex nA II T*.
* Temperature class
Lamps Lamp wattage Temperature classes for different orientations
Ceiling
mounting
Wall mounting
horizontal vertical
Incandescent
lamps 230 V
100 W
100 W 2)
100 W coloured glass
60 W
60 W (Ta ( 60 °C)
40 W
25 W
T2 1)
T2 1)
T1 1)
T2
T2 3)
T2
T3
T1
T2
T1
T2
T2 3)
T2
T3
T2
T2
T1
T2
T2 1)
T2
T3
Incandescent
lamp 24 V
100 W
60 W
T1 1)
T2
T1 1)
T2
T1 1)
T2
Halogen lamps
230 V
150 W
100 W
T1 3)
T2
T1 3)
T2
T1
T2
1) Connection with heat-resistant cable ) 85 °C required
2) Lamp with internal reflector
3) Connection with heat-resistant cable ) 95 °C required

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Bulkhead Light Fitting
Series 6388 / 6788
Technical Data
Version 6388 (Zones 1, 2) 6788 (Zone 2)
Certificates ATEX, Kazakhtan (GOST K),
Rated voltage 230 V AC and 24 V AC / DC
Cable entry 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
Connection type Terminals L1 + N for 2 x 4 mm, flexible/solid
Note Only incandescent lamps of the companies OSRAM and RADIUM to DIN 49810 part 5 may be
Halogen lamps
Lighting
ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K),
1 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plug
PE for 2 x 4 mm, flexible/solid
used! Shockproof incandescent lamps are exempt from the EU directive on energy saving.
kg
05355E00
207459 36 0.150
207458 36 0.080
100 W E27 230 V 1800 Im
150 W E27 230 V 2870 lm
03285E00 03286E00
284 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6050
Series 6050 E2
14855E00
WebCode 6050A
> Saltwater-resistant enclosure,
aluminium alloy, optionally with coating
> Maintenance-free operation and long service
life with induction lamp or LED
> Mounting with ring bolts or
tiltable mounting bracket
> With connection box for easy installation
> IP68 (10 m depth of immersion for 30 min)
at size 1
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
40 °C 50 °C kg
Series 6050 size 1;
Zones 1, 21
QT E27 150 W T4 T4 142 °C 6050/11.1-11510-.0.-1 61 10.700
250 W T3 – – 142 °C 6050/11.1-12510-.0.-1 61 10.800
LME E27 160 W T4 – – 123 °C 6050/11.1-11610-.0.-1 61 10.900
TC-TSE E27 23 W T6 – – 70 °C 6050/11.1-10210-.0.-1 61 10.800
HIE E27 70 W T5 T4 90 °C 6050/11.1-20711-.0.-1 61 10.700
100 W T4 – – 105 °C 6050/11.1-21011-.0.-1 61 11.100
150 W T4 – – 125 °C 6050/11.1-21511-.0.-1 61 12.100
HSE E27 50 W T5 T4 100 °C 6050/11.1-30511-.0.-1 61 10.250
70 W T5 T4 100 °C 6050/11.1-30711-.0.-1 61 10.700
110 W T4 – – 106 °C 6050/11.1-31111-.0.-1 61 11.500
Suspension two insert threads M8 in the cover of the light fitting 6050/111.-.....-...-.
with additional mounting bracket for ceiling and wall mounting 6050/112.-.....-...-. 61 2.100
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/11..-.....-0..-.
with wire guard 6050/11..-.....-1..-. 61 0.560
Switch-off on opening without switch 6050/11..-.....-..0-.
with switch 6050/11..-.....-..1-.
Notes: 1) QT
LME
TC-TSE
HIE
HSE
¡¡¡¡¡ Halogen lamp
Blended lamp
Compact lamp
Metal halide lamp
High-pressure sodium lamp
---
The pendant light fitting is unpainted; painting is possible (on request)
The pendant light fittings are supplied without lamps (see Accessories)
External reflector (see Accessories)
- The pendant light fittings are compensated.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6050
Selection Table
Version
Series 6050 size 3;
Zones 1, 21
Suspension two insert threads M10 in the cover of the light fitting 6050/311.-.....-...-. 61
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/31..-.....-0..-. 61
Switch-off on opening without switch 6050/31..-.....-..0-. 61
Selection Table
Version
Series 6050 LED,
size 1 65 W; Zone 1, 21
Suspension two insert threads M8 in the cover of the light fitting
Cable entries
(in connection box)
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/51..-.....-1.0..-.1
Internal reflector with internal reflector 6050/51..-.....-11...-.1
Switch-off on opening without switch 6050/51..-.....-1...0-..
Lighting
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
40 °C 50 °C kg
QT
LME
E40
E40
E40
500 W
500 W
500 W
T3
T4
T3
T3
– –
T3
144 °C
118 °C
154 °C
6050/31.1-15020-.0.-1 61 29.000
HIE E40 250 W T4 – – 108 °C 6050/31.1-22521-.0.-1 61 29.000
400 W T4 – – 127 °C 6050/31.1-24021-.0.-1 61 29.000
HSE E40 150 W T5 T5 95 °C 6050/31.1-31521-.0.-1 61 29.000
250 W T4 – – 108 °C 6050/31.1-32521-.0.-1 61 29.000
400 W T4 – – 120 °C 6050/31.1-34021-.0.-1 61 29.000
QT
LME
E40
E40
E40
250 W
250 W
250 W
T3
T3
T4
T3
– –
T4
142 °C
120 °C
6050/31.1-12520-.0.-1 61 29.000
with additional mounting bracket for ceiling and wall mounting 6050/312.-.....-...-. 61 4.000
with wire guard 6050/31..-.....-1..-. 61 1.450
with switch 6050/31..-.....-..1-. 61
Notes: 1) QT
LME
HIE
HSE
¡¡¡¡
Halogen lamp
Blended lamps
Metal halide lamps
High-pressure sodium lamps
---
The pendant light fittings are supplied without lamps (see Accessories)
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
40 °C 50 °C kg
LED Special 65 W T4 – – 100 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..1.-11 64 8.900
LED* Special 65 W T4 – – 100 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..1.-21 64 9.100
LED Special 65 W T6 – – 80 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..1.-31 64 9.100
with additional mounting bracket for ceiling and wall mounting 6050/512.-.....-1....-.1 64 2.100
2 x M25 x 1.5 (standard) ➞ 1 x cable entry, 1 x stopping plug 6050/51.1-.....-1....-.1
2 x M20 x 1.5 ➞ 1 x cable entry, 1 x stopping plug 6050/51.2-.....-1....-.1
2 x NPT ¾“ ➞ 2 x threaded holes 6050/51.3-.....-1....-.1
2 x NPT 1“ ➞ 2 x threaded holes 6050/51.4-.....-1....-.1
with wire guard 6050/51..-.....-1.1..-.1 64 1.250
without internal reflector 6050/51..-.....-10...-.1
with switch 6050/51..-.....-1...1-..
Notes: 1) LED ¡ LED
LED* ¡ LED temperature controlled
---
The pendant light fittings are supplied with LED
286 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6050
Technical Data
Version 6050/1 6050/3 6050/5 LED
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0049X IECEx PTB 12.0017
Ex de IIC T3, T4, T5, T6 1) Ex d e op IIC T4, T6 1)
Ex tD A21 IP6X T80 ... T154°C 1) Ex tb IIIC T ...°C 1)
1) See selection table 1) See selection table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 03 ATEX 1096 (Zone 1) PTB 11 ATEX 1045
E II 2 G EEx de IIC T1) E II 2 G Ex d e opis IIC T 1) Gb
E II 2 D IP66 TO max. 1) E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T 1) °C Db
1) See selection table 1) See selection table
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO),
IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST R)
Ship approval GL – –
Rated operational voltage Ue 220, 230, 240, 250 V AC (± 6 %), 50 Hz for 6050/1
and 6050/3, others on request
100 ... 277 V AC 50 / 60 Hz for 6050/5 LED
Note information on the type label!
100 ... 277 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient temperature
for 6050/1:
for 6050/3:
for 6050/5:
- 40 ... + 40 °C / + 50 °C
- 20 ... + 40 °C for lights with QL lamps
- 20 ... + 40 °C for TC-TSE
- 20 ... + 40 °C / + 50 °C
- 40 ... + 55 °C at T4 / T100°C
- 40 ... + 40 °C at T6 / T80°C
Enclosure material Light metal
Power factor cos p ) 0.9 (compensated)
Connection option L1 + N + PE for 4 mm2 single-wire / finely stranded
Degree of protection IP66; IP68 (10 m immersion depth 30 min) only for size 1
Cable entry
Standard 2 x M25 x 1.5; 1 x cable gland d 7 ... 17 mm, 1 x stopping plug
Note Only incandescent lamps of the companies OSRAM and RADIUM to DIN 49810 part 5 may be used!
Shockproof incandescent lamps are exempt from the EU directive on energy saving.
Designation Illustration Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Wire guard
10289E00
Complete with mounting parts
Material: steel wire, stainless steel
118554 37 0.560
118561 37 1.450
221774 36 0.450
External reflector
10288E00
for 6050/11
for 6050/31
for 6050/51
Complete with mounting parts
Material: high-polished aluminium
118558 37 0.216
118572 37 0.670
Mounting bracket
10287E00
for 6050/11 and 6050/51,
spot beam
for 6050/31, broad beam
Complete; stainless steel (for additional mounting)
118557 37 2.100
118564 37 4.000
Single-point mounting
04697E00
for 6050/11 and 6050/31
for 6050/31
The stainless steel mounting fixture is fastened to
the enclosure of the pendant light fitting series 6050
by means of two stainless steel screws M8.
118571 37 0.400
118574 37 0.600
Ring bolts
05378E00
for 6050/11 and 6050/51
for 6050/31

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6050
without wire guard with wire guard with external reflector with mounting bracket
L b d1
6050/11
6050/31
392
530
178
240
236
360
with wire guard
6050/11
6050/31
Pendant light fittings Series 6050/1 and 6050/3
L b d1
409
556
b
L ø d1
L ø d1
without wireguard with wire guard
L b d1
6050/5 268 177.8 228
Pendant light fitting Series 6050/5
Lighting
10283E00 10284E00 10285E00 10286E00
178
240
236
360
b
14990E00 14991E00
L b d2
6050/11
6050/31
392
534
178
240
440
760
with mounting bracket
L b d1 l a c e
6050/11
6050/31
525
770
178
240
236
360
230
420
299
427
279
407
200
300
L b d1
6050/5 283.8 177.8 228
288 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Pendant Light Fitting IEC
Series 6470
Series 6470 E2
11435E00
WebCode 6470A
> Three sizes are availlable (up to 600 W)
> Available light sources
– high-pressure sodium lamps (HSE)
– metal halide lamps (HIE)
– blended lamps (LME)
– incandescent lamps (QT)
> Versatile mounting methods
> Enclosure made of saltwater-resistant
aluminium
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 55 °C
40 °C
55 °C
kg
IEC Series 6470
size 1 up to 150 W
QT E27 150 W T4 T4 121 °C 6470/11..-1151-0..-1 61 5.900
250 W T4 T3 149 °C 6470/11..-1251-0..-1 61 5.300
LME E27 160 W T4 T3 143 °C 6470/11..-1161-0..-1 61 5.217
HIE E27 70 W T5 T4 103 °C 6470/11..-2071-...-1 61 6.797
100 W T4 T4 121 °C 6470/11..-2101-...-1 61 7.197
150 W T4 T3 140 °C 6470/11..-2151-...-1 61 8.115
HSE E27 50 W T5 T5 98 °C 6470/11..-3051-...-1 61 6.297
70 W T4 T4 106 °C 6470/11..-3071-...-1 61 6.797
* at maximum ambient temperature of 40 °C
Installation Pendant mounting by means of ring bolts 6470/1.1.-....-...-. 1.164
Ceiling mounting 6470/1.3.-....-...-. 1.064
Wall mounting 6470/1.4.-....-...-. 1.937
Pole mounting 25° 6470/1.5.-....-...-. 61 1.144
Wire guard without wire guard 6470/11..-....-.0.-.
with wire guard 6470/11..-....-.1.-. 61 0.240
Notes: 1) QT
LME
HIE
HSE
➞
➞
➞
➞
Halogen lamp
Blended lamps
Metal halide lamps
2)
3)
with 4 x M 25 x 1.5 ➞ 1 x cable entries, 3 x stopping plugs
1 1/4“ BSP for pole mounting
--
The light fittings are supplied without lamps.
The light fittings are compensated.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6470
Selection Table
Version
Pendant light fitting IEC
Series 6470
size 2 up to 250 W
Installation Pendant mounting by means of ring bolts 6470/1.1.-....-...-. 1.164
Wire guard without wire guard 6470/12..-....-.0.-.
Selection Table
Version
Pendant light fitting IEC
Series 6470
size 3 up to 600 W
Installation Ceiling mounting 6470/133.-....-...-. 1.600
Wire guard without wire guard 6470/13..-....-.0.-. 10.650
Lighting
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 55 °C
40 °C
55 °C
kg
LME E40 250 W T3 T3 170 °C 6470/12..-1252-0..-1 61 6.091
HIE E40 250 W T3 - - 145 °C * 6470/12..-2252-...-1 61 9.596
HSE E40 100 W T5 T4 112 °C 6470/12..-3102-...-1 61 10.000
150 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/12..-3152-...-1 61 9.260
250 W T3 – – 142 °C * 6470/12..-3252-...-1 61 9.596
Ceiling mounting 6470/1.3.-....-...-. 1.064
Wall mounting 6470/1.4.-....-...-. 1.937
Pole mounting 25° 6470/1.5.-....-...-. 61 1.144
with wire guard 6470/12..-....-.1.-. 61 0.280
Notes: 1) LME
HIE
HSE
➞
➞
➞
Blended lamps
Metal halide lamps
2)
3)
--
Lamps 1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 55 °C
40 °C
55 °C
kg
QT
LME
E40 500 W T4
T3
T3
T3
142 °C
165 °C
6470/13..-1502-0..-1 61 10.868
HIE E40 250 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/13..-2252-...-1 61 14.834
400 W T3 T3 155 °C 6470/13..-2402-...-1 61 15.545
HSE E40 250 W T4 T4 132 °C 6470/13..-3252-...-1 61 14.834
400 W T4 T3 146 °C 6470/13..-3402-...-1 61 15.545
600 W T3 - - 166 °C * 6470/13..-3602-...-1 61 18.103
with wire guard 6470/13..-....-.1.-. 61 0.280
Notes: 1) QT
LME
HIE
HSE
➞
➞
➞
➞
Halogen lamp
Blended lamps
Metal halide lamps
2)
3)
--
290 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6470
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR IIC T* Gc
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T* °C Db
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Zone 2: PTB 05 ATEX 2045
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC T* Gc
Dust Zone 21: PTB 05 ATEX 2043
Zone 22: PTB 05 ATEX 2045
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T* °C Db
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC IP66 T* °C Dc
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval GL
Enclosure material saltwater-resistant aluminium
Rated operational voltage Ue 230 V (± 6%), AC, 50 Hz, others on request
Note information on the type label
Power factor cos p ) 0.9 (compensated)
Ambient temperature
6470/11 -20 ... +40 °C all versions
-30 ... +55 °C HSE, HIE
-50 ... +55 °C QT, LME, HME
6470/12 -20 ... +40 °C all versions
-30 ... +55 °C HSE 100W, 150W
-30 ... +40 °C HSE 250W, HIE 250W
-50 ... +55 °C LME 250W
-50 ... +40 °C HME 250W
6470/13 -20 ... +40 °C all versions
-30 ... +55 °C HSE 250W, 400W, HIE 250W, 400W
-30 ... +40 °C HSE 600W
-50 ... +55 °C QT 500W, LME 500W, HME 250W
-50 ... +40 °C HME 400W
Connection option L1 + N for 4 mm2 solid and 6 mm2 flexible via internal terminal block
Cable glands
Certified cable entries with an ingress Protection of IP66 minimum must be used (in acc. with 94/9/EC).
The number of cable entries depends on the type of mounting.
Standard
Special entry
Screw-in thread for pole mounting 1 1/4“ BSP, 1 1/2“ BSP
M25 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5, others on request

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6470
Wire guard
Standard reflector
Reflector 30°
Cover
for ceiling mounting
Cover
for wall mounting
Cover
for pole mounting 25°
Ring bolts
Lighting
kg
10571E00
made of saltwater-resistant aluminium, with mounting parts
123038 36 0.250
123039 36 0.300
123040 60 0.600
10288E00
for 6470/11
for 6470/12
for 6470/13
made of powder coated galvanised sheet steel,
with mounting parts
123042 61 2.250
for 6470/11 and 6470/12
made of glass fibre reinforced polyester, with mounting parts
123048 36 4.300
123053 37 5.500
06249E00
for 6470/11, 6470/12 and 6480/11, 6480/12
for 6470/13
made of glass fibre reinforced polyester, with mounting parts
123043 61 0.600
10580E00
for 6470/11 and 6470/12
Ceiling mounting via taps located on the cover.
A mounting bracket or ring bolts can be attached to the cover later
(must be ordered as accessory).
122750 37 1.264
122754 37 1.850
122749 37 1.264
122753 37 1.850
10573E00
123009 37 2.137
123027 37 3.600
123008 37 2.137
123026 37 3.600
10577E00
123016 37 1.113
123034 37 2.300
123017 37 1.113
123035 37 2.300
05378E00
with thread M20 x 1.5 for 6470/11 and
for 6470/12
with thread M20 x 1.5 for 6470/13
for 6470/12
for 6470/12
for 6470/12
with thread 1 1/2“ BSP for 6470/11 and
for 6470/12
with thread 1 1/2“ BSP for 6470/13
with thread 1 1/4“ BSP for 6470/11 and
for 6470/12
with thread 1 1/4“ BSP for 6470/13
292 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6470
10574E00 10566E00 10564E00
Ceiling mounting without wire guard Ceiling mounting with wire guard Ceiling mounting with reflector
10568E00
Pendant mounting by means of ring bolts
10561E00 10563E00
Wall mounting Pole mounting 25°
Dim. in
mm
6470/11 6470/12 6470/13
A 277 277 372
B 352 414 514
C 230 230 310
D 353 353 521
E 240 240 329
F 357 423 533
G 180 180 260
H M8 M8 M10
I 358 424 535
J 444 444 715
Dim. in
mm
6470/11 6470/12 6470/13
A 277 277 372
B 352 414 514
C 230 230 310
G 180 180 260
H M 8 M 8 M 10
K 20 20 25
L 18 18 22.5
Dim. in
mm
6470/11 6470/12 6470/13
A 277 277 372
B2 331 393 498
C 230 230 310
J1 340 367 511
Q 7 7 8
S 105 125 160
T 405 466 592
V 105 105 139
X 366.5 366.5 579

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6121
Series 6121 E2
09458E00
WebCode 6121A
> For use in gas group IIC
> Usable in the temperature range from
-40 ... +60 °C
> Material
– Enclosure in cast aluminium
– Mounting components in
hot galvanized steel
> Lamp options
– halogen lamps (QT) up to 500 W
– halogen metal halide lamps (HIT)
up to 400 W
– sodium vapour high pressure lamps (HST)
up to 400 W
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version
Lamps 1)
Lamp holder
Lamp wattage
Temperature class
at Ta =
40 °C
60 °C
kg
Floodlight
Series 6121/1
QT E40 500 W T4 T4 6121/1311-1150-011-230-50 38 19.300
HIT E40 150 W T5 T3 6121/1311-2115-111-230-50 38 27.300
250 W T5 T3 6121/1311-2125-111-230-50 38 27.700
400 W T4 T3 6121/1311-2140-111-230-50 38 28.800
HST E40 150 W T5 T3 6121/1311-3115-111-230-50 38 27.300
250 W T5 T3 6121/1311-3125-111-230-50 38 27.700
400 W T4 T3 6121/1311-3140-111-230-50 38 28.800
Note The light fittings are supplied without lamps. Please order them as accessories.
1) QT
HIT
HST
¡¡¡
Halogen lamps
Metal halide lamps

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6121
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Rated operational voltage Ue 220, 230 ,240 (+/- 6%) V AC, 50 Hz
Operating temperature range - 40 ... +60 °C
Enclosure material seawater resistant cast aluminium
Light aperture broad beam
Power factor cos p cos p ) 0.9 (compensated)
Operating position Horizontal mounting
Connection L + N + PE, max. 4 mm2
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC 60529)
Cable entry 1 cable gland M25 x 1.5, 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
kg
Halogen lamps QT
05355E00
108874 37 0.132
Halogen metal halide
lamps HIT
05355E00
109130 37 0.175
109132 37 0.200
109134 37 0.235
High pressure sodium
lamps HST
05355E00
109129 37 0.170
109131 37 0.213
109133 37 0.210
Power Lamp
holder
Voltage Lighting
current
500 W E40 230 V 10250 Im
150 W E40 230 V 14500 Im
250 W E40 230 V 20000 Im
400 W E40 230 V 42000 Im
150 W E40 230 V 17500 Im
250 W E40 230 V 33200 Im
400 W E40 230 V 56500 Im
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
455 [17,91]
410 [16,14]
370 [14,57]
400 [15,75]
535 [21,06]
285 [11,22]
16131E00 16132E00
520 [20,47]
370 [14,57]
400 [15,75]
285 [11,22]
6121//1 Floodlight, Halogen (QT) 6121//1 Floodlight, Halogen metal halide lamps (HIT),
High pressure sodium lamps (HST)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6521/4
Series 6521/4 E2
09678E00
WebCode 6521B
> The enclosure made of stainless steel V4A,
V2A or powder coated sheet steel is available
> Broad or narrow beam reflectors
and/or asymmetrical light distribution
Standard: broad beam
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp
capacity
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max.
at Ta =
40 °C
Lampholder
Lamps 1)
Power
40 °C
50 °C
kg
Floodlight
size 1
Sheet steel
powder coated
E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-1-230-50 210719 62 8.293
250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-1-230-50 210720 62 9.493
HIT 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-207-123-1-230-50 210803 62 9.493
100 W T3 T3 140 °C 6521/4111-210-123-1-230-50 210804 62 10.893
150 W T3 – – 165 °C 6521/4111-215-123-1-230-50 210802 62 11.963
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-1-230-50 210805 62 9.493
Stainless steel
V2A
E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-3-230-50 210813 62 8.130
250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-3-230-50 210814 62 8.130
HIT 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-207-123-3-230-50 210817 62 9.330
100 W T3 T3 140 °C 6521/4111-210-123-3-230-50 210818 62 10.730
150 W T3 – – 165 °C 6521/4111-215-123-3-230-50 210816 62 11.800
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-3-230-50 210819 62 9.330
Stainless steel
V4A
E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-4-230-50 210847 62 8.130
250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-4-230-50 210848 62 8.130
HIT 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-207-123-4-230-50 210851 62 9.330
100 W T3 T3 140 °C 6521/4111-210-123-4-230-50 210852 62 10.730
150 W T3 – – 165 °C 6521/4111-215-123-4-230-50 210850 62 11.800
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-4-230-50 210853 62 9.330
Floodlight
size 2
Sheet steel
powder coated
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 6521/4212-150-023-1-230-50 210801 62 15.570
HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-1-230-50 210806 62 17.780
HIT /
250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-1-230-50 210807 62 19.280
HST
Stainless steel
V2A
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 6521/4212-150-023-3-230-50 210815 62 15.300
E40 HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-3-230-50 210837 62 17.500
HIT /
HST
250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-3-230-50 210840 62 19.000
Stainless steel
V4A
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 6521/4212-150-023-4-230-50 210849 62 15.300
HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-4-230-50 210854 62 17.500
HIT /
250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-4-230-50 210855 62 19.000
HST
Note 1) QT
HIT
HST
HIT / HST
➝
➝
➝
➝
Halogen lamps
Metal halide lamps
Metal halide lamps / High-pressure sodium lamps
- The floodlights are delivered without lamps; mounting bracket is delivered standard.
Additional mounting accessories must be ordered separately.
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; connection range d 6 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; connection range d 10 ... 17 mm

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6521/4
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp
capacity
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max.
at Ta =
40 °C
Lampholder
Lamps 1)
Power
40 °C
50 °C
kg
Floodlight
size 3
Sheet steel
powder coated
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 147 °C 6521/4312-150-023-1-230-50 210808 62 22.590
1000 W T2 T2 230 °C 6521/4312-111-023-1-230-50 210809 62 22.490
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-1-230-50 210812 62 29.190
HIT /
HST
250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-1-230-50 210810 62 24.990
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-1-230-50 210811 62 25.590
Stainless steel
V2A
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 147 °C 6521/4312-150-023-3-230-50 210841 62 22.100
1000 W T2 T2 230 °C 6521/4312-111-023-3-230-50 210843 62 22.100
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-3-230-50 210846 62 28.800
HIT /
HST
250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-3-230-50 210844 62 24.600
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-3-230-50 210845 62 25.200
Stainless steel
V4A
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 147 °C 6521/4312-150-023-4-230-50 210856 62 22.100
1000 W T2 T2 230 °C 6521/4312-111-023-4-230-50 210857 62 22.100
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-4-230-50 210860 62 28.800
HIT /
HST
250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-4-230-50 210858 62 24.600
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-4-230-50 210859 62 25.200
Note 1) QT
HIT
HST
HIT / HST
➝
➝
➝
➝
Halogen lamps
Metal halide lamps
Metal halide lamps / High-pressure sodium lamps
- The floodlights are delivered without lamps; mounting bracket is delivered standard.
Additional mounting accessories must be ordered separately.
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; connection range d 6 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; connection range d 10 ... 17 mm
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 10.0014
Ex nRc IIC T1)
EX tb IIIC T1) IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas TÜV 11 ATEX 7008
E II 3G Ex nRc IIC T1)
Dust TÜV 10 ATEX 7875
E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T1) °C IP66
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
Rated voltage 220 V ... 240 V AC, 50 Hz
Power factor cos p High-pressure lamps compensated cos p > 0.9
Ambient temperature - 40 ... + 40 °C / + 50 °C (observe the temperature class)
- 50 ... + 40 °C / + 50 °C (QT lamps, observe the temperature class)
Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60598
Material
Enclosure
6521/4...-...-...-1-...-.. Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 (pebble-grey)
6521/4...-...-...-3-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A)
6521/4...-...-...-4-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A)
Operating position Horizontal lamp axis
Cable entry
Standard 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, clamping area d 6 ... 13 mm
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable entry (with blind plugs - as test holes)
Special specific costumer order possible
Connection option L1 + N + PE, for 4 mm2 single-wire and finely stranded
Cage clamp terminals, 2 clamping positions
Accessories and spare parts see page 301; Dimensional drawings see page 300

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6521/5
Series 6521/5 E2
09678E00
WebCode 6521C
> The enclosure made of stainless steel V4A,
V2A or powder coated sheet steel is available
> Broad or narrow beam reflectors and/or
asymmetrical light distribution,
Standard: broad beam
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp capacity Temperat
ure class
at Ta =
TS max.
at Ta =
40 °C
TS max
at Ta =
55 °C
Lamp-holder
Lamps 1)
Power
40 °C
55 °C
kg
Floodlight size 3 Sheet steel
powder
coated
E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-1-
230-50
220047 62 24.990
400 W T1 – – 134 °C – – 6521/5312-640-123-1-
230-50
220050 62 25.590
Stainless
steel V2A
E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-3-
230-50
220048 62 24.600
400 W T1 – – 134 °C – – 6521/5312-640-123-3-
230-50
220051 62 25.200
Stainless
steel V4A
E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-4-
230-50
220049 62 24.600
400 W T1 – – 134 °C – – 6521/5312-640-123-4-
230-50
220052 62 25.200
Note 1) HST ➝ High-pressure sodium lamps
Only lamps of type OSRAM VIALOX-T SUPER can be used.
- The floodlights are delivered without lamps, but with mounting brackets.
Further mounting accessories must be ordered separately.
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; clamping range d 6 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; clamping range d 10 ... 17 mm

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Floodlight
Series 6521/5
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 12.0001
Ex nAc IIC T1)
Ex tb IIIC T1) IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas TÜV 12 ATEX 7173
E II 3G Ex nAc IIC T1)
Dust TÜV 12 ATEX 7174
E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T1) °C IP66
Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Power factor cos p High-pressure lamps compensated cos p > 0.9
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C for 400W HST
-40 ... +55 °C for 250W HST
Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60529
Material
Enclosure
6521/....-...-...-1-...-.. Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 (pebble-grey)
6521/....-...-...-3-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A)
6521/....-...-...-4-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A)
Operating position Horizontal lamp axis
Cable entry
Standard 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, clamping area d 6 ... 13 mm
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable entry (with blind plugs)
Special specific costumer order possible
Connection option L1 + N + PE, up to 2.5 mm2 solid and finely stranded
Cage clamp terminals, 2 clamping units

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6521/4, 6521/5
Series 6521/4, 6521/5 E2
Size 1, 6521/.1 1) Size 2, 6521/.2 1)
Size 3, 6521/.3 1)
Mounting base (rotatable) Pole mounting attachment
Accessories
Lighting
09721E00 09722E00
09723E00
1) Shown with baffle sreen and light visor, both
parts are accessories and are not included in
the standard scope of delivery
09725E00 09724E00
D d
97 89
89 76
75 60
300 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6521/4, 6521/5
kg
Halogen lamps QT
05355E00
108874 37 0.132
108872 37 0.152
203469 36 0.100
207458 36 0.080
Metal-halide lamps
HIT / HIE
05355E00
109128 37 0.090
04963E00
109308 37 0.420
109309 36 0.110
05355E00
109130 37 0.175
109132 37 0.200
109134 37 0.235
High-pressure
sodium lamps HST
05355E00
109127 37 0.070
109129 37 0.170
109131 37 0.213
109133 37 0.210
109310 37 0.220
Light visor
09785E00
Power Lamp
holder
Voltage Lighting
current
500 W E40 230 V 10250 Im
1000 W E40 230 V 24000 Im
205 W E27 230 V 4200 Im
150 W E27 230 V 2870 lm
Power Lamp-holder
Voltage Lighting
current
70 W E27 230 V 7000 Im
100 W E27 230 V 7700 Im
150 W E27 230 V 11500 Im
150 W E40 230 V 14500 Im
250 W E40 230 V 20000 Im
400 W E40 230 V 42000 Im
Power Lamp-holder
Voltage Lighting
current
70 W E27 230 V 6600 Im
150 W E40 230 V 17500 Im
250 W E40 230 V 33200 Im
400 W E40 230 V 56500 Im
600 W E40 230 V 90000 lm
Stainless steel; attaches to front cover
for 6521/.1 123494 62 0.775
for 6521/.2 123498 62 2.060
for 6521/.3 123501 62 2.460
Baffle screen
09786E00
Stainless steel; attaches to front cover
for 6521/.1 123506 62 1.170
für 6521/.2 123507 62 2.290
for 6521/.3 123508 62 3.390
Mounting base
(rotatable)
09787E00
Stainless steel for all sizes 123495 62 3.810
Pole mounting
attachment
09788E00
For installation on end of pole (stainless steel)
d 60 mm 123493 62 4.430
d 76 mm 123497 62 5.260
d 89 mm 123500 62 4.640

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6521/4, 6521/5
Cover with window
Cable gland
Stopping plug
Lighting
15083E00
kg
Cover with glass for replacement
for 6521/41 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 209328 62 2.650
for 6521/41 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209329 62 2.694
for 6521/42 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209336 62 5.059
for 6521/.3 Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 207486 62 6.500
for 6521/.3 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 209188 62 6.500
for 6521/.3 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209189 62 6.583
09727E00
Brass, nickel-plated with O-ring
M20 109582 17 0.040
09726E00
Brass, nickel-plated with O-ring
M20 106132 30 0.015
M25 106133 30 0.024
302 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Tank Inspection Lights
Series 6122
Series 6122 E2
10033E00
WebCode 6122A
> For use in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22
> For halogen lamps 5 W to 100 W
> Mounting options
– Tilting hinge
– Mounting bracket
– Flanfe collar
> Corrosion-resistant light metal enclosure
> Glass cover
– Temperature resistant borosilicate glass or
– Anti-dazzle opal glass
> Connection options
– Potted connection lead
– Connection chamber
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version
Lamp
wattage
Lamp
holder
Temperature
class at
Ta = 40 °C
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
Nominal
voltage
kg
Size 1 with flexible lead 5 W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-005-012-0 119629 38 1.750
24 V AC 6122/2-02-005-024-0 119630 38 2.250
36 V AC 6122/2-02-005-036-0 119631 38 2.250
42 V AC 6122/2-02-005-042-0 119632 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-005-115-0 119633 38 2.250
230 V AC 6122/2-02-005-230-0 119634 38 2.250
240 V AC 6122/2-02-005-240-0 119635 38 2.250
10 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-010-012-0 119636 38 1.750
24 V AC 6122/2-02-010-024-0 119637 38 2.250
36 V AC 6122/2-02-010-036-0 119638 38 2.250
42 V AC 6122/2-02-010-042-0 119639 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-010-115-0 119640 38 2.250
230 V AC 6122/2-02-010-230-0 119641 38 2.250
240 V AC 6122/2-02-010-240-0 119642 38 2.250
20 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-020-012-0 119643 38 1.750
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-020-024-0 119644 38 1.780
36 V AC 6122/2-02-020-036-0 119690 38 2.250
42 V AC 6122/2-02-020-042-0 119645 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-020-115-0 119646 38 2.250
230 V AC 6122/2-02-020-230-0 119647 38 2.250
240 V AC 6122/2-02-020-240-0 119648 38 2.250
Note Tank inspection lights are supplied with lamps and without mounting material.
* without transformer - direct connection

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6122
Selection Table
Version
Size 1
with connection chamber
Size 2
Size 3
Note Tank inspection lights are supplied with lamps and without mounting material.
Lighting
Lamp
wattage
Lamp
holder
Temperature
class at
Ta = 40 °C
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
Nominal
voltage
kg
5 W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-005-012-0 119653 38 1.650
24 V AC 6122/2-12-005-024-0 119654 38 2.150
36 V AC 6122/2-12-005-036-0 119655 38 2.150
42 V AC 6122/2-12-005-042-0 119656 38 2.150
115 V AC 6122/2-12-005-115-0 119657 38 2.150
230 V AC 6122/2-12-005-230-0 119658 38 2.150
240 V AC 6122/2-12-005-240-0 119659 38 2.150
10 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-010-012-0 119660 38 1.650
24 V AC 6122/2-12-010-024-0 119661 38 2.150
36 V AC 6122/2-12-010-036-0 119662 38 2.150
42 V AC 6122/2-12-010-042-0 119663 38 2.150
115 V AC 6122/2-12-010-115-0 119664 38 2.150
230 V AC 6122/2-12-010-230-0 119665 38 2.150
240 V AC 6122/2-12-010-240-0 119666 38 2.150
20 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-020-012-0 119667 38 1.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-020-024-0 119668 38 1.640
36 V AC 6122/2-12-020-036-0 119692 38 2.150
42 V AC 6122/2-12-020-042-0 119669 38 2.150
115 V AC 6122/2-12-020-115-0 119670 38 2.150
230 V AC 6122/2-12-020-230-0 119671 38 2.160
240 V AC 6122/2-12-020-240-0 119672 38 2.150
50 W G6.35 T3 195 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-050-012-0 119673 38 1.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-050-024-0 119674 38 1.800
20 W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-020-012-0 119689 38 2.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-020-024-0 119688 38 2.650
36 V AC 6122/4-12-020-036-0 119691 38 3.600
42 V AC 6122/4-12-020-042-0 119687 38 3.600
115 V AC 6122/4-12-020-115-0 119686 38 3.600
230 V AC 6122/4-12-020-230-0 119685 38 3.600
240 V AC 6122/4-12-020-240-0 119684 38 3.600
50 W G6.35 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-050-012-0 119675 38 2.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-050-024-0 119676 38 2.650
36 V AC 6122/4-12-050-036-0 119677 38 3.600
42 V AC 6122/4-12-050-042-0 119678 38 3.620
115 V AC 6122/4-12-050-115-0 119679 38 3.600
230 V AC 6122/4-12-050-230-0 119680 38 3.620
240 V AC 6122/4-12-050-240-0 119681 38 3.900
100 W G6.35 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/6-12-100-012-0 119683 38 6.700
24 V AC / DC * 6122/6-12-100-024-0 119682 38 6.700
* without transformer - direct connection
304 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6122
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6172 (6122/2)
LCIE 02 ATEX 6174 (6122/4)
LCIE 03 ATEX 6328 (6122/6)
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T *) (6122/2-02)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T *) (6122/2-12 / 6122/4-12 / 6122/6-12)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 To*)
Certificates ATEX, Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (GOST B)
Electrical data
Rated voltage 12 V resp. 12 V or 24 V AC / DC
Supply voltage without transformer
24, 42, 115, 230, 240 V AC, 50 Hz
Supply voltage with transformer; secondary voltage 12 V
Radiation angle
(Halogen lamp)
10° „spot“-Version (Standard version)
20° „flood“-Version
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature - 20 ... + 40 °C (+ 60 °C on request)
Operating conditions No restrictions on operating temperature of vessel contents
Mechanical data
Protection class I (with internal and external PE/PA-connection)
Material
Enclosure Corrosion-resistant cast aluminium alloy
Glas Standard: Borosilicate glass, resistant to temperature changes up to 300 °C
Special: Opal glass to reduce glare when mounted on flow indicator
Reflector
Mounting / installation
Cable entry
6122/2 20 W (size 1) Halogen reflector lamp
6122/2, 6122/4,
6122/6
5, 10, 20, 50, 100 W Highly polished parabolic reflector
with flexible lead Temperature-resistant cable 3 x 0.75 mm, 5 m long
with connection chamber 1 x M20 x 1,5 bell-mouthed gland
Terminals with connection chamber: for max. 2.5 mm
kg
Tilting hinge
04988E00
for size 1 108891 36 0.070
for size 2 109009 37 0.250
05463E00
for size 2 109010 37 0.075
04987E00
for size 2 / 3 108890 36 0.113
Mounting bracket
04989E00
108831 36 0.020
Intermediate
flange collar
11227E00
108839 36 0.360
for size 1 50 W
for size 1 DN 65

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6122
Foot ring
Anti-dazzle shield
Transport handle
Halogen lamps
Lighting
04991E00
kg
108910 36 0.600
108908 36 0.200
108911 36 0.800
04992E00
for size 3
Sight glasses NW
DN
to DIN 28120 100
to DIN 28120 150 / 200
to DIN 28121 100 ... 200
for dazzle-free illumination,
only up to 50 W and with
„tilting hinge“ fixing
for size 1 108832 36 0.065
for size 2 108833 36 0.100
04993E00
may be used as handlamp
for size 1 109006 36 0.100
for size 2 109008 37 0.100
05003E00
without reflector
108879 37 0.004
108880 37 0.008
108877 36 0.005
108876 36 0.005
108878 36 0.007
04994E00
G4 5 W / 12 V
G4 10 W / 12 V
GY6.35 50 W / 12 V
GY6.35 50 W / 24 V
GY6.35 100 W / 24 V
with reflector
108881 36 0.015
108882 37 0.015
108875 36 0.035
G4 20 W / 12 V
G4 20 W / 24 V
BA15d 50 W / 12 V
306 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6122
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimension in mm) - Subject to Alterations
03287e00 03288e00 03289e00
with flexible lead with connection chamber
03280e00 03291e00 03292e00 03293e00
Fixing with tilting hinge Fixing with mounting bracket
Tank inspection lights, 6122/2 up to 50 W (size 1)
03294e00 03295e00
Fixing with tilting hinge
03296e00
Fixing with tilting hinge
Tank inspection lights, 6122/4, 50 W (size 2)
03299e00 03298e00 03297e00
Flange fixing Tilting hinge fixing Foot ring fixing
Tank inspection lights, 6122/6, 100 W (size 3)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Portable Lamps
Series 6148
Series 6148 E2
14755E00
WebCode 6148A
> Latest LED technology
> Very high light intensity
> Low weight
> Lamp head pivoting by 190°
> Main light continuously dimmable
> Long battery life
> Ergonomic one-hand operation
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
kg
15752E00
Portable lamp with
charging unit,
explosion protected
Series 6148
Portable lamp and charging unit
(12 ... 30 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
in a packaging set
6148/1111-111 209686 64 1.830
15753E00
Portable lamp,
explosion protected
Series 6148
Portable lamp without charging unit 6148/1111-100 209687 64 1.450
15754E00
Charging unit
for portable lamp
Series 6148
Charging unit
(12 ... 30 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
6148/0000-011 209688 64 0.380
Note - Scope of delivery of portable lamp contains a clear lense
- Scope of delivery of charging unit contains a charging cable for 110 ... 240 V AC

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Portable Lamps
Series 6148
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx IBE 11.0009
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T75°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust IBExU 11ATEX 1066
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T75°C Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Russia ( GOST R)
Certificate for motor
E1 10 R - 036569
vehicles
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC/EN 60529)
Functions continuous light or flashing light of the main light, continuous light of the secondary light,
function of the main light continuously dimmable
Pushbutton main light ON - secondary light ON - main light FLASHING OFF
Charge state display The LEDs indicate the available capacity for approx. 5 seconds
Head tilting toward the front: 100°, toward the back: 90°
Battery lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah
Lamps main light, LED: 3 W
secondary light, LED: 0.5 W
279 64
154
ø 4,50
79
90 25
6148
140
14754E00 14753E00
143 92
Portable lamp Charging unit
14807E00
135
39
55
74 126
64
90
ø 4,50
Drilling hole pattern for wall mounting bracket
131

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Portable Lamps
Series L148
Series L148 E2
14755E00
WebCode L148A
> Latest LED technology
> Very high light intensity
> Low weight
> Lamp head pivoting by 190°
> Main light continuously dimmable
> Long battery life
> Ergonomic one-hand operation
Selection Table
Design Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
15752E00
Portable lamp
with charging unit
Series L148
Portable lamp and charging unit
(12 ... 30 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
in a packaging set
L148/1111-111 64 1.830
15753E00
Portable lamp
Series L148
Portable lamp without charging unit L148/1111-100 64 1.450
15754E00
Charging unit
for portable lamp
Series L148
Charging unit (12 ... 30 V DC and
110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
6148/0000-011 209688 64 0.380
Note - Scope of delivery of portable lamp contains a clear lense
- Scope of delivery of charging unit contains a charging cable for 110 ... 240 V AC

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Portable Lamps
Series L148
Technical Data
Certificate
for motor vehicles
applied for
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC/EN 60529)
Functions continuous light or flashing light of the main light, function of the main light continuously dimmable
Pushbutton main light ON - main light FLASHING OFF
Charge state display The LEDs indicate the available capacity for approx. 5 seconds
Head tilting toward the front: 100°, toward the back: 90°
Battery lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah
Lamps main light, LED: 3 W
secondary light, LED: 0.5 W
279 64
154
ø 4,50
79
90 25
6148
140
14754E00 14753E00
143 92
Portable lamp Charging unit
14807E00
135
39
55
74 126
64
90
ø 4,50
Drilling hole pattern for wall mounting bracket
131

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6148 / L148
Series 6148 / L148 E2
Lense
Battery
Connection cable
Wall mounting
bracket
Belt hook
Shoulder strap
Charging unit
Adapter for third-party
charging units
Lighting
kg
15769E00
clear 212333 36 0.013
15768E00
orange 212334 36 0.012
15770E00
red 212956 36 0.012
16228E00
green 220306 36 0.013
14808E00
lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah 211124 37 0.720
10318E00
120014 37 0.085
14806E00
212316 36 0.022
15078E00
Charging cable 230 V with plug
Charging cable 12 / 24 V with plug
for wall mounting of the charging unit 212332 36 0.260
15075E00
for fastening the portable lamp to the belt 212331 36 0.040
15077E
for carrying the portable lamp 212702 36 0.050
14805E00
charging unit (12 / 24 V DC and 230 V AC) 209688 64 0.380
15076E
for charging the portable lamp in the charging unit KFZ90 or LG443 212701 36 0.125
312 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6140
Series 6140 E2
11628E00
WebCode 6140A
> Unique mechanism for switching on
> Ergonomically formed handlamp
> Extremely high luminous intensity
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x x x
Selection Table
Version Rated data for batteries Order number Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg
Hand lamp
Series 6140
4.5 V / 0.3 A 3 6140/2-1 119782 33 0.550
Hand lamps are supplied with batteries
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust ZELM 07 ATEX 0325 X
E II 1 G Ex ia op is IIC T4
E II 1 D iaD 20 T130 °C
Certificates ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS),
Material
Enclosure material polyamide, antistatic
Lens polycarbonate
Lamps 1 High power LED (3 Watt)
Service life time > 48 hours (continuous operation)
Batteries 3 x LR14 batteries
For other battery types see operating instructions
Note Do not open lamp in hazardous locations!

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6140
Batteries
Leather holster
Replacement lens
Skid Washer
Lighting
kg
05006E00
1.5 V
3 pieces 167742 37 0.420
04841E00
Holster for carrying the lamp 167740 36 0.160
05356E00
Lens material is polycarbonate 167739 37 0.003
10733E00
NBR gasket 167741 37 0.003
04852E00
222
35
59
314 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6141/6
Series 6141/6 E2
12947E00
WebCode 6141B
> For alkaline batteries
> Available in 2 sizes
> Light source - LED
> ATEX and IECEx certification
> 6141/62-26 for use in IIC
> Waterproof IP68
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
6141/62-26: For use in x x x x
6141/61-16: For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Use in Rated data For batteries Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Pieces x version kg
12949E00
Zones 1, 2 3 V 2 x AAA 6141/61-16 203478 33 0.085
12948E00
Zones 1, 2, 21, 22 6 V 4 x AA 6141/62-26 203479 33 0.190
Hand lamps are supplied with batteries.
Technical Data
Version 6141/62-26 6141/61-16
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx ITS 11.0038X IECEx ITS 11.0039X
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
Dust IECEx ITS 11.0038X - -
Ex ib IIIC T81°C Db IP68 - -
Europe (ATEX)
Gas ITS 11 ATEX 27368X ITS 11 ATEX 27369X
E II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb E II 2G Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
Dust ITS 11 ATEX 27368X - -
E II 2D Ex ib IIIC T81 °C Db IP68 - -
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS) IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6141/6
Technical Data
Version 6141/62-26 6141/61-16
Batteries 4 x Alkaline Daimon (by Duracell)
Lamps LED white, ~ 50 lm LED white, ~ 20 lm
Range ~ 100 m, diameter 3 - 5 m ~ 25 m, diameter 3 - 5 m
Service life time ~ 15 - 50 h ~ 10 h
Operating temperature range - 20 ... + 40 °C - 20 ... + 40 °C
Enclosure material XAG (plastic material in accordance
Degree of protection IP68 (3 m, 30 min) IP68 (3 m, 30 min)
Note Do not open the lamp in the hazardous area! Do not open the lamp in the hazardous area!
Battery
Belt bag
Fibre optic top piece
Warning light hood
168
ø 41
34,5
ø 22
6141/62-26 6141/61-16
Lighting
AA/LR6/Mignon MN 1500, 1.5 V each
or
4 x Energizer Classic AA/LR6, 1.5 V each
2 x Duracell Plus Alkaline
AAA/Micro/LR03/MN2400, 1.5 V each
2 x Daimon (by Duracell) Alkaline
AAA/Micro/LR03/MN2400, 1.5 V each
2 x Energizer Mini Stilo Classic
E 92 Alkaline AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Energizer Ultra AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Varta Consumer Long Life Extra
AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Varta Hi Energy AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
with < 1 G Ω ATEX)
Polycarbonate
kg
12938E00
204144 36 0.300
12939E00
204143 36 0.350
12941E00
204142 36 0.030
12940E00
204141 36 0.030
12950E00
203970 36 0.030
12942E00
203969 36 0.025
12943E00
203968 36 0.050
for 6141/61-16 2 x Energizer
for 6141/62-26 4 x Energizer AA/LR6
for 6141/61-16 black
for 6141/62-26 black
for 6141/61-16 Length approx. 250 mm; black
for 6141/62-26 Length approx. 250 mm; black
for 6141/62-26 orange
ø 14
142
12944E00 12945E00
316 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Inspection Light LED
Series 6149/2
Series 6149/2 E2
14348E00
WebCode 6149B
> Extremely long service life due to LEDs used
> Also suitable for machine lighting
> Anti-roll design in the grip
> Lockable suspension hooks
> For 110 ... 240 V AC/DC,
24 ... 48 V AC / DC or 12 V DC
> High power LEDs including driver
in innovative design
> Extremly shock and vibration resistant
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Nominal voltage Temperature
class at Ta =
Max. surface
temperature
40 °C
60 °C
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
TS max. at
Ta = 60 °C
kg
Inspection light LED
Series 6149
12 V DC T4 – – 100 °C – – 6149/2-2211-5010 211492 64 1.400
24 ... 48 V AC / DC;
50 / 60 Hz
T4 T4 100 °C 100 °C 6149/2-3211-5010 209262 64 1.400
T6 – – 80 °C – – 6149/2-3411-5010 211493 64 1.400
110 ... 240 V AC / DC;
50 / 60 Hz
T4 T4 100 °C 100 °C 6149/2-5211-5010 209263 64 1.400
T6 – – 80 °C – – 6149/2-5411-5010 211494 64 1.400
Wire guard without wire guard 6149/.-...-...0 166084
with wire guard 6149/.-...-...1 166085 33
Note - The inspection light is delivered with a 5 m connecting cable (other lengths on request)
- The inspection light is delivered without plug and wire guard. Specify the plug on order
(see Accessories and Spare Parts).
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d IIC T.* Gb
Ex tb IIIC T... °C*
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T.* Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T...°C* Db
* surface temperatures and temperature classes see selection table
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6149/2
Technical Data
Version 6149/2-2 (12 V) 6149/2-3 (24 ... 48 V) 6149/2-5 (110 ... 240 V)
Rated operational voltage 12 (± 10 %) V DC 24 ... 48 (± 10 %) V AC / DC,
Nominal operational current
12 V 1.3 A 24 V AC / DC 0.7 A
48 V AC / DC 0.3 A
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C T4: -40 ... +60 °C
110 V AC 0.13 A
240 V AC 0.07 A
Lamps LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K
Luminous Intensity 253 lux in 1 m distance 253 lux in 1 m distance 285 lux in 1 m distance
Luminous flux approx. 600 lm approx. 600 lm approx. 670 lm
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67
Protection class II II II
Material
Enclosure tube Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Grip Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Sealing cap Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Rubber grip NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM)
Suspension hook NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM)
Mounting bracket
Mounting bracket
and magnet
Wire guard
Plug
Lighting
50 / 60 Hz
110 ... 240 (± 10 %) V AC / DC,
50 / 60 Hz
T6: -40 ... +40 °C
T4: -30 ... +60 °C
T6: -30 ... +40 °C
kg
04880E00
Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel (2 pieces) 120535 36 0.050
04885E00
Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel and magnet (2 pieces) 120536 36 0.100
04888E00
Stainless steel wire guard for additional mechanical protection 120509 37 0.170
04923E00
8570/12-304 3 pins, 100 ... 130 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150599 10 0.420
8570/12-306 3 pins, 200 ... 250 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150579 10 0.420
04922E00
8575/12-100 2 pins, 20 ... 25 V, 16 A 151545 10 0.220
8575/12-110 2 pins, 20 ... 25 V DC, 16 A 151553 10 0.220
12214E00
8575/12-200 3 pins, 20 ... 25 V, 16 A 151486 10 0.230
8575/12-212 3 pins, 40 ... 50 V, 16 A 151496 10 0.220
318 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Series 6149/2
595 mm / 23,43 "
180 mm / 7,09 "
ømm 52
ømm 40
ø 2,05 "
302 mm / 11,89 "
ømm 62
ø 2,44 "
ø 1,57 "
03714E00 04925E00
595 mm / 23,43 "
180 mm / 7,09 "
ømm 52
ømm 40
ø 2,05 "
302 mm / 11,89 "
ømm 62
ø 2,44 "
ø 1,57 "
Inspection light without wire guard Inspection light with wire guard
12,7 mm
0.50 "
ø 25 mm / ø 0.98 "
54,5 mm
2.15 "
8 mm / 3. " 846
04926E00 04927E00
15 mm / 0.59 "
ø 4 mm
ø 0.16 "
12,7 mm
0.50 "
54,5 mm
2.15 "
80 mm / 3.15 "
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket and magnet

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6147
Series 6147 E2
01175E00
WebCode 6147A
> For incandescent lamps up to 60 W
> Can be supplied with
or without fitted connection lead
> Hand grip of soft rubber vulcanized around
an aluminium reinforcement
> Glass cover resistant to temperature changes
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
kg
Hand lamp with galvanized and PVC-coated wire guard 6147/2-2 120431 38 2.050
Note Hand lamps are supplied without lamps.
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T3 / T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T145°C Db IP65
Certificates ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (IZP), Taiwan (ITRI),
Rated voltage 24, 42, 230 V
Lamps
Lamp holder E27
Lamp Incandescent lamp, in 25, 40 or 60 W
Degree of protection IP65 protected against water jets and dust
Cable entry M20 with cable tension reliever for connection wire diameter of 8.5 ... 12 mm
Connection Terminals 1.5 mm2
Outer sheath made of tough polychlorophene or comparably wear-resistant material.
Use in 24 V, 42 V applications requires a connector cable that is heat-resistant to at least 110 °C.
Note Only incandescent lamps of the companies OSRAM and RADIUM to DIN 49810 part 5 may be
used! Shockproof incandescent lamps are exempt from the EU directive on energy saving.

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Hand Lamp
Series 6147
kg
Incandescent lamp
04958E00
111690 37 0.044
111691 37 0.042
108858 37 0.044
108859 37 0.042
108860 37 0.042
108861 37 0.042
108862 37 0.042
108863 37 0.042
40 W E27 230 V T
60 W E27 230 V T
25 W E27 24 V T
40 W E27 24 V T
60 W E27 24 V T
25 W E27 42 V T
40 W E27 42 V T
60 W E27 42 V T
03300E00
Hand lamp, 6147

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Xenon Helideck Floodlight
Series TEF 9964
Series TEF 9964 E2
06369E00
WebCode T9964A
> Floodlight lights for helideck landing area
> For use in hazardous areas
> Rugged and low profile floodlight
in acid resistant stainless steel housing
(SS316L)
> Simple to install and maintain
> Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
> Resistant to vibrations
> Long lamp life
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
kg
Helideck floodlight
Xenon EEx de
Series TEF 9964
EEx de II T5 - 24 V DC TEF9964024 166026 70 12.500
EEx de II T5 - 110 V AC 50 / 60 Hz TEF9964010 166025 70 12.500
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 00ATEX245
E II 2 G EEx de IIC T5
Certificates ATEX, Canada (CSA), USA
110 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
230 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
254 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 50 W
Lamp Xenon D2S 35 W
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
Material
Enclosure Acid proof stainless steel
Protective glass Safety glass
Cable glands E204; Increased safety, EEx e II; cable diam. 11 ... 17.1 mm

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Xenon Helideck Floodlight
Series TEF 9964
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm ) - Subject to Alterations
06369E00

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Perimeter Light LED
Series TEF 2430
Series TEF 2430 E2
08585E00
WebCode T2430A
> Integrated terminal box
> Low maintenance
> Rugged construction
> Complies with:
ICAO Annex 14 Vol. II and CAP 437
> Very long operating life (up to 100,000 hours)
> Low power consumption
> Instant light
> Resitant to vibrations
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Light intensity Voltage Order number Art. no. PS
Perimeter light
30 cd. 220 / 254 V AC TEF2430150 170598 70
green LED
Series TEF 2430
110 / 120 V AC TEF2430151 170599 70
24 V DC TEF2430152 170600 70
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03 ATEX 064
E II 2G EEx de IIB T5
Rated voltage 220 / 230 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
110 / 120 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
24 V DC
Power consumption max. 10.5 W
Light intensity 30 cd.
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 without drain plug
Material Lamp housing: Cast copper alloy
Junction box: AISI 316L
Globe: Polycarbonat (Lexan)
Service life min. 50,000 working hours
Cable glands 4 x M25 cable entries
Delivered with:
2 x M25 stopping plugs
2 x M25 cable glands

E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
Perimeter Light LED
Series TEF 2430
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Globe with green LED's low Type TEF4500 170601 70
Mounting plate complete with transformer 110 - 254 V AC TEF4236 170635 70
O-Ring for globe / guard ring TEF50008009 170679 70
Cable Gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
08586E00
131,5 175
304

Installation Equipment
Installation Switches
made of Moulded Plastic 8030 328
Junction Boxes
made of Polyester Resin, with 4 Sheath Terminals 8102 329
made of Polyester Resin, with 4 ... 8 Sheath Terminals 8118 330
Terminal Boxes
made of Polyester Resin, for Terminal Blocks up to 4 mm² 8118 332
made of Polyester Resin, for WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors 8118 334
made of Polyester Resin, for Terminal Blocks up to 240 mm² 8146 337
made of Stainless Steel 8150 344
made of Aluminium, Ex d 8252/1 349
Enclosures
made of Aluminium 8250 351
Plugs and Sockets - Switch Sockets
16 A Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 8575 354
16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 8570 354
326 Installation Equipment 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
Contents
Plugs and Sockets - Coupler and Coupler Sockets
16 A Coupler SolConeX 8575/14 361
16 A Coupler Sockets SolConeX 8570/16 363
32 A Coupler sockets SolConeX 8571/16 363
Plugs and Sockets - Cable Reel
Cable Reel SolConeX 502 Ex 362
Plugs and Sockets - Plug Connectors
Ex Plug Connector, 4-poles miniCLIX 8591/1 365
Ex Plug Connector, 4 P + PE Bracket miniCLIX 8591/4 365
Ex Plug Connector, 6-poles miniCLIX 8591/2 368
Y-Adaptor with Cable Glands, 4-poles miniCLIX 8592/1 371
Y-Adaptor with Cable Glands, 4 P + PE miniCLIX 8592/4 371
Y-Adaptor, Plug and Socket miniCLIX 8593/8 372
Connection Technology for Data Networks
Optical Fibre Splice Cassette 8186 374
Ethernet Terminal 8187 376
Terminal Boxes
High-Voltage Terminal Boxes 8125
Cable End Boxes, for 35 ... 185 mm² 8146
Terminal Boxes made of Sheet Steel and Stainless Steel 8125
Isolating Terminal 8082
Plugs and Sockets
16 A Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7575
16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7570
16 A Maintenance Socket Isolators SolConeX 8570
Socket-Outlet Assemblies 8146, 8125
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 327

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Installation Switch
Series 8030/51
Series 8030/51 E3
10035E00
WebCode 8030A
> Available as
– 2 pole OFF switch or
– Changeover switch
> Robust moulded plastic enclosure
> Large, fluorescent turning handle
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
kg
Installation Switch
Series 8030/51
Off switch 8030/51-033 130171 10 0.600
Changeover switch 8030/51-035 130176 10 0.615
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs),
Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated operational voltage 690 V AC, 250 V DC V
Terminals finely stranded: 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
single-wire: 1.5 ... 4.0 mm2
Cable entry 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
03167E00
8030/51 Installation switch

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Junction Boxes
Series 8102
Series 8102 E3
10072E00
WebCode 8102A
> Robust enclosure of glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin
> Equipped with 4 sheath terminals and
1 PE connection
> Terminal capacity: 2 x 4 mm2, single-wire
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
kg
02220E00
3 x M20 x 1.5 semi gland Ex e 8102/21-31 132988 10 0.278
Ex i 8102/22-31 132989 10 0.300
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Ex e:
Ex i:
E II 2 G Ex e II T6 (Ta = - 20 ... + 75 °C)
E II 2 G Ex e II T5 (Ta = - 20 ... + 55 °C)
E II 2 G Ex ia/ib II T6 (Ta = - 20 ... + 75 °C)
E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
Certificates ATEX, Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated operational voltage 690 V
Degree of protection IP66 acc. IEC/EN 60529
04465E00
8102/2.-3

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Junction Boxes
Series 8118
Series 8118 E3
02714E00
WebCode 8118A
> Enclosures made of glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin
> 3 sizes available
– with 4, 5 or 8 terminals
– as a junction box
with integrated equipment fuse:
– 3 terminals and 1 equipment fuse
– 7 terminals and 1 equipment fuse
– 6 terminals and 2 equipment fuses
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
Cable glands Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Position Holes Cable glands Stopping
plug kg
05349E00
4 terminals
Ex e
09147E00
3 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/111-401 133077 10 0.280
05576E00
5 terminals
Ex e
09148E00
4 x M20 x 1.5 3 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/111-503 133248 10 0.300
05349E00
4 terminals
Ex i
09147E00
3 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/211-401 133084 10 0.280
09148E00
4 x M20 x 1.5 3 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/211-403 133104 10 0.330
05348E00
8 terminals
Ex e
09149E00
4 x M25 x 1.5 3 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-805 133114 10 0.570
09151E00
6 x M20 x 1.5 4 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 8118/121-806 133120 10 0.560
6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-807 133126 10 0.600
09149E00
3 x M25 x 1.5 -* 3 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-804-2 202991 10 0.750
09155E00
6 x M32 x 1.5 4 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 8118/131-811 133186 10 0.850
09154E00
8 x M25 x 1.5 6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x M25 x 1.5 8118/131-814 133210 10 0.850
09156E00
4 x M25 x 1.5 -* 4 x M25 x 1.5 8118/131-842-2 202992 10 0.980
*) Enclosure with integrated metal bracket for metal cable glands.
Junction boxes with integral equipment fuse on request

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Junction Boxes
Series 8118
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e Ex e II T6, T5, T4
Ex i Ex ia/ib IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
Ex e E II 2 G Ex e II T6, T5, T4
Ex i E II 2 G Ex ia/ib IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs),
Russia (operating authorisation), Ukraine (TR)
Type 8118/.11 8118/.21 8118/.31
Rated operational voltage 550 V 750 V 750 V
Degree of protection IP66 IP66 IP66
04466E00 04467E00 04468E00
04469E00
8118/.1.
size 1
8118/.2.
size 2
8118/.3.
size 3
Size Length [mm]
min. max.
M20 25 31
M25 27 33
M32 32 39
Additional dimension for
cable glands, Series 8161

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8118
Series 8118 E3
08473E00
WebCode 8118B
> Enclosure made of glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin
> 3 sizes available
> Terminals and cable glands fitted to order
> Enclosure design with integrated
metal bracket for metal cable glands.
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version
Number of conductors
per terminal
max. number of terminal blocks
(rated cross-section
2.5 / 4 mm2) /
already equiped with (..) terminals
PE / PA terminals
(rated cross-section
2.5 / 4 mm2)
Cable entries
kg
01588E00
Standard terminal boxes
8118/.12
Ex e 2 5 2 2 x M20 8118/112-047-0 224642 10 0.360
Ex i 2 5 2 2 x M20 8118/212-047-0 224643 10 0.360
01663E00
8118/.22
Ex e 3 11 2 3 x M25 8118/122-504-0 224644 10 0.610
2 11 (4) 2 1 x M25 with
strain relief
1 x M25
8118/122-199-K0125 220336 10 0.580
Ex i 3 11 2 3 x M25 8118/222-504-0 224645 10 0.610
01662E00
8118/.32
Ex e 4 16 2 4 x M25 8118/132-542-0 224646 10 0.890
Ex i 4 16 2 4 x M25 8118/232-542-0 224647 10 0.890
State with order: Type, number and size of cable entries.
Note: The prices include the enclosure equipped with terminals.
Cable entries are inserted according to order and charged separately.
Differences between the images and the actual products are possible

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8118
Selection Table
Version
Number of conductors
per terminal
max. number of terminal blocks
(rated cross-section 2.5 / 4 mm2) /
already equiped with (..) terminals
PE / PA terminals
(rated cross-section 2.5 / 4 mm2)
Cable entries
kg
Terminal boxes with
standard drillings for
metal cable glands*)
8118/.22
Ex e 2 6 2 4 x M20 8118/122-331-GB 133117 10 0.720
4 x M25 8118/122-305-GB 133123 10 0.720
3 5 (5) 2 3 x M25 8118/122-504-2 202995 10 0.680
Terminal boxes with
standard drillings for
metal cable glands*)
8118/.32
Ex e 4 12 (7) 2 4 x M25 8118/132-542-2 202996 10 0.890
State with order: Type, number and size of cable entries.
Note: The prices include the enclosure equipped with terminals.
Cable entries are inserted according to order and charged separately.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e: Ex em II T6 / T5 / T4
Ex i: Ex ia/ib IIA / IIB / IIC T5 / T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
Ex e: E II 2 G Ex em II T6, T5, T4
Ex i: E II 2 G Ex ia/ib IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR)
Ship approval GL
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
Depending on the terminals used
Max. Number of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted
Enclosure size/side
8118/.1. 8118/.2. 8118/.3.
09101E00 09102E00 09125E00
Type Size Side C / D Side C / D Side C / D
05864E00
Cable gland Series 8161
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
21
- -
- -
3321
5432
Dimensional drawings see junction boxes Series 8118

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Box with WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors
Series 8118
Series 8118 E3
05813E00
WebCode 8118D
> Compact enclosure made of impact resistant
glass fibre reinforced polyester resin
> WAGO push-wire connectors with time and
cost effective push-wire terminal connection
> Vibration-proof, maintenance free clamping
connections
> For solid / stranded conductors with a cross-section
of 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2 or 2.5 ... 6 mm2
> Various cross-sections are possible in one
push-wire connector
> With 2-, 3-, 4-, 6- and 8-wire connectors,
max. 16 clamping points
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
Version Terminals Holes Cable glands Stopping plug Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Ex e terminal box with WAGO 773 push-wire connector
Size 1
on/off circuit
14470E00
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2:
4 x 773-494
3 x M20 x 1.5 3 x 8161/5-M20-13 - - 133216 10 0.300
Size 2
two-way circuit
14471E00
0.75 - 2.5 mm2:
2 x 773-492
1 x 773-494
3 x 773-496
6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x 8161/5-M25-17
2 x 8161/5-M25-17
with plug
- - 133211 10 0.580
Size 2
cross circuit
14472E00
0.75 - 2.5 mm2:
7 x 773-492
2 x 773-494
1 x 773-496
6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x 8161/5-M25-17
2 x 8161/5-M25-17
with plug
- - 210766 10 0.580

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8118
Selection table
Version Terminals Holes Cable glands Stopping plug Art. no. PS Weight
Size 2 *)
on/off circuit
14469E00
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2:
4 x 773-494
PE terminal
0.25 ... 2.5 mm2:
2 x 2001-1207
4 x M20 x 1.5 - - 1 x 8290/3-
M20x1.5
kg
133188 10 0.500
Size 3
for example for
street lighting
14473E00
2.5 ... 6 mm2:
4 x 773-493
1 x M20 x 1.5,
2 x M32 x 1.5
1 x 8161/5-M20-13
1 x 8161/5-M32-21
1 x 8161/5-M32-21
with plug
- - 133214 10 0.700
Note Cable glands, Series 8161, and stopping plugs, Series 8290, are enclosed separately.
Please order the metal cables glands separately
(see R. STAHL catalogue, chapter E10 "Installation material and accessories").
*) For metal cable glands. Please order the cable glands separately.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e II T6, T5, T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex e II T6, T5, T4
E II 2 D IP 66 T80 °C, T95 °C, T130 °C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval GL
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature T6: -40 ... +40 °C
T5: -40 ... +55 °C
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Material
Enclosure glass fibre reinforced polyester resin, dark grey similar to RAL 7012, impact resistance ) 7 J,
flame retardant acc. to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
Seal EPDM or silicone, foamed
Cover lock with captive M4 stainless steel combo head screws

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8118
Technical Data
Connection Terminals WAGO 773
Push-Wire
Connectors
773-493 773-492 773-494 773-496 773-498
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V
Rated operational current 42 A 24 A 24 A 24 A 24 A
Connection cross-section 2.5 ... 6 mm2
solid / stranded
It is possible to connect conductors with different cross-sections.
The application is possible only in combination with the fixing carrier 773-331.
Stripping length 15 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm
Number of clamping
3 2 4 6 8
points
Potentials 1 1 1 1 1
Fixing carrier 773-331
Art. no.
113038
04466E00 04467E00 04468E00
8118/112
Size 1
8118/122
Size 2
WAGO 773
Push-Wire
Connectors
WAGO 773
Push-Wire
Connectors
WAGO 773
Push-Wire
Connectors
WAGO 773
Push-Wire
Connectors
14421E00
14327E00 14326E00 14325E00 14324E00
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
solid / stranded
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
solid / stranded
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
solid / stranded
0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
solid / stranded
14317E00
04469E00
8118/132
Size 3
Size Length [mm]
min. max.
M20 25 31
M25 27 33
M32 32 39
Additional dimension for
cable glands, Series 8161
336 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Series 8146 E3
03098E00
WebCode 8146A
> Enclosures in shock-resistant glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> 8 basic enclosure sizes with various heights
> Fitted according to the customer's
requirements
> For terminals up to max. 300 mm2
> With captive cover screws
8146/1:
For use in
8146/2:
For use in
*) Approval not required
x x x x 8146/1:
For use in
x x 8146/1:
For use in
x x x
x x x x 8146/2:
For use in
*) *) 8146/2:
For use in
x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex dem ia/ib [ia] IIC, IIB, IIA T6, T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T130°C, T95°C, T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex dem ia/ib [ia] IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex), Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
Belarus (operating authorisation), USA (UL)
Ship approval GL, RS
Material Polyester resin, glass-fibre-reinforced, dark grey, similar to RAL 7024
Impact resistance ) 7 J
Surface resistance ( 109 O
Flame-resistant according to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
IP55 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 for models with rubber grommets
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC (depending on the terminal type and the explosion protected
components that are used)
Rated voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
(depending on the terminal type and the explosion protected components that are used)

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Selection table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Terminal blocks
Cross section
[mm2]
08243E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 6 4 8146/1031-1TS35+1UT2,5 136603 10 0.640
08244E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 14 8 8146/1041-1TS35+1UT2,5 136665 10 0.730
4/6 UK 5 N 1 12 8 8146/1041-1TS35+1UT4 136667 10 1.000
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 14 8 8146/2041-1TS35+1UT2,5 136666 10 0.730
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 12 8 8146/2041-1TS35+1UT4 136668 10 0.700
08245E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 19 2 x 7* 8146/1051-1TS35+1UT2,5 136688 10 1.060
4/6 UK 5 N 1 16 2 x 7* 8146/1051-1TS35+1UT4 136690 10 1.000
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 19 2 x 7* 8146/2051-1TS35+1UT2,5 136689 10 1.000
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 16 2 x 7* 8146/2051-1TS35+1UT4 136691 10 1.000
08246E00
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 28 2 x 14* 8146/1051-
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 32 2 x 14* 8146/2051-
08247E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 27 2 x 7* 8146/1061-1TS35+1UT2,5 136714 10 1.400
4/6 UK 5 N 1 23 2 x 7* 8146/1061-1TS35+1UT4 136716 10 1.350
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 27 2 x 7* 8146/2061-1TS35+1UT2,5 136715 10 1.400
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 23 2 x 7* 8146/2061-1TS35+1UT4 136717 10 1.350
08249E00
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 46 2 x 14* 8146/1061-
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 54 2 x 14* 8146/2061-
08250E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 49 2 x 14* 8146/1S71-1TS35+1UT2,5 136738 10 2.010
4/6 UK 5 N 1 41 2 x 14* 8146/1S71-1TS35+1UT4 136740 10 2.000
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 49 2 x 14* 8146/2S71-1TS35+1UT2,5 136739 10 2.010
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 41 2 x 14* 8146/2S71-1TS35+1UT4 136741 10 2.000
08251E00
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 82 2 x 14* 8146/1S71-
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 98 2 x 14* 8146/2S71-
Type
Number fitted
Max. possible number
PE/PA-connections
kg
2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z
136692 10 1.070
2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
136693 10 1.070
2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z
136718 10 1.460
2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
136719 10 1.460
2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z
136742 10 2.010
2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
136743 10 2.010
338 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Selection table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS Weight
08252E00
Terminal blocks
Cross section
[mm2]
Type
Number fitted
PE/PA-connections
kg
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 51 2 x 18* 8146/1081-1TS35+1UT2,5 136800 10 3.400
4/6 UK 5 N 1 43 2 x 18* 8146/1081-1TS35+1UT4 136802 10 3.370
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 51 2 x 18* 8146/2081-1TS35+1UT2,5 136801 10 3.400
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 43 2 x 18* 8146/2081-1TS35+1UT4 136803 10 3.370
08260E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 98 2 x 36* 8146/1081-2TS35+1UT2,5 136804 10 3.810
4/6 UK 5 N 1 82 2 x 36* 8146/1081-2TS35+1UT4 136806 10 3.800
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 98 2 x 36* 8146/2081-2TS35+1UT2,5 136805 10 3.810
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 82 2 x 36* 8146/2081-2TS35+1UT4 136807 10 3.800
08248E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 147 2 x 36* 8146/1081-3TS35+1UT2,5 136808 10 4.200
4/6 UK 5 N 1 123 2 x 36* 8146/1081-3TS35+1UT4 136810 10 4.130
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 147 2 x 36* 8146/2081-3TS35+1UT2,5 136809 10 4.200
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 123 2 x 36* 8146/2081-3TS35+1UT4 136811 10 4.130
08265E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 102 2 x 36* 8146/1093-1TS35+1UT2,5 136898 10 7.100
4/6 UK 5 N 1 86 2 x 36* 8146/1093-1TS35+1UT4 136899 10 7.300
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 102 2 x 36* 8146/2093-1TS35+1UT2,5 136902 10 7.100
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 86 2 x 36* 8146/2093-1TS35+1UT4 136903 10 7.300
08263E00
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 196 2 x 36* 8146/1093-2TS35+1UT2,5 136900 10 7.300
4/6 UK 5 N 1 164 2 x 36* 8146/1093-2TS35+1UT4 136901 10 7.500
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 196 2 x 36* 8146/2093-2TS35+1UT2,5 136904 10 7.300
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 164 2 x 36* 8146/2093-2TS35+1UT4 136905 10 7.500
Additional text when
ordering
Please specify the number and size of the cable entries, and to which sides of the enclosures they are to be fitted.
Note Prices include the case fitted with mounting rails, PE or PA terminals and 1 terminal block of the type specified.
Cable entries are inserted to order and charged separately.
* 2 connections per terminal possible

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Selection table
Enclosure
size
Components fitted
Terminal blocks
Cross section
[mm2]
Type
Number fitted
Enclosure
size 4;
8146/.04.
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 6 14 8 1 x M25 4 x Ø 4 - 6 mm
UT 2.5 12 14 8 1 x M25 4 x Ø 4 - 6 mm
UT 2.5 12 14 8 2 x M25 4 x Ø 4 - 6 mm
Enclosure
size 5;
8146/.05.
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 14 19 2 x 7* without 8146/1051-K0096 220269 10 1.240
UT 2.5 16 19 2 x 7* 4 x M25 Ø 7 - 17 mm 8146/1051-K0097 220270 10 1.240
10 UT 10 4 Ð Ð 2 x 10 1 x M32 Ø 18 - 25 mm,
Enclosure
size 6;
8146/.06.
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 26 27 2 x 7* 4 x M25 Ø 7 - 17 mm 8146/1061-K0098 220271 10 1.650
UT 2.5 26 27 2 x 7* without 8146/1061-K0099 220272 10 1.650
UT 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
UT 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 3 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
ST 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
16 UT 16 4 Ð Ð 2 x 16 1 x M40 Ø 22 - 32 mm,
UT 16 4 Ð Ð 2 x 16 1 x M50 Ø 32 - 38 mm,
Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
UT 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 3 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
ST 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 3 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
ST 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
Enclosure
size 7;
8146/.07.
Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
ST 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
ST 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
4/6 UT 2.5 1 49 2 x 7* without 8146/1S73-K0113 220314 10 2.640
35 UT 35 4 Ð Ð 2 x 35 1 x M63 Ø 37 - 44 mm,
Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 48 41 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
ST 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
Cable glands
PE/PA-connections
kg
1 x M25 Ø 7 - 17 mm
8146/1041-K0090 220241 10 1.040
1 x M25 Ø 7 - 17 mm
8146/1041-K0093 220248 10 1.040
1 x M25 Ø 7 - 17 mm
8146/1041-K0095 220250 10 1.040
with strain relief
1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
8146/1051-K0126 220337 10 1.240
12 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1061-K0100 220273 10 1.650
1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
8146/1061-K0102 220283 10 1.650
12 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1061-K0105 220286 10 1.650
with strain relief
1 x M50 Ø 23 - 35 mm
8146/1061-K0127 220338 10 1.650
with strain relief
1 x M50 Ø 23 - 35 mm
8146/1061-K0128 220339 10 1.650
12 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2061-K0101 220281 10 1.680
1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
8146/2061-K0103 220284 10 1.680
1 x M32 Ø 13 - 21 mm
8146/2061-K0104 220285 10 1.680
12 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2061-K0106 220287 10 1.680
6 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
8146/2S71-K0107 220288 10 2.410
6 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
8146/2S71-K0110 220311 10 2.410
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1S73-K0108 220289 10 2.640
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1S73-K0111 220312 10 2.640
with strain relief
1 x M50 Ø 23 - 35 mm
8146/1S73-K0129 220340 10 2.640
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2S73-K0109 220290 10 2.640
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2S73-K0112 220313 10 2.640
340 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Selection table
Enclosure
size
Enclosure
size 8;
8146/.08.
Components fitted
Cable glands
Terminal blocks
Cross section
[mm2]
Type
Number fitted
PE/PA-connections
kg
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 1 51 2 x 18* without 8146/1083-K0114 220315 10 4.780
UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
30 x M16 Ø 4 - 9 mm
8146/1083-K0116 220317 10 4.780
UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1083-K0118 220319 10 4.780
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
30 x M16 Ø 4 - 9 mm
8146/1083-K0121 220332 10 4.780
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/1083-K0123 220334 10 4.780
Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
8 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
8146/2083-K0115 220316 10 4.780
UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
30 x M16 Ø 4 - 9 mm
8146/2083-K0117 220318 10 4.780
UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2083-K0119 220320 10 4.780
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
8 x M32 Ø 4 x 5 - 7 mm
8146/2083-K0120 220331 10 4.780
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
30 x M16 Ø 4 - 9 mm
8146/2083-K0122 220333 10 4.780
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 17 - 28 mm
24 x M20 Ø 6 - 13 mm
8146/2083-K0124 220335 10 4.780
* 2 connections per terminal possible

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
Max. Number of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted
Attention:
The maximum number of cable glands which can be mounted in the enclosure walls depends on the position of the installed mounting
rails and components.
Cable gland Enclosure size
8146/.031 8146/.041 8146/.241/.242 8146/.051/.052 8146/.061/.062 8146/.071/.072
05864E00 07959E00 07958E00 03876E00 07957E00 07956E00 07955E00
Size without
flange
without
flange
without
flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
3211
- -
- -
622111
532111
854211
532111
8146/.073/.075 8146/.S71 8146/.S73 8146/.081/.082
05864E00 07955E00 07954E00 07954E00 07953E00
Size without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
20
13
10
6421
45
28
22
12
863
12
964211
32
19
14
10
532
643211
- -
8146/.083/.085/.086 8146/.091/.092 8146/.093/.095
05864E00 07953E00 07952E00 07952E00
Size without
flange
with
flanges
without
flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
45
28
22
12
863
50
32
26
15
10
74
32
19
14
10
532
32
19
14
10
532
20
16
13
754
- -
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
10
76322
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
73322
- -
643211
865321
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
73322
- -
865321
10
76322
73322
- -
73322
- -
865321
18
14
11
643
73322
- -
14
6644
- -
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
20
16
13
754
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
14
6644
- -
- -
13
984211
50
32
26
15
10
74
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
32
19
14
10
532
18
14
11
643
- -
20
16
13
754
- -
14
6644
- -
- -
14
6644
- -
- -
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
38
20
23
12
97
- -
14
6644
- -
- -
28
12
12
88
- -
- -
50
32
26
15
10
74
91
60
46
26
18
13
6
32
19
14
10
532
64
38
28
20
10
64
342 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8146
04180E00 03179E00 04303E00
8146/.03. 8146/.04. 8146/.05.
04304E00 04305E00 04306E00
8146/.06. 8146/.07. 8146/.S7.
04307E00 04308E00
8146/.08. 8146/.09.
04309E00
Flange
thickness [mm]
Dim. a
[mm]
2.8 7
5.8 10
Additional dimension for flange mounting
Enclosure height h
Enclosure 8146/...1
91 mm
8146/...2
131 mm
8146/...3
150 mm
8146/...5
190 mm
8146/...6
230 mm
8146/.03. X - - - -
8146/.04. X - - - -
8146/.05. X X - - -
8146/.06. X X - - -
8146/.07. X X X X -
8146/.S7. X - X - -
8146/.08. X X X X X
8146/.09. X X X X -
X ... can be supplied

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8150
Series 8150 E3
12667E00
WebCode 8150A
> Enclosures made of stainless steel, brush
finished 1.4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404
(AISI 316L)
> Optionally with hinges / cam lock or
screw-on cover
> Hinge versions with large opening angle 130°
> Extended ambient temperature range due to
high-quality seal materials
> Circumferential protection channel
prevents water entry
> External earth connection M8
> Flange plate tightened from the outside
enables simple installation
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS
Terminal blocks (manufacturer: WAGO)
PE/PA-connections
Cross section [mm2]
Type
Number fitted
12971E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 17 8 8150/1-0176-0116-091-2311 212679 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 14 8 8150/1-0176-0116-091-3311 212680 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 17 8 8150/2-0176-0116-091-2311 212771 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 14 8 8150/2-0176-0116-091-3311 212772 10
12970E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 23 8 8150/1-0176-0176-091-2311 212773 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 19 8 8150/1-0176-0176-091-3311 212774 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 23 8 8150/2-0176-0176-091-2311 212775 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 19 8 8150/2-0176-0176-091-3311 212776 10
12969E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 37 2 x 7* 8150/1-0236-0176-091-2311 212777 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 27 2 x 7* 8150/1-0236-0176-091-3311 212778 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 37 2 x 7* 8150/2-0236-0176-091-2311 212779 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 27 2 x 7* 8150/2-0236-0176-091-3311 212780 10
Additional text
when ordering
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
Please specify the number and size of the cable entries, and to which sides of the enclosure the are to be fitted.
*possible number of connections per terminal
Terminal type Connections
2002-1201 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1201 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
2002-1204 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1204 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
Material:
Standard version: stainless steel 1. 4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Special version: on request
Hinge on request

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8150
Selection table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS
Terminal blocks (manufacturer: WAGO)
PE/PA-connections
Cross section [mm2]
Type
Number fitted
12968E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 54 2 x 14* 8150/1-0300-0200-150-2311 212781 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 43 2 x 14* 8150/1-0300-0200-150-3311 212782 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 54 2 x 14* 8150/2-0300-0200-150-2311 212783 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 43 2 x 14* 8150/2-0300-0200-150-3311 212784 10
12965E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 64 2 x 14* 8150/1-0360-0176-091-2311 212785 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 52 2 x 14* 8150/1-0360-0176-091-3311 212786 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 64 2 x 14* 8150/2-0360-0176-091-2311 212787 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 52 2 x 14* 8150/2-0360-0176-091-3311 212788 10
14891E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 64 2 x 18* 8150/1-0360-0360-091-2311 212789 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 52 2 x 18* 8150/1-0360-0360-091-3311 212790 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 64 2 x 18* 8150/2-0360-0360-091-2311 212791 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 52 2 x 18* 8150/2-0360-0360-091-3311 212792 10
14892E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/1-0400-0300-150-2311 212793 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/1-0400-0300-150-3311 212794 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0300-150-2311 212795 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0300-150-3311 212796 10
14893E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/1-0400-0400-150-2311 212797 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/1-0400-0400-150-3311 212798 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0400-150-2311 212799 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0400-150-3311 212800 10
14894E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 125 2 x 36* 8150/1-0600-0400-150-2311 212801 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 101 2 x 36* 8150/1-0600-0400-150-3311 212802 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 125 2 x 36* 8150/2-0600-0400-150-2311 212803 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 101 2 x 36* 8150/2-0600-0400-150-3311 212804 10
14895E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 113 2 x 36* 8150/1-0727-0360-150-2311 212805 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 91 2 x 36* 8150/1-0727-0360-150-3311 212806 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 113 2 x 36* 8150/2-0727-0360-150-2311 212807 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 91 2 x 36* 8150/2-0727-0360-150-3311 212808 10
Additional text when
ordering
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
Please specify the number and size of the cable entries, and to which sides of the enclosure the are to be fitted.
2002-1201 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1201 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
2002-1204 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1204 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
Material:
Standard version: stainless steel 1. 4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Special version: on request
Hinge on request

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8150
Selection table
Version Components fitted Cable glands Stopping
Terminal blocks
(manufacturer: WAGO)
Cross section [mm2]
Type
Number fitted
12971E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-
1301*
1 14 8 3 x M20
12971E00
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-
1304*
1 17 8 3 x M20
12970E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-
1301*
1 19 2 x 7* 3 x M20
12970E00
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-
1304*
1 23 2 x 7* 3 x M20
12969E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-
1301*
1 27 2 x 7* 3 x M25
12969E00
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-
1304*
1 37 2 x 7* 3 x M20
12965E00
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-
1301*
1 52 2 x 7* 7 x M25
Steel quality 1.4301
2002-1301
2002-1304
3 wires 2,5 (4) mm2
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6 (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T130°C (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB ATEX 1108
E II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6 (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T130°C (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Material
Enclosure stainless steel V1.4301 (AISI 304) respectively 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V
depending on terminal types and explosion protected components that are used
Note please refer to the manufacturer's terminal data, e.g. the tightening torque
plugs
PE/PA-connections
Ø 6 ... 13 mm
2 x
M20 x 1.5
8150/1-0176-0116-091-
1TJ-2002-1301
203106 10
Ø 6 ... 13 mm
2 x
M20 x 1.5
8150/2-0176-0116-091-
1TJ-2002-1304
203107 10
Ø 6 ... 13 mm
3 x
M20 x 1.5
8150/1-0176-0176-091-
1TJ-2002-1301
203108 10
Ø 6 ... 13 mm
3 x
M20 x 1.5
8150/2-0176-0176-091-
1TJ-2002-1304
203109 10
Ø 7 ... 17 mm
3 x
M25 x 1.5
8150/1-0236-0176-091-
1TJ-2002-1301
203110 10
Ø 6 ... 13 mm
3 x
M25 x 1.5
8150/2-0236-0176-091-
1TJ-2002-1304
203111 10
Ø 7 ... 17 mm
4 x
M25 x 1.5
8150/1-0360-0176-091-
1TJ-2002-1301
203112 10
346 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8150
Max. Nnumber of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted
Attention:
The maximum number of cable glands which can be mounted in the enclosure walls depends on the position
of the installed mounting rails and components.
Cable entry Enclosure size
8150/.-0176-0116-091-.3.1 8150/.-0176-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0236-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0300-0200-150-.3.1
116
176 91
176
176 91
176
236 91
05864E00 14890E00 14889E00 14888E00
300
200 150
14887E00
Size without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
64211
- -
- -
64211
- -
- -
12
8432
- -
- -
12
8432
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
11
8432
- -
- -
11
8432
- -
- -
12
8432
- -
- -
12
8432
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
11
8432
- -
- -
11
8432
- -
- -
15
12
643
- -
- -
15
12
643
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
33
20
12
7532
33
20
12
7532
54
34
21
16
853
54
34
21
16
853
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
8150/.-0360-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0360-0360-091-.3.1 8150/.-0400-0300-150-.3.1 8150/.-0400-0400-150-.3.1
05864E00
360
360 91
300
400 150
400
400 150
14886E00 14885E00 14884E00 14883E00
360
176 91
Size without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
11
8432
- -
- -
11
8432
- -
- -
27
20
10
75
- -
- -
27
20
10
75
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
966
- -
- -
- -
- -
27
20
10
75
- -
- -
27
20
10
75
- -
- -
28
20
10
75
- -
- -
28
20
10
75
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
966
- -
- -
- -
- -
54
34
21
16
853
54
34
21
16
853
74
48
30
22
11
75
74
48
30
22
11
75
a
28
18
13
9533 74
48
29
21
11
75
74
48
29
21
11
75
74
48
30
22
11
75
74
48
30
22
11
75
28
18
13
9533
28
18
13
9533
8150/.-0600-0400-150-.3.1 8150/.-0727-0360-150-.3.1
05864E00
727
360 150
14881E00 14880E00
600
400 150
Size without
flange
with
flange
without
flange
with
flange
A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
74
48
30
22
11
75
74
48
30
22
11
75
117
74
46
33
18
11
7
117
74
46
33
18
11
7
28
18
13
9533
47
31
21
15
855
65
42
26
18
10
64
65
42
26
18
10
64 117
74
46
33
36
22
14
117
74
46
33
36
22
14
a a
a = on request

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8150
C
A B
D
a1
E
ø 7 mm / 0.28 "
7 mm / 0.28 "
25 mm / 0.98 "
b1
c1
Width
[mm]
Type E F G H a1 a2 b1 b2 c1 c2
8150/.-0176-0116-091-..1. 176.5 116.5 91 106 136 76 212 152 228 168
8150/.-0176-0176-091-..1. 176.5 176.5 91 106 136 136 212 212 228 228
8150/.-0236-0176-091-..1. 236.5 176.5 91 106 196 136 272 212 288 228
8150/.-0300-0200-150-..1. 300 200 150 165 260 160 336 236 352 252
8150/.-0360-0176-091-..1. 360 176.5 91 106 320 136 396 212 412 228
8150/.-0360-0360-091-..1. 360 360 91 106 320 320 396 396 412 412
8150/.-0400-0300-150-..1. 400 300 150 165 360 260 436 336 452 352
8150/.-0400-0400-150-..1. 400 400 150 165 360 360 436 436 452 452
8150/.-0600-0400-150-..1. 600 400 150 165 560 360 636 436 652 452
8150/.-0727-0360-150-..1. 727 360 150 165 687 320 763 398 779 412
c2
12648E00
9,5
G
H
F
b2
a2
Height
[mm]
Depth
[mm]
Total depth
[mm]
Fixing dimensions [mm]
348 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8252/1
Series 8252/1 E3
14786E00
WebCode 8252A
> Ex d enclosure made of saltwater-resistant,
copper-free aluminium cast alloy
> Powder coated to RAL 7032
> Available in 3 different sizes
> With DIN rail for standard terminals
> Enclosure with 3, 4 or 5 hubs with metric or
NPT threads
> Drilled holes in the enclosure enable quick
and easy mounting
> In terminal box versions standard cable
glands without compund can be used.
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
India (PESO)
Gas and dust A/P/HQ/MH/104/2563 (P284425)
Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V depending on explosion-protected built-in components used
Rated operational current max. 175 A depending on explosion-protected built-in components used
Ambient conditions
depending on explosion-protected built-in components used
Mechanical data
Enclosure material aluminium cast alloy copper-free, powder-coated to RAL 7032
Seal silicone O-ring
Protective conductor
connection
M6 earth bolt, inside/outside on the enclosure
Tightening torque screw of the protective conductor connection: 2.8 Nm
Assembly 2 mounting holes

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Terminal Boxes
Series 8252/1
Position of Hubs
90°
180° 0°
270°
Selection Table
Configuration Version Enclosure
size
0°
06439E00
GUAC 16
M20
2: d 90 – – M20 ✓ M20 – – 8252/12-0B1B0-111 215163 13 0.600
0°
06442E00
GUAT 16
M20
2: d 90 – – M20 M20 M20 – – 8252/12-0BBB0-111 215181 13 0.590
GUAT 26
M25
2: d 90 – – M25 M25 M25 – – 8252/12-0CCC0-111 215182 13 0.570
GUAT 47
M32
3: d 110 – – M32 M32 M32 – – 8252/13-0DDD0-111 216439 10 1.020
GUAT 16 2: d 90 – – 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" – – 8252/12-0HHH0-111 215143 13 0.590
GUAT 26 2: d 90 – – 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" – – 8252/12-0III0-111 215144 13 0.550
GUAT 36 2: d 90 – – 1" 1" 1" – – 8252/12-0JJJ0-111 215145 13 0.530
GUAT 47 3: d 110 – – 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" – – 8252/13-0KKK0-111 216438 10 0.950
GUAT 59 4: d 145 – – 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" – – 8252/14-0LLL0-111 215146 13 1.690
GUAT 69 4: d 145 – – 2" 2" 2" – – 8252/14-0MMM0-111 215147 13 1.540
0°
06445E00
GUAW 16
M20
2: d 90 M20 M20 M20 M20 – – 8252/12-BBBB0-111 215195 13 0.650
GUAW 16 2: d 90 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" – – 8252/12-HHHH0-111 215157 13 0.650
0°
06444E00
GUAX 16
M20
2: d 90 – – M20 M20 M20 8252/12-0BBBB-111 215186 13 0.640
GUAX 26
M25
2: d 90 – – M25 M25 M25 8252/12-0CCCC-111 215187 13 0.610
GUAX 47
M32
3: d 110 – – M32 M32 M32 8252/13-0DDDD-111 216441 10 0.990
GUAX 26 2: d 90 – – 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 8252/12-0IIII-111 215149 13 0.590
GUAX 36 2: d 90 – – 1" 1" 1" 1" 8252/12-0JJJJ-111 215150 13 0.550
GUAX 47 3: d 110 – – 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 8252/13-0KKKK-111 216440 10 0.900
180°
90°
180°
90°
180°
90°
180°
90°
270°
= ✓ thread with stopping plug
15031E00
Hub
metric or NPT
Enclosure
base
0° 90° 180° 270°
kg
350 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Empty Enclosure
Series 8250
Series 8250 E3
16087E00
WebCode 8250A
> Cost effective single enclosure
> Lightweight construction
> Temperature range for worldwide use
> Captive screws
> Retrofitable hinges
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no.
16089E00
Enclosure size 1
Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0250-0150-110-210031 221405
16092E00
Enclosure size 1
Empty enclosure with holes
(see list of dimensional drawings)
8250/1-0250-0150-110-210231 221546
16088E00
Enclosure size 2
Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0300-0230-125-210031 221434
16093E00
Enclosure size 2
Empty enclosure with holes
(see list of dimensional drawings)
8250/1-0300-0230-125-210231 221568

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Empty Enclosure
Series 8250
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 13.0067U
Ex d IIB T4-T6 Gb
Ex tb IIC T80°C - T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 13 ATEX E057U
E II 2G Ex d IIB T4-T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIC T80°C - T130°C Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Protective conductor
connection
inside/outside on the enclosure (threaded holes), M8 threaded screw
Tightening torque: 2.8 Nm
Ambiant conditions
Ambient temperature
range
-60 ... +70 °C
with actuation axis,
coupler, inspection
window
-55 ... +55 °C
Limit temperature
enclosure material
Relative humidity
(no condensation)
LM25: 130 °C
95 %
Use at the height of < 2000 m (others on request)
Mechanical data
Enclosure material LM 25, coated/not coated
Seal Silicone O-ring
Degree of protection IP66 (with additional O-ring)
Cover lock (optional: captive) M8 stainless steel allen screws,
tightening torque M8 = 12 Nm, M10 = 18 Nm
Hinges optional with cover hinges,
enclosure cover opening angle > 180°
Wall mounting using a mounting bracket (accessories) or directly into the enclosure base
352 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Empty Enclosure
Series 8250
58
C
225 [8,86]
150 [5,91]
B
A
D
36
75 [2,95]
[1,42]
18 0,71[]
62
[]1,81
[2,44]
77
[3,03]
250 [9,84]
325 [12,80]
36
[]1,42
B
D
[2,28]
25
[0,98]
98 [3,86] 91 [3,58]
46 1,81[]
86 3,39[]
46
M20 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5
M32 x 1,5
75 2,95[]
30 [1,18]
56
10 [0,39]
50 [1,97] 40 [1,57]
[]2,20
16090E00 16133E00
131 [5,16]
150 [5,91]
150 [5,91] M8 x 8
225
325 [12,80]
[M8 x 0,31]
14
[0,55] [8,86]
8250/0-0250-150-110-..21..
Size 1 without holes
8250/1-0250-150-110-210231
Size 1 with holes
[1,38] [2,17]
C
298 [11,73]
230 [9,06]
B
A
D
D
300 [11,81]
368 [14,49]
[1,61]
[2,95]
[0,32]
[2,44] [2,76]
41
B
35 55
M20 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5
M32 x 1,5
M40 x 1,5
41
86 [3,39]
115 [4,53] 110 [4,33]
75
70 65 [2,56]
20 [0,79]
45 [1,77]
60
[]2,36
8
85 3,35[]
62
[1,61]
16091E00 16134E00
230 [9,06]
230 [9,06] M8 x 8
298
152 [5,98]
368 [14,49]
14
[0,55] [11,73]
8250/0-0300-0230-125-..21..
Size 2 without holes
8250/1-0300-0230-125-210231
Size 2 with holes
100 [3,94]
110 [4,33]
210 [8,27]
250 [9,84]
3 [0,12]
115 [4,53]
[M8 x 0,31]
300 [11,81]
125 [4,92]
250 [9,84]

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Plugs and Sockets SolConeX & CES
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581 E3
10343E00
WebCode 8570A
> Various versions
– 16 A, extra-low voltage
– 16, 32, 63, 125 A
> Large handle, can be locked in position 0 and I
> Clear switch position indication
> Optimal contact by means
of self-cleaning lamellar contacts
> Low insertion and withdrawal forces through
individually encapsulated pins, flexibly embedded
> With motor switching capacity
AC-3 acc. to IEC 60947-3
> Optional auxiliary contacts for control
and signalling purposes
> IP66 in any application position
8575, 8581:
For use in
8570, 8571:
For use in
*) Canada
x x 8575, 8581:
For use in
x*) x*) x*) x*) 8575, 8581:
For use in
x*) x*) x*) x*)
x x x x 8570, 8571:
For use in
x x 8570, 8571:
For use in
x x x x x
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 16 A
extra-low voltage socket
2 P 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 – – 8575/13-100 151713 10 0.920
violet DC 10 8575/13-110 151716 10 0.920
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/13-112 151721 10 0.920
3 P 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 – – 8575/13-200 151704 10 0.940
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/13-212 151706 10 0.940
SolConeX 16 A
extra-low voltage plug
2 P 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 – – 8575/12-100 151545 10 0.220
violet DC 10 8575/12-110 151553 10 0.220
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/12-112 151562 10 0.220
3 P 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 – – 8575/12-200 151486 10 0.230
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/12-212 151496 10 0.220
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour
code
Frequency h Metal
adapter
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 16 A
switch socket
3 P (2 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green >300-500*) 2 – – 8570/11-302 150594 10 1.120
50 ... 110 light grey DC 3 – – 8570/11-303 150590 10 1.120
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 – – 8570/11-304 150598 10 1.120
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-306 150578 10 1.120
277 light grey 60 5 – – 8570/11-305 150582 10 1.120
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 9 – – 8570/11-309 218317 99 1.120
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/11-307 150586 10 1.120
for metal cable glands, version with earth plate
3 P (2 P + ¿) 100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-304-S019 218955 10 1.120
M25 x 1.5 8570/11-304-S011 203141 10 1.120
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-306-S019 214065 10 1.120
M25 x 1.5 8570/11-306-S011 203090 10 1.120
version with auxiliary contact (NO)
3 P (2 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-306-S001 166609 10 1.120

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Selection Table
SolConeX 16 A
switch socket
code
Frequency h Metal
adapter
[V] Hz kg
4 P (3 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green 300-500 2 – – 8570/11-402 218315 10 1.350
≥ 50 green 100-300*) 10 – – 8570/11-410 150570 10 1.350
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 – – 8570/11-404 218316 10 1.350
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8570/11-409 150558 10 1.350
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-406 150550 10 1.350
380 red 50 3 – – 8570/11-403 218314 10 1.350
440 red 60 11 – – 8570/11-411 150566 10 1.350
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/11-407 150554 10 1.350
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8570/11-405 150562 10 1.350
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-409-S020 218959 10 1.350
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-406-S020 214066 10 1.120
M25 x 1.5 8570/11-406-S012 203142 10 1.120
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-407-S020 218961 10 1.350
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-405-S020 218962 10 1.350
4 P (3 P + ¿) 380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-406-S001 218960 10 1.350
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/11-407-S001 166608 10 1.350
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8570/11-405-S001 218963 10 1.350
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
57/100 ...
75/130
yellow 50 and 60 4 – – 8570/11-504 218313 10 1.450
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8570/11-509 150518 10 1.450
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-506 150494 10 1.450
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
red 60 11 – – 8570/11-511 150538 10 1.450
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/11-507 150508 10 1.450
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8570/11-505 150527 10 1.450
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-506-S020 214067 10 1.120
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/11-506-S001 218964 10 1.600
SolConeX 16 A plug 3 P (2 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green >300-500*) 2 – – 8570/12-302 150595 10 0.310
50 ... 110 light grey DC 3 – – 8570/12-303 150591 10 0.310
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 – – 8570/12-304 150599 10 0.420
100 ... 130 red 50 and 60 9 M25 x 1.5 8570/12-309 220031 10 0.310
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/12-306 150579 10 0.420
277 light grey 60 5 – – 8570/12-305 150583 10 0.310
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/12-307 150587 10 0.310
4 P (3 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green 100-300*) 10 – – 8570/12-410 150571 10 0.380
≥ 50 green 300-500 2 M25 x 1.5 8570/12-402 219949 10 0.380
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 M25 x 1.5 8570/12-404 219950 10 0.380
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8570/12-409 150559 10 0.380
380 red 50 3 M25 x 1,5 8570/12-403 219948 10 0.380
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/12-406 150551 10 0.380
440 ... 460 red 60 11 – – 8570/12-411 150567 10 0.380
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/12-407 150555 10 0.380
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8570/12-405 150563 10 0.380
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
57/100 ...
75/130
yellow 50 and 60 4 M25 x 1.5 8570/12-504 219947 10 0.450
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8570/12-509 150519 10 0.430
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8570/12-506 150495 10 0.430
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
red 60 11 – – 8570/12-511 150539 10 0.430
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8570/12-507 150509 10 0.430
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8570/12-505 150528 10 0.430
Note *) for versions > 100 Hz, the nominal current is reduced to 12 A

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Selection Table
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 32 A
switch socket
4 P (3 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green 100-300**) 10 – – 8571/11-410 150906 10 2.200
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8571/11-409 150898 10 2.200
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8571/11-406 150890 10 2.200
440 ... 460 red 60 11 – – 8571/11-411 150910 10 2.200
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8571/11-407 150894 10 2.200
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8571/11-405 150902 10 2.200
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-409-S012 220132 10 2.200
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-406-S012 214068 10 2.200
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-407-S012 220133 10 2.200
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-405-S012 220134 10 2.200
4 P (3 P + ¿) 380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8571/11-406-S001 220135 10 2.200
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8571/11-407-S001 166610 10 2.200
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8571/11-405-S001 220136 10 2.200
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
57/100 ...
75/130
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
SolConeX 32 A plug 4 P (3 P + ¿) ≥ 50 green 100-300**) 10 – – 8571/12-410 150907 10 0.500
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8571/12-409 150899 10 0.500
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8571/12-406 150891 10 0.500
440 ... 460 red 60 11 – – 8571/12-411 150911 10 0.500
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8571/12-407 150895 10 0.500
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8571/12-405 150903 10 0.500
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
Note **) for versions > 100 Hz, the nominal current is reduced to 25 A
code
Frequency h Metal
adapter
yellow 50 and 60 4 – – 8571/11-504 217679 10 2.200
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8571/11-509 150870 10 2.200
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8571/11-506 150854 10 2.200
red 60 11 – – 8571/11-511 150882 10 2.200
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8571/11-507 150863 10 2.200
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8571/11-505 150876 10 2.200
red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-506-S012 214069 10 2.200
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8571/12-509 150871 10 0.600
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8571/12-506 150855 10 0.600
red 60 11 – – 8571/12-511 150883 10 0.600
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8571/12-507 150864 10 0.600
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8571/12-505 150877 10 0.600
356 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Selection Table
code
Frequency h Metal adapter Order number Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 63 A
switch socket
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8579/31-409 201391 10 7.800
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8579/31-406 201389 10 7.800
440 ... 460 red 60 11 – – 8579/31-411 202026 10 7.800
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8579/31-407 201390 10 7.800
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8579/31-405 201388 10 7.800
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 2 x M40 x 1.5 8579/31-409-S004 219838 10 7.800
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S008 203498 10 7.800
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S001 203494 10 7.800
2 x M40 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S004 214071 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S002 203496 10 7.800
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 2 x M40 x 1.5 8579/31-407-S004 219840 10 7.800
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 2 x M40 x 1.5 8579/31-405-S004 219841 10 7.800
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter and earth connection*
4 P (3 P + ¿) 380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S009 203500 10 7.800
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S010 203487 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S011 203489 10 7.800
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8579/31-509 203511 10 7.800
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8579/31-506 201386 10 7.800
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8579/31-507 201387 10 7.800
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
red 60 11 – – 8579/31-511 203512 10 7.800
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8579/31-505 203490 10 7.800
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S008 203497 10 7.800
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S001 203493 10 7.800
2 x M40 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S004 219843 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S002 203495 10 7.800
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter and earth connection*
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S009 203499 10 7.800
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S010 203501 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S011 203488 10 7.800
SolConeX 63 A plug 4 P
(3 P + ¿)
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8579/12-409 153042 10 0.880
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8579/12-406 153029 10 0.880
440 ... 460 red 60 11 – – 8579/12-411 203781 10 0.940
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8579/12-407 153037 10 0.880
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 – – 8579/12-405 153023 10 0.880
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
120 / 208 ...
144 / 250
blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8579/12-509 203783 10 0.940
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8579/12-506 152971 10 0.940
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
red 60 11 – – 8579/12-511 203784 10 0.940
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8579/12-507 152980 10 0.940
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50 and 60 5 – – 8579/12-505 203782 10 0.940
Note * Earth connection outside on the enclosure 70 m2

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Selection Table
[V] Hz kg
CES 125 A switch socket 4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8581/31-409 206789 10 21.400
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8581/31-406 206787 10 21.400
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8581/31-407 206788 10 21.400
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-409-S011 220118 10 21.400
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-406-S011 220117 10 21.400
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-407-S011 220119 10 21.400
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-405-S011 220120 10 21.400
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
5 P
200 / 346 ...
(3 P + N + ¿)
240 / 415
CES 125 A plug 4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 – – 8581/12-409 153527 10 1.280
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 – – 8581/12-406 153514 10 1.280
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 – – 8581/12-407 153521 10 1.280
5 P
(3 P + N + ¿)
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
Technical Data
Device version CES 16 A extra-low voltage 8575/13 SolConeX 16 A 8570/11
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust – – IECEx PTB 05.0023
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G EEx ed IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +45°C)
Certificates ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (CQST Ex),
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval – – GL
Rated operational voltage
Main contacts max. 50 V max. 690 V AC
Main contacts 16 A 16 A
Connection terminal 2 x 4 mm2, additional slide-in terminal block with 2
supporting terminals for each 2 x 4 mm2
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5
(positioning on the top is also possible, according to the
order)
Stopping plug 1 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5
Socket
Degree of protection IP54 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Plug
code
Frequency h Metal adapter Order number Art. no. PS Weight
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8581/31-506 206784 10 21.400
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8581/31-507 206786 10 21.400
red 50 and 60 6 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-506-S011 220121 10 21.400
red 50 and 60 6 – – 8581/12-506 153470 10 1.380
black 50 and 60 7 – – 8581/12-507 153476 10 1.380
Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intriniscally safe auxiliary contacts:
Ex d e [ia] IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intriniscally safe auxiliary contacts:
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (CQST Ex),
India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KGS),
max. 110 V DC
2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 solid
2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 finely-stranded
(positioning on the top or at the side, according to the
order)
358 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Technical Data
Device version SolConeX 32 A 8571/11 SolConeX 63 A 8579/31
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 05.0024 IECEx PTB 06.0020
Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex d e IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
Ex d e [ia] IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex d e [ia] IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 40 °C)
Ex d e IIC T5 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 55 °C)
Ex d e [ib] IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 40 °C)
Ex d e [ib] IIC T5 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T60°C (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T60 °C (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T75 °C (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 55 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e [ib] IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e [ib] IIC T5 (Ta = - 30 ...+ 55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T60°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 40°C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (CQST Ex),
India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KGS), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
IECEx, ATEX, China (CQST Ex), India (PESO),
Canada (CSA), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR),
Ship approval GL – –
Main contacts max. 690 V AC
max. 110 V DC
max. 690 V
Main contacts 32 A 63 A
Connection cross-section
Main contacts 2 x 2.5 ... 10 mm2 solid, 2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm2 finely stranded 16 ... 50 mm2, finely stranded / stranded
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5, cable dia. range 23 ... 35 mm
(positioning on the top or at the side, according to the order) (positioning on the top or at the side, according to the order)
Stopping plug 1 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5
Socket
Plug
Technical Data
Device version CES 125 A 8581/31
Global (IECEx)
Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ...+40 °C)
Ex d e IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ...+50 °C)
Ex d e [ib] IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ...+40 °C)
Ex d e [ib] IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ...+50 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T65 °C (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T75 °C (Ta = -30 ... +50 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ...+40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ...+50 °C)
E II 2 G Ex de [ib] IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ...+40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex de [ib] IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ...+50 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T65 °C (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T75 °C (Ta = -30 ... +50 °C)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Russia (GOST R), USA (FM), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Main contacts max. 690 V
Main contacts max. 125 A
Main contacts 35 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 2/0 ... 300 kcmil) stranded, 50 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 1/0 ... 300 kcmil) finely stranded
Single conductor connection 35 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 2/0 ... 300 kcmil) stranded
50 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 1/0 ... 300 kcmil) finely stranded
Multiple conductor connection 2 x 35 mm2 ... 2 x 50 mm2 (2 x AWG 2 ... 2 x AWG 1/0)
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M63 x 1.5
(lateral positioning acc. to order possible)
Stopping plug 1 x M25 x 1.5, 1 x M63 x 1.5
Socket
Plug

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8570, 8571, 8575, 8579, 8581
Designation Figure Description Art. no. Price PS Weight
Protective cap
05365E00
Arrangement of Earth Contact Sockets
Example:
Clock hour position,
Front view of socket
Example:
Clock hour position
02395E00
230 V = 6 h 2 P + ¿
D
A
E
C
G
B
G
F
F
D
E
C
G
B
G
SolConeX 8579/31, 8581/31 switch socket SolConeX 8570/11, 8571/11 switch socket
G
D
E
C
G
F Socket A B C D E F G
SolConeX 8575/13 socket
B
A
e kg
150496 21.40 10 0.043
150510 22.80 10 0.049
150520 24.10 10 0.056
150856 25.60 10 0.070
150865 27.10 10 0.077
for plug 16 A 3 pole
not for extra-low voltage version
protecs the plug pins from pollution 153261 66.50 10 0.100
153730 71.10 10 0.120
for plug 125 A 4/5 poles
Marking of connections
Front view of socket
06190E00 06190E00 06556E00 06555E00
16 A
3 P + ¿
16 ... 125 A
3 P + N + ¿
16 ... 125 A
03431E00
03476E00
04118E00
A
8575/13-... (16 A) 200 110 80 140 66 11 5,5
8570/11-... 3-pole (16 A) 232 168 105 115 93 12 6
8570/11-... 4-/5-pole (32 A) 248 181 115 125 103 12 6
8571/11-... (32 A) 281 207 135 150 123 12 6
8579/31-... (63 A) 407 211 180 342 152 13 9
8581/31-... (125 A) 553 296 270 493 220 20,5 11
360 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Coupler SolConeX 16 A
Series 8575/14
Series 8575/14 E3
12134E00
WebCode 8575A
> Enclosure in robust polyamide
> A switch incorporated into the socket body
ensures safe operation
> Handy hanging loop
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x*) x*) For use in x*) x*) x*) x*) x*)
*) Canada
Selection table
code
Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz kg
16 A coupler 2 P
Extra-low voltage
20 ... 25 violet 50/60 - - 8575/14-100 151598 10 0.580
40 ... 50 light grey 50/60 12 8575/14-112 151611 10 0.580
3 P
Extra-low voltage
20 ... 25 violet 50/60 - - 8575/14-200 151583 10 0.600
40 ... 50 light grey 50/60 12 8575/14-212 151591 10 0.600
3 P (2 P + ¿)
Low voltage
200 ... 250 blue 50/60 6 8575/14-306 151481 10 0.770
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Rated current 16 A
No. of poles 2 P, 3 P
Cable entry 11 ... 21 mm cable diameter
03209E00
8575/14 Coupler 16 A

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Cable Reel SolConeX
Series 502 Ex
Series 502 Ex E3
12137E00
WebCode 502A
> Material
– Solid, halogen-free reel body of
hard rubber
– Robust steel tube rack,
black powder coated
> Inner wedge brake
> High mechanical strength
> Resistant to chemical influences
> UV- and weatherproof
> Maintenance-free
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Cable Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz [mm2] kg
SolConeX cable reel
Series 502 Ex
with flange socket,
30 m Proflex cable and plug
3 200 ... 250 blue 50 / 60 6 3 x 2.5 105534 16 12.200
5 200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 / 60 6 5 x 2.5 105533 16 12.700
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G EEx de IIC T6
Certificates ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage max. 690 V
Rated current 16 A
Short-circuit protection 16 A gG
Protection class II (double insulated)
Material
Cable reel Butyl-rubber
Plug / Socket Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced
Max. load
Cable 3 x 2.5 mm2: rolled up 1000 W / 230 V
unrolled 3600 W / 230 V
Cable 5 x 2.5 mm2: rolled up 4800 W / 400 V
unrolled 11000 W / 400 V
Indication for safe use In order to avoid a dangerous heating of the cable, especially when rolled up,
the above mentioned maximum load has to be taken into account.
The use of the cable reel 502 Ex in hazardous areas with gas group IIC is only allowed, when the plug is already
plugged into power supply, or if the cable reel stands on a dissipative ground or earthed ground.
03167E00
Cable Reel Series 502 Ex

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Coupler Sockets SolConeX
Series 8570/16, 8571/16
Series 8570/16, 8571/16 E3
03346E00
WebCode 8570B
> Available versions
– 16 A: 8570/16
– 32 A: 8571/16
> With integrated switch socket
> Mounting frame in stainless steel with feet for
free-standing installation
> Large carrying handle
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
code
Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz kg
03354E00
Coupler socket 16 A
3 P (2 P + ¿) 100 ... 130 yellow 50/60 4 8570/16-304 150660 10 2.100
200 ... 250 blue 50/60 6 8570/16-306 150662 10 2.100
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50/60 9 8570/16-409 218949 10 2.350
380 ... 415 red 50/60 6 8570/16-406 150664 10 2.350
480 ... 500 black 50/60 7 8570/16-407 150665 10 2.350
600 ... 690 black 50/60 5 8570/16-405 150667 10 2.350
5 P (3 P + N + ¿) 200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50/60 6 8570/16-506 150669 10 2.450
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50/60 7 8570/16-507 150671 10 2.450
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50/60 5 8570/16-505 150673 10 2.450
10666E00
Coupler socket 32 A
4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50/60 9 8571/16-409 220138 10 3.100
380 ... 415 red 50/60 6 8571/16-406 150952 10 3.100
480 ... 500 black 50/60 7 8571/16-407 150953 10 3.100
600 ... 690 black 50/60 5 8571/16-405 150955 10 3.100
5 P (3 P + N + ¿) 200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50/60 6 8571/16-506 150957 10 3.350
277 / 480 ...
288 / 500
black 50/60 7 8571/16-507 150959 10 3.350
347 / 600 ...
400 / 690
black 50/60 5 8571/16-505 150961 10 3.350
Note Further voltages and frequencies on request

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Coupler Sockets SolConeX
Series 8570/16, 8571/16
Technical Data
Coupler socket 8570/16 8571/16
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C) Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C) Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C)
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55°C) E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C) E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = - 30 ... + 55°C)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX IECEx, ATEX
Material
Enclosure material Polyamide Polyamide
Mounting frame Stainless steel Stainless steel
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V max. 690 V
Rated operational current 16 A 32 A
Ambient temperature see Explosion protection data
- 50 °C on request
(internal lubrication using silicone grease)
No. of poles 2 P + ¿, 3 P + ¿, 3 P + N + ¿ 3 P + ¿, 3 P + N + ¿
Further technical data see SolConeX socket 8570/11 see SolConeX socket 8571/11
Cable entry 13 ... 18 mm cable diameter 18 ... 25 mm cable diameter
857./16-... Coupler socket
see Explosion protection data
- 50 °C on request
(internal lubrication using silicone grease)
03435E00
Type A B C
8570/16 (16 A) 149 249 415
8571/16 (32 A) 149 284 450
364 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX
Series 8591/1, 8591/4
Series 8591/1, 8591/4 E3
10196E00
WebCode 8591A
> 4/4+1 poles, up to 10 A
> Compact design
> Safe, fast disconnection under load
> Simple assemly
> Suitable for rough industrial conditions
– IP66 / IP68
> Available as
– Flange socket
– Device plug
– Plug / coupler
> Material
– Polyamide
– Nickel-plated brass
> Connection type
– Crimp
– Cable
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection table
Version Number of
poles
Voltage Coding Connection type Cable dia. range /
cable length
10203E00
Coupler, plastic
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-06-0001 169177 53
4 P Bus, 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-08-0001 169178 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/431-10-0001 153998 53
10200E00
Coupler,
nickel-plated brass
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-06-3001 154025 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/431-10-3001 153995 53
10208E00
Plug, plastic
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-06-0001 169185 53
4 P + PE Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/471-10-0001 154007 53
10209E00
Plug, nickel-plated brass
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-06-3001 154034 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/471-10-3001 154004 53
10201E00
Flange socket, plastic,
for Ex e enclosures
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC, 110 ...
130 V AC, 230 ...
250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/181-06-0000 154040 53
4 P Bus, 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/181-08-0000 154044 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/481-10-0000 154016 53

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8591/1, 8591/4
Selection table
Version Number of
10204E00
Flange socket, nickel-plated
brass. Suitable also
for Ex d applications
without limited enclosure
volume.
poles
3 P + PE
Pin long
Voltage Coding Connection type Cable dia. range /
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
cable length
4 P Bus, 24 V DC 8 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/181-08-3000 154046 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10205E00
Device plug, plastic,
for Ex e enclosures.
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
4 P Bus, 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/191-08-0000 154052 53
4 P +
PE bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
10202E00
Device plug, nickel-plated
brass. Suitable also for
Ex d applications,
enclosure volume < 2 dm.
3 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
4 P Bus, 24 V DC 8 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/191-08-3000 154054 53
4 P + PE
bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC,
24 V DC
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6, T5
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ambient temperature - 25 ... + 40 °C Plastic version
- 55 ... + 40 °C Plastic version, shock resistant, Ith max. 10 A
- 55 ... + 40 °C Metal version, Ith max. 10 A
- 55 ... + 75 °C Metal version, Ith max. 2 A
- 55 ... + 75 °C Metal version, shock resistant, Ith max. 2 A
With limited rated current:
Ta [°C]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
I [A]
Storage temperature - 55 ... + 80 °C (in original packaging)
Rated operational voltage 250 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
60 V DC
Rated operational current max. 10 A
Switching capacity
Back-up fuse
IEC/EN 60947-4 IEC/EN 61984
AC-3:
250 V / 1 A
DC-3:
60 V / 0.5 A
without thermal protection max. 10 A
with thermal protection max. 20 A gL
6 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/181-06-3000 154042 53
10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/481-10-3000 154013 53
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/191-06-0000 154048 53
10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/491-10-0000 154022 53
6 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/191-06-3000 154050 53
10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/491-10-3000 154019 53
12203E00
AC:
DC:
250 V / 10 A
60 V / 2.5 A
366 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8591/1, 8591/4
Technical Data
Frequency range 0 ... 100 MHz, Fast Ethernet compatible resp. USB 2.0
Transfer rate up to 100 MBit/s acc. to TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (2 m water column, 1 hour)
acc. to IEC/EN 60598
(with protective caps closed and secured as well as properly fitted and secured components)
Enclosure material
Cable entries
Dimensions
Plug, coupler, device plug, flange socket Plastic (polyamide), nickel-plated brass
Device plug < 2 dm3 / > 2 dm3
Nickel-plated brass
plug / coupler for armoured cables
USB device plug, USB flange socket,
Ethernet device plug, Ethernet flange socket
Nickel-plated brass
Plug, coupler Crimp*) 1.5 mm2:
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2:
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2 / Soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Device plug
Flange socket
Plastic version:
Crimp*) 1.5 mm2:
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2:
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2 / Soldering : 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Metal version:
30 cm cable **): 1.5 mm2 / 2.5 mm2
PE bracket connection Crimp*) 1.5 mm2:
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2:
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
USB device plug,
USB flange socket
20 cm cable**)
Ethernet device plug,
Ethernet flange socket
30 cm cable**)
Plug, coupler 8591/1..-..-..01
8591/1..-..-..02
d 4 ... 7.5 mm
d 7.5 ... 11 mm
Device plug, flange socket M20 x 1.5 / 1/2 NPT
Plug, coupler for armoured cables M25 x 1.5
Plastic version (LxD) Metal version (LxD)
Plug ~ 96 x d 30 mm ~ 96 x d 28 mm
Coupler ~ 95 x d 30 mm ~ 95 x d 28 mm
Plug, coupler for armoured cables - - ~ 125 x d 28 mm
Flange socket ~ 63.5+9 x d 30 mm ~ 63.5+9 x d 28 mm
Device plug ~ 60+19 x d 30 mm ~ 60+13 x d 28 mm (enclosure volume < 2 dm3)
~ 74+13 x d 28 mm (enclosure volume > 2 dm3)
*) crimp connection only with crimping tool, Order-No 109116. Alternatively soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
(with heat-shrink tubing)
**) with cable: only possible for versions made of nickel-plated brass

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8591/2
Series 8591/2 E3
03843E00
WebCode 8591B
> 6+1 poles; up to 16 A
> Compact design
> Safe, fast disconnection under load
> Simple assembly
> Suitable for rough industrial conditions
– IP66 / IP68
> Available as
– Flange socket
– Device plug
– Plug / coupler
> Material
– Polyamide, nickel-plated brass, stainless
steel AISI 316L
> Connection type
– Crimp
– Cable
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x *) x *)
*) IECEx
ATEX / IECEx
Selection Table
Version Number of
poles
Voltage Coding Connection
type
Cable dia. range /
cable length
04338E00
Coupler, plastic
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-06-0003 210726 53
7 P 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-08-0003 210727 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-10-0003 210728 53
Pin long
04339E00
Coupler,
nickel-plated brass
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-06-3003 210731 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-10-3003 210733 53
Pin long
04405E00
Plug, plastic
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-06-0003 210736 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-10-0003 210738 53
Pin long
04352E00
Plug, nickel-plated brass
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-06-3003 210741 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-10-3003 210743 53
Pin long
04419E00
Flange socket, plastic,
for Ex e enclosures
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/281-06-0000 210746 53
7 P 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/281-08-0000 210748 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/281-10-0000 210747 53
Pin long

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8591/2
Selection Table
Version Number of
04321E00
Flange socket,
nickel-plated brass.
Suitable also for
Ex d applications, without
limited enclosure volume.
poles
6 P + PE
Pin long
Voltage Coding Connection
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
type
Cable dia. range /
cable length
6 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/281-06-3000 210749 53
7 P 24 V DC 8 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/281-08-3000 210751 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/281-10-3000 210750 53
Pin long
04406E00
Device plug, plastic,
for Ex e enclosures
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/291-06-0000 210755 53
7 P 24 V DC 8 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/291-08-0000 210757 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 - - 8591/291-10-0000 210756 53
Pin long
04320E00
Device plug, nickel-plated
brass. Suitable also for
Ex d applications,
enclosure volume < 2 dm.
6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC,
110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-06-3000 210758 53
7 P 24 V DC 8 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-08-3000 210760 53
6 P + PE
400 V AC 10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-10-3000 210759 53
Pin long
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BKI 07.0001X
Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T52 °C
Ambient temperature - 20 ... + 40 °C Plastic version
- 20 ... + 75 °C Plastic version Ith max. 1 A
- 55 ... + 40 °C Metal version
- 55 ... + 75 °C Metal version Ith max. 1 A
Rated operational voltage 400 V AC***), 50 ... 60 Hz
60 V DC
Rated operational current max. 16 A AC***, 10 A DC
Switching capacity
Back-up fuse
IEC/EN 60947
AC-1:
DC-1:
DC-3:
400 V / 16 A
400 V / 1 A
60 V / 0.5 A
without thermal protection max. 16 A
with thermal protection max. 20 A gL
Enclosure material
Plug, coupler, device plug, flange socket Plastic (polyamide),
nickel-plated brass or stainless steel AISI 316L
Device plug < 2 dm3 / > 2 dm3
plug / coupler for armoured cables
Nickel-plated brass or stainless steel AISI 316L
Coupler / plug
Crimp 1.5 mm2 *)
Crimp 2.5 mm2 *)
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Flange socket / device plug
Crimp 1.5 mm2 *)
Crimp 2.5 mm2 *)
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Metal versions: Flange socket / device plug
with cable (30 cm)**) 1.5 mm2; 2.5 mm2

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Series 8591/2
Technical Data
Cable entries
Dimensions
Plug, coupler 8591/2..-..-..03
Device plug, flange socket M25 x 1.5 / 3/4 NPT
Plug, coupler for armoured cables M32 x 1.5
Plug ~ 105 x d 37 mm ~ 105 x d 36 mm
Coupler ~ 111 x d 36 mm ~ 111 x d 36 mm
Flange socket ~ 67+8 x d 36 mm ~ 67+12.5 x d 36 mm
Device plug ~ 70+8 x d 37 mm ~ 66+12.5 x d 36 mm (enclosure volume < 2 dm3)
*) crimp connection only with crimping tool, Order-No. 109116.
Alternatively soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2 (with heat-shrink tubing)
**) with cable: only possible for versions made of stainless steel or nickel-plated brass
***) connection and disconnection under load up to 250 V / 10 A permitted (acc. to IEC/EN 60079-0)
8591/2..-..-..04
d 7 ... 11 mm
d 11 ... 15 mm
Plastic version (LxD) Metal version (LxD)
~ 76+12.5 x d 36 mm (enclosure volume > 2 dm3)
370 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Y-Adaptor miniCLIX
Series 8592/1, 8592/4
Series 8592/1, 8592/4 E3
10999E00
WebCode 8592A
> Y-Adapter each with 2 cable entries
– miniCLIX flange socket or
– miniCLIX device plug
> For looping through data, signal or
power lines
> Also suitable for fieldbus applications
> Enables hot swapping under load in
hazardous areas
> Connection via spring clamp terminals
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Coding Order number Art. no. PS
10952E00
Plug
with 2 cable glands
4 P 24 V DC 8 h 8592/116-08-0002 154592 53
4 P + PE 230 V AC + Shield 10 h 8592/416-10-0002 154593 53
10951E00
Socket
with 2 cable glands
4 P 24 V DC 8 h 8592/126-08-0002 154594 53
4 P + PE 230 V AC + Shield 10 h 8592/426-10-0002 154595 53
Note Further versions on request.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6, T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C
Europe (ATEX)
60 V DC
with terminal block AC: max. 9.3 A
DC: max. 2.5 A
Rated values
with terminal block
Max. ambient temperature Ta = 40 °C Ta = 55 °C Ta = 75 °C
Temperature class T6 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5
Current load at 1.0 mm2
conductor cross-section
depending on ambient temperature
Enclosure material Plastic (polyamide)
5.4 A 6.5 A 4.1 A 5.3 A 1.6 A 3.6 A
Device plug / flange socket: plastic (polyamide), brass nickel-plated or stainless steel
Connection cross-section Spring clamp terminal: 0.34 ... 1.5 mm2 (finely stranded)
Cable entries 8592/..6-..-..01 (2x): d 4 ... 7.5 mm
8592/..6-..-..02 (2x): d 7.5 ... 11 mm

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Y-Adaptor miniCLIX
Series 8593/8
Series 8593/8 E3
11001E00
WebCode 8593A
> Y-Adapter, factory equipped with one device
plug and two flange sockets
> For looping through data, signal or
power lines
> Also suitable for fieldbus applications
> Enables hot swapping under load in
hazardous areas
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Coding Order number Art. no. PS
10949E00
Plug + 2 x socket
4 P 24 V DC 8 h 8593/8-080808-00 154775 53
4 P + PE 230 V AC + Shield 10 h 8593/8-101010-00 154776 53
Note Further versions on request.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6, T5
Europe (ATEX)

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Y-Adaptor miniCLIX
Series 8593/8
Technical Data
60 V DC
with terminal block AC: max. 9.3 A
DC: max. 2.5 A
without terminal block AC: max. 11 A
Rated values
without terminal block
Max. ambient temperature Ta = 40 °C Ta = 55 °C Ta = 75 °C
Temperature class T6 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5
Current load at 1 mm2
conductor cross-section
9.5 A 11 A 7.5 A 9.5 A 2.8 A 6.6 A
depending on ambient temperature
Enclosure material Plastic (polyamide)
Device plug / flange socket: plastic (polyamide), brass nickel-plated or stainless steel

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Optical Fibre Splice Cassette
Series 8186
Series 8186 E3
13741E00
WebCode 8186A
> Installed in a protective enclosure
> Enclosure version according to customer
specification
> For professional and time-saving
FO installation
> With one or two splice protector holders for
installation of 6 or 12 fibre optics
> Integrated cross-over field provides limited
bonding for the fibres
> Cable delivery entries from
all four sides possible
> Easy fastening
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
kg
FO splice cassette
Series 8186
for max. 6 / 12 FOs 8186/1 203633 10 2.200
Attention: The optical fibre splice cassette is available only installed in Ex e enclosures.
Enclosure versions on request.
Application Example
13536E00
Installed in the Ex e enclosure, Series 8150.
Other enclosure versions on request
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 10.0060 U
Ex op pr IIC Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 10 ATEX 2015 U
E II 2 G Ex op pr IIC Gb
Limiting values
Rated power up to 100 mW
Frequency 10 MHz, 100 MHz, 1 GHz, 10 GHz
Minimum bend radius 35 mm
Enclosure material Polycarbonate, flame retardant, halogen-free, UL94 V-0
Max. number of FO 6 with 1 splice protector holder, 12 with 2 splice protector holders
accessories set (art. no. 203682), please order separately:
1 splice protector holder 6-way, 6 shrink splice protectors, 4 cable ties

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Optical Fibre Splice Cassette
Series 8186
kg
Accessories set,
splice protector
holder 6-way
14350E00
for max. 6 FO:
1 splice protector holder 6-way,
6 shrink splice protectors, 2 cable ties
203682 10 0.006
Overview Optical Fibre Splice Cassette
14215E00
1 = lid
2 = splice cassette
3 = splice protector holder 6-way
14347E00
10
104
210
175
42
ø 6
ø 3,5 ø 3

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Ethernet Terminal
Series 8187
Series 8187 E3
WebCode 8187A
> In type of protection Ex e
> Easy connection thanks to cage
clamp terminals
> Data rate up to 100 Mbit/s
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Ethernet terminal
15009E00
8187/10-0 214286 91 0.973
Attention: The Ethernet terminal is available only installed in Ex e enclosures.
Enclosure versions on request.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx IBE 12.0029 U
Ex e IIC Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas IBExU 12 ATEX 1085 U
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
Rated operational voltage 60 V DC
Rated operational current 0.5 A DC
Power Over Ethernet Yes
Transfer rate 100 Mbit/s
Connection cross-section 0.2 ... 1.5 mm2 (AWG 24 ... 16) finely stranded
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2 (AWG 24 ... 14) solid
Enclosure material polyester
Connection type Spring cage terminal
Assembly can be snapped onto the 35 mm mounting rail
Dimensions (W x H x D) 57 x 112 x 51 mm

E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Ethernet Terminal
Series 8187
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm/ inch) - Subject to Modifications
15279E00
16 mm / 0.63 "
8187 Ethernet terminal
112 mm / 4.41 "
50 mm / 1.97 " 57 mm / 2.24 "
51 mm / 2.01 "
12 mm / 0.47 "
8187

Control Devices
Control Devices
Position Switch
Micro Limit Switch 8064 380
Position Switch in Metal acc. to EN 50041 8074 384
Position Switch acc. to EN 50047 8060 395
Position Switch acc. to EN 50041 8070 398
Radio Position Switch
Radio Position Switch wireless 8074 389
Radio Receiver and Radio Repeater wireless G053/1 392
Control Devices for Panel Mounting
Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8003 401
LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8013 408
LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8018 410
Accessories and Spare Parts / Dimensional Drawings PanSiG 8003 8013 8018 412
Control Equipment for Surface Mounting
Radio Control Devices ConSiG 8040 415
Radio Control Devices NEC ConSiG 8040 423
Radio Control Devices wireless 8040 430
378 Control Devices 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
Contents
Control Devices
Control Stations
made of Polyester Resin 8146 433
made of Stainless Steel 8150 438
Grounding Systems and Grounding Monitoring Devices
for Barrels and Tank Containers 8146/5075 443
for Barrels and Tank Containers, up to SIL 2 8125/5071 443
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars - Zone 1, 2 8485 446
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars - Zone 2, 21, 22 7485 450
ou will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de
Position Switch
Safety Position Switch 8070
Position Switch acc. to EN 50047 7060
Position Switch acc. to EN 50041 7070
Control Equipment for Surface Mounting
Standard Units with Contact Block 8208 8040
Customized Units 8040
Standard Units 7040
Built-in Devices for Control Unit System and Control Stations
Control Buttons 8082
Illuminated Pushbuttons 8082/8010
LED Indicating Lamp 8010
Control Switches, max. 4 poles 8008
Ammeter 8402 8403 8405
Voltmeter 8404
Potentiometer 8455
Contact Block 8208
Control Unit 8453
Digital Indicator Module 8411
Measuring and Monitoring Equipment for Surface Mounting
Preset Pulse Counter 8214
Time Relay 8214
Hour Meter 8218
Ammeter and Voltmeter 8218
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Control Devices 379

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Micro Limit Switch
Series 8064
Series 8064 E4
01619E00
WebCode 8064A
> For universal application
> Versions with
– snap-action contact
– positive opening contact
> With connecting cable or with single cores
when it is used as a built-in device
> Width
– Single limit switch 11 mm
– Double limit switch 15.5 mm
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
8064/1 with single cores: For use in x x
8064/2 with connecting cable: For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version
Contacts
Connection
cross-section
Cable length
kg
04362E00
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-130-30-000 131486 17 0.210
07661E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
2 m 8064/21-140-20-000 131492 17 0.160
07659E00
Galvanically
gold-plated
silver
Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
1 m 8064/21-320-10-000 131495 17 0.100
04364E00
07658E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
5 m 8064/21-110-50-102 131483 17 0.420
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-130-30-102 131489 17 0.210
04365E00
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
5 m 8064/21-130-50-103 131484 17 0.420
GY
GY
BU
BN
BU
BN
GY
GY

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Micro Limit Switch
Series 8064
04366E00
07661E00
Contacts
Connection
cross-section
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
Cable length
kg
6 m 8064/21-140-60-121 131485 17 0.480
07672E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
1,5 m 8064/21-133-15-121 131488 17 0.230
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-130-30-121 131490 17 0.210
07661E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
2 m 8064/21-140-20-121 131496 17 0.160
GY
GY
GY
04367E00 07667E00
Silver Single cores,
H07G-K,
0.75 mm
0.5 m 8064/11-149-05-122 131500 17 0.070
GY
04383E00 07660E00
Galvanically
gold-plated
silver
Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-330-30-163 131493 17 0.210
GY
04383E00 07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
1 m 8064/21-130-10-164 131494 17 0.100
GY
04372E00 07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
1 m 8064/21-130-10-241 131491 17 0.100
GY
04374E00 07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
1 m 8064/21-130-10-243 131487 17 0.100
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-130-30-243 131498 17 0.210
04381E00
07660E00
Silver Connecting
cable,
H05VV-F,
0.75 mm2
3 m 8064/21-130-30-261 131497 17 0.210
04360E00
07662E00
Silver Single cores,
H07G-K,
0.75 mm
0.5 m 8064/15-150-05-261 131499 17 0.070
Selection Table
Version
GY
GY

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Micro Limit Switch
Series 8064
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 99 ATEX 1064 U PTB 02 ATEX 1031 X
Dust - - IBExU 04 ATEX 1125 X
Certificates ATEX, Russia (GOST R),
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 400 V AC, 250 V DC max. 400 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated operational current depending on the service category
Switching capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC Resistive
load
Inductive load
cosφ = 0.6
400 V
250 V
30 V
3 A
5 A
7 A
2 A
3 A
5 A
DC Resistive
load
Inductive load
cosφ = 0.6
250 V
30 V
0.4 A
7 A
0.03 A
5 A
AC Resistive
400 V
250 V
30 V
DC Resistive
250 V
30 V
Rated insulation voltage 400 V 400 V
Electrical load of the
gold-plated contacts
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Mechanical data
load
Inductive load
cosφ = 0.6
3 A
5 A
7 A
2 A
3 A
5 A
load
Inductive load
cosφ = 0.6
0.4 A
7 A
0.03 A
5 A
8064/11, 80641/15, 8064/18 (1 pole)
for temperature class T6
40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 75 °C
9 A 7 A 6 A - - 3 A
8064/11, 8064/15, 8064/18 (2 poles)
40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 75 °C
7 A 6 A 5 A - - 2 A
8064/21, 8064/25, 8064/28
for temperature class T6
( 60 °C 75 °C
7 A 3 A
Degree of protection IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529 IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529
Material
Enclosure Thermoplastic Thermoplastic
Plunger Stainless steel Stainless steel
Additional actuator Stainless steel Stainless steel
Contacts Silver or galvanically gold-plated silver Silver or galvanically gold-plated silver
Contact opening
Rated switching distance
Control Devices
8064/1 (with single cores) 8064/2 (with connecting cable)
E II 2 G Ex d IIC E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
- - E II 2 D Ex td A21 IP66 T80°C
ATEX, Russia (GOST R),
AC-15: 400 V / 2 A
DC-13: 250 V / 0,15 A
depending on the service category
AC-15: 400 V / 2 A
DC-13: 250 V / 0,15 A
Voltage: min. 5 V, max. 30 V
Current: min. 4 mA, max. 400 mA
The product of current and voltage must not
exceed 0.12 VA.
Voltage: min. 5 V, max. 30 V
Current: min. 4 mA, max. 400 mA
The product of current and voltage must not
exceed 0.12 VA.
snap-action contact
positive opening
contact
2 x ) 0.3 mm
2 x ) 1.5 mm
snap-action contact
positive opening
contact
2 x ) 0.3 mm
2 x ) 1.5 mm
Pre-travel length
Post-travel length
Difference path
length
Reverse travel length
Repeatable accuracy
max. 0.9 mm
min. 0.5 mm
max. 0.45 mm
0.9 mm
0.02 mm
Pre-travel length
Post-travel length
Difference path
length
Reverse travel length
Repeatable accuracy
max. 0.9 mm
min. 0.5 mm
max. 0.45 mm
0.9 mm
0.02 mm
382 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Micro Limit Switch
Series 8064
Technical Data
Mechanical data
Switching force
Restoring force
Single switch
Double switch
max. 2.0 N
max. 3.6 N
Single switch
Double switch
Single switch
Double switch
min. 0.4 N
min. 0.8 N
Single switch
Double switch
Actuation velocity ) 10 μm/s ) 10 μm/s
Service life
Mechanical
Maximum switching
frequency
positive opening contact
snap-action contact
> 1 x 106
switching operations
> 2 x 106
positive opening contact
snap-action contact
1000 switching cycles/h 1000 switching cycles/h
Weight
max. 2.0 N
max. 3.6 N
min. 0.4 N
min. 0.8 N
> 1 x 106
> 2 x 106
Cable
length
with single
cores
Single limit
switch
0.5 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
0.035 kg
0.065 kg
0.170 kg
Double limit
switch
0.5 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
0.070 kg
0.120 kg
0.340 kg
Cable
length
with connecting
cable
Single limit
switch
0.5 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
0.060 kg
0.100 kg
0.210 kg
Double limit
switch
0.5 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
0.080 kg
0.150 kg
0.415 kg
Connection cross-section Single cores, H07G-K, 0.75 mm Connecting cable, H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
Note The device must be built in into an enclosure
compliant with the requirements of a
recognised type of protection according to
IEC/EN 60079-0, section 1.2. During
installation in an enclosure of the type of
protection "Increased safety e" according to
IEC/EN 60079-7, the clearance and creepage
distances must be adhered to.
During installation, the devices must be
protected mechanically.
04347E00 04349E00
04369E00
Single micro limit switch
04370E00
Double micro limit switch
8064/25 - ... - .. - 000
Micro limit switch with connecting cable
8064/21 - ... - .. - 000
Micro limit switch with connecting cable
04348E00 04350E00
For dimensions of actuators,
see selection table
8064/15 - ... - .. - 000
Built-in micro limit switch with single cores
8064/11 - ... - .. - 000
Built-in micro limit switch with single cores
8064/.5
Micro limit switch with positive opening contact,
contact distance 2 x ) 1.5 mm
8064/.1
Micro limit switch with snap-action contact,
contact distance 2 x ) 0.3 mm

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Metal Position Switch
Series 8074
Series 8074 E4
10764E00
WebCode 8074A
> Dimensions and characteristic values
according to EN 50041
> Replaceable contact in flameproof enclosure
> Positive opening contacts
> Wide range of actuators
> All inserts may be displaced by 4 x 90°
> Contact elements with low-action contact or
overlapping slow-action contact
> Extensively oil- and petrol resistant
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 05 ATEX E 007
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = - 20 ... + 40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 (Ta = - 20 ... + 60 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP67 T95°C (Ta = - 20 ... + 60 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP67 T80°C (Ta = - 20 ... + 40 °C)
Certificates ATEX, Kazahkstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Min. electrical load 24 V AC / DC, 10 mA
Max. electrical load AC-15: 250 V AC, 6 A
DC-13: 230 V DC, 0.25 A
Switching function
Slow-action contact 1 NC + 1 NO
Slow-action contact 1 NC + 1 NO, overlapping
Slow-action contact 2 NC
23 24
11 12
23 24
15 16
21 22
11 12
Positive opening contacts according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Connection M3 screw type terminal, max. 1.5 mm
Ambient temperature see explosion protection data
Cable glands 8161: 1 x M20 x 1.5
Clamping range 6 ... 13 mm
Degree of protection IP67 according to IEC/EN 60529
11835E00
11837E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074
Selection Table
Version Order number PS Weight
kg
10787E00
Extended plunger Plunger of stainless steel 8074/1-.-S 17 0.340
10786E00
Roller plunger Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-RS 17 0.342
10784E00
Roller lever Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-AR 17 0.340
10790E00
Swivelling roller lever Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HR311 17 0.425
10785E00
Adjustable roller lever Roller of moulded plastic;
rod of stainless steel
8074/1-.-HV 17 0.430
10779E00
Actuating rod Rod of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HH-K 17 0.400
10778E00
Spring rod Spring of stainless steel 8074/1-1-F2 17 0.360
8074/1-3-F2 17 0.360
10782E00
Big swivelling lever Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HR312 17 0.445
10781E00
Forked roller lever Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-1-GR 17 0.465
8074/1-3-GR 17 0.465
Switching function 8074/1-1-...
8074/1-3-...
8074/1-5-...
1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact
2 NC slow action action
1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact, overlapping

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074
Selection Table
10780E00
Belt-alignment switch Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-1-BSS 17 0.460
10783E00
Angled roller lever Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-WR 17 0.340
10788E00
Safety switch Separate actuator
1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact
2 NC slow action action
1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact, overlapping
Designation Figure Art. no. PS Weight
Actuator
Control Devices
kg
Note: Actuators for
the safety switch have to be
ordered separately.
8074/1-1-ZB 17 0.386
8074/1-3-ZB 17 0.386
Note:
Actuators for the safety switch have to be ordered separately.
8074/1-3-...
8074/1-5-...
kg
10807E00
132311 17 0.028
10806E00
132312 17 0.037
10805E00
132313 17 0.035
Straight 8074/1-.-ZB
Angled 8074/1-.-ZB
Adjustable 8074/1-.-ZB
386 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074
10752E00 10753E00 10754E00
8074/1-.-S
Extended plunger
8074/1-.-RS
Roller plunger
8074/1-.-AR
Roller lever plunger
10759E00 10756E00 10758E00
8074/1-.-HR312
Big swivelling lever
8074/1-.-HV
Adjustable roller lever
8074/1-.-F2
Spring rod actuator
10757E00 10762E00 10755E00
8074/1-.-HH-K
Actuating rod
8074/1-.-WR
Angled roller lever
8074/1-.-HR311
Swivelling roller lever

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074
8074/1-.-BSS
Belt-alignment switch
Straight actuator;
for safety switch 8074/1-.-ZB
Control Devices
10760E00 10761E00 10763E00
8074/1-.-GR
Forked roller lever
8074/1-.-ZB
Safety switch
10817E00 10818E00 10819E00
Angled actuator;
Adjustable actuator;
388 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074/1-8
Series 8074/1-8 E4
12762E00
WebCode 8074B
> No power supply or wiring necessary
> EnOcean protocol
> Transmission range 300 m in a free field
> Multinetwork capable
> Output signal individually configurable at the
receiver
> Easy programming on the receiver's side
> Robust zinc die-casting housing
> Wide range of actuators
IECEx / ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
kg
10787E00
extended plunger stainless steel plunger 8074/1-8-S 209441 17 0.346
10786E00
roller plunger roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-RS 209444 17 0.346
10784E00
roller lever plunger roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-AR 209446 17 0.410
10790E00
swivelling roller lever roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HR311 209447 17 0.449
10785E00
adjustable roller lever roller made of moulded material;
roller rod made of stainless steel
8074/1-8-HV 209448 17 0.453
10779E00
actuating rod rod made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HH-K 209449 17 0.448

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074/1-8
Selection Table
10782E00
kg
Big swivelling lever roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HR312 209450 17 0.494
10781E00
forked roller lever roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-GR 209451 17 0.468
10783E00
angled roller lever roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-WR 209452 17 0.350
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Power supply Electrodynamic energy generator
Protocol EnOcean
Switching frequency approx. 9,000 telegrams at repetitions/h
Frequency 868.3 MHz
Transmission power max. 10 mW
Data rate 120 kbps
Channel bandwidth 280 kHz
Transmission range max. 300 m in a free field
Actuating time min. 80 ms
Switching function spring return
Enclosure material Zinc die-casting, coated
Mechanical life > 1 million operations
Control Devices
Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
E II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
max. 30 m indoors
390 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8074/1-8
16,5
ø 17,2 4,6
52
7,3
148,5
M20x1,5
76
30
9,5
ø 5,3
30
40,5
60
66,5
17
30,5
38
R 20
7,3
148,5
M20x1,5
76
30
9,5
ø 5,3
ø 20
30
40,5
52
60
66,5
16,5
17
30,5
38
8,5
14869E00 14870E00 14871E00
ø 9 16,5
37
7,3
133,5
M20x1,5
9,5
ø 5,3
30
40,5
60
66,5
8074/1-8-S
Extended plunger
8074/1-8-RS
Roller plunger
8074/1-8-AR
Roller lever plunger
25
7,3
76
53 - 109
M20x1,5
35
30
9,5
ø 5,3
ø 20
30
40,5
60
66,5
16,5
17
60
30,5
38
9
ø 6
9,5 48,7
76
30
25
7,3
35
M20x1,5
9,5
ø 5,3
30
40,5
60
66,5
16,5
17
30,5
38
14872E00 14873E00 14874E00
76
30
77
ø 37 10
65 25
7,3
205
M20x1,5
76
30
9,5
ø 5,3
30
40,5
60
66,5
8074/1-8-HR312
Swivelling roller lever, big
8074/1-8-HV
8074/1-8-HH-K
Actuating rod
76
30
28
25
7,3
35
M20x1,5
9,5
ø 5,3
ø 20
30
40,5
60
66,5
16,5
17
30,5
38
8,5
63
56
76
30
25
7,3
35
M20x1,5
R 35
ø 5,3
ø 20
30
40,5
9,5
60
66,5
16,5
17
45 17
30,5
38
8,5
70
14875E00 14876E00 14877E00
16,5
35 8,5
76
30
7,3
M20x1,5
9,5
ø 5,3
30
40,5
ø 20
57,5
60
66,5
8074/1-8-WR
Angled roller lever
8074/1-8-HR311
Swivelling roller lever
8074/1-8-GR
Forked roller lever
17
30,5
38
17
70
16,5
30,5
38
17
30,5
38

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Radio Receiver & Radio Repeater
Series G053/1
Series G053/1 E4
14751E00
WebCode G053A
> Radio receiver
– 1 channel with potential-free relay or
NPN / PNP output
– 4 channel with potential-free relay outputs
> Radio repeater for extension of the radio
range
> EnOcean protocol
> Transmitter / receiver assignment
via teach-in mode
> Modular installation housing for a quick
snap-on mounting on DIN rails
> Installation in Zone 1, 2 by mounting in
Ex d enclosure upon request
Selection Table
Version Number of channels Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
14725E00
Radio receiver,
change-over contact
1 24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-1 209453 17 0.068
14726E00
Radio receiver, NPN
1 24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-2 209454 17 0.056
14746E00
Radio receiver, PNP
1 24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-3 209455 17 0.075
14723E00
Radio receiver,
change-over contact
4 24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-14-4 209456 17 0.150
14579E00
Radio repeater
1 24 V DC (-15 ... +20 %) G053/1-21 209457 17 0.056

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series G053/1
Technical Data
Version G053/1-11-1: 1 change-over contact (relay)
G053/1-11-2: NPN transistor
G053/1-11-3: PNP transistor
G053/1-14-4: 4 change-over contact (relays)
Protocol EnOcean EnOcean
Frequency 868.3 MHz 868.3 MHz
Switching frequency approx. 9000 telegrams at repetitions / h approx. 9000 telegrams at repetitions / h
Number of channels 1 (relay version potential-free) 4 (potential-free)
Inputs 1 radio channel,
max. 10 transmitters per channel
4 radio channels,
max. 10 transmitters per channel
Outputs 1 change-over contact (relay),
NPN or PNP transistor
4 change-over contact (relays)
Rated operational current 24 V AC: max. 0.18 A
24 V DC: max 0.22 A
24 V AC: max 0.25 A
24 V DC: max 0.1 A
Rated operational voltage G053/1-11-1 (1 change-over contact):
24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %)
G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor):
24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %)
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor):
24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %)
24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %)
Switching capacity 250 V AC / 6 A
24 V DC / 2 A
G053/1-11-1
(1 change-over contact):
250 V AC / 6 A
24 V DC / 2 A
G053/1-11-2
(NPN transistor):
24 V DC / 0.2 A
G053/1-11-3
(PNP transistor):
24 V DC / 0.2 A
Voltage drop G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor): 2.5 V
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor): 2.5 V
- -
Utilization category G053/1-11-1 (1 change-over contact): AC-15
G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor): DC-13
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor): DC-13
AC-15
DC-13
Rated insulation voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC
Rated impulse withstand
2.5 kV 2.5 kV
voltage
Indications green LED: Rated operational voltage
orange LED: Switching state signalling
green LED: Rated operational voltage
orange LED: Switching state signalling
Connection
Terminals WAGO CAGE CLAMP, Series 236 WAGO CAGE CLAMP, Series 236
Connection cross-section 0.08 ... 2.5 mm (AWG 28 ... 14) 0.08 ... 2.5 mm (AWG 28 ... 14)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 °C 0 ... +55 °C
Storage/transport
temperature
-25 ... +85 °C -25 ... +85 °C
Interference immunity acc. to EMC Directive acc. to EMC Directive
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Schock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Degree of pollution 2 acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1 2 acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1
Mounting snap mounting on DIN rail snap mounting on DIN rail
Antenna external antenna always required for optimum
transmission range
external antenna always required for optimum
transmission range
Note inductive loads (contactors, relays, etc.) are
to be suppressed by suitable circuitry
inductive loads (contactors, relays, etc.) are
to be suppressed by suitable circuitry
Technical Data
Version G053/1-21
Protocol EnOcean
Frequency 868.3 MHz
Switching frequency approx. 9000 telegrams at repetitions / h
Number of channels 1
Rated operational current max. 0.08 A
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC (-15 ... +20 %)
Indications green LED: Rated operational voltage
orange LED: Telegram reception confirmation
Connection
Terminals WAGO CAGE CLAMP, Series 236
Connection cross-section 0.08 ... 2.5 mm (AWG 28 ... 14)

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series G053/1
Technical Data
Version G053/1-21
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 °C
Storage/transport
temperature
Interference immunity acc. to EMC Directive
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Schock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Degree of pollution 2 acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1
Mounting snap mounting on DIN rail
Antenna external antenna always required for optimum transmission range
Field intensity meter
EMP 300
RF magnet foot
antenna
35 60
90
G053/1-11-1, G053/1-11-2, G053/1-11-3
Radio Receiver, 1-Channel
35 60
90
G053/1-21
Radio Repeater
Control Devices
-25 ... +85 °C
kg
14589E00
mobile device for radio range testing 209483 17 0.085
14581E00
with connecting cable 2.5 m 209484 17 0.060
70 60
90
45
57,5
14554E00 14577E00
G053/1-14-4
Radio Receiver, 4-Channel
03243E00
45
57,5
45
57,5
394 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8060
Series 8060 E4
11078E00
WebCode 8060A
> Enclosures of type of protection
“Increased safety“
> Dimensions and characteristic values
according to EN 50047
> Category 1 safety position switch with
a variable system of actuators
> Contacts with:
– Snap-action contact
– Slow-action contact
– Make before break slow-action contact
> Possible as version with unconnected cable end
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (Operating authorisation)
Rated operational voltage Ue
Alternating current for equal potential:
Alternating current for unequal potential:
Direct current:
Rated operational current Ie max. 10 A
Contact
Version
Cable glands
8060/1-1
8060/1-2
8060/1-5
max. 500 V
max. 250 V
250 V
Slow-action contact Snap-action contact Slow-action contact, make before break
08667E00
8060/1-1
08668E00
8060/1-2
8060/1-5
08669E00
8060/1-3
Attention:
The positive opening function ¯ depends on the actuator used
08670E00
8060/1-4
8161/5-M20-13
at the bottom of the
enclosure:
1 x M20 x 1.5
Terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1 mm2, single-wire / finely-stranded
8060/1-3
8060/1-4
max. 400 V
max. 250 V
250 V
08675E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8060
Selection Table
Roller plunger Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-RS 11 0.073
09388E00
Roller lever plunger Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-AR 11 0.074
09389E00
Swivelling roller lever Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-R 11 0.085
09390E00
Adjustable roller lever Roller of moulded material
09391E00
Actuating rod Rod of moulded material
09392E00
Spring-rod actuator Spring of stainless steel
09393E00
Angled roller lever Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-WR 11 0.074
1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact
1 NC + 1 NO Snap-action contact, with spring
2 NC Slow-action contact
2 NO Slow-action contact
1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact, make before break
Note The actuators enclosed are not mounted
Control Devices
kg
Roller rod of stainless steel
8060/1-.-V 11 0.104
No positive opening,
not suitable for safety circuits
8060/1-.-H 11 0.097
Only for use with snap-action contact!
not suitable for safety circuits
8060/1-2-F 11 0.085
8060/1-2-...
8060/1-3-...
8060/1-4-...
8060/1-5-...
396 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8060
04356E00
04262E00
8060/1- . -OV
Position switch without insert
8060/1- . -V
04259E00 04260E00
8060/1- . -RS
Roller plunger
8060/1- . -AR
Roller lever, form E
04264E00 04263E00
8060/1- 2 -F
Spring rod actuator
8060/1- . -H
Actuating rod
04265E00 04261E00
8060/1- . -WR
Angled roller lever
8060/1- . -R
Swivelling roller lever, form A

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8070
Series 8070 E4
01617E00
WebCode 8070A
> Enclosures of type of protection
“Increased safety“
> Dimensions and characteristic values according
to EN 50041
> Category 1 safety position switch with a variable
system of actuators
> Contacts with:
– Snap-action contact
– Slow-action contact
– Make before break slow-action contact
> Possible as version with unconnected cable end
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (CQST Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KGS), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (Operating authorisation)
Alternating current for equal potential:
Alternating current for unequal potential:
Direct current:
Rated operational current Ie max. 10 A: - 20 °C ( Ta ( + 50 °C
max. 6 A: - 20 °C ( Ta ( + 70 °C
Version
Slow-action contact Snap-action contact Slow-action contact, make before break
08667E00
8070/1-1
08669E00
8070/1-3
08670E00
8070/1-4
Cable glands 8161/5-M20-13
8070/1-1
8070/1-2
8070/1-5
max. 500 V
max. 250 V
250 V
08668E00
8070/1-2
8070/1-5
Attention:
The positive opening function ¯ depends on the actuator used
On the enclosure bottom: 1 x M20 x 1.5
On the enclosure side: 1 x M20 x 1.5
Terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1 mm2, single-wire / finely-stranded
8070/1-3
8070/1-4
max. 400 V
max. 250 V
250 V
08675E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8070
Selection Table
kg
03788E00
Extended plunger Plunger of stainless steel 8070/1-.-S 11 0.155
03789E00
Roller plunger Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-RS 11 0.154
04550E00
(can be modified into an
angled roller lever)
Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-AR 11 0.155
03790E00
Swivelling roller lever,
form A
Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-HR311 11 0.221
04551E00
Adjustable roller lever Roller of moulded material;
Roller rod of stainless steel
8070/1-.-HV 11 0.269
09380E00
Actuating rod Rod of moulded material
not suitable for safety circuits!
8070/1-.-HH-K 11 0.237
04552E00
Spring-rod actuator Spring of stainless steel
Only for use with snap-action contact!
not suitable for safety circuits!
8070/1-2-F2 11 0.175
04553E00
Safety switch Separate actuator of moulded material 8070/1-1-ZB 11 0.208
8070/1-3-ZB 11 0.208
8070/1-2-...
8070/1-3-...
8070/1-4-...
8070/1-5-...
1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact
1 NC + 1 NO Snap-action contact, with spring
2 NC Slow-action contact
2 NO Slow-action contact
1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact, make before break
Note: The actuators enclosed are not mounted

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Position Switches
Series 8070
8070/1- . -HV
8070/1- . -HR311..
Swivelling roller lever, form A
8070/1- . -ZB
Safety switch with separate actuator
Control Devices
04274E00 04275E00
8070/1- . -HH-K
Actuating rod
04271E00 04336E00 04270E00
8070/1- . -AR
Angled roller lever, form E
8070/1- . -AR
04273E00
04278E00
04272E00
04269E00 04268E00
8070/1- . -RS
Roller plunger
8070/1- . -S
Extended plunger
04351E00 09385E00
8070/1- 2 -F2
Spring rod actuator
8070/1- . -OV
Position switch without insert
400 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting
Series 8003
Series 8003 E4
03129E00
WebCode 8003A
> Different actuator attachments
– Pushbutton
– Mushroom pushbutton
– Mushroom stay-put button
– Mushroom stay-put button with key lock
– Key-operated button
– Key-operated switch
– Selector switch
> 2 contact elements
> Spring clamp terminals
> Simple mounting
> Functions "latching", "spring return" and
"key not withdrawable" are codable
> Switching function
– multiple latching and
spring position recoding possible
– max. 6 A
For use in x x x x For use in x For use in x x
Selection Table
kg
Spring clamp terminals with connection chamber
01641E00
Pushbutton,
8003/1.1-001
Spring clamp terminal
NO / NC 8003/111-001 126993 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-001 127048 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-001 127125 11 0.140
01641E00
Pushbutton, silicone*),
8003/1.1-001S
NO / NC 8003/111-001S 217834 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-001S 217837 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-001S 217839 11 0.140
01642E00
Mushroom button,
8003/1.1-003
NO / NC 8003/111-003 127183 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-003 127187 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-003 127192 11 0.140
01059E00
Key-operated switch,
8003/1.1-008-2-r-MS1
2 switching positions, latching,
standard locking MS1
NO / NC 8003/111-008-2-r-MS1 127240 11 0.230
NC / NC 8003/121-008-2-r-MS1 127242 11 0.300
NO / NO 8003/131-008-2-r-MS1 127244 11 0.220
10398E00
8003/1.1-008-3-rr-MS1
3 switching positions, latching - latching,
NO / NC 8003/111-008-3-rr-MS1 213498 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-008-3-rr-MS1 218564 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-008-3-rr-MS1 213533 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/141-008-3-rr-MS1 218565 11 0.125

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
01645E00
Mushroom stay-put
button with key lock,
8003/1.1-009-MS1
d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
01645E00
Mushroom stay-put
silicone*),
8003/1.1-009S-MS1
01644E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-010
01644E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.1-010S
09875E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-012
d 38 mm, black
01643E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-015
01643E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.1-015S
01861E00
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.1-726-2-r
2 switching positions, latching
Control Devices
kg
NO / NC 8003/111-009-MS1 127320 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-009-MS1 213525 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-009-MS1 217840 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/111-009S-MS1 217911 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-009S-MS1 217912 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-009S-MS1 217913 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/111-010 127031 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-010 127114 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-010 217914 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/111-010S 217915 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-010S 217916 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-010S 217917 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/111-012 127033 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/121-012 127118 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-012 127227 11 0.140
NO / NC 8003/111-015 127147 11 0.145
NC / NC 8003/121-015 127229 11 0.145
NO / NO 8003/131-015 127231 11 0.145
NO / NC 8003/111-015S 217918 11 0.145
NC / NC 8003/121-015S 217919 11 0.145
NO / NO 8003/131-015S 217920 11 0.145
NO / NC 8003/111-726-2-r 213500 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-726-2-r 213527 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-726-2-r 213534 11 0.125
402 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
01861E00
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.1-726-3-rr
3 switching positions, latching - latching
kg
NO / NC 8003/111-726-3-rr 213511 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-726-3-rr 218566 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-726-3-rr 213535 11 0.125
01860E00
Control switch, lockable,
8003/1.1-727-2-r
NO / NC 8003/111-727-2-r 218567 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-727-2-r 218568 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-727-2-r 213538 11 0.125
01860E00
8003/1.1-727-3-rr
NO / NC 8003/111-727-3-rr 218569 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/121-727-3-rr 218570 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-727-3-rr 213539 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/141-727-3-rr 218571 11 0.125
*) extended temperature range -40 ...+60 °C
Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed
- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
Spring clamp terminals without connection chamber
Pushbutton,
8003/1.2-001
without connection chamber
Pushbutton, silicone,*)
8003/1.2-001S
Mushroom button,
8003/1.2-003
8003/1.2-008-2-r-MS1
2 switching positions, latching,
8003/1.2-008-3-rr-MS1
Mushroom stay-put
8003/1.2-009-MS1
Mushroom stay-put
silicone*),
8003/1.2-009S-MS1
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.2-010
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.2-010S
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.2-012
d 38 mm, black
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.2-015
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.2-015S
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.2-726-2-r
Control Devices
kg
NO / NC 8003/112-001 126994 11 0.180
NC / NC 8003/122-001 127007 11 0.208
NO / NO 8003/132-001 127018 11 0.576
NO / NC 8003/112-001S 217921 11 0.180
NC / NC 8003/122-001S 217922 11 0.208
NO / NO 8003/132-001S 217923 11 0.576
NO / NC 8003/112-003 214295 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-003 214297 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-003 214299 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-008-2-r-MS1 218572 11 0.230
NC / NC 8003/122-008-2-r-MS1 218573 11 0.230
NO / NO 8003/132-008-2-r-MS1 218574 11 0.230
NO / NC 8003/112-008-3-rr-MS1 218575 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-008-3-rr-MS1 218576 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-008-3-rr-MS1 218577 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/142-008-3-rr-MS1 218578 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-009-MS1 217897 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/122-009-MS1 217898 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/132-009-MS1 217899 11 0.140
NO / NC 8003/112-009S-MS1 217900 11 0.140
NC / NC 8003/122-009S-MS1 217931 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/132-009S-MS1 217932 11 0.140
NO / NC 8003/112-010 214292 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-010 213528 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-010 217933 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-010S 217934 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-010S 217935 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-010S 217936 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-012 214294 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-012 214296 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-012 214298 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-015 214293 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-015 213529 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-015 217938 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-015S 217939 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-015S 217940 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-015S 217941 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/112-726-2-r 213513 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-726-2-r 218579 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-726-2-r 218581 11 0.125
404 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.2-726-3-rr
kg
NO / NC 8003/112-726-3-rr 218584 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-726-3-rr 218585 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-726-3-rr 200552 11 0.125
Control switch,
lockable,
8003/1.2-727-2-r
NO / NC 8003/112-727-2-r 218586 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-727-2-r 218587 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-727-2-r 218588 11 0.125
Control switch,
lockable,
8003/1.2-727-3-rr
NO / NC 8003/112-727-3-rr 218589 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/122-727-3-rr 218590 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-727-3-rr 218601 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/142-727-3-rr 218602 11 0.125

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
Plug-in connection with 6 m connection line
Pushbutton,
8003/1.3-001
Plug-in connection
with 6 m connection line
Pushbutton, silicone*),
8003/1.3-001S
Plug-in connection
Mushroom button,
8003/1.3-003
Plug-in connection
8003/1.3-008-2-r-MS1
2 switching positions, latching, standard locking MS1
Plug-in connection
8003/1.3-008-3-rr-MS1
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
8003/1.3-009-MS1
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
silicone*),
8003/1.3-009S-MS1
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.3-010
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.3-010S
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.3-012
d 38 mm, black
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.3-015
Plug-in connection
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.3-015S
Plug-in connection
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.3-726-2-r
Plug-in connection
Control switch,
not lockable,
8003/1.3-726-3-rr
Plug-in connection
Control Devices
kg
NO / NC 8003/113-001-6 213516 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-001-6 213530 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-001-6 213540 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-001S-6 217942 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-001S-6 217943 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-001S-6 213541 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-003-6 214308 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-003-6 214309 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-003-6 214310 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-008-2-r-MS1-6 218604 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-008-2-r-MS1-6 218605 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-008-2-r-MS1-6 218606 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218597 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218598 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-008-3-rr-MS1-6 213542 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/143-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218871 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-009-MS1-6 213520 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-009-MS1-6 217944 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-009-MS1-6 217945 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-009S-MS1-6 217947 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-009S-MS1-6 217948 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-009S-MS1-6 217950 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-010-6 213522 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-010-6 213532 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-010-6 217963 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-010S-6 217964 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-010S-6 217965 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-010S-6 217966 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-012-6 214305 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-012-6 214306 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-012-6 214307 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-015-6 213523 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-015-6 214304 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-015-6 217967 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-015S-6 217968 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-015S-6 217969 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-015S-6 217970 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-726-2-r-6 213524 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-726-2-r-6 218872 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-726-2-r-6 213543 11 0.125
NO / NC 8003/113-726-3-rr-6 218873 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-726-3-rr-6 218874 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-726-3-rr-6 213545 11 0.125
406 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003
Selection Table
8003/1.3-727-2-r
Plug-in connection
kg
NO / NC 8003/113-727-2-r-6 218875 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-727-2-r-6 218876 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-727-2-r-6 218877 11 0.125
8003/1.3-727-3-rr
Plug-in connection
NO / NC 8003/113-727-3-rr-6 218878 11 0.125
NC / NC 8003/123-727-3-rr-6 218879 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-727-3-rr-6 218880 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/143-727-3-rr-6 218901 11 0.125
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
8003/1.1
8003/1.2
8003/1.3
IECEx PTB 06.0065X
IECEx PTB 06.0066U
IECEx PTB 06.0065X
8003/1.1
8003/1.2
8003/1.3
Ex d e IIC T6
Ex d e IIC
Ex d e IIC T6
8003/1.1
8003/1.3
Ex tD A21 IP 65 T80°C
8003/1.1
8003/1.2
8003/1.3
PTB 02 ATEX 1057 X
PTB 02 ATEX 1080 U
PTB 02 ATEX 1057 X
8003/1.1
8003/1.2
8003/1.3
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6
8003/1.1
8003/1.3
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Ukraine (TR), USA (UL),
Belarus (Operating authorisation)
Rated operational voltage max. 550 V
Schematic
10503E00 09792E00 09791E00 09790E00
8003/11. 8003/12. 8003/13. 8003/14.
-40 ... +60 °C for versions with silicone seal
Degree of protection IP66 (front side)
IP64 (rear side of the device)
Level of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Connection cross-section 8003/1.1: 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
8003/1.2: 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
8003/1.3: 4 x 1 mm2, connecting cable
Terminals 8003/1.1: 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
8003/1.2: 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
8003/1.3: 4 x 1 mm2, connecting cable
Cable entry
Type 8003/1.1: M16 x 1.5 (d 4 - 9 mm)

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting
Series 8013
Series 8013 E4
04788E00
WebCode 8013A
> For panel mounting
> With integrated LED
– high luminance
– low heat built-up
– prolonged service life
> Colours: red, yellow, green, blue, white
> Connection by means of spring clamp
terminals or plug-in connection
with connection line
– with connection chamber
– without connection chamber
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex e / Ex i with connection chamber: For use in x x x x
Ex e / Ex i without connection chamber: For use in x x
NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex e: For use in x x Ex e: For use in x
Ex i: For use in x x x Ex i: For use in x x
Selection Table
kg
01712E00
LED indicating lamps
Series 8013
with connection
chamber
Connection: spring clamp terminal Ex dem 8013/311-al 129095 11 0.130
Ex i 8013/321-al 129110 11 0.140
Connection: plug-in connection and
connection line 6 m
Ex dem 8013/313-al-6 214311 11 0.625
Ex i 8013/323-al-6 214312 11 0.635
04787E00
LED indicating lamps
Series 8013
without connection
chamber
Connection: spring clamp terminal Ex dem 8013/312-al 129096 11 0.100
Ex i 8013/322-al 129111 11 0.110
Note The coloured caps red, yellow, green, blue, white are enclosed in the delivery.

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting
Series 8013
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
8013/3.1
8013/3.2
8013/3.3
IECEx PTB 07.0010 X
IECEx PTB 07.0012 U
IECEx PTB 07.0010 X
Ex e 8013/311
8013/312
8013/313
Ex dem IIC T6
Ex dem IIC
Ex dem IIC T6
Ex i 8013/321
8013/322
8013/323
Ex dm ia IIC T6
Ex dm ia IIC
Ex dm ia IIC T6
8013/3.1
8013/3.3
8013/3.1
8013/3.2
PTB 02 ATEX 2131 X
PTB 02 ATEX 2130 U
Ex e 8013/311
8013/312
E II 2 G Ex de mb IIC T6
E II 2 G Ex de mb IIC
Ex i 8013/321
8013/322
E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC T6
E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC
8013/3.1
8013/3.3
Ukraine (TR), USA (CSA, UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ex e
12 (- 10%) ... 254 (+ 6%) V AC / DC
Ex i
10.8 ... 28 V DC
Rated operational current 0.014 A at 24 V DC
Colours red, yellow, green, blue, white, by means of coloured calotte insert caps
Degree of protection according to IEC/EN 60529
8013/3.1
8013/3.2
IP65 (front side IP66)
IP65 (front side IP66, connections IP20)
Connection type Connection cross-section:
Cable entry
8013/3.1
8013/3.2
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
0.50 ... 2.5 mm2
8013/3.1
8013/3.2
M16 x 1,5 (d 4 ... 9 mm)

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting
Series 8018
Series 8018 E4
04786E00
WebCode 8018A
> For panel mounting
> With integrated LED
– High luminance
– Low heat built-up
– Prolonged service life
> Spring-return version
> 2 contact elements
– NC / NO
– NC / NC
– NO / NO
> Colour filters red, yellow, green, blue and
white are included in the delivery
> With connecting cable
For use x x x x For use in x For use in x
Selection Table
kg
01714E00
LED illuminated
pushbutton Ex e
Series 8018
with flexible lead 6 m
Contacts 1 NC + 1 NO, Silver-nickel 8018/3113-al-6 129769 11 0.740
Contacts 2 NC, Silver-nickel 8018/3123-al-6 129777 11 0.740
Contacts 2 NO, Silver-nickel 8018/3133-al-6 129784 11 0.740
01714E00
LED illuminated
pushbutton Ex i
Series 8018
Contacts 1 NC + 1 NO, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3213-al-6 210174 11 0.740
Contacts 2 NC, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3223-al-6 210175 11 0.740
Contacts 2 NO, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3233-al-6 210176 11 0.740
Note The colour filters red, yellow, green, blue, white are enclosed in the delivery.

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting
Series 8018
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e 8018/31. Ex dm IIC T6
Ex i 8018/32. Ex dm ia IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d mb IIC T6
USA (UL), Belarus (operating authorisation), Serbia (SRPS)
Contact Ex e: max. 270 V, Ex i: Ui ( 30 V DC
Indicating lamp unit Ex e: 12 (- 10%) ... 254 (+ 6%) V AC/DC
Ex i: Ui = 10.8 ... 28 V DC
Contact Ex e: max. 6 A, Ex i: Ii = ( 100 mA
Indicating lamp unit Ex e: 0.014 A bei 24 V DC, Ex i: Ii = 150 mA
Schematic
Indicating lamp
(1) (3) (5)
11 21 X1
12 22 X2
(2) (4) (6)
(1) (3) (5)
13 23 X1
14 24 X2
(2) (4) (6)
09770E00 09772E00 09771E00
(1) (3) (5)
11 23 X1
12 24 X2
(2) (4) (6)
8018/3113 8018/3123 8018/3133
Lamps LED white
Colours red, yellow, green, blue, white via colour filter (included in the delivery)
Connection Cable H05 6 x 0.75 mm2, 6 poles
Degree of protection IP66 (front side)
IP64 (rear side of the device)

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018 E4 Accessories and Spare Parts
Spare keys
Symbol labels for
pushbuttons and
selector switches
Additional symbol labels
Actuator
Closure part
Colour filter
Control Devices
kg
10545E00
for all key-operated buttons / key-operated switches
standard locking MS1 107109 19 0.008
Special locking MS2 ... MS20 (specify as text) 107110 19 0.008
05753E00
155911 19 0.001
155914 19 0.001
155897 19 0.001
155901 19 0.001
155908 19 0.001
155905 19 0.001
155846 19 0.001
155689 19 0.001
155892 19 0.001
155854 19 0.001
155706 19 0.001
155596 19 0.001
155783 19 0.001
155771 19 0.001
155567 19 0.001
155761 19 0.001
155862 19 0.001
155654 19 0.001
155634 19 0.001
155806 19 0.001
155615 19 0.001
155795 19 0.001
155894 19 0.001
155671 19 0.001
05543E00
Packing unit: 100 pieces
Colour Text
blue Blank label without text
yellow Blank label without text
red Blank label without text
green Blank label without text
white Blank label without text
black Blank label without text
black I
green I
white I
black II
green II
red O
black O
black I O
red ¨
black ¦
black EIN
red OFF
red Aus
black Aus
red STOP
black STOP
blue RESET
green ON
Label mount, size 1, without symbol label
Text: 1 line
155632 19 0.001
Text: 1 or 2 lines
155687 19 0.002
Text: 1, 2 or 3 lines
155844 19 0.002
05044E00
for illuminated pushbuttons (spring-return) 155163 19 0.019
05647E00
for closing of unused mounting holes d 30.5 mm 155329 19 0.016
05356E00
for illuminated pushbuttons
155877 19 0.001
155882 19 0.001
155885 19 0.001
155888 19 0.001
155891 19 0.001
white
red
yellow
green
blue
412 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018
04429E00 09793E00
40
Ø 72
Ø 38 Ø 55
36
40
04422E00 04835E00 04424E00
Ø 52
38
Ø
8003/... -010, -012,
Mushroom
stay-put button
8003/...-003
Mushroom button
8003/...-015
Mushroom stay-put button
ø 38
32
04426E00 10546E00 04428E00
8003/1.1-001
8003/1.3-001
Pushbutton
with connection area
8003/1.2-001
Pushbutton
without connection area
8003/...-006, -009
Key-stay button
8003/...-008
Key switch
8003/...-005
Selector switch
04488E00 10547E00 03317E00
Cut-out for aligning several
devices ø38 mm in a panel
8003/...-726
Control switch,
not padlockable
8003/...-727
Control switch,
one-time padlockable
42 42 42
17
40
60
51
46
3,5
Ø30,5
08747E00 08746E00
Standard cut-out for EMERGENCY-STOP button
(8003/...-009, -010, -015)
Standard cut-out with / without front label

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018
03314E00 04825E00 03315E00
8013/3.1
8013/3.3
LED Indicating lamp
with connection area
Control Devices
8013/3.2
LED Indicating lamp
without connection area
8018
LED Illuminated pushbutton
414 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Control Device System
Series ConSig 8040
Series ConSig 8040 E4
09766E00
WebCode 8040B
polyester resin
> Modular design
> 3 sizes available
> Individual units can be combined into
larger units
> Standard and customer-specific versions
> With contact elements 8208 for
open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring
> Versions with contact elements 8082
and 8208 for use up to SIL 2 and SIL 3,
respectively
For use x x x x For use in x x For use in x x x x
Selection Table
kg
Pushbutton
01646E00
8040/1180X-
01L50BA05
11 0.370
Mushroom
pushbutton
05792E00
green
09240E00
red 08002E00
05596E00
d 38 mm 8040/1180X-
03L24BA05
11 0.400
Mushroom
stay-put button
05712E00
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
8040/1180X-
10L07BA05
11 0.400
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
8040/1180X-
10L07BA08
11 0.410
black
12627E00
08002E00
red
05600E00
08793E00
red
05600E00
08749E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
Mushroom
stay-put button
04679E00
d 55 mm
EM-STOP
Mushroom
stay-put button
(key lock,
key release)
05769E00
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
Key-operated switch
05798E00
2 switching positions
Key withdrawable
in 0 + I
Key-operated switch
05725E00
3 switching positions
Key withdrawable
in I + 0 + II
Twin pushbutton
05710E00
Control Devices
8040/1180X-
15L07BA05
kg
11 0.400
8040/1180X-
09XXXBA05
11 0.450
8040/1180X-
08M01XA05
11 0.450
8040/1180X-
08M03XA04
11 0.450
8040/1180X-
23D01BA05
11 0.400
red
05600E00
08793E00
red
08005E00
08750E00
08752E00
green
09240E00
08007E00
red
05596E00
416 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
LED illuminated
pushbutton
05797E00
spring return
All colour filters included
(clear, red, yellow,
green, blue)
8040/1180X-
35C06BA45
kg
11 0.400
LED indicating lamp
05800E00
green, blue)
8040/1180X-
54C06XXXX
11 0.125
Selector switch with
contact element 8082
05794E00
08015E00
08006E00
2 switching positions 8040/1180X-
26M01XA05
11 0.420
contact element 8082
05801E00
08003E00
3 switching positions 8040/1180X-
26M03XA04
11 0.420
Control switch, 2 pole
with switch element
8008
05791E00
Control switch 8008, 2 pole
with large actuator, not padlockable
Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling
8040/1180Z-
31E...F..
11 0.440
08753E00 08572E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
with switch element
8008
05726E00
with small actuator, padlockable in 1 position
Please state:
• Labelling
with switch element
8008
05711E00
with small actuator, not padlockable
Please state:
• Labelling
2 pushbuttons
05771E00
LED indicating lamp
and pushbutton
05772E00
green, blue)
LED indicating lamp
and twin pushbutton
02314E00
green, blue)
Control Devices
8040/1180Z-
34E..XF..
kg
11 0.420
8040/1180Z-
32E..XF..
11 0.420
8040/1280X-
01L13BA05-
01L08BA05
11 0.460
8040/1280X-
54C06XXXX-
01L08BA05
11 0.460
8040/1280X-
54C06XXXX-
23D01BA05
11 0.540
green
09240E00
08008E00
red
05596E00
09767E00
08009E00
red
05596E00
09767E00
08010E00
green
09240E00
red
05596E00
418 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
Ammeter 8405
05576E00
Ammeter 8405:
Please state:
• Measurement range, see ammeter 8405
• Measuring method (direct = d or converter = W)
8040/1280Z-
40XXXXN..
kg
11 0.490
3 pushbuttons
05802E00
8040/1380X-
01L13BA05-
01L08BA05-
01L15BA05
11 0.580
LED indicating lamp
and 2 pushbuttons
03118E00
green, blue)
8040/1380X-
54C06XXXX-
01L13BA05-
01L08BA05
11 0.640
LED indicating lamp,
twin pushbutton and
mushroom stay-put
button (key lock,
key release)
02315E00
green, blue)
8040/1380X-
54C06XXXX-
23D01BA05-
09XXXBA05
11 0.750
green
09240E00
08011E00
red
05596E00
green
05598E00
09767E00
08012E00
red
05596E00
green
05598E00
09767E00
08013E00
green
09240E00
red
05596E00
red

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
Ammeter 8405 and
control switch 8008,
2 pole
05770E00
Ammeter 8405:
Please state:
Please state:
• Labelling
Control switch 8008,
4 pole
05775E00
Please state:
• Labelling
Ammeter 8405 and
control switch 8008,
4 pole
05777E00
Ammeter 8405:
Please state:
Please state:
• Labelling
Control Devices
8040/1380Z-
40XXXXN..-
31E...F..
kg
11 0.780
8040/2380Z-
31E...F..
11 0.770
8040/2380Z-
40XXXXN..-
31E...F..
11 0.930
420 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
Control switch 8008,
4 pole and LED
indicating lamp 8010
05778E00
Please state:
• Labelling
LED indicating lamp 8010:
• All colour filters included (red, yellow, green, blue, clear)
8040/2380Z-
54C06XXXX-
31E...F..
kg
11 0.800
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de ia/ib [ia/ib] m II, IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5, T4
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex edqm ia/ib [ia/ib] II, IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5, T4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China Ex), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), USA (UL),
Rated operational voltage up to 690 V AC
Rated operational current depends on components used
-50 ... +60 °C on request
Cable entry
Standard: 1 x M25 x 1.5; cable gland 8161; side below (D);
directly mounted into enclosure wall
Special: in side C (top) and/or side D (below); 1 x M20 x 1.5; 1 x M25 x 1.5
metal cable glands are possible; mounting of metal cable glands in metal flange or
via metal adapter plate
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
Flange
Standard without
Option with flange made of polyester resin or brass, can be fitted on sides C and D
Material
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal PU foam
Cover fixing with captive M4 stainless steel socket head cap screws

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
80
93
48
Ø 5,50
70
B
C
D
72
11
A
80
70
C
D
A
ConSig 8040/11 ConSig 8040/12
139
94
Ø5,50
B
72
11
80
185
140
Ø5,50
70
B
C
D
72
11
A
80
185
140
Ø5,50
70
B
C
D
11
97
A
80
ConSig 8040/13 ConSig 8040/23 ConSig 8040/11
a
Additional dimensions for cable entries and
cable glands Series 8161
b
Additional dimensions for flanges
Control Devices
04582E00 04581E00
139 93
1,50
04580E00 04579E00 04583E00
and ConSig 8040/12
combination
04584E00
04585E00
Dim. a [mm]
min. max.
M20 25 31
M25 27 33
Flanges Dim. b [mm]
Brass 16
Moulded material 16
422 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Control Device System NEC
Series ConSig 8040
Series ConSig 8040 E4
16113E00
WebCode 8040E
polyester resin
> Modular design
> 3 sizes available
> Individual units can be combined into
larger units
> Standard and customer-specific versions
> With contact elements 8208 for open-circuit
and short-circuit monitoring
> Versions with contact elements 8082 and
8208 for use up to SIL 2 and SIL 3,
respectively
NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x x x x
Technical Data
USA (NEC)
Gas and dust E182378 (cULus)
Class I, Zones 1 & 2 AEx de IIC T6
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G
Class III
Enclosure Type 3,4 & 4X; IP65
Canada (CEC)
Gas and dust E182378 (cULus)
Class I, Zones 1 & 2 Ex de IIC T6
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Division 2, Groups E,F,G
Class III
Enclosure 3,4 & 4X; IP65
Certificates Canada (CSA), USA (UL)
Rated operational voltage up to 600 V AC
Rated operational current depends on components used
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C / -4 ... +104 °F
-50 ... +60 °C / -58 ... +140 °F on request
Cable entry
Standard: side below (D); 3/4 Conduit Hub
directly mounted into enclosure wall
Special: in side C (top) and/or side D (below); 1/2 or 3/4 Conduit Hub
Degree of protection IP65 (enclosures 3, 4 & 4X) acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
Material
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal PU foam
Cover fixing with captive M4 stainless steel socket head cap screws

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
Pushbutton
16095E00
START 8040/114-X011-UL 11 0.470
Pushbutton
16096E00
green
05602E00 16109E00
STOP 8040/114-Y012-UL 11 0.470
Mushroom
stay-put button
16097E00
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
Mushroom
stay-put button
16098E00
d 55 mm
EM-STOP
Mushroom
stay-put button (key
lock, key release)
16099E00
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
contact element
8082
16100E00
2 switching
positions
OFF-ON
Control Devices
kg
8040/114-Y100-UL 11 0.510
8040/114-Y150-UL 11 0.510
8040/114-Y090-UL 11 0.560
8040/114-O2MN1-UL 11 0.530
red
16094E00 16110E00
red
05600E00
08793E00
red
05600E00
08793E00
red
08005E00
08003E00
424 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
contact element
8082
16101E00
2 switching
positions
LOCAL-REMOTE
kg
8040/114-U2MN4-UL 11 0.530
contact element
8082
16102E00
3 switching
positions
HAND-0-AUTO
8040/114-O3MMN3-UL 11 0.530
Twin pushbutton
16103E00
8040/114-U2312-UL 11 0.480
LED indicating lamp
16112E00
START
STOP
All colour filters
included (clear, red,
yellow, green, blue)
16111E00
8040/114-PLR0-UL 11 0.460
LED indicating lamp
16104E00
All colour filters
16111E00
8040/114-PLG0-UL 11 0.460
08003E00
08753E00 08572E00
green
05602E00
08007E00
red
16094E00
red
09767E00
08006E00
green
09767E00
08006E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
LED indicating lamp
16157E00
All colour filters
Pushbutton
16158E00
kg
red
09767E00
08006E00
START 8040/124-U011-UL 11 0.550
Mushroom
stay-put button
16159E00
d 55 mm
EM-STOP
Control Devices
16111E00
8040/124-PLR0-UL 11 0.540
8040/124-C150-UL 11 0.600
green
05602E00 16109E00
red
05600E00
08793E00
426 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
contact element
8082
16160E00
2 switching
positions
OFF-ON
kg
8040/124-N021-UL 11 0.620
contact element
8082
16161E00
3 switching
positions
HAND-0-AUTO
8040/124-N273-UL 11 0.620
contact element
8082
16162E00
2 switching
positions
LOCAL-REMOTE
8040/124-N164-UL 11 0.620
contact element
8082
16163E00
3 switching
positions
STOP-RUN-START
8040/124-N385-UL 11 0.620
08003E00
08753E00 08572E00
08003E00
08753E00 08572E00

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Selection Table
LED indicating lamp
and selector switch
with contact element
8082
16105E00
2 pushbuttons
16106E00
LED indicating lamp
and twin pushbutton
16107E00
All colour filters
included (clear,red,
yellow, green,
blue)
16111E00
2 switching
positions
OFF-ON
START
STOP
All colour filters
LED indicating lamp
and 2 pushbuttons
16108E00
All colour filters
Control Devices
8040/224-
PLR0-
N021-UL
kg
11 0.570
8040/224-
U011-
U012-UL
11 0.570
16111E00
8040/224-
PLR0-
U2312-UL
11 0.620
16111E00
8040/334-
PLR0-
U011-
U012-UL
11 0.750
red
09767E00
08006E00
08003E00
green
05602E00
08008E00
red
16094E00
red
09767E00
08010E00
green
START
05602E00
red
STOP
16094E00
red
09767E00
08012E00
green
START
05602E00
red
STOP
16094E00
428 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series ConSig 8040
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches] - Subject to Alterations
139 [5,47]
94 [3,70]
B
80 [3,15]
70 [2,76]
C
A
D
ø 5,50
[ø 0,22]
72 [2,83]
11 [0,43]
16114E00 16115E00
80 [3,15]
93 [3,66]
48 [1,89]
ø 5,50
70 [2,76]
B
C
D
72 [2,83]
11 [0,43]
A
[ø 0,22]
ConSig 8040/11 ConSig 8040/.2
139 [5,47] 93 [3,66] 1,50 [0,06]
80 [3,15]
16117E00 16118E00
185 [7,28]
140 [5,51]
B
80 [3,15]
70 [2,76]
C
A
D
72 [2,83]
11 [0,43]
ø 5,50
[ø 0,22]
ConSig 8040/33 ConSig 8040/11
and ConSig 8040/22 combination

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Radio Control Devices
Series 8040
Series 8040 E4
15019E00
WebCode 8040D
> Energy self-sufficient, no signal lines or batteries
are needed
> EnOcean protocol
> For 868 MHz
> Data rate 120 kbps
> Multi-network capable
> Output signal individually configurable
at the receiver
> Easy programming on the receiver's side
> Available with pushbutton, mushroom pushbutton
or rotary actuator
> Enclosure made of glass fibre reinforced polyester
resin
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Button label Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Pushbutton,
design size 1
15016E00
09240E00
labelling: I green 8040/1110X-
01L50BA50
214860 11 0.450
Twin pushbutton,
design size 2
15017E00
09240E00
05596E00
labelling: I green
labelling: Ο red
8040/1210X-
01L50BA50-
01L50BA50
214858 11 0.850
Triple pushbutton,
design size 3
15018E00
09240E00
05596E00
05598E00
labelling: I green
labelling: Ο red
labelling: II green
8040/1310X-
01L50BA50-
01L50BA50-
01L50BA50
214859 11 1.200

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8040
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
Certificates
Radio switching element: Control and monitoring devices:
IECEx BVS 11.0079U IECEx PTB 06.0025
Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
Radio switching element: Control and monitoring devices:
BVS 11 ATEX E 158 U PTB 01 ATEX 1105
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
IECEx, ATEX
Power supply Electrodynamic energy generator
Protocol EnOcean
Frequency 868.3 MHz
Switching frequency approx. 9000 telegrams with repeats / h
Transmission power max. 10 mW
Data rate 120 kbps
Channel bandwidth 280 kHz
Transmission range max. 300 m in a free field
max. 30 m indoors
Actuating time min. 80 ms
Switching system spring return
Ambient temperature -20 …+65 °C
Mechanical life > 1 million operating cycles
Material
Enclosure polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal polyurethane foam
Cover lock with captive M4 stainless steel combo head screws
Cover screws tightening
1.4 Nm
torque

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8040
Dimensional Drawings (all Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations
80 mm / 3.15 "
72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "
93 mm / 3.66 "
48 mm / 1.89 "
ø 5,50 mm
ø 0.22 "
8040/11 Radio control device
Design size 1
80 mm / 3.15 "
72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "
185 mm / 7.28 "
140 mm / 5.51 "
ø 5,50 mm
ø 0.22 "
Design size 3
Control Devices
80 mm / 3.15 "
72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "
139 mm / 5.47 "
94 mm / 3.70 "
ø 5,50 mm
ø 0.22 "
14986E00 14987E00
Design size 2
14988E00
432 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Control Stations Made of Polyester Resin
Series 8146
Series 8146 E4
07123E00
WebCode 8146F
> Enclosures made of glass-fibre reinforced
polyester resin
> 8 basic enclosure sizes with various
enclosure heights
> Can be combined to larger units
> Equipped with built-in devices for snap-on
mounting
– Control devices
– Indicating lamps
– Illuminated pushbuttons
– Control switches
– Ammeters
– Voltmeters
> Options available with:
– Flanges
– Cover hinges
– Flange enclosures
– Brass plates, Metal cable glands
For use x x x x For use in x x For use in x x* x x x
x* = Canada
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex dem ia/ib [ia/ib] IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5 , T4
Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de ia/ib [ia/ib] mq IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Korea (KCs), Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), USA (UL)
Ship approval RS
Material
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass-fibre-reinforced, dark grey, similar to RAL 7024
Impact resistance ) 7 J
Surface resistance ( 109 O
Flame-resistant according to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
Seal Polyurethane foam
Rated voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146
Equipment Table for Control Stations 8146, for Units with Contact Spacing of 42 mm
09338E00 09339E00 09340E00
8082
Control unit with actuators d 38 mm
Enclosure
Enclosure
size 3
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 3.1 8146/5031-3. 0.64
a b c
112 112 91
X 0
Side facing down A
Enclosure
size 4
Y 21
C
Y-21
D
B
A
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 4.1 Fig. 4.2 Fig. 4.3 8146/5041-3. 0.70
a b c
170 112 91
Y 0
B
C D
A
X 35
X-35
Y 0
B
C D
A
X 35
Y 7
Side facing down A A A
Enclosure
size 24
X 0
C
X-42
X 42
A B
D
a b c
227 112 91
Y0
B
C D
A
X 70
X 0
X-70
Y0
B
Y0
B
X 63
X 21
X-21
X-63
X 0 C D
C D
A
X 70
Side facing down A A A
Enclosure
size 5
A
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 5.1 Fig. 5.2 Fig. 5.3 Fig. 5.4 8146/5051-3. 1.10
a b c
170 170 91
Y 0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
A
X 35
X-35
Y 0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
A
X 35
X 0
C
X-42
X 42
A B
D
Y 35
Y-35
Y 35
Side facing down A A D D
Enclosure
size 6
X 0
C
X-42
X 42
A B
D
a b c
227 170 91
Y0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
A
X 49
X-21
Y0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
A
X 49
X-21
X 21
C
X-63
X 63
A B
D
Y 35
Y-35
X-21
X 21
C
X-63
X 63
A B
D
Y 35
Order Number Supplement Specify side facing down: side A bottom (see above) 8146/....-.A
Control Devices
8010
Indicating lamp
8082/8010
Illuminated button
08242E00
Equipment configuration
maximum options for built-in components with contact spacing
of 42 mm such as:
control units 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
illuminated pushbuttons 8082/8010
Ordering code Weight
(empty
enclo-sure)
[kg]
08918E00
08922E00 08923E00 08924E00
11631E00 11632E00 11630E00
08929E00 08930E00 08931E00 08932E00
08935E00 08936E00 08937E00 08938E00
side D bottom (see above) 8146/....-.D
434 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146
Enclosure
Enclosure
size 7
08242E00
maximum options for built-in components with contact spacing
of 42 mm such as:
control units 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
(empty
enclo-sure)
[kg]
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.1 Fig. 7.2 8146/5071-3. 2.00
a b c
X-21
C
X-63
X-105
X 63
X 21
X 105
A B
D
Y 35
08941E00 08942E00
340 170 91
X-21
C
X-63
X-105
X 63
X 21
X 105
A B
D
Y 35
Y-35
Side facing down D D
Enclosure
size 7
a b c
Y0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
08943E00
Y0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
08944E00
340 170 91
A
X 112
X 42
X-28
X-98
X 112
X 42
X-28
Side facing down A A
Enclosure
size 8
A
a b c
X 0
C
X-126
X-42
X-84
X 42
X 84
X 126
A B
D
Y 112
Y 42
Y-28
08948E00 08949E00
340 340 91
X 0
C
X-126
X-42
X-84
X 42
X 84
X 126
A B
D
Y 112
Y 42
Y-28
Y-98
Enclosure
size 9
a b c
08954E00
680 340 91
Y 105
Y 35
Y-35
Y-105
Side facing down D
Enclosure
size 9
X 0
X 42
C
X-252
X-294
X-210
X-168
X-126
X-84
X-42
X 84
X 126
X 168
X 210
X 252
X 294
A B
D
a b c
C
D
Y 42
Y0
B
A
X 280
X 210
X 140
X 70
X 0
X-70
X-140
X-210
Y 84
Y 126
Y-42
Y-84
Y-126
08952E00 08953E00
680 340 91
C
D
Y0
B
A
X 280
X 210
X 140
X 70
X 0
X-70
X-140
X-210
Y 84
X-280
Y 126
Y 42
Y-42
Y-84
Y-126

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146
Equipment Table for Control Stations 8146, for Units with Contact Spacing of > 42 mm
09336E00 09337E00 09342E00 09341E00 01842E00
8082
Control unit with actuators d > 38 mm
Enclosure
Enclosure
size 3
a b c
112 112 91
Y 0
C
D
B
A
X 0
Y 0
C
D
B
A
X-7
Y 0
Side facing down D D D
Enclosure
size 4
X 0
C
D
B
A
a b c
170 112 91
Y 0
B
C D
A
X 21
Y 0
B
C D
A
X 35
X-35
C
D
B
A
X-35
Y 0
X 35
Y 0
Enclosure
size 24
C
D
B
A
X-35
X 35
a b c
227 112 91
Y0
B
C D
A
X 56
X-14
X 70
X 0
Enclosure
size 5
Y0
B
C D
A
a b c
170 170 91
C
X-35
X 35
A B
D
Y 21
Y 21
Enclosure
size 6
C
D
B
A
X-35
X 35
a b c
227 170 91
B
Y 35
Y-35
C D
A
X 49
X-28
Y0
B
Y 42
Y-42
C D
A
X 49
X-28
Control Devices
8008
Control switch
8405
Ammeter
08242E00
maximum options with built-in components with contact
spacing
> 42 mm such as:
control switches 8008, ammeters 8405, control units 8082 with
actuators d > 38 mm
(empty
enclo-sure)
[kg]
08919E00 08920E00 08921E00
08925E00 08926E00 08927E00 08928E00
11633E00 11634E00
08957E00 08958E00
08959E00 08940E00
436 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146
Enclosure
08242E00
maximum options with built-in components with contact
spacing
> 42 mm such as:
control switches 8008, ammeters 8405, control units 8082 with
actuators d > 38 mm
(empty
enclo-sure)
[kg]
Enclosure 7 Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.5 8146/5071-3. 2.00
a b c
08945E00
340 170 91
Y 35
Y-35
Side facing down D
Enclosure
size 7
C
X-105
X-35
X 35
X 105
A B
D
a b c
B
Y 35
Y-35
C D
Y-42
B
Y 35
Y-35
C D
A
X 98
X 21
X-56
Y 42
Y0
Y-42
08946E00 08947E00
340 170 91
A
X 105
X 35
X-35
X-105
Y 42
Y0
Enclosure
size 8
a b c
X 0
C
X-84
X 84
A B
D
Y 105
Y 35
Y-35
X-63
Y-105
X-105
X-21
X 21
X 63
X 105
08950E00 08951E00
340 340 91
C
X-105
X-35
X 35
X 105
A B
D
Y 105
Y 35
Y-35
Y-105
Enclosure
size 9
a b c
08955E00
680 340 91
Y 105
Y 35
Y-35
Y-105
Side facing down D
Enclosure
size 9
C
X-273
X-203
X-133
X-63
X 63
X 133
X 203
X 273
A B
D
a b c
08956E00
680 340 91
Y 105
Y 35
Y-35
Side facing down D
C
X-273
X-203
X-133
X-63
X 63
X 133
X 203
X 273
A B
D
Table for max. number of entries possible with cable glands 8161 see 8146 terminal boxes
Dimensional drawings see terminal boxes Series 8146

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Control and Distribution Boxes Made of Stainless Steel
Series 8150
Series 8150 E4
14111E00
WebCode 8150B
> Circumferential protection channel prevents
water entry
> Extended temperature range due to
high-quality seal materials
> Optionally with hinges / cam locks or
screw-on cover
> Hinge versions with large opening angle 130°
> Flange plates tightened from the outside
enables simple installation
> Standard sizes on stock
> Special sizes on request
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d e ia/ib [ia/ib] ma mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC IP6X T130°C, T95°C, T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex d e ia/ib [ia/ib] ma mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP6X T130°C, T95°C, T80°C Db
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
depending on explosion protected components used
Rated cross section 300 mm2
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -60 ... +85 °C ... depending on explosion protected components used
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure 8150/5-....-....-...-2...: stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), brush finished
8150/5-....-....-...-3...: stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L), brush finished
Seal Silicone, foamed
Flanges
Standard In the standard version, the enclosures are supplied without flanges.
Option Depending on order requirements the enclosures can be installed on one or more sides with
flanges; flange material: stainless steel
Cover lock
Standard with captive M6 stainless steel combo head screws
Option with cover hinges
Connection Depending on order requirements at the built-in components or at the terminal blocks.
The rated operational voltage, the rated operational current and the rated cross-section depend
on the terminal type used and the explosion protected components.
Terminals Permissible rated cross-section which can be used - max. 300 mm2. The maximum number of
terminals for the respective enclosure size is indicated in the EC Type Examination Certificate.
Tightening torque according to specifications of the terminal block manufacturer

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8150
Equipment Table for Control Boxes 8150, for built-in components with mounting grid 42 mm
09338E00 09339E00 09340E00
8082
Control devices with actuators d 38 mm
8010
Indicating lamp
8082/8010
Illuminated pushbutton
08242E00
Equipment arrangement
maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control devices 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
Order Number
Dimensions [mm] Figure 4.1 8150/5-0176-0116-091-.311
a b c
14897E00
176 116 91
Dimensions [mm] Figure 5.1 Figure 5.2 Figure 5.3 Figure 5.4 8150/5-0176-0176-091-.311
a b c
14898E00 14899E00 14900E00 14901E00
176 176 91
a b c
14902E00 14903E00 14904E00 14905E00
236 176 91
Dimensions [mm] Figure 7.1 Figure 7.2 8150/5-0360-0176-091-.311
a b c
14906E00 14907E00
360 176 91
Dimensions [mm] Figure 8.1 Figure 8.2 8150/5-0360-0360-091-.3.1
a b c
14908E00 14909E00
360 360 91
a b c
14910E00
727 360 150
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
hinge + cam lock without 8150/.-....-....-...-..1.
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8150
08242E00
control devices 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
Order Number
a b c 8150/5-0360-0727-150-.321
727 360 150
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.
Equipment Table for Control Boxes 8150, for built-in components with mounting grid > 42 mm
09336E00 09337E00 09342E00 09341E00 01842E00
8082
Control devices with actuators d > 38 mm
08242E00
control switches 8008, ammeter 8405,
control devices 8082 with actuators d > 38 mm
a b c
176 116 91
a b c
176 176 91
a b c
236 176 91
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.
Control Devices
14911E00 14912E00
8008
Control switches
8405
Ammeter
Order Number
14913E00 14914E00 14915E00 14916E00
14917E00 14918E00
14940E00 14941E00
440 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8150
08242E00
Order Number
a b c
14919E00 14920E00
300 200 150
a b c
14921E00
360 176 91
a b c
14922E00 14923E00
360 176 91
a b c
14924E00 14925E00
360 360 91
a b c
14926E00 14927E00
400 300 150
a b c
14930E00 14931E00
400 400 150
a b c
14932E00 14933E00
600 400 150
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8150
08242E00
Order Number
a b c 8150/5-0400-0600-150-.321
400 600 150
a b c
727 360 150
a b c
727 360 150
a b c
600 600 150
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.
Table for max. number of entries possible with cable glands 8161 see 8150 terminal boxes
Dimensional drawings see terminal boxes Series 8150
Control Devices
14934E00 14935E00
14936E00
14942E00
14928E00 14929E00
442 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Grounding Systems / Ground Monitoring Device
Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071
Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071 E4
14834E00
WebCode 8146H
> Monitored electrostatic grounding of tank
containers and drums during loading
> Continuous monitoring of correct grounding
> Robust design
> Weather-protected plastic enclosure (IP66)
or stainless steal enclosure (IP66)
> Easy installation and operation
> Potential-free contact for signalling to
the process control system and external
control devices
> Insulated point of suspension
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
kg
14728E00
Ground monitoring
device 8125/5071
Ground monitoring device series 8125/5071 without
cable. The ground monitoring device ensures that
drums and tank containers are correctly
electrostatically grounded and continuously monitors
the connection. For use up to SIL 2.
8125/5071 209056 54 6.500
12753E00
Ground monitoring
device 8146/5075
Ground monitoring device series 8146/5075 without
cable. The ground monitoring device ensures that
drums and tank containers are correctly
electrostatically grounded and continuously monitors
the connection.
8146/5075 136216 54 5.800

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071
Selection Table
Version Description Art. no. PS Weight
12056E00
Grounding clamp
with cable
10 m cable with robust ergonomic grounding clamp,
stainless steel, and fast-action plug - II 1 GD T6. *)
12055E00
Grounding clamp
with spiral cable
5 m of cable with robust ergonomic grounding clamp,
stainless steel, and fast-action plug - II 1 GD T6
10 m of cable with robust ergonomic grounding clamp,
stainless steel, and fast-action plug - II 1 GD T6.
12715E00
Grounding clamp
with automatic cable
winder
Automatic winder with 15 m of insulated cable and
robust ergonomic grounding clamp, stainless steel,
and fast-action plug - II 1 GD T6.
Self retracting reel with 15 m Hytrel isolated cable
09003E00
Grounding clamp
Robust ergonomic grounding clamp, stainless steel,
Note *) Special cable length possible on request. Price and date of delivery differ from the standard.
Technical Data
Version 8125/5071 8146/5075
Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ship approval DNV
Further parameters
Installation in Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
Power supply
Rated voltage 120 / 230 V
Nominal current 50 mA
Power consumption 3 VA
Output
Signalling contact potential-free NO contact (Ex e)
Maximum load AC 250 V / 4 A
Maximum load DC 250 V / 2 A
Min. Belastung 12 V / 100 mA
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature - 40 ... + 80 °C
Control Devices
kg
105536 54 1.900
105538 54 1.350
105539 54 1.900
105544 54 16.000
203148 54 0.800
Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 Ex d e [ia] IIC T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
40 V / 3 A
444 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071
~ 414 mm / ~ 16.30 "
9,5 mm / 0.37 "
91 mm / 3.58 "
242 mm / 9.53 "
114 mm / 4.49 "
136,5 mm / 5.37 "
156,5 mm / 6.16 "
176,5 mm / 6.95 "
ø 7 mm / 0.28 "
360 mm /n 14.17 "
399 mm / 15.71 "
25 mm / 0.98 "
28 mm / 1.10 "
340 mm / 13.39 "
~ 436 mm / ~ 17.17 "
396 mm / 15.60 "
08029E00 14867E00
230 mm / 9.06 "
16 mm / 0.63 "
190 mm / 7.48 "
213 mm / 8.39 "
9 mm / 0.35 "
7 mm / 0.28 "
288,5 mm / 11.36 "
340,5 mm / 13.41 "
152 mm /5.98 "
148 mm / 5.83 "
170 mm / 6.69 "
377 mm / 14.84 "
Grounding monitoring device 8146/5075 Grounding monitoring device 8125/5071
192 mm / 7.56 "
75 mm / 2.95 "
112 mm / 4.41 "
04878E00
ø 10 mm
ø 0.39 "
380 mm / 14.96 "
Cable drum with automatic cable winder

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Ground Monitoring Device
Series 8485
Series 8485 E4
12723E00
WebCode 8485A
> Controlled electrostatic grounding of road
tankers and rail cars during loading
> The object recognition prevents potential
operator errors (with road tankers)
> Water jet protected aluminium enclosure
IP65
> Two potential-free change-over contacts per
channel for signalling
> Insulated point of suspension for clamps
> Ambient temperature - 50 ... + 60 °C
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x
For use in x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas FTZÚ 09 ATEX 0059X
E II 2 G Ex d [ib] IIB T4
Certificates ATEX, Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Power supply
Rated voltage 230 +/- 10 % V AC
Output
Signalling contact two floating change-over contacts per channel
Min. Belastung 10 V DC / 100 mA
Maximum load DC 230 V DC / 0.25 A 40 V DC / 3 A
Maximum load AC 230 V AC / 3 A
Enclosure version Flameproof enclosure (Ex d)
Material
Enclosure Aluminium
Grounding clamp Galvanised steel, contact point: copper
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature - 50 ... + 60 °C
Cable glands Cable diameter range 6 … 12 mm
Connection Maximum diameter, single-wire
- rigid 2.5 mm2
- flexible 2.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves with plastic cover 1.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves without plastic cover 2.5 mm2

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8485
Selection Table
kg
Single-channel
grounding system
12635E00
Ground Monitoring
Device
Single-channel ground monitoring
device, without cable
8485/111-31 202498 54 12.900
12638E00
Clamp with cable
10 m ÖLFLEX with cable gland *);
Ambient temperature: - 50 ... + 60 °C
202500 54 2.900
12640E00
Clamp with
spiral cable
202502 54 4.000
12715E00
Grounding clamp
with automatic
cable winder
Automatic winder with 15 m of
insulated cable and robust ergonomic
grounding clamp, stainless steel,
Self retracting reel with 15 m Hytrel
isolated cable
105544 54 16.000
12643E00
Configuration set
Configuration set consisting of
infrared adapter with USB port and
CD-ROM with configuration software
202511 54 0.500
*) Special cable length possible on request (max. 20 m).
Price and date of delivery differ from the standard.

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8485
Selection Table
Dual-channel
grounding system
Ground Monitoring
Device
Clamp with cable
Clamp with
spiral cable
Grounding clamp
with automatic
cable winder
Configuration set
Control Devices
kg
12633E00
Dual-channel ground monitoring
device, without cable
8485/112-31 202499 54 13.600
12639E00
2 x 10 m ÖLFLEX and cable glands.
Marked in yellow and black for correct
correlation to indicating lamps. *);
202501 54 4.800
12641E00
2 x 10 m ÖLFLEX and cable glands.
Marked in yellow and black for correct
correlation to indicating lamps. *);
202503 54 7.000
12715E00
Automatic winder with 15 m of
insulated cable and robust ergonomic
grounding clamp, stainless steel,
Self retracting reel with 15 m Hytrel
isolated cable
105544 54 16.000
12643E00
Configuration set consisting of
infrared adapter with USB port and
CD-ROM with configuration software
202511 54 0.500
448 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 8485
225 mm / 8.86 "
12 mm / 4. " 488
98 mm / 3.86 " 6 mm
0.24 "
3mm/ 13. " 34 15
3mm/ 12. " 26 83
272 mm / 10.71 "
325 mm / 12.79 "
ø1 2 mm
ø0.4 7 "
180 mm / 7.09 "
12758E00 12759E00
225 mm / 8.86 "
12 mm / 4. " 488
98 mm / 3.86 " 6 mm
0.24 "
3mm/ 13. " 34 15
3mm/ 12. " 26 83
272 mm / 10.71 "
325 mm / 12.79 "
ø1 2 mm
ø0.4 7 "
180 mm / 7.09 "
Single-channel ground monitoring device 8485/111-31 Dual-channel ground monitoring device 8485/112-31
04878E00
192 mm / 7.56 "
ø 10 mm
ø 0.39 "
380 mm / 14.96 "
75 mm / 2.95 "
Cable drum with automatic cable winder
112 mm / 4.41 "

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 7485
Series 7485 E4
12636E00
WebCode 7485A
> Controlled electrostatic grounding of road
tankers and rail cars during loading
> The object recognition prevents potential
operator errors (with road tankers)
> Water jet protected stainless steel enclosure
IP65
> Easy installation and operation
> Two potential-free change-over contacts
per channel for signalling
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Ground monitoring
device
Gas and dust FTZÚ 10 ATEX 0068
E II 3 (2) G Ex nAC ib [ib] IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 T62°C IP65
Clamp
Gas and dust FTZÚ 10 ATEX 0068
E II 2 GD Ex ib ibD IIB T40°C
Certificates ATEX, Russia (GOST R) applied for
Power supply
Rated voltage 230 +/- 10 % V AC
Output
Signalling contact two floating change-over contacts per channel
Min. Belastung 10 V DC / 100 mA
Maximum load DC 230 V DC / 0.25 A 40 V DC / 3 A
Maximum load AC 230 V AC / 3 A
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature - 20 ... + 40 °C
Material
Enclosure Stainless steel
Grounding clamp Galvanised steel, contact point: copper
Cable glands Cable diameter range 6 … 12 mm
Connection Maximum diameter, single-wire
- rigid 2.5 mm2
- flexible 2.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves with plastic cover 1.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves without plastic cover 2.5 mm2

E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
Series 7485
Selection Table
kg
12637E00
Ground monitoring device
Single-channel ground monitoring device,
without cable
7485/111-31 202505 54 7.900
12638E00
Clamp with cable
202500 54 2.900
12640E00
Clamp with spiral cable
202502 54 4.000
12715E00
Grounding clamp
with automatic cable winder
Automatic winder with 15 m of insulated cable and
robust ergonomic grounding clamp, stainless steel,
and fast-action plug - II 1 GD T6. Self retracting reel
with 15 m Hytrel isolated cable
105544 54 16.000
12643E00
Configuration set
Configuration set consisting of infrared adapter with
USB port and CD-ROM with configuration software
202511 54 0.500
192 mm / 7.56 "
ø 10 mm
ø 0.39 "
380 mm / 14.96 "
75 mm / 2.95 "
112 mm / 4.41 "
12763E00 04878E00
90 mm
3.54 "
4 x M6
216 mm x 156 mm
8.50 " x 6.14 "
236 mm / 9.29 "
111 mm
4.37 "
176 mm / 6.93 "
207 mm / 8.15 "
Single-channel ground monitoring device 7485/111-31 Cable drum with automatic cable winder

Signalling Devices
452 Signalling Devices 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
Contents
Signalling Devices
Audible and Visual Signalling Devices
Sounder / Strobe, Combination - 110 dB (A) / 5 Joule YL60 454
Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal - 100 dB (A) / LED Beacon YL4IS 458
Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal - 105 dB (A) / LED Beacon YL5IS 458
Audible Signalling Devices
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB (A) YO3IS 458
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB (A) Modular YO4IS 458
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 105 dB (A) YO5IS 458
Sounder, 115 dB (A) YA90 464
Sounder, 110 dB (A) YA60 454
Hazardous Area Sounder - 100 dB (A) YA11 462
Signal Horn, 105 dB (A) 8491 466
Visual Signalling Devices
Strobe, Flash Energy 5 Joule FL60 454
GRP Explosion Proof Visual Signal 5 Joule FX15 468
Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon 6161 472
Signal Beacon - LED 6162 475
LED Obstruction Light, Low Intensity TEF 2430 482
Signal Beacon TEF 2430 484
Signal Beacon - Zone 2 TEF 2440 486
LED Visual Flashing Signal, Intrinsically Safe FD40IS 479
LED Visual Status Signal, Intrinsically Safe SD40IS 479
Navigation Light TEF 2850 488
Windsock TEF 9967 490
Control Devices
Manual Call Points MCP 492
Commander Utility TEF 4500 494
Control Devices
Fire Alarm Stations 8146
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 453

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Audible and Visual Alarms
Series FL60, YA60, YL60
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series FL60, YA60, YL60 E5
15195E00
WebCode YL60A
FL60B
YA60A
> Audible and visual alarms
– Sounder
– Strobe
– Sounder/Strobe combination
> Omnidirectional high output sounder,
max. 110 db(A) / 1 m
> 32 selectable tones
> Seawater resistant aluminium enclosure with
polycarbonate globe
> Polycarbonate globe available in seven different
colours
> Lens guard provided as standard
> Optional with integrated telephone relay
For use in x x x x For use in x x x x For use in x x x x x x
Versions
13974E00 14717E00 13969E00
FL60 Strobe YA60 Sounder YL60 Sounder/Strobe combination

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FL60, YA60, YL60 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Selection Table
Version Group Flash
energy
Rated
operational
voltage
Lens colour Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
13974E00
FL60 Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
IIB + H2 5 Joule 24 V DC amber FL60/C/D50/A/EU 205129 80 5.080
red FL60/C/D50/R/EU 205133 80 5.080
115 V AC amber FL60/C/L50/A/EU 212366 80 5.080
red FL60/C/L50/R/EU 205145 80 5.080
230 V AC amber FL60/C/N50/A/EU 205150 80 5.080
red FL60/C/N50/R/EU 205153 80 5.080
Selection Table
Version Group Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
14717E00
YA60 Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
IIB + H2 24 V DC YA60/C/D/EU 205191 80 5.400
115 V AC YA60/C/L/EU 205199 80 5.400
230 V AC YA60/C/N/EU 205200 80 5.400
Selection Table
Version Group Flash
energy
Rated
operational
voltage
kg
13969E00
YL60 Sounder/Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
IIB + H2 5 Joule 24 V DC amber YL60/C/D50/A/EU 205250 80 6.000
red YL60/C/D50/R/EU 205257 80 6.000
115 V AC amber YL60/C/L50/A/EU 205267 80 6.000
red YL60/C/L50/R/EU 205271 80 6.000
230 V AC amber YL60/C/N50/A/EU 205273 80 6.000
red YL60/C/N50/R/EU 205282 80 6.000
Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available.
Please contact your local sales office for details.
The tone table is available on the Internet.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BAS 05.0087X
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa 02ATEX0222X
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (Inmetro), Canada (cUL), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (Gost K), Russia (GOST R),
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 115 V AC, 230 V AC
Current consumption
Acoustic data
YA60 Sounder 24 V DC IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 350 mA
FL60 Strobe 24 V DC 5 J IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 220 mA
YL60
Sounder / Strobe
combination
Volume 110 dB(A) / 1 m
Sound selection via DIL-switch
Flash rate 1/s
Flash energy
48 V DC IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 300 mA
115 V AC IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 110 mA
230 V AC IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 55 mA
48 V DC 5 J IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 135 mA
115 V AC 5 J IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 90 mA
230 V AC 5 J IECEx, ATEX, GOST 45 mA
FL60: 5, 10 or 20 Joule
YL60: 5 Joule
Lens colour amber, blue, clear, green, red, opal, yellow
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Mechanical data
Material
T4: -20 ... +60 °C
T6: -20 ... +40 °C
Enclosure aluminium, seawater resistant
Horn ABS, flame retardant
Globe polycarbonate
Assembly parts stainless steel
10 J IECEx, ATEX, GOST 500 mA
20 J IECEx, ATEX, GOST 1.1 A
20 J IECEx, ATEX, UL, GOST 170 mA
Degree of protection IP66, 4X
Cable entries 2 cable entries, equipped with stopping plug (1x) and dust cap (1x) UL
Cable glands Devices are supplied without cable glands, please order separately:
Signalling Devices
Ex d IIB+H2 T4 Ta -20 ... +60°C Gb
Ex tb IIIC T135°C Ta -20 ... +60°C Db IP66
T6 available on request
E II 2 G Ex d IIB+H2 T4 Ta -20 ... +60°C Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T135°C Ta -20 ... +60°C Db IP66
T6 available on request
Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL)
devices: equipped with M20 / 1/2 ’’ adapters (2x)
see Chapter E10 "Installation Materials and Accessories".
456 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Clifford &Snell
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations)
288 mm / 11.3 ”
145 mm / 5.7 ”
75 mm / 3 ”
M8
420 mm / 16.5 ”
75 mm / 3 ”
M8
145 mm / 5.7 ”
13978E00 13975E00 13977E00
276 mm / 10.9 ”
145 mm / 5.7 ”
75 mm / 3 ”
M8
FL60 Strobe YA60 Sounder YL60 Sounder/Strobe combination
Designation Figure Description Group Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Cable glands
14976E00
Compound Barrier Cable Glands
Ex d and Ex e for all Types of
Unarmoured Cables
IIB + H2
and IIC
8163/2-20-
PXSS2K-M20
138888 17 8163J
14742E00
Armoured Cables
IIB + H2
and IIC
8163/2-20-
PX2K-M20
138875 17 8163I
Note Approvals of cable entries have to be observed.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms
Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS E5
13989E00
WebCode YL5ISA
YL4ISA
YO5ISA
YO4ISA
YO3ISA
> Intrinsically safe Sounders and
Sounder/Strobe combinations
> High sound output
> 32 selectable tones, 2 stage alarm
> Meets UKOOA/PFEER requirements
> Sound selection via DIL switch
> Lens of Sounder/Strobe combinations
available in six different colours
> Monitoring facility
> Flame retardant materials
> Robust and reliable
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety barrier Temperature
class
kg
13995E00
YO3IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
red flame (RF) ISC T4 YO3/ISC/T4 205308 81 0.390
T6 YO3/ISC/T6 207019 81 0.390
ISD T4 YO3/ISD/T4 207020 81 0.390
T6 YO3/ISD/T6 207281 81 0.390
Note ISC - Standard device
ISD - Opto isolator on second sound stage
Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety barrier Temperature
class
kg
15239E00
YO4IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
red flame (RF) ISC T4 YO4/ISC/T4 205310 81 0.490
T6 YO4/ISC/T6 205311 81 0.490
ISD T4 YO4/ISD/T4 207288 81 0.490
T6 YO4/ISD/T6 207289 81 0.490

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS C&S
Clifford &Snell
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
colour
Safety barrier Temperature class Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
13996E00
YO5IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
red flame
(RF)
ISC T4 YO5/ISC/T4 205312 81 0.810
T6 YO5/ISC/T6 205315 81 0.810
ISD T4 YO5/ISD/T4 205316 81 0.810
T6 YO5/ISD/T6 207293 81 0.810
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
colour
Safety
barrier
Temperature
class
Lens
colour
kg
15240E00
YL4IS
Sounder/Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
red normal
(RN)
ISC T4 amber YL4/ISC/T4/A/RN 211533 81 0.640
red YL4/ISC/T4/R/RN 205450 81 0.640
green YL4/ISC/T4/G/RN 212118 81 0.640
opal YL4/ISC/T4/O/RN 212120 81 0.640
blue YL4/ISC/T4/B/RN 212142 81 0.640
clear YL4/ISC/T4/C/RN 212119 81 0.640
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
colour
Safety
barrier
Temperature
class
Lens
colour
kg
13998E00
YL5IS
Sounder/Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
red flame
(RF)
ISC T4 amber YL5/ISC/T4/A/RF 204795 81 1.090
red YL5/ISC/T4/R/RF 204796 81 1.090
green YL5/ISC/T4/G/RF 212415 81 1.090
opal YL5/ISC/T4/O/RF 212416 81 1.090
blue YL5/ISC/T4/B/RF 212417 81 1.090
clear YL5/ISC/T4/C/RF 212418 81 1.090
Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available.
Please contact your local sales office for details.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas
Europe (ATEX)
YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS BAS02ATEX1190X
YL4IS, YL5IS Baseefa08ATEX0194X
YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4, T6
YL4IS, YL5IS E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 12, 18 or 24 V DC Via ATEX approved safety barrier or galvanic isolator
Safety barrier
Galvanic isolator
Acoustic data
Single channel: 9001/01-280-085-101
Dual channel: 9002/11-280-186-001
Single channel: 9176/10-15-00s
Dual channel: 9176/20-15-00s
Volume YO3: 100 dB(A) / 1 m
Sound selection via DIL-switch
Lens colour amber, blue, clear, green, opal, red (YL4, YL5)
Ambient conditions
Max. relative humidity 95 % at 40 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure ABS, flame retardant
Assembly parts stainless steel
Degree of protection IP55 (YO3, YO4 and YL4)
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Safety barrier
Galvanic isolator
Cabel gland
Signalling Devices
YO4: 100 dB(A) / 1 m
YO5: 105 dB(A) / 1 m
IP56 (YO5, YL5)
02326E00
single channel 9001/01-280-085-101 158351 20 9001A
dual channel 9002/11-280-186-001 158848 20 9002A
12530E00
single channel 9176/10-15-00s 160472 21 9176A
dual channel 9176/20-15-00s 165567 21 9176A
13027E00
8161/6-M20-13 8161/6-M201- p1ie3ce 138536 15 8161A
460 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Clifford &Snell
169 mm / 6.7 "
153 mm / 6.0 "
134 mm / 5.3 "
128 mm / 5.0 "
9 mm / 0.4 "
134 mm / 5.3 "
M20 23 mm / 0.9 "
ø 8 mm / 0.3 "
14001E00 14011E00
118 mm / 4.7 "
85 mm / 3.4 "
102 mm / 4.0 "
89 mm / 3.5 "
9 mm / 0.4 "
89 mm / 3.5 "
M20 18 mm / 0.7 "
ø 6 mm / 0.2 "
YO3 Sounder YO5 Sounder
13999E00
90 mm / 3.5 " 81 mm / 3.2 "
180 mm / 7.1 "
YO4 Sounder
ø 8 mm / 0.3 "
90 mm / 3.5 " 81 mm / 3.2 "
276 mm / 10.9 "
14002E00 14000E00
169 mm / 6.7 "
128 mm / 5.0 " 153 mm / 6.0 "
134 mm / 5.3 "
88 mm / 3.5 "
57,5 mm / 2.3 "
88 mm / 3.5 "
134 mm / 5.3 "
M20 9 mm / 0.4 "
23 mm / 0.9 "
YL5 Sounder/Strobe combination YL4 Sounder/Strobe combination
Note Non-Ex versions can be found in the catalogue „Audible & Visual Signals“.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Sounder for Panel Mounting - 100 dB (A)
Series YA11
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series YA11 E5
14821E00
WebCode YA11A
> Max sound output 100 dB (A) / 1 m
> IP66, NEMA 4X rated as standard
> Single stage alarm
> 32 sound tones available meeting
international regulations
> Low profile (28 mm) light weight
aluminium enclosure
> 3 metre (118”) 2 core pre wired cable fitted
and prepared ready for installation
> Panel sealing gasket and fixings provided
> Low current consumption
> High performance red paint finish as standard
ATEX / IECEx
Class I
(NEC 505) (NEC 506) Class I Class II Class III
For use in x x For use in x x For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
YA11 Sounder,
standard devices
red standard (R) 18 ... 32 V DC YA11/1-D-..-RN 211439 80 1.700
Note
Customer must specify the required sound tone at the point of ordering.
The sound tone cannot be changed by the customer.
There are 32 tones available, please see the order number supplement below,
for example if tone 18 is required please use the order number YA11/1-D-18-RN
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T90°C Dc IP66 (-40 °C (Ta (+70 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa 10 ATEX 0252X
E II 3 GD Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T90°C Dc (-40 °C ( Ta ( +70 °C)
Certificate IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CUL), USA (UL)
Ship approval Lloyds Register
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC (18 ... 32 V DC)
Current consumption 70 mA
Acoustic data
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure aluminium / ABS
Assembly parts stainless steel fixings and foam sealing gasket
Degree of protection IP66, NEMA 4X
Assembly 3 metre (118”) 2 core pre wired cable fitted and prepared ready for installation
to ensure the integrity of seal between the sounder and panel is maintained, the neoprene
sponge gasket should be fitted and a torque value of 2.2 to 2.6 Nm (19.5 to 23.0 lbs ins) applied
to each screw and nut
panel mount via 6 holes on 124 mm (4.9”) PCD at 60° spacing Panel cut out 109 mm (4.3”)
panel sealing gasket supplied
mounting hardware supplied
screws are designed to fit a panel thickness of 4 mm max.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Sounder for Panel Mounting - 100 dB (A)
Series YA11 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Tone Table
Tone no. Version Frequency
Repetition rate
(sec) Special application
Tone 01 Alternate two-tone 800-1000 0.5 Fire alarms - Level crossing
Tone 02 Alternate two-tone 2500-3100 0.5 Security alarms
Tone 03 Alternate fast two-tone 800-1000 0.25 Increased urgency - Level crossing
Tone 04 Alternate fast two-tone 2500-3100 0.25 Security deterrent
Tone 05 Alternate two-tone 440-554 0.4/0.1 AFNOR, France
Tone 06 Alternate two-tone 430-470 1.0
Tone 07 Alternate very fast two-tone 800-1000 0.13
Tone 08 Alternate very fast two-tone 2500-3200 0.07
Tone 09 Alternate two-tone 440-554 2.0 Turn out, Sweden
Tone 10 Continuous note 700 All-clear, Sweden
Tone 11 Continuous note 1000
Tone 15 Interrupted tone 1000 2.0
Tone 16 Interrupted tone 420 1.25 AS2220, Australia
Tone 20 Interrupted tone 700 6/12 Pre-vital message, Sweden
Tone 22 Interrupted tone 700 4.0 Air-raid alarm, Sweden
Tone 23 Interrupted tone 700 0.25 Local warning, Sweden
Tone 24 Interrupted tone 720 0.7/0.3 Industrial alarm, Germany
Tone 25 Interrupted, fast, rising volume 1400 0.25
Tone 26 Fast siren 250-1200 0.085
Tone 27 Rising constant, fall 1000 10/40/10 Industrial alarm, Germany
Tone 28 ISO 8201 Evacuation 800-1000 As standard International evacuation alarm
Tone 29 Fast whoop 500-1000 0.15
Tone 30 Slow whoop 500-1200 4.5 Evacuation, The Netherlands
Tone 31 Reverse sweep 1200-500 1.0 Evacuation, Germany
Tone 32 Siren 500-1200 3.0
kg
Replacement
installation kit
gasket, screws, nuts, locking devices and washers 212184 80 0.040
14850E00
147 ,5 mm / 5.8 "
65 mm / 2.6 "
105 4.1 " mm /
38 mm / 1.5 "
X
X = 6 x holes dia 5.3 mm (0.2") and c'bored 10.2 mm (0.4") equispaced on a 124 mm (4.9") PCD

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Explosion Proof Audible Signal - 115 dB(A)
Series YA90
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series YA90 E5
13912E00
WebCode YA90A
> Max sound output 115 dB (A) / 1 m
> 2 stage alarm, independently selectable 2nd stage
> IP66 rated as standard
> 32 selectable tones meeting international
regulations
> Light weight glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
Ex enclosure
> Sound selection via 5 way DIL switch
> Adjustable stainless steel ratchet bracket
providing positive setting
> Enclosure finished in red high performance paint
with ABS flare
> Monitoring facility (DC voltages only)
> Dual 20 mm gland entries as standard
For use in x x x x For use in x x x x For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d IIC T6 Ta -60 ... +60°C Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa08ATEX0189X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ta -60 ... +60°C Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Ta -60 ... +60°C Db IP66
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China Ex), Canada (cUL), India (PESO),
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), USA (UL)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24, 48 V DC
115, 230 V AC
48 V DC (not available for UL listed products)
Current consumption 24 V DC, 300 mA
48 V DC, 160 mA
115 V AC, 80 mA
230 V AC, 45 mA
Acoustic data
Sound selection via DIL switch
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature ATEX / IECEx: -60 ... +60 °C
UL & ULC: -60 ... +66 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure light weight glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
enclosure finished in red high performance paint with ABS flare assembly
Assembly parts adjustable stainless steel ratchet bracket providing positive setting
Degree of protection IP66, 4X
Cable glands UL units fitted with 2 x M20 to 1/2 inch NPT adaptors. All other units are supplied with
ATEX approved stopping plug and dust cover
Assembly stainless steel mounting bracket provided, holes to suit M6, pitch 60 mm

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Explosion Proof Audible Signal - 115 dB(A)
Series YA90 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Selection Table
Version Group Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
YA90 Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
IIC 24 V DC YA90/C/D/EU 205209 80 4.500
230 V AC YA90/C/N/EU 205214 80 4.500
115 V AC YA90/C/L/EU 206770 80 4.500
YA90 Sounder,
UL certification,
standard devices
IIC 24 V DC YA90/C/D/UL 205365 80 4.500
115 V AC YA90/C/L/UL 205366 80 4.500
230 V AC YA90/C/N/UL 212397 80 4.500
YA90 Sounder,
IECEx certification,
standard devices
IIC 24 V DC YA90/C/D/IN 205212 80 4.500
115 V AC YA90/C/L/IN 208871 80 4.500
230 V AC YA90/C/N/IN 212398 80 4.500
YA90 Sounder,
GOST R certification,
standard devices
IIC 230 V AC YA90/C/N/RU 205217 80 4.500
24 V DC YA90/C/D/RU 206661 80 4.500
115 V AC YA90/C/L/RU 212399 80 4.500
Note Variations in gas group, voltage and certification are available
Tag labels can be added, please contact your local sales office for more details
Designation Figure Description Group Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Cable gland
14976E00
Compound Barrier
Cable Glands
Ex d and Ex e
for all Types of
Unarmoured Cables
IIB + H2
and IIC
8163/2-20-PXSS2K-M20 138888 17 8163J
14742E00
Compound Barrier
Cable Glands
Ex d and Ex e
for all Types of
Armoured Cables
IIB + H2
and IIC
8163/2-20-PX2K-M20 138875 17 8163I
14977E00
Cable Glands
Ex d and Ex e for
Unarmoured Cables
IIB 8163/2-20-A2F-M20 138772 17 8163A
14978E00
Triton CDS
Cable Glands
Ex d and Ex e
for all Types of
Armoured Cables
IIB 8163/2-20-T3CDS-M20 138902 17 8163K
13971E00
210 mm / 8.26 ”
316 mm / 12.44 ’’
142 mm / 5.6 ” 60 mm / 2.4 ”
210 mm / 8.26 ’’

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Horn 105 dB (A)
Series 8491/1, 8491/2
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series 8491/1, 8491/2 E5
10616E00
WebCode 8491A
> Fixed signal tone
> Volume max. 105 dB(A) / 1 m
> Installation by means of angle mounting
> AC and DC versions
Signal Horn Series 8491/1
> With trumpet and connection cable
Signal Horn Series 8491/2
> Compact design
with connection chamber and cable gland
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
8491/1: For use in x x
8491/2: For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
00446E00
24 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-024 145276 17 1.450
42 ... 48 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-042 145278 17 1.450
115 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
8491/11-115 145279 17 1.450
120 V AC, 60 Hz
230 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-230 145280 17 1.450
24 V DC 8491/15-024 145275 17 1.450
10614E00
230 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-230 145285 17 1.500
115 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
8491/21-115 145284 17 1.500
120 V AC, 60 Hz
42 ... 48 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-042 145283 17 1.500
24 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-024 145282 17 1.500
24 V DC 8491/25-024 145281 17 1.500

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Horn 105 dB (A)
Series 8491/1, 8491/2 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
8491/1 8491/2
Europe (ATEX)
EN60079-0:2012
EN60079-18:2009
EN60079-0:2012
EN60079-7:2007
EN60079-18:2009
EN60079-31:2009
E II 2 G Ex mb IIC T5 Gb E II 2 G Ex e mb IIC T5 Gb
- - E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db IP65
Certificates ATEX, China (China-Ex), India (PESO),
Kazakhstan (operating authorisation),
ATEX, China (China-Ex), Kazakhstan
(operating authorisation), Ukraine (TR),
Material
Enclosure PC/ABS, black PC/ABS, black
Degree of protection IP55 IP65
Connection type LAPPTHERM 145, 2 x 0.75 mm2, 3 m screw terminal in the connectin chamber
max. connection cross-section 2.5 mm2
1 x M16 cable gland
6.5 ... 9.5 mm cable dia. range
03540E00 10617E00
Signal horn with trumpet
Series 8491/1
Signal horn, compact design with connection chamber
Series 8491/2

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
GRP Explosion Proof Visual Signal 5 Joule
Series FX15
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series FX15 E5
15567E00
WebCode FX15A
> Suitable for offshore / onshore &
harsh environments
> Corrosion resistant light weight
GRP enclosure
> Stainless steel and fixings and guard
> High ingress protection IP66 & IP67
> Extreme temperature range -55 ... +70 °C
> Flexible mounting options
> Light enhancing lens design
ATEX IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
IIB IECEx BAS 13.0005X
IIC IECEx BAS 13.0003
IIB, IIC IEC 60079-0: 2011 / IEC 60079-1: 2007-04 / IEC 60079-31: 2008
IIB Ex d IIB T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
IIC Ex d IIC T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
* temperature class on the table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
IIB Baseefa13ATEX0007X
IIC Baseefa13ATEX0006
IIB, IIC EN 60079-0: 2012 / EN 60079-1: 2007 / EN 60079-31: 2009
IIB EII 2 G Ex d IIB T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
IIC EII 2 G Ex d IIC T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
* temperature class on the table
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 115 V AC and 230 V AC operational parameters +/-10 %
Start-up current
Product variant table
24 V DC 300 mA
48 V DC 185 mA
115 V AC 140 mA
230 V AC 75 mA
24 V DC 500 mA
48 V DC 250 mA
115 V AC 900 mA
230 V AC 100 mA
Power and voltage Temperature class Ambient temperature range
5 J
24 V DC
T6 -60 … +40 °C
T5 -60 … +55 °C
T4 -60 … +70 °C
5 J
48 V DC
T6 -60 … +40 °C
T5 -60 … +55 °C
T4 -60 … +70 °C
5 J
115 V AC
T5 -60 … +40 °C
T4 -60 … +55 °C
5 J
230 V AC
T6 -60 … +40 °C
T5 -60 … +55 °C
T4 -60 … +70 °C

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FX15 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
Effective candela 49 Clear lens
Candela seconds 9.96
Flash energy 5 J
Flash rate 1 per second
24 & 48 V DC -50 ... +70 °C
115 V AC -55 ... +55 °C
230 V AC -55 ... +70 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure GRP
Lens cover polycarbonate
Wire guard stainless steel
Degree of protection IP66 & IP67 IEC 60529
Cable entries 3 x M20, product supplied with 3 x dust cover
Weight 2.4 kg
Selection Table
Version Group Rated operational
voltage
kg
ATEX & IECEx
standard variants
IIC 24 V DC red FX15/C-D-050-R-EN-SF-A 217971 80 2.230
amber FX15/C-D-050-A-EN-SF-A 217979 80 2.230
clear FX15/C-D-050-C-EN-SF-A 217989 80 2.230
115 V AC red FX15/C-L-050-R-EN-SF-A 217973 80 2.250
amber FX15/C-L-050-A-EN-SF-A 217981 80 2.250
clear FX15/C-L-050-C-EN-SF-A 217983 80 2.250
230 V AC red FX15/C-N-050-R-EN-SF-A 217974 80 2.250
amber FX15/C-N-050-A-EN-SF-A 217982 80 2.250
clear FX15/C-N-050-C-EN-SF-A 217995 80 2.250
Note FX15 Beacons are supplied without a bracket. These must be ordered separately, see accessories table.
Type Code
Variant Option Code FX15 / C - . - 050 - . - EN - .. - A - ..
Gas group IIC C
Supply voltage 24 V DC D
48 V DC F
115 V AC L
230 V AC N
Light output 5 Joule 050
Lens colour Red R
Amber A
Clear C
Blue B
Green G
Yellow Y
Magenta M
Opal O
Certification ATEX & IECEx EN
Body colour Standard black SF
Red RN
Yellow YE
Blue BL
Cable entries 3 x M20 A
Optional extras Telephone initiate TI
Duty label D
Tag label TL
Local Approval L

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FX15 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS WebCode
Mounting brackets
Cable glands
Xenon tube
PCB
PCB termination
Flange
Signalling Devices
15795E00
Stainless steel L-bracket - see dimensional drawings 221711 80 – –
15794E00
Stainless steel backstrap mounting bracket -
see dimensional drawings
221712 80 – –
14976E00
138888 17 8163J
14742E00
138875 17 8163I
15798E00
Compound barrier cable glands Ex d and
Ex e for all types of unarmoured cables
Group IIB + H2
and IIC
Compound barrier cable glands Ex d and
Ex e for all types of armoured cables
Group IIB + H2
and IIC
Xenon tube assembly 223636 – – – –
15786E00
PCB assembly 24 V DC 5J 223635 – – – –
PCB assembly 48 V DC 5J 223634 – – – –
PCB assembly 110 V AC 5J 223632 – – – –
PCB assembly 230 V AC 5J 223580 – – – –
15785E00
PCB assembly termination 223579 – – – –
15796E00
Flange assembly standard -
specify lens colour acc. to type code
223578 – – – –
470 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FX15 C&S
Clifford &Snell
87 mm / 3.43 "
105 mm / 4.13 "
78 mm / 3.07 "
75 mm / 2.95 "
164 6 6 mm / .4"
265 mm / 10.43 "
245 mm / 9.65 "
ø9 mm
ø0.35 "
ø 8,50 mm / ø 0.33 "
78 mm / 3.07 "
152 mm / 5.98 "
180 mm / 7.09 "
253 mm / 9.96 "
15739E00 15738E00 15737E00
148 mm / 5.83 "
137 mm / 5.39 "
239 mm / 9.41 "
FX15 Beacon FX15 Beacon with ‘L’ bracket FX15 Beacon with backstrap bracket
15743E00 15763E00
78 mm / 3.07 "
152 mm / 5.98 "
180 mm / 7.09 "
Backstrap bracket
15742E00 15762E00
87 mm / 3.43 " 20 mm
0.79 "
75 mm / 2.95 "
ø9 mm
ø0.35 "
L-shaped bracket
ø 8,50 mm
ø 0.33 "
25 mm
28 mm
0.98 "
1.10 "
105 mm / 4.13 "

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon
Series 6161
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series 6161 E5
01817E00
WebCode 6161A
> Seawater resistant aluminium enclosure
with polycarbonate dome
> Flashing frequency 1 Hz
> Integrated Ex e connection chamber
> Available with signal yellow, red, orange,
green, blue and clear dome
> Flashing energy 5 Joules
> Steady beacon in LED technology
> Extreme temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Nominal voltage Internal fuse Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
6161/2
Flashing Beacon
230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz 315 mAT 6161/2-11-.21-0 120614 34 1.500
110 ... 127 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz 315 mAT 6161/2-31-.21-0 120624 34 1.500
24 ... 42 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz and
– – 6161/2-61-.21-0 120633 34 1.500
12 ... 48 V DC
60 ... 80 V DC – – 6161/2-41-.21-0 120641 34 1.500
6161/3
Continuous Beacon
230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz 200 mAT 6161/3-10-.21-0 120686 34 1.400
24 V AC / DC, 0 Hz, 50 ... 60 Hz 315 mAT 6161/3-70-.21-0 120693 34 1.400
Colour of glass signal yellow 6161/.-..-1..
clear 6161/.-..-2..
red 6161/.-..-3..
blue 6161/.-..-4..
green 6161/.-..-5..
orange 6161/.-..-6..
Note The optical beacons are supplied without attachment materials and wire guard.
These must be ordered separately!

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series 6161 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx LCI 08.0032X
Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40°C Tamb +**°C
Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66 -40°C Tamb +**°C
** see ambient conditions for the temperature class
IEC 60079-0 : 2011
IEC 60079-1 : 2007-04
IEC 60079-31 : 2008
IEC 60079-7 : 2006-07
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6062 X
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40°C Tamb +**°C
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66 -40°C Tamb +**°C
** see ambient conditions for the temperature class
EN60079-0 : 2012
EN60079-1 : 2007
EN60079-7 : 2007
EN60079-31 : 2009
Conditions of certificate:
If wire guard is not installed, the apparatus shall be submitted to low mechanical impact only.
Version 6161/2 Flashing Beacon 6161/3 Continuous Beacon
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex), India (PESO),
IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex),
Kazakhstan (GOST K), Serbia (SRPS),
Ship approval GL, RS – –
Back-up fuse 4 AT (Fuse slow-blow or automatic circuit
breaker C characteristic)
4 AT (Fuse slow-blow or automatic circuit
breaker C characteristic)
Rated values
24 ... 42 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.5 ... 0.3 A
110 ... 127 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.11 A
230 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.08 A
12 ... 48 V DC 0.5 ... 0.3 A
60 ... 80 V DC 0.13 ... 0.11 A
24 V AC / DC 0 Hz, 50 ... 60 Hz 0.12 A
230 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.02 A
Flashing energy 5 Joules – –
Flashing frequency 1Hz – –
Ambient temperature **Temperature Class **Temperature Class
Type Tamb Gas Dust
6121/2 +40 °C T6 T85 °C
+50 °C T5 T100 °C
Type Tamb Gas Dust
6121/3 +40 °C T6 T65 °C
+50 °C T6 T75 °C
Degree of protection IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529
Protection class I(internal and external PE connection terminal according to IEC/EN 60598)
Material
Enclosure aluminium alloy copper-free, yellow/black powder-coated
Light dome polycarbonate, prismatic
Special lock Ex d enclosure; M4 hexagon socket stud
Cable entries 1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland
metal cable gland on request
Connection type screw terminal block, 3-pole

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series 6161 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Mounting plate
Pipe clamp
Ceiling or
wall-mounting
bracket
Wire guard
Optical beacon 6161
Mounting accessories
130
110
7
25
Ceiling and wall-mounting bracket Pipe clamp Mounting plate
Signalling Devices
kg
04279E00
material: stainless steel,
includes mounting screws,
for wall or floor mounting
120821 34 0.170
09349E00
material: stainless steel
includes mounting screws
120812 34 0.500
120819 34 0.470
120823 34 0.500
09350E00
material: stainless steel
120826 34 0.480
09351E00
R 11/4 “
R 11/2 “
R 2 “
material: stainless steel 120818 34 0.260
09345E00
50
7,50
7
4
04716E00 09346E00 09347E00
474 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - LED
Series 6162
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series 6162 E5
06147E00
WebCode 6162A
> Versions
– rotating mirror beacon
– rotating beacon
– beacon with double flash (9+5 J)
– flashing beacon (15 J)
– LED-continuous beacon
– LED-rotating beacon
> Seewater resistant aluminium enclosure with
glass dome
> Integrated Ex e connection chamber
> Glass dome available in: signal yellow, red,
orange and blue respectively clear
> Available with
– 20 W / 35 W halogen bulb or as
– LED-continuous beacon /
LED-rotating beacon
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex de IIC T3 ... T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80 °C ... T160 °C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T*
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP 66 T*
* Temperature classes are dependent on lamp wattage (see selection table)
Rated operational voltage see selection table
Lamp wattage see selection table
Rotation speed
rotating mirror beacon: 180 rpm
rotating beacon: 60 rpm
Ambient temperature see selection table
Protection class I(acc. to IEC/EN 60598)
Material
Enclosure aluminium powder coated, seawater resistant
Light dome glass, resistant to thermal shocks
Cable entries 1 x M20 x 1.5 (d 6 ... 13 mm)
metal cable gland on request
L1, N, PE 2.5 mm2 finely-stranded
4 mm2 solid

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - LED
Series 6162 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Selection Table
Version
Rated
operational
voltage
06128E00
Rotating
mirror beacon
24 V AC / DC,
50 ... 60 Hz
115 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
05759E00
Rotating beacon
24 V AC / DC,
50 ... 60 Hz
115 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
05759E00
Beacon
with double flash
24 V DC 9 + 5 J T5
115 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
05759E00
Flashing beacon
24 V AC / DC (± 15 %),
50 ... 60 Hz
110 ... 127 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
230 ... 240 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
Colour of glass signal yellow 6162/..-..-1..
clear 6162/..-..-2..
red 6162/..-..-3..
blue 6162/..-..-4..
orange 6162/..-..-6..
Note The optical beacons are supplied without mounting accessories and wire guard.
Signalling Devices
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class
Max. surface
temperature
Max. ambient
temperature
kg
20 W T4
T4
105 °C
115 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/17-61-.11 120872 34 5.600
35 W T3
T3
150 °C
160 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/17-62-.11 120863 34 5.600
35 W T3
T3
150 °C
160 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/17-32-.11 120866 34 5.600
20 W T4
T4
105 °C
115 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/17-11-.11 120871 34 5.600
35 W T3
T3
150 °C
160 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/17-12-.11 120869 34 5.600
20 W T6
T5
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-61-.11 120874 34 5.600
35 W T4
T4
105 °C
115 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-62-.11 120864 34 5.600
35 W T4
T4
105 °C
115 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-32-.11 120867 34 5.600
20 W T6
T5
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-11-.11 120873 34 5.600
35 W T4
T4
105 °C
115 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-12-.11 120870 34 5.600
T5
85 °C
95 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/16-53-.11 120861 34 5.600
9 + 5 J T5
T4
90 °C
100 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/16-23-.11 120865 34 5.600
9 + 5 J T5
T5
85 °C
95 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/16-13-.11 120868 34 5.600
15 J T6
T6
75 °C
75 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/15-64-.11 120877 34 5.600
15 J T5
T4
95 °C
105 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/15-44-.11 120875 34 5.600
15 J T6
T6
80 °C
80 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/15-74-.11 120876 34 5.600
476 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - LED
Series 6162 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Selection Table
Version
Colour of glass
Rated
operational
voltage
Lamp wattage
Temperature
class
Max. surface
temperature
Max. ambient
temperature
kg
12628E00
LED-continuous
beacon
signal yellow 24 V DC 5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-55-111 201879 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-95-111 201901 34 5.300
12629E00
LED-continuous
beacon
red 24 V DC 5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-55-311 201880 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-95-311 201902 34 5.300
12696E00
LED-continuous
beacon
orange 24 V DC 5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-55-611 203036 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
5 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/19-95-611 203037 34 5.300
12628E00
LED-rotating
beacon
signal yellow 24 V DC 3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-55-111 201905 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-95-111 201903 34 5.300
12629E00
LED-rotating
beacon
red 24 V DC 3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-55-311 201906 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-95-311 201904 34 5.300
12696E00
LED-rotating
beacon
orange 24 V DC 3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-55-611 203034 34 5.300
115 ... 230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
3.6 W T6
T6
T5
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
60 °C
6162/18-95-611 203035 34 5.300
Note The optical beacons are supplied without mounting accessories and wire guard.

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - LED
Series 6162 C&S
Clifford &Snell
Designation Figure Description Art. no. Price PS Weight
Halogen lamp G6.35
Mounting plate
Pipe clamp
Mounting bracket
Wire guard
316
Ø 210
Signal beacon Series 6162
Mounting accessories
336
32
32 15,50
32 12
32
M6
X
X
Ø 210
76,50 95
139
58
7
25
106,25
50
Y
7
Y
130
1¼" (Ø 42)
1½" (Ø 48)
2" (Ø 60)
40
1¼" - 184
1½" - 191
2" - 203
25
106,25
7
130
Mounting bracket Pipe clamp Mounting plate
Signalling Devices
e kg
05003E00
120933 12.85 37 0.001
120934 12.85 37 0.001
120935 12.85 37 0.001
120936 12.85 37 0.001
04279E00
20 W / 12 V 2 pc
20 W / 24 V 2 pc
35 W / 12 V 2 pc
35 W / 24 V 2 pc
includes mounting screws,
for wall or floor mounting
120821 10.50 34 0.170
04223E00
120919 28.84 34 0.520
120920 28.84 34 0.560
120921 28.84 34 0.600
04281E00
120930 20.27 34 0.450
10289E00
120917 37.83 34 0.540
R 11/4“
R 11/2“
R 2“
04282E00
7
25
50
04333E00 04335E00 04595E00
478 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Flashing or Status Signal
Series FD40IS, SD40IS
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series FD40IS, SD40IS E5
13913E00
WebCode FD40ISA
SD40ISA
> 8 LED array flashing or status beacon
> High light intensity
> Long life LED design
> Lens available in six different colours
> Flame retardant ABS enclosure
> Up to 4 modules
in any combination of colours
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x
Selection Table
Version Base colour Rated operational
voltage
kg
Instrinsically Safe
LED Visual Flashing
Signal FD40IS signal,
ATEX certification,
standard single
module devices
red normal (RN) 12, 18 and 24 V DC amber FD40IS/X/A/RN 207067 81 0.150
red FD40IS/X/R/RN 205111 81 0.150
green FD40IS/X/G/RN 212407 81 0.150
opal FD40IS/X/O/RN 212408 81 0.150
blue FD40IS/X/B/RN 212409 81 0.150
clear FD40IS/X/C/RN 212410 81 0.150
Instrinsically Safe
LED Visual Status
Signal SD40IS signal,
ATEX certification,
standard single
module devices
red normal (RN) 12, 18 and 24 V DC amber SD40IS/X/A/RN 212403 81 0.150
red SD40IS/X/R/RN 205460 81 0.150
green SD40IS/X/G/RN 209638 81 0.150
opal SD40IS/X/O/RN 212404 81 0.150
blue SD40IS/X/B/RN 212405 81 0.150
clear SD40IS/X/C/RN 212406 81 0.150
Note Multiple module units are available. Contact your local sales office for details.
example module
combinations
14004E00 14005E00 14006E00 14007E00
Single device Double device Triple device Quadruple device
base colour red normal (RN)

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FD40IS, SD40IS C&S
Clifford &Snell
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas
Europe (ATEX) Baseefa05ATEX0075
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 12, 18, 24 V DC via ATEX approved safety barriers
Safety barrier
Galvanic isolator
single channel: 9001/01-280-085-101
dual channel: 9002/11-280-186-001
single channel: 9176/10-15-00s
dual channel: 9176/20-15-00s
Version Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Flashing Signal
Flash rate 1/s – –
Lens colour amber, red, green, opal, blue, clear amber, red, green, opal, blue, clear
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C -20 ... +40 °C
Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
Max. relative humidity 90 % at 40 °C 90 % at 40 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Base ABS, flame retardant ABS, flame retardant
Lens polycarbonate, flame retardant polycarbonate, flame retardant
Degree of protection IP65 IP65
Mounting All units are supplied separately from the base for ease of installation. The base should be
Line monitoring Monitoring via reverse polarity. End of line resistor minimum 3K3 Ω / 0.5 watts,
Connection Each beacon should be wired independently.
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Safety barrier
Galvanic isolator
Cabel gland
Signalling Devices
E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
FD40IS signal, ATEX certification, standard
single module devices
Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Status Signal
SD40IS signal, ATEX certification, standard
single module devices
mounted to a reasonably flat surface or bulkhead. A gasket is supplied, should the surface be
uneven, or if the unit is to be used in wet conditions. The installation is completed by fitting the
beacon onto the base by means of the supplied screws.
wire-wound or metal film type.
02326E00
single channel 9001/01-280-085-101 158351 20 9001A
dual channel 9002/11-280-186-001 158848 20 9002A
12530E00
single channel 9176/10-15-00s 160472 21 9176A
dual channel 9176/20-15-00s 165567 21 9176A
13027E00
8161/6-M20-13
1 piece
8161/6-M20-13 138536 15 8161A
480 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Series FD40IS, SD40IS C&S
Clifford &Snell
90 mm / 3.5 ” 81 mm / 3.2 ”
90 mm / 3.5 ” 81 mm / 3.2 ”
2x90mm/3.5”
90 mm / 3.5 ” 81 mm / 3.2 ”
3x90mm/3.5”
90 mm / 3.5 ” 81 mm / 3.2 ”
4x90mm/3.5”
13984E00 13985E00 13986E00 13987E00
90 mm / 3.5 ”
Single device Double device Triple device Quadruple device

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
LED Obstruction Light Low Intensity
Series TEF 2430
Series TEF 2430 E5
08470E00
WebCode T2430B
> Complies with: ICAO annex 14 vol. 1 CH. 6,
low intensity type B
> Low maintenance
> Low power consumption
> Very long operating life
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Light intensity Voltage Order number Art. no. PS
Luminaire Red LED
32 cd. 220 - 254 V AC TEF2430160 170631 70
Omni-directional
110 - 120 V AC TEF2430161 170632 70
24 V AC / DC TEF2430162 170633 70
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G EEx de IIB T5
Rated voltage 220 / 254 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
110 / 120 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
24 V AC / DC
Power consumption max. 10.5 W
Service life min. 50,000 working hours
Light intensity > 32 cd.
according to ICAO annex 14 vol. I Ch. 6 low intensity type B
Luminous intensity
distribution
08472E00
20
10
0
-10
-20
30
40
50
60
Cable glands 4 x M25 cable gland
70
delivered with:
2 x M25 stopping plugs
80 90
60
50
40
30
20
10
20
10
0
-10
-20
30
40
50
60
70
80

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
LED Obstruction Light Low Intensity
Series TEF 2430
Globe globe with guard, LED´s and LED driver TEF4545 170634 70
Mounting plate complete with transformer 110 - 254 V AC TEF4236 170635 70
Cable gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
Stopping plug drain plug EEx e M25 TEF7302101 169899 70
stopping plug EEx e, M25 TEF7947304 165845 70
08471E00
226 175
304

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon
Series TEF 2430
Series TEF 2430 E5
08470E00
WebCode T2430C
> Rugged and low profile
> Easy to install and maintain
> Long lamp life
due to compact fluorescent tube
> Wide range of coloured globes
> Short ignition time at low temperatures
> Resistant to vibration
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Voltage Lamps Colour Order number Art. no. PS
Luminaire 230 V 2 x 7 W clear TEF2430000 170654 70
green TEF2430100 170655 70
red TEF2430200 170656 70
yellow TEF2430301 170657 70
120 V 1 x 13 W clear TEF2430005 170658 70
green TEF2430105 170659 70
red TEF2430205 170660 70
yellow TEF2430306 170661 70
24 V DC 1 x 10 W clear TEF2430232 170664 70
green TEF2430233 170665 70
red TEF2430230 170662 70
yellow TEF2430231 170663 70
blue TEF2430234 170666 70
amber TEF2430235 170667 70
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G EEx de IIB T5
Light intensity > 10 candela red
> 70 candela yellow
> 80 candela white
Material cast copper alloy
globe: polycarbonate lexan
Cable glands 4 x M25 stopping gland

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon
Series TEF 2430
Fluorescent tube 7 W TEF9400032 165826 70
PLC 13 W 120 V TEF9400064 165848 70
PLC 10 W / 827 G24, 24 V TEF9400071 170668 70
Light fitting insert 230 V, complete TEF1671 170669 70
120 V AC, complete TEF3059 170670 70
24 V DC, complete TEF3191 170671 70
Lamp holder G23 TEF50880031 170672 70
Globe clear TEF1223 170673 70
green TEF1224 170674 70
red TEF1225 170675 70
yellow TEF1226 170676 70
blue TEF1227 170677 70
yellow amber TEF2036 170678 70
Cable gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
Reactor fluor. tube 2 x 7 W, 230 V / 240 V 50 / 60 Hz TEF50860035 165823 70
fluor. tube 2 x 7 W, 230 V / 240 V 50 / 60 Hz TEF50860031 170680 70
08471E00
226 175
304

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - Zone 2
Series TEF 2440
Series TEF 2440 E5
06432E00
WebCode T2440A
> Application
– deck lighting
– signal lighting
– obstacle marking
> Long lamp life due to
compact fluorescent tube
> Versatility offering variable
mounting positions
> Optional internal lamp reflector
> Wide range of coloured globes available
> Short ignition time at low temperatures
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x
Selection Table
Design Lamps Rated voltage Colour of glass Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Signal light
Series TEF 2440
1 x 13 W 230 V AC clear TEF2440000 165849 70 1.900
green TEF2440001 165850 70 1.900
red TEF2440002 165851 70 1.900
amber TEF2440003 165836 70 1.900
blue TEF2440004 165837 70 1.900
yellow TEF2440103 165854 70 1.900
120 V AC clear TEF2440017 165853 70 1.900
red TEF2440016 165852 70 1.900
amber TEF2440015 165838 70 1.900
blue TEF2440018 165839 70 1.900
Technical data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03ATEX3336
E EEx nA II T3/T4 II 3 G
Certificates ATEX
Rated voltage 230 V AC 50 Hz
120 V AC 60 Hz
Power consumption 18 W
Lamp version PL-C compact fluorescent tube, max. 13 W
Lamp holder G 24 D / 1
Light intensity > 10 cd red
> 80 cd yellow
> 90 cd white
Material
Enclosure acid proof stainless steel, powder coated (RAL 9002)
Globe polycarbonate
Colour of glass white, yellow, red, blue, green and amber
Cable entries 1 x cable gland M25
1 x stopping plug M25

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Signal Beacon - Zone 2
Series TEF 2440
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Globe clear, spare part kit TEF2548 165855 70 0.180
green, spare part kit TEF2592 165857 70 0.180
red, spare part kit TEF2553 165856 70 0.180
yellow amber, spare part kit TEF2593 165842 70 1.800
blue, spare part kit TEF2604 165858 70 0.180
Ballast ballast and lamp holder, spare part kit TEF2510 165840 70 3.980
Fluorescent lamps PLC 13 W / 84 230 V TEF9400060 165846 70 0.060
PLC 10 W / 84 230 V TEF9400062 165847 70 0.060
PLC 13 W 120 V TEF9400064 165848 70 0.060
06430E00
78,5
205
100
140
163,3
146,3
4 xØ 6,5
120

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Navigation Light
Series TEF 2850
Series TEF 2850 E5
06425E00
WebCode T2850A
> Hinged on top - enabling quick
replacement of light source
> All round lanterns are delivered
with mounting bracket for 2“ pipe
> Designed for use in arctic and tropical waters
> Lens of through-coloured glass -
no de-colouration throughout
the lifetime of the lantern
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x
Selection Table
Version Version of light fitting Colours Light aperture Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Navigation light
Series TEF 2850
Masthead white 225° TEF28500029 165885 70 4.000
Starboard green 112.5° TEF28501029 165886 70 4.000
Port red 112.5° TEF28502029 165887 70 4.000
Stern white 135° TEF28503529 165890 70 4.000
Stern towing yellow 135° TEF28503329 165889 70 4.000
Suez red red 135° TEF28503229 165888 70 4.000
Allround white white 360° TEF28505029 165891 70 4.000
Allround green green 360° TEF28505129 165892 70 4.000
Allround red red 360° TEF28505229 165893 70 4.000
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO Ex 99Y060
E nR II T5 (Only on request)
Certificates ATEX
Ship approval DNV
Rated voltage 24, 120, 230 V AC / DC
Lamp version 55 W for vessels 20 - 50 m
85 W for vessels > 50 m
Lamp holder B22 / E27 / P28S
Power consumption 55 - 85 W, dependant on light source
Material
Enclosure Aluminium
Lens glass coloured glass

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Navigation Light
Series TEF 2850
Lens clear TEF50480006 165898 70
green TEF50481003 165899 70
red TEF50482002 165900 70
yellow TEF50483002 165901 70
grey TEF50486001 165902 70
Lamp holder B22 TEF50880010 165905 70
Light source 65cd, B22, 230 V TEF9400001 165909 70
65cd, B22, 120 V TEF9400002 165910 70
35cd, B22, 230 V TEF9400003 165911 70
35cd, B22, 120 V TEF9400004 165912 70
35cd, B22, 24 V TEF9400005 165913 70
40 W, P28S, 24 V TEF9400049 165916 70
06427E00
06424E00
Pg 16
11
100
160 200
150
100
35 25
260
146
180
95
180
160 260
35
180
Pg 16
Sector lantern TEF 2850 All round lantern TEF 2850

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Windsock Illuminated
Series TEF 9967
Series TEF 9967 E5
06366E00
WebCode T9967A
> Wind indication on:
– Helicopter landing areas
– Airports
– Bridges
– Highways
> Rugged and solid construction
> 4 certified luminaires mounted
in SS316L reflector with junction box
> 1 or 2 obstruction lights on top
> To be mounted on top of 2“ tube
> Cable for power supply through 2“ tube
> Bearing for rotating the wind cone
encapsulated in solid brass housing
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Luminaires Voltage Size Use in Order number Art. no. PS
Windsock
without – – d = 0.6 m
– – TEF9967013 166036 70
Series TEF 9967
L = 2.4 m
d = 1.0 m
L = 3.6 m
– – TEF9967014 166037 70
with Series
TEF 2430
120 V d = 0.6 m
L = 2.4 m
Zone 1 TEF9967020 211382 70
230 V d = 1.0 m
L = 3.6 m
Zone 1 TEF9967009 166032 70
with Series
TEF 2440
120 V d = 0.6 m
L = 2.4 m
Zone 2 TEF9967021 211383 70
safe area TEF9967022 211384 70
230 V d = 1.0 m
L = 3.6 m
Zone 2 TEF9967005 166031 70
Technical Data
Rated voltage 230 / 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
Power consumption < 100 W
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (acc. to IEC 529)
Material Cover in acid proof steel (SS316L). Bearing in solid brass. The arrangement can be equipped
with different models of luminaires from Tranberg, dependant on the area of use.
Weight with luminaire Series TEF 2440, Zone 2 / safe area: 57 kg
with luminaire Series TEF 2430, Zone 1: 78 kg

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Windsock Illuminated
Series TEF 9967
Windsock d = 0.5 m; L = 2.0 m; colour: orange TEF7852001 166039 70
d = 0.6 m; L = 2.4 m; colour: orange TEF7852004 166041 70
d = 1.0 m; L = 3.6 m; colour: orange TEF7852002 166040 70
06362E00
95
1000
1500
(2000)
2400
500
300 (3600)
600
(1000)

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Explosion Proof Manual Call Points
Series MCP
C&S
Clifford &Snell
Series MCP E5
13915E00
WebCode MCPA
> Light weight glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
Ex d enclosure
> Weather resistant high performance
red paint finish as standard
> Break glass version supplied with test key
> Push button version supplied with reset key
and protection flap
> Optional extras include stainless steel lift flap,
duty and tag labels
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Action type Enclosure colour Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
MCP
Manual Call Points,
Atex certification,
standard devices
Break glass red normal (R) MCP/BG/SP/Ex/A+B+C+D/EU/R 205324 80 1.000
Push button red normal (R) MCP/PB/SP/Ex/A+B+C+D/EU/R 205334 80 1.000
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d IIC T6 Ta -55 ... +70°C Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa 08ATEX0269X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ta -55 ... +70°C Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Ta -55 ...+70°C Db IP66
Certifications and certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 12 ... 50 V DC, 12 ... 250 V AC
Contact element standard: 1 change-over contact
optional: 2 change-over contacts
Ambient conditions
Mechanical data
Enclosure material glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)
Colour red
Cable entries 4 cable entries, supplied with (3x) stopping plugs and (1x) dust cap
Connection
Terminals 7 way terminal block., 4 mm2
Earth connection provided as standard
Assembly via holes through the back box

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Explosion Proof Manual Call Points
Series MCP C&S
Clifford &Snell
Designation Figure Produkttitel Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Cable gland
14976E00
Unarmoured Cables
8163/2-20-
PXSS2K-M20
138888 17 8163J
14742E00
Armoured Cables
8163/2-20-
PX2K-M20
138875 17 8163I
74 mm / 2.9 ”
132,5 mm / 5.2 " 98 mm / 3.9 "
132,5 mm / 5.2 "
13953E00 19354E00
132,5 mm / 5.2 "
132,5 mm / 5.2 "
74 mm / 2.9 "
Break glass call point Push button call point

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Commander Utility
Series TEF 4500
Series TEF 4500 E5
11917E00
WebCode T4500A
> Backlit text and graphics with dimming control
> Audible and visual alarms
> Custom made text
Selection Table
Operator panel
Series TEF 4500
3 columns (21 available buttons) TEF4500713 170581 70
Lexan foil
Series TEF 4500
Note Prior to delivery of a Lexan foil, an exact definition of button text and non-used is required.
Technical Data
Supply voltage 18 ... 32 V DC
Interface RS - 485. Cable impendance 100 ... 250 Ω .
End resistors shall not be used.
Operating temperature range +5 ... +70 °C
Degree of protection IP20 (IP23)
Material Black anodised aluminium frame
Durable lexan front with reverse printed / engraved graphics.
Moulded plastic buttons with integrated green and red LED

E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
Commander Utility
Series TEF 4500
11918E00
194 40 40 40 40 55
3 Columns 4 Columns 5 Columns 6 Columns 7 Columns
A Version A B
11791E00
225
126
Cutout
374
334
294
254
214
B
3 Columns
4 Columns
5 Columns
6 Columns
7 Columns
180
220
260
300
340
205
205
205
205
205

Components for
Heating Systems
496 Components for Heating Systems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E6
Contents
Components for Heating Systems
Junction Boxes for Heat Tracing
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted TEF 1058 498
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted TEF 1058 500
Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing TEF 1058 502
Thermostats
Ambient Air Thermostat TEF 502392 503
Ambient Sensing Electronic Thermostat TEF 1058 504
Electronic Thermostat - Wall Mounted TEF 1058 505
Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted TEF 1058 507
Accessories
Enclosure Heater with Junction Box TEF 9206 509
Enclosure Heater with Junction Box and Thermostat TEF 9207 510
Cladding Protector TEF 7210 512
Flange Crossing Protector TEF 7211 512
Connection Kit for Heat Tracing Cables TEF 9177 512
Glass Tape TEF 5029 513
Pipe Strap TEF 7000 513
Temperature Controller and Limiter
Temperature Controller (Switching Capacity 5 A) 8040
Temperature Controller (Switching Capacity 16 A) 8146
Temperature Limiter (Switching Capacity 16 A) 8146
Two Channel Temperature Controller 8146
Temperature Controller and Limiter 8146
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 497

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
14051E00
WebCode T1058E
> High degree of protection, IP66/67 standard,
IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box prevents
penetration of water
> Manufactured in acid proof stainless steel
(AISI 316L)
> Tailor made size and performance is possible
> Stainless steel type label spot
welded to the cover
> Several earthing alternatives
> Maximum strength and corrosion resistance
> Low lifetime maintenance cost
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust NEMKO 01ATEX097
E II 2 GD EEx e II T6
Certificates ATEX, Canada (CSA)
Enclosure material
Voltage 420 V (max. 4 mm2) 750 V (max. 10 mm2)
Junction box TEF10581006 TEF10581506
Material AISI 316L / EN1.4404
TEF10580506 TEF9177008
TEF9177089 TEF9117091
Bright chemical dip
AISI 316L / EN1.4404
Electro polished
TEF10580506
TEF9177089
TEF10581506
TEF9117091
Selection Table
Version Picture Equipped with Order number Art. no. PS
Junction box
for heat tracing with
4 pc. dia 25 mm entries
14052E00
1 x Transition unit TEF 7721
with M25 entry
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 E
2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK 6/E
4 x Dia 25 mm entries
for power cable in junction box
TEF10581006 170897 70

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Selection Table
Junction box
14052E00
with M25 entry
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 E
TEF10580506 170896 70
Junction box
1 pc. cable gland,
1 pc. stopping plug and
1 pc. drainplug
14053E00
with M25 entry
2 x Cable glands
for power cable type: E204/3B/M25
1 x Stopping plug M25, brass
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 Ex
1 x Trafolyte lable
TEF9177089 170900 70
Junction box for heat
tracing with
14054E00
with M25 entry
6 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
TEF10581506 170898 70
Junction box
14055E00
1 x Transition unit TEF 7720D, SS316L
with M25 stopping plugs (brass)
with stopping plugs (brass)
in junction box
1 x Trafolyte lable
1 pair adaptor for 3“ pipe
or larger, SS316L
TEF9177008 170919 70
Junction box
for heat tracing
with
2 pc. cable gland,
1 pc. stopping plug and
1 pc. drainplug
14056E00
with M25 entries
2 x Cable glands for power cable type:
E204/3B/M25
2 x Stopping plugs M25, brass
1 x Trafolyte lable
1 x Drainplug M25
TEF9177091 170901 70

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
14044E00
WebCode T1058F
> High degree of protection IP66/67
is standard, IP68 can be delivered
upon request
(AISI 316L)
> Stainless steel type label spot welded to
the cover
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Junction box
for heat tracing,
for 1 self-regulating
heating cable, equipped
with cable glands
14048E00
2 x Cable glands for power cable,
type: E204/3B/M25, brass
1 x Drainplug M25, brass
2 x Stopping plugs M25, brass
2 x Entries for transition units, dia 25 mm
1 x Trafolyte label
TEF9177092 170915 70
Junction box
for heat tracing,
heating cable, equipped
with cable glands
14003E00
1 x Cable gland for power cable,
type: E204/3B/M25, brass
1 x Drainplug M25, brass
1 x Stopping plug M25, brass
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK4Ex
2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK6/E
1 x Entry for transition unit, dia 25 mm
TEF9177090 170914 70
Junction box
for heat tracing,
heating cable
14049E00
2 x Entries for power cable, dia 25 mm
1 x Entry for drainplug, dia 25 mm
TEF10581008 170908 70
Junction box
for heat tracing,
heating cable
14045E00
1 x Entry for drainplug, dia 25 mm
TEF10580508 170907 70
Junction box
for heat tracing,
equipped with
stopping plugs
14046E00
7 x Entries with stopping plugs,
brass, dia 25 mm
1 x Trafolyte label
1 x Mounting bracket SS316L
TEF9177024 170920 70
Junction box
for heat tracing
13824E00
3 x Entry for transition units, dia 25 mm
TEF10581508 170909 70

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 GD EEx e II T6
Enclosure material
Voltage 420 V (max. 4 mm2) 750 V (max. 10 mm2)
Material AISI 316L / EN1.4404
TEF10581008 TEF9177024
TEF10580508 TEF10581508
Bright chemical dip
AISI 316L / EN1.4404
Electro polished
TEF9117090
TEF10581008
TEF10580508
TEF10581508

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
14042E00
WebCode T1058C
> High degree of protection IP66/67
is standard, IP68 can be delivered
upon request
(AISI 316L)
the cover
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Marshalling box,
Series TEF 1058
Equipped with
10 x Entries 25 mm dia
1 x Earth bar
TEF10582508 170921 70
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 01ATEX097
EEx e II T6
Rated operational voltage max. 725 V for 16 mm2
Enclosure material AISI 316L / EN1.4404, bright chemical dip
Weight 1.6 kg

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Ambient Air Thermostat
Series TEF 502392xx
Series TEF 502392xx E6
13823E00
WebCode T502392xxA
> Small dimensions
> Local NO 16 A contacts
> Easy to install
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Opening temperature OFF Closing temperature ON Material Order number Art. no. PS
+11.7 °C +/- 2.8 °C +3.3 °C +/- 3.3 °C Brass TEF50239200 170977 70
Chromium-plated brass TEF50239201 170980 70
Acid resistant stainless steel TEF50239202 170983 70
-2.8 °C +/- 2.8 °C -10 °C +/- 3.3 °C Brass TEF50239210 170978 70
+20 °C +/- 2.8 °C +10 °C +/- 3.3 °C Brass TEF50239220 170979 70
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0007X
Ex mb IIC T6 Gb -50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03ATEX1470X
E II 2G Ex mb IIC T6 Gb -50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C
Rated voltage 250 V AC, 120 V AC on request
Circuit diagram
14050E00
Material Brass, chromium-plated brass or acid resistant stainless steel
Operating temperature range -50 ... +50 °C
Maximal ambient temperature before damage
+177 °C
of bimetal thermostat
Maximal surface temperature +50 °C

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Ambient Sensing Electronic Thermostat
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
14009E00
WebCode T1058B
> High degree of protection IP66/67 is
standard, IP68 can be delivered upon request
(AISI 316L)
> Stainless steel
type label spot welded to the cover
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Measuring range Order number Art. no. PS
TEF 1058
0 ... 100 °C TEF10582095 170976 70
Ambient sensing
electronic thermostat
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 GD EEx em [ib] IIC T6
Certificates ATEX
Rated operational voltage 250 V AC
Switching capacity 16 A / 250 V AC
Contact arrangement 1 NO contact
Enclosure material AISI 316L / EN1.4404, electro polished
Weight 4.5 kg
Equipped with 2 pc. M25 Stopping plugs in box
1 pc. M25 Cable gland Type: E204/3B/M25
1 pc. M25 Drain plug
3 pc. Earth terminals PHOENIX USLKG6N
5 pc. Terminals PHOENIX UK5N
3 pc. Terminals PHOENIX UK3N
2 pc. Terminals PHOENIX UK3N blue
1 pc. Label kit

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Electronic Thermostat - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
04076E00
WebCode T1058G
> High ingress protection, IP66
(IP67 without drain plug)
(AISI 316L)
> Maximum strength and corrosion resistance.
> High operational reliability.
> Low lifetime maintenance cost.
> Combined control and limiter thermostat or
single control thermostat
> Alarm output
> Temperature sensor included (Pt-100)
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Control thermostat 0 ... +500 °C TEF10584092 224930 70
Control and
0 ... +500 °C / 0 ... +500 °C TEF10584093 224971 70
limiter thermostat
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 GD EEx em [ib] IIC T4
Certificates ATEX
Rated operational voltage 240 V (+10 / -15 %), 50 / 60 Hz
No. of poles 1 pole (SPST)
Switching capacity 20 A
Measuring range 0 ... +500 °C
Measurement accuracy
0 ... +500 °C +/- 1 °C
-60 ... 0 °C +/- 2 °C
3 °C (Set temp + hysteresis)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP67 without drain plug)
Equipped with • 12 pcs. M25 stopping plugs in box
• 1 pc. drain plug, M25
• 1 pc. cable gland type: E204/3B/M25 Exe, packed inside junction box.
• Terminals for two power cables, 6 mm2
• Terminals for four heating cables, 4 mm2
• 8 pcs earth terminals, 10 mm2
• 1 pc. label kit, packed inside junction box.
• Flexible conduit for Pt-100 not included. To be ordered separately

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Electronic Thermostat - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
108 [4,25]
A A
318 [12,52]
353 [13,90]
200 [7,87]
235 [9,25]
A - A
TEF 1058, Electronic thermostat - wall mounted
16119E00
506 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
Series TEF 1058 E6
16121E00
WebCode T1058H
> High degree of protection IP66/67 is
standard, IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box prevents penetration
of water
(AISI 316L)
the cover
> High operational reliability
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Capillary Tube
thermostat -
wall mounted
-20 ... +50 °C TEF10582580 224972 70
0 ... +100 °C TEF10582581 224973 70
0 ... +200 °C TEF10582582 224974 70
-50 ... +300 °C TEF10582583 224975 70
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 GD EEx ed IIC T6
Certificates ATEX
Switching capacity
NC contact (L-2): 16 (2.5) A, cos φ = 1 (0.6)
NC contact (L-4): 2 (0.4) A, cos φ = 1 (0.6)
Max. wire termination (with end sleeve)
230 V AC
230 V AC
Power in: max. 6 mm2
Heating cable (power out): max. 4 mm2
Earth terminals: max. 10 mm2
Contact arrangement 1 change-over switch
Capillary tube
Length 1 m
Diameter 6/1.5 mm
Equipped with • 8 pc. M25 stopping plugs in box
• 1 pc. cable gland type: E204/3B/M25 EExe, packed inside junction box.
• 1 pc. drain plug M25 EExe, packed inside junction box.
• Connections for up two power cables
• Connections for up to three heating cables
• 1 pc. label kit, packed inside junction box.
Weight approx. 4.5 kg

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted
Series TEF 1058
253 [9,96]
94 [3 ,70]
94 [3 ,70]
218 [8 ,58]
108 [4,25]
1[,]40 5 51
156 6 14[, ]
TEF 1058, Capillary tube thermostat - wall mounted
175 6 9[,8]
16122E00
508 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9206
Series TEF 9206 E6
15191E00
WebCode T9206A
> Versions
– with connection cable 1 m
– with junction box for power termination
– Enclosure heater with junction box
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Description Power Order number Art. no. PS
Enclosure heater
15181E00
This model includes an approx. 1 m long
connection cable for termination to power
50 W TEF92060000 220157 70
100 W TEF92060001 220158 70
175 W TEF92060002 220159 70
300 W TEF92060003 220160 70
Enclosure heater
with junction box
15188E00
This model includes a junction box for
local terminations
100 W TEF92061001 220171 70
175 W TEF92061002 220172 70
300 W TEF92061003 220173 70
600 W TEF92063006 220174 70
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0005X
Ex e IIC T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 11ATEX1098X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC T5 Gb
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Russia (GOST R)
Rated operational voltage 230 V AC
Power supply 220 ... 250 V AC
Fuse max. 16 A
Material Stainless Steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9207
Series TEF 9207 E6
04929E00
WebCode T9207A
> Versions
– with connection cable 1 m
– with junction box for power termination
– with junction box and thermostat
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Description Power Order number Art. no. PS
Enclosure heater
with junction box
15187E00
This model includes a junction box for
local terminations
100 W TEF92071001 220182 70
200 W TEF92071002 220183 70
300 W TEF92071003 220184 70
400 W TEF92073004 220185 70
500 W TEF92071005 220186 70
600 W TEF92073006 220187 70
1000 W TEF92073010 220188 70
Enclosure heater
with junction box and
thermostat
15188E00
This model includes a junction box with a simple
thermostat that run on the heater as the ambient
temperature drops below approx. 5 °C
100 W TEF92072401 220175 70
200 W TEF92072402 220176 70
300 W TEF92072403 220177 70
400 W TEF92074404 220178 70
500 W TEF92072405 220179 70
600 W TEF92074406 220180 70
1000 W TEF92074410 220181 70

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9207
Technical Data
Version Enclosure heater
with junction box
Enclosure heater
with junction box and thermostat
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0005X IECEx NEM 11.0005X
Ex e IIC T3 Gb Ex e IIC T3 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 11ATEX1098X NEMKO 11ATEX1098X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC T3 Gb E II 2 G Ex e mb IIC T3 Gb
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA),
Russia (GOST R)
Russia (GOST R)
Rated operational voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC
Fuse max. 16 A max. 16 A
Ambient temperature -50 ... +50 °C -50 ... +50 °C
Material Stainless Steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Stainless Steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Heat Tracing / De-Ice Equipment
Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000
Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000 E6
Selection Table
Cladding protector
Series TEF 7210
11800E00
11801E00
for heat tracing, made of acid resistant stainless steel
(316L)
64
15
Selection Table
Version Description Version Length Order number Art. no. PS
Flange crossing protector
Series TEF 7211
11802E00
45
11803E00
Acid resistant
stainless steel
(316L) TEF 7211A
with rubber
protection
Acid resistant
stainless steel
(316L) TEF 7211B
with rubber
protection
Acid resistant
stainless steel
(316L) TEF 7211C
with rubber
protection
Acid resistant
stainless steel
(316L) TEF 7211D
with rubber
protection
Acid resistant
stainless steel
(316L)
without rubber
protection
18
27-40
37-50
50-95
95 - 140
20
37
40
45
Selection Table
Connection kit M25 EEx e
for heat tracing cables
Series TEF 9177
11920E00
13
23
11921E00
Connection kit for cables KSX and HTSX 5 x 11 mm TEF9177146 170922 70
Connection kit for cables BSX and VSX 5 x 13 mm TEF9177196 170923 70
Connection kit for cables TSX and RSX 5 x 15 mm TEF9177197 170924 70
Connection kit for cables BSX, VSX, TSX and
RSX 5 x 11 mm
15
11
5 13
23 23
TEF7210002 170946 70
27 ... 40 mm TEF7211003 170947 70
37 ... 50 mm TEF7211004 170948 70
50 ... 95 mm TEF7211005 170949 70
95 ... 140 mm TEF7211006 170950 70
27 ... 40 mm TEF7211001 170951 70
37 ... 50 mm TEF7211002 170952 70
50 ... 95 mm TEF7211007 170953 70
95 ... 140 mm TEF7211008 170954 70
TEF9177216 170925 70
512 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
E6
Heat Tracing / De-Ice Equipment
Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000
Selection Table
Glass tape
Series TEF 5029
11923E00
width: 12 mm; 55 meters per roll
max. exposure temp. 260 °C
TEF50295187 171070 70
FT-1L tape Max. 85GR
TEF50295184 171069 70
Alutape 20H 150Gr.
TEF50295183 171068 70
Selection Table
Pipe strap; stainless steel
Series TEF 7000
11922E00
pipe outer diameter 20 ... 47 mm TEF7000023 171090 70
pipe outer diameter 2" ... 8" TEF7000025 171092 70

Load Disconnect Switches and
Motor Switches
514 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
Contents
Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches
Safety Switches
Safety Switches 10, 12 / 16, 16, 20, 25, 40, 63 / 80, 125 / 160, 180, 250 A 8537 516
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers up to 22,5 A 8527 523
Standard Motor Starters
Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIB made of Light Metal CUBEx 8264 528
Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIC made of Sheet Steel 8225 530
Load and Motor Switchgear
Load and Motor Switchgear 16, 25 A 8511
Safety Switches
Safety Switches 250 A 8537
Safety Switch - Industrial Design G537
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches 515

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Series 8537 E7
00653E00
WebCode 8537A
> Clear assignment
– safe technology
– easy installation
> Intelligent structure
– only one rotary actuator for
frequency-controlled drives
– ) 20 ms leading auxiliary contact for safe
motor disconnection
> Forced opening of the main contacts
(load break switch)
> Can be locked with 3 padlocks in 0-position
> High corrosion resistance of
the outer components
Class I
ATEX / IECEx (NEC 505) (NEC 506) Class I Class II Class III
For use in x x x x For use in x For use in x
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
material
Equipment Max. cross-section
for
connection
Cable dia. range
[mm]
Auxiliary
contacts
Colour Additional
device
kg
10 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-300-7000 220275 12 1.700
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-300-7001 220277 12 1.700
12 / 16 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-701-7000 147855 12 0.962
with
N-terminal
4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-701-7004 147857 12 0.982
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-701-7001 147856 12 0.958
with
N-terminal
4 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-701-7005 147858 12 0.978
16 A,
3-pole
stainless
steel
1.4404
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/4-302-7000 214171 12 3.250
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/4-302-7001 222688 12 3.250
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-302-7000 201404 12 1.590
with
brass plate
6 mm2 for 2 x M25,
1 x M20
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-302-7014 201419 12 1.530
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-302-7001 201405 12 1.590
with
N-terminal
6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-302-7005 201406 12 1.590
516 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
16 A,
6-pole
material
Polyester
resin
Colour Additional
black handle,
black protective
collar
for
connection
Cable dia. range
[mm]
device
– – 6 mm2 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
Auxiliary
contacts
2 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading)
kg
8537/2-602-8000 201420 12 2.640
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
2 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-602-8001 201421 12 2.640
20 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-304-7000 220278 12 2.020
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-304-7001 220279 12 2.020
25 A,
3-pole
stainless
steel
1.4404
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 13 ... 21
(M32),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/4-303-7000 214172 12 3.300
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 13 ... 21
(M32),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/4-303-7001 222691 12 3.300
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 13 ... 21
(M32),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-303-7000 201422 12 1.960
with
brass plate
6 mm2 for 2 x M32,
1 x M20
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-303-7014 201463 12 2.090
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 2 x 13 ... 21
(M32),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-303-7001 201423 12 2.020
with
N-terminal
6 mm2 2 x 13 ... 21
(M32),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-303-7005 201462 12 2.020
25 A,
6-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 6 mm2 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
2 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-603-8000 201464 12 2.790
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 6 mm2 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
2 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-603-8001 201447 12 2.790
40 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-305-0000-K 200205 12 5.560
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-305-5000-K 200206 12 5.560
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
50 mm2 for 2 x M40,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-305-5014-K 200209 12 5.490
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-305-5001-K 200207 12 4.620
with
N-terminal
50 mm2 2 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-305-5005-K 200208 12 18.500
stainless
steel
1.4404
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/4-305-5000-K 214173 12 8.360
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/4-305-5001-K 222692 12 8.360
40 A,
6-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 4 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-605-0000-K 200311 12 10.960
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-605-5000-K 200290 12 10.960
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 4 x 17 ... 28
(M40),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-605-5001-K 200321 12 10.960
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 517

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
63 / 80 A,
3-pole
material
Polyester
resin
Colour Additional
black handle,
black protective
collar
for
connection
Cable dia. range
[mm]
device
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
Auxiliary
contacts
kg
– – 8537/2-306-0000 213115 12 8.060
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
50 mm2 for 2 x M50,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
N-terminal
50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
stainless
steel
1.4404
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
63 / 80 A,
3-pole,
compact*)
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-306-0000-K 200557 12 5.680
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
50 mm2 for 2 x M50,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
N-terminal
50 mm2 2 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
63 / 80 A,
6-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 50 mm2 4 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-606-0000 200573 12 10.100
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 50 mm2 4 x 23 ... 35
(M50),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
125 / 160 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 150 mm2 for 2 x M63,
1 x M20
– – 8537/2-309-0000 212478 12 18.500
2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
150 mm2 for 2 x M63,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
Note *) 8537/.-...-....-K versions with a smaller design size; see dimensional drawings
Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters
8537/2-306-5000 213395 12 7.960
8537/2-306-5014 213398 12 11.800
8537/2-306-5001 213396 12 7.550
8537/2-306-5005 213397 12 7.550
8537/4-306-5000 214174 12 12.600
8537/4-306-5001 222693 12 12.600
8537/2-306-5000-K 200558 12 5.680
8537/2-306-5014-K 200561 12 5.680
8537/2-306-5001-K 200559 12 5.680
8537/2-306-5005-K 200560 12 5.680
8537/2-606-5000 200574 12 10.100
8537/2-606-5001 200575 12 10.100
8537/2-309-5000 212209 12 18.500
8537/2-309-5014 212212 12 22.770
8537/2-309-5001 212210 12 18.500
8537/2-309-5005 212211 12 23.200
518 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
125 / 160 A,
3-pole,
compact*)
material
Polyester
resin
Colour Additional
black handle,
black protective
collar
for
connection
Cable dia. range
[mm]
device
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
Auxiliary
contacts
kg
– – 8537/2-309-0000-K 201396 12 14.350
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-309-5000-K 201397 12 14.350
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
150 mm2 for 2 x M63,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-309-5014-K 201400 12 21.260
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-309-5001-K 201398 12 14.350
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-309-5005-K 201399 12 14.350
125 / 160 A,
6-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-609-0000 201401 12 22.760
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-609-5000 201402 12 22.760
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-609-5001 201403 12 22.760
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-609-5005 212766 12 22.760
180 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-308-0000 213482 12 19.560
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-308-5000 213483 12 19.560
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
150 mm2 for 2 x M63,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5014 213486 12 22.770
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5001 213484 12 19.560
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5005 213485 12 19.560
180 A,
3-pole,
compact*)
Polyester
resin
black handle,
black protective
collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
– – 8537/2-308-0000-K 213475 12 14.360
1 NO (1 x
8537/2-308-5000-K 213476 12 14.360
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
150 mm2 for 2 x M63,
1 x M20
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5014-K 213479 12 15.140
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5001-K 213477 12 14.360
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
8537/2-308-5005-K 213478 12 14.360
Note *) 8537/.-...-....-K versions with a smaller design size; see dimensional drawings

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Selection Table
Version Enclosure
180 A,
6-pole
material
Polyester
resin
Colour Additional
black handle,
black protective
collar
for
connection
Cable dia. range
[mm]
device
– – 150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
Auxiliary
contacts
kg
– – 8537/2-608-0000 213489 12 37.360
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective collar
– – 150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
N-terminal
150 mm2 4 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO (1 x
ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
250 A,
3-pole
Ex d
housing:
sheet steel,
cover:
light metal,
Ex e
housing:
sheet steel
Handle
grey enamel
RAL 7032,
protective
collar
umbra grey
RAL 7022
– – – – 2 x 31 ... 48
(M63),
1 x 6 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
OFF leading)
8537/2-608-5000 213490 12 37.360
8537/2-608-5001 213491 12 37.360
8537/2-608-5005 213492 12 37.360
8537/7-712-7000 147467 13 55.000
520 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust 8146/5: IECEx PTB 06.0090 (8537/2)
8150/5: IECEx PTB 09.0049 (8537/4)
8146/5: Ex d e ia/ib [iaGa] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
8150/5: Ex d e ia/ib [iaGa] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4,T3 Gb
8146/5: Ex tb IIA, IIB, IIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
8150/5: Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C, T135°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 8146/5: PTB 01 ATEX 1024 (8537/2)
8150/5: PTB 09 ATEX 1109 (8537/4)
8146/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
8150/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia/ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4, T3 Gb
8146/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
8150/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C, T135°C Db
(marking on rating plate possible)
Ambient conditions
(others on request)
Mechanical data
Enclosure material 8537/2: Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
8537/4: stainless steel (1.4404)
Enclosure cover In ON position removable, in OFF position lockable
Handle Can be locked with 3 padlocks in 0-position
Main contacts
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 690 V AC (125, 63, 40, 20, 16, 12, 10 A) / 500 V AC (150, 80, 25 A)
Rated operational current 10, 12 / 16, 16, 20, 25, 40, 63 / 80, 125 / 160, 180 A
Switching capacity Motor switching capacity AC-3 (max. rated motor power)
Auxiliary contacts
Electrical data
AC-3 10 A 12 /16 A 16 A 20 A
Ue P P P P
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
AC-3 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A
Ue P P P P
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
AC-3 125 A 150 A 160 A 180 A
Ue P P P P
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
10, 12 / 16 A: 400 V AC
20, 16, 25 A: 500 V AC
) 40 A: 250 V AC / DC
Rated operational current 6 A
3.0 kW
4.0 kW
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
2.2 / 4.0 kW
4.0 / 7.5 kW
5.5 / 7.5 kW
7.5 / 11.0 kW
4.0 kW
7.5 kW
7.5 kW
11.0 kW
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
11.0 kW
15.0 kW
5.5 kW
11.0 kW
15.0 kW
22.0 kW (AC-23)
11.0 kW
22.0 kW
30.0 kW
37.0 kW
18.5 kW
30.0 kW
45.0 kW
55.0 kW
22.0 kW
37.0 kW
55.0 kW
55.0 kW
37.0 kW
55.0 kW
75.0 kW
110.0 kW
45.0 kW
75.0 kW
90.0 kW
- -
45.0 kW
90.0 kW
- -
- -
55.0 kW
90.0 kW
- -
- -
400 V AC, for equal potential of both contacts
500 V AC, when 1 NC + 1 NO and the same potential of both contact is used
250 V AC
For further technical data, such as line cross-section and temperature class / perm. ambient temperature, see www.stahl.de (WebCode 8537A)

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Safety Switches
Series 8537
04120E00
Safety switch Dimensions [mm]
3-pole 10, 12 / 16 A 8537/2-300-700.
16 A 8537/2-302-70..
20 A 8537/2-302-70.. 170 170 131
25 A 8537/2-303-70..
40 A 8537/2-305-....-K
63 / 80 A 8537/2-306-50..-K
125 / 160 A 8537/2-309-50..-K
180 A 8537/2-308-50..-K
6-pole 16 A 8537/2-602-80.. 170 170 171
25 A 8537/2-603-80.. 227 170 171
40 A 8537/2-605-....-K 340.5 340.5 205
63 / 80 A 8537/2-606-50.. 681.5 340.5 205
125 / 160 A 8537/2-609-50.. 681.5 1023 243
180 A 8537/2-608-50.. 681.5 1023 243
A B C
8537/2-301-70..
112.5
112.5
112.5
112.5
131
131
8537/4-302-70..
170
176.5
112.5
176.5
131
133
8537/4-303-70..
170
176.5
170
176.5
131
133
8537/4-305-50..
340.5
396
170
176.5
176.5
196
8537/2-306-50..
8537/4-306-5000
340.5
340.5
360
170
340.5
360
195
195
196
8537/2-309-50..
340.5
681.5
681.5
681.5
205
205
8537/2-308-50..
340.5
682
681.5
682
205
205
522 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
Series 8527/2
Series 8527/2 E7
02966E00
WebCode 8527A
> For protection of Ex e and Ex d motors
> Protects electric lines and plant equipment
> Thermal overcurrent release, adjustable,
phase failure sensitive
> Electromagnetic quick release
> Robust enclosure made of glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> Optionally available with
– undervoltage release
– shunt release
– ammeter
– auxiliary contacts
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version without accessories
L1 L2 L3
1 3 5
I > I > I >
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
Current adjustment range Auxiliary contacts Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Motor protection
circuit breakers
without accessories
Series 8527
0.1 ... 0.16 A without 8527/21-01-0001 147182 12 2.591
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-01-0201 219151 12 2.610
0.16 ... 0.25 A without 8527/21-02-0001 147183 12 2.608
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-02-0201 219152 12 2.630
0.25 ... 0.4 A without 8527/21-03-0001 147184 12 2.610
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-03-0201 219153 12 2.630
0.4 ... 0.63 A without 8527/21-04-0001 147185 12 2.574
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-04-0201 219154 12 2.595
0.63 ... 1 A without 8527/21-05-0001 147186 12 2.600
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-05-0201 219155 12 2.620
1 ... 1.6 A without 8527/21-06-0001 147187 12 2.653
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-06-0201 219156 12 2.670
1.6 ... 2.5 A without 8527/21-07-0001 147188 12 2.633
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-07-0201 219157 12 2.650
2.5 ... 4 A without 8527/21-08-0001 147189 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-08-0201 219158 12 2.650
4 ... 6.3 A without 8527/21-09-0001 147190 12 2.600
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-09-0201 219159 12 2.620
6.3 ... 9 A without 8527/21-10-0001 147191 12 2.600
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-10-0201 219160 12 2.620
9 ... 12.5 A without 8527/21-11-0001 147192 12 2.500
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-11-0201 219161 12 2.520
12.5 ... 16 A without 8527/21-12-0001 147193 12 2.400
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-12-0201 219162 12 2.420
16 ... 20 A without 8527/23-13-0002 147203 12 4.200
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-13-0202 219163 12 3.520
20 ... 22.5 A without 8527/23-14-0002 147204 12 3.500
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-14-0202 219164 12 3.520
On request: • Circuit breakers for the current adjustment range 25 ... 63 A (Type 8525)
• Further accessories e. g. shunt release, ammeter, additional auxiliary contacts
(2 NC + 2 NO)

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8527/2
Selection Table
Version with undervoltage trip
Current
adjustment
range
Rated
operational
voltage Ue
Auxiliary
contacts
L1 L2 L3
1 3 5
I > I > I >
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
D1
U <
D2
Motor protection
circuit breakers with
undervoltage release
Series 8527
0.1 ... 0.16 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-01-1061 219037 12 2.610
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-01-1261 219101 12 2.610
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-01-1071 219038 12 2.610
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-01-1271 219102 12 2.610
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-01-1091 219039 12 2.610
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-01-1291 219103 12 2.610
0.16 ... 0.25 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-02-1061 219040 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-02-1261 219104 12 2.630
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-02-1071 219041 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-02-1271 219105 12 2.630
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-02-1091 219042 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-02-1291 219106 12 2.630
0.25 ... 0.4 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-03-1061 219043 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-03-1261 219107 12 2.630
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-03-1071 219044 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-03-1271 219108 12 2.630
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-03-1091 219045 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-03-1291 219109 12 2.630
0.4 ... 0.63 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-04-1061 219046 12 2.595
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-04-1261 219110 12 2.595
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-04-1071 219047 12 2.595
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-04-1271 219111 12 2.595
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-04-1091 219048 12 2.595
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-04-1291 219112 12 2.595
0.63 ... 1 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-05-1061 219049 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-05-1261 219113 12 2.620
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-05-1071 219050 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-05-1271 219114 12 2.620
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-05-1091 219051 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-05-1291 219115 12 2.620
1 ... 1.6 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-06-1061 219052 12 2.670
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-06-1261 219116 12 2.670
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-06-1071 219053 12 2.670
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-06-1271 219117 12 2.670
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-06-1091 219054 12 2.670
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-06-1291 219118 12 2.670
1.6 ... 2.5 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-07-1061 219071 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-07-1261 219119 12 2.650
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-07-1071 219072 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-07-1271 219120 12 2.650
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-07-1091 219073 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-07-1291 219121 12 2.650
kg
524 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8527/2
Selection Table
Version with undervoltage trip
Motor protection
circuit breakers with
undervoltage release
Series 8527
Current
adjustment
range
Rated
operational
voltage Ue
2.5 ... 4 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
Auxiliary
contacts
L1 L2 L3
1 3 5
I > I > I >
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
D1
U <
D2
kg
without 8527/21-08-1061 219074 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-08-1261 219122 12 2.650
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-08-1071 219075 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-08-1271 219123 12 2.650
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-08-1091 219076 12 2.650
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-08-1291 219124 12 2.650
4 ... 6.3 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-09-1061 219077 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-09-1261 219125 12 2.620
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-09-1071 219078 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-09-1271 219126 12 2.620
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-09-1091 219079 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-09-1291r 219127 12 2.620
6.3 ... 9 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-10-1061 219080 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-10-1261 219128 12 2.620
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-10-1071 219091 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-10-1271 219129 12 2.620
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-10-1091 219092 12 2.620
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-10-1291 219130 12 2.620
9 ... 12.5 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-11-1061 219093 12 2.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-11-1261 219131 12 2.520
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-11-1071 219094 12 2.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-11-1271 219132 12 2.520
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-11-1091 219095 12 2.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-11-1291 219133 12 2.520
12.5 ... 16 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-12-1061 219096 12 2.420
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-12-1261 219134 12 2.420
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-12-1071 219097 12 2.420
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-12-1271 219135 12 2.420
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-12-1091 219098 12 2.420
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/22-12-1291 219136 12 2.420
16 ... 20 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/23-13-1062 219137 12 4.220
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-13-1262 219141 12 3.520
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/23-13-1072 219138 12 4.220
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-13-1272 219146 12 3.520
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-13-1092 219099 12 4.220
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-13-1292 219147 12 3.520
20 ... 22.5 A 230 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/23-14-1062 219139 12 3.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-14-1262 219148 12 3.520
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/23-14-1072 219140 12 3.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-14-1272 219149 12 3.520
500 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8527/21-14-1092 219100 12 3.520
1 NC + 1 NO 8527/24-14-1292 219150 12 3.520

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8527/2
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 08.0047
Ex d e IIC T*
Dust IECEx PTB 06.0090 (see type 8146/5)
Ex tD A21 IP65 T** (see type 8146/5)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas DMT 02 ATEX E 026
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T*
Dust PTB 01 ATEX 1024 (see type 8146/5)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T** (see type 8146/5)
Type Adjustment range T* T**
8527/21, 8527/22 0.1 ... 0.25 A
0.25 ... 12.5 A
12.5 ... 16 A
T6
T5
T4
80 °C
95 °C
130 °C
8527/23 0.1 ... 12.5 A T6 80 °C
8527/24 16 ... 22.5 A T5 95 °C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Switch insert
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
Rated operational current 0.1 ... 22.5 A
Switching capacity according to the selected adjustment range (AC)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
7.0 kW 12.4 kW 16 kW 22 kW
Thermal overcurrent release according to the adjustment range of the switch, selectable on the switch
Electromagnetic quick release
Adjustment range Operate value set at factory
0.16 ... 0.63 A 7.5 ... 12.0 In
1.0 ... 2.5 A 9.0 ... 14.0 In
2.5 ... 4.0 A 10.0 ... 15.0 In
4.0 ... 6.3 A 10.0 ... 15.0 In
9.0 ... 22.5 A 12.5 ... 17.5 In
Switching handle Labelling: 0 - I; can be locked with 3 padlocks in 0-position
Colour:
Standard: Handle black, protective collar black
Special version: Handle red, protective collar yellow (for EM-STOP function)
526 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8527/2
Dimensional Drawings (all Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Modifications
04793E00 04794E00 04795E00
8527/21 8527/22 8527/23; 8527/24
Cable entries
Type Accessories Screw connections 8161 Stopping plugs 8290
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5
8527/21 without
with
A + B
A, B, C
- -
- -
C
- -
8527/22 without
with
A + B
A, B, C
- -
- -
C
- -
8527/23; 8527/24 without
with
- -
C
A + B
A + B
C
- -

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Standard Motor Starters CUBEx
Series 8264
Series 8264 E7
10231E00
WebCode 8264D
> Enclosures with Ex d protection
> Available standard motor starters:
– Direct-on-line motor starters DOL
– Star-delta starters YD
– Reversing starter combinations
> Advantage
– Short time of delivery
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506
Class I
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x For use in x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 07.0051X
Ex d ... IIB + H2 T6 ... T4, Ex d ... IIB T6 ... T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C ... T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 01 ATEX 2145
E II 2 GD Ex d IIB T6 (others on request)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cUL), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage 400 V AC
Control voltage 230 V AC
Degree of protection IP66 (EN 60529)
Enclosure standard: Aluminium (saltwater-proof according to EN 13195-1)
special: Stainless steel
10294E00
A B C
8264/5112 235 235 270
8264/5212 360 235 270
8264/5222 360 360 270
8264/5323 480 360 340
8264/5333 480 480 340
8264/5933 730 480 340
8264/5993 730 730 340

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Standard Motor Starters CUBEx
Series 8264
Star-Delta Contactor Starters YD
Selection Table
Breaking capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
Enclosure Cross section for connection Cable entries, bottom Ordering code
11 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS11kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS18,5kW400V-T
45 kW 8264/5323 4 x 35 mm2 6 x 16 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS45kW400V-T
Direct On-Line Motor Starters DOL
Selection Table
Breaking capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
5.5 kW 8264/5212 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES5,5kW400V-T
11 kW 8264/5212 4 x 10 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES11kW400V-T
22 kW 8264/5212 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES22kW400V-T
Reversing Starter Combinations
Selection Table
Breaking capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
5.5 kW 8264/5112 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS5,5kW400V-T
11 kW 8264/5222 4 x 10 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS11kW400V-T
22 kW 8264/5222 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS22kW400V-T

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8225
Series 8225 E7
10102E00
WebCode 8225D
> Enclosure with type of protection Ex d and
terminal compartment enclosure with Ex e
> Available standard motor controllers
– Direct-on-line motor starters DOL
– Star-delta starter combinations YD
– Reversing starter combinations
> Advantage
– Short delivery times
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0067U
Ex d IIC, Ex de IIC
Ex tD A21 IP65
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage 400 V AC
Control voltage 230 V AC
Degree of protection IP55 (to order IP65)
Enclosure material Sheet steel, cover: die-cast alloy / stainless steel
Direct On-Line Motor Starters DOL
Selection Table
Switching
capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
enclosure Terminals Cable entries bottom Order number

E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
Series 8225
Reversing Starter Combinations
Selection Table
Switching
capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
Star-Delta Starter Combinations YD
Selection Table
Switching
capacity
400 V AC-3
Ex d
18.5 kW 8225/122 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8225/5-SL-SS18,5kW400V-T
04707E00
A B C D E F G
8225/112 235 235 268 150 150 M12 20
8225/122 360 360 268 275 275 M12 20
8225/132 480 480 268 395 395 M12 20
8225/133 480 480 325 395 395 M12 20
8225/172 360 480 268 275 395 M12 20
8225/196 730 730 465 645 645 M12 20

Applications
Low Voltage Systems
532 Applications Low Voltage Systems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
Contents
Applications Low Voltage Systems
Energy Distribution
Overview Module Technology 8146 534
Overview Flameproof Enclosures 8220 534
Overview Flameproof Enclosures 8261 534
Overview CUBEx System CUBEx 8264 534
Lighting and Heating Panels
made of Polyester Resin 8146 536
made of Light Metal CUBEx 8264 539
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
Ex UPS CUBEx 8265 541
Machine Control
General Information
Battery Boxes
Battery Boxes 8316
Battery Container BC
Ex p Technology „Pressurized Apparatus“
General System Description
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Applications Low Voltage Systems 533

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Overview
E8
01625e00
Module technology
Flameproof components are built into enclosures designed for
„increased safety Ex e“.
• Explosion protection to
– IEC
– ATEX
• Marine certification with individual acceptance
– Series 8146 in polyester resin
– Series 8125 in sheet-steel or stainless steel
• Enclosures for modular combination
• Comprehensive construction
• Easy handling
• Installation of flameproof modules (Ex de)
– fuses, miniature circuit-breakers, switches, contactors,
• Terminals in Ex e „increased safety“ standard
• Rated current up to max. 160 A
• Mounting frame system for wall-mounting or free-standing with or
without protection roof
• Operating flaps with inspection windows for simple external operation
02835E00
Flameproof enclosures
Standard industrial equipment can be built into flameproof enclosures of
Ex de construction, pressure with standing.
– IEC
– ATEX
• Enclosure material
– Series 8220 in sheet-steel or stainless steel
– Series 8261 in aluminium
• Enclosure for modular combination
• Standard motor starters
• Installation of standard electrical equipment
– fuses, switches, contactors, programmable controllers,
• Axial load-through and inspection windows available
• Rated current up to max. 800 A, dependent on enclosure series
• Mounting frame system for wall-mounting or free-standing with or
without protection roof
• Different installation system
– indirect entry using Ex e connection chambers
– indirect entry using Ex d cable glands or conduit material
10295E00
CUBEx systems
The straight walled CUBEx design of enclosure, are utilised for the
building of control and distribution systems, control panels and terminal
boxes.
Installed industrial sparking electrical components are planned and
wired in accordance to the customer’s requirements.
The enhanced features of the CUBEx system allows unique possibilities
of D2D connections, therefore reducing the necessity for
inter-connection chambers.
• Compact system
• D2D bushing
• Explosion protection to ATEX, IEC and NEC
• Can be used in
– Zone 1 and Zone 2
– Zone 21 and Zone 22
• 7 basic enclosure sizes
• Available versions
– lighting and heating panel
– standard motor starters
• Optional: glass windows and cover hinges
• Entry method direct and indirect
motor protection relay, etc.
regulators, etc.
534 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Overview

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Standard Lighting and Heat-Trace Panels
Series 8146
Series 8146 E8
06524E00
WebCode 8146D
> Available versions
– With miniature circuit breaker,
tripping characteristic C
– with residual current circuit breaker and
overcurrent release, tripping characteristic
B and C
> Advantages
– Installation of miniature circuit breakers
under hinged inspection window
– External operation of the breakers
– Switch setting visible at all times
– Operation under voltage
– Short delivery times
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex dem ia/ib [ia/ib] IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5 , T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex de ia/ib [ia/ib] mq IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6x T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Rated voltage 415 / 240 V AC
Rated current 80 A
Enclosure material glass fibre reinforced polyester resin, dark grey similar to RAL 7024
impact resistance ) 7 J
surface resistance ( 109 Ω
flame retardant acc. to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
536 Applications Low Voltage Systems 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Series 8146
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout No. Cable entries Order number Art. no.
Lighting panels with
6 C 01 1 x M40,
miniature circuit
6 x M25,
breaker, 1-pole, 16 A,
1 x M16
wiring on
terminal blocks
8146/5-ExV-01-06L16C1P-T 137111
12 C 02 1 x M50,
12 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-02-12L16C1P-T 137118
18 C 03 1 x M50,
18 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-03-18L16C1P-T 137124
24 C 04 1 x M50,
24 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-04-24L16C1P-T 137130
Selection Table
Lighting panels with
6 C 06 1 x M40,
miniature circuit
6 x M25,
breaker, 1-pole, 16 A,
1 x M16
mattress wiring
8146/5-ExV-06-06L16C1P-D 137135
12 C 07 1 x M50,
12 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-07-12L16C1P-D 137140
Selection Table
Heat-trace panels
8 B 02 1 x M40,
with residual current
8 x M25,
circuit breaker and
1 x M16
overcurrent release,
1-pole + N,
16 A / 30 mA ,
wiring on
terminal blocks
8146/5-ExV-02-08H16B1N-T 137146
12 B 03 1 x M50,
12 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-03-12H16B1N-T 137152
24 B 05 1 x M50,
24 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-05-24H16B1N-T 137157
8 C 02 1 x M40,
8 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-02-08H16C1N-T 137161
12 C 03 1 x M50,
12 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-03-12H16C1N-T 137164
24 C 05 1 x M50,
24 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-05-24H16C1N-T 137167
Selection Table
Heat-trace panels
8 B 07 1 x M40,
with residual current
8 x M25,
circuit breaker and
1 x M16
overcurrent release,
1-pole + N,
16 A / 30 mA,
mattress wiring
8146/5-ExV-07-08H16B1N-D 137171
8 C 07 1 x M40,
8 x M25,
1 x M16
8146/5-ExV-07-08H16C1N-D 137173

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Series 8146
10296E00 10297E00 10298E00
Layout 01 Layout 02 Layout 03
Layout 04 Layout 07
Layout 05 Layout 06
10299E00
10302E00
10301E00
10300E00
538 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Lighting and Heating Panel CUBEx
Series 8264/5-ExV
Series 8264/5-ExV E8
10229E00
WebCode 8264A
> Enclosures with Ex d protection
> Available versions:
– with MCB, characteristics C
– with MCB / ELCB,
characteristics B resp. C
> Advantage
– Short delivery time
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506
Class I
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex d ... IIB + H2 T6 ... T4, Ex d ... IIB T6 ... T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C ... T130°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 01 ATEX 2145
E II 2 GD Ex d IIB T6 (others on request)
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cUL), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Russia (GOST R), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage 415 V / 240 V AC
Rated current 100 A
Enclosure standard: Aluminium (saltwater-proof according to EN 13195-1)
special: Stainless steel

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Lighting and Heating Panel CUBEx
Series 8264/5-ExV
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout No. Cable
MCB
1-pole 16 A
12 C 01 1 x M50,
24 C 02 1 x M50,
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout No. Cable
MCB / ELCB
1-pole + N
16 A / 30 mA
12 B 01 1 x M50,
24 B 02 1 x M50,
12 C 01 1 x M50,
24 C 02 1 x M50,
10046E00
Layout 01
entries
Order number Art. no.
12 x M20
8264/5-ExV-01-12L16C1P-D 143210
24 x M20
8264/5-ExV-02-24L16C1P-D 143212
entries
Order number Art. no.
12 x M20
8264/5-ExV-01-12H16B1N-D 143214
24 x M20
8264/5-ExV-02-24H16B1N-D 143216
12 x M20
8264/5-ExV-01-12H16C1N-D 143217
24 x M20
8264/5-ExV-02-24H16C1N-D 143218
10045E00
Layout 02
540 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Ex UPS
Series 8265
Series 8265 E8
12977E00
WebCode 8265B
> Ex UPS Guard battery monitoring according
to IEC/EN 60079 et seq.
> Stable output voltage
> Adjustable UPS time
> Functional battery test
> Capacity measurement of battery
> Potential-free signal outputs
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
Selection Table
Version Rated input
voltage
Output voltage Output voltage
for UPS mode
Battery Order number Art. no. PS
Ex UPS
Series 8265
24 V DC 24 V DC 20.6 V DC* 10 Ah 8265/53-612-111 206678 13
24 Ah 8265/53-613-111 206679 13
40 Ah 8265/53-614-111 206680 13
60 Ah 8265/53-615-111 206721 13
100 ... 250 V AC 24 V DC 20.6 V DC* 10 Ah 8265/54-612-211 206722 13
24 Ah 8265/54-613-211 206723 13
40 Ah 8265/54-614-211 206724 13
60 Ah 8265/54-615-211 206725 13
* can be optionally set to 22 V DC
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 07.0029 (see 8265/5)
Ex de IIC T6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 06 ATEX 1077 (see 8265/5)
Output voltage 24 V DC
Output voltage for UPS mode 20.6 V DC*
* can be optionally set to 22 V DC
Rated operational current 10 A
Charging current 1.5 A per battery
Closed-circuit current 5 μA
UPS time 1 s ... 6 h ∞ (via DIP switch)
Potential-free signal output max. 100 mA
Ambient temperature charging: 0 ... +40 °C
discharging: -20 ... +40 °C
Degree of protection IP66 (IP23 for the battery enclosure)

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Ex UPS
Series 8265
Project Guidelines
The values in the table were determined, observing the criteria for reaching the full battery life.
The autonomy time is reached at the end of the battery life.
Order number autonomy time in min.
0060
60 W
24 V DC
2.5 A
8265/53-612-111-0060-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-612-211-0060-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-613-111-0060-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-613-211-0060-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-614-111-0060-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-614-211-0060-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-615-111-0060-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-615-211-0060-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300
0120
120 W
24 V DC
5 A
8265/53-612-111-0120-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-612-211-0120-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-613-111-0120-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-613-211-0120-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-614-111-0120-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-614-211-0120-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-615-111-0120-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-615-211-0120-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300
0180
180 W
24 V DC
7.5 A
8265/53-612-111-0180-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-612-211-0180-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-613-111-0180-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-613-211-0180-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-614-111-0180-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-614-211-0180-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-615-111-0180-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-615-211-0180-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300
0240
240 W
24 V DC
8265/53-612-111-0240-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-612-211-0240-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-613-111-0240-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-613-211-0240-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-614-111-0240-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-614-211-0240-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/53-615-111-0240-.... 24 V DC
8265/54-615-211-0240-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300
5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
The battery life is reached according to IEC 896 Part 2.
The battery life is reduced substantially, depending on load.
The autonomy time is not reached.
542 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Ex UPS
Series 8265
Description
Ex UPS Guard
The new R. STAHL UPS modular system offers tailor-made and economical
UPS solutions for hazardous areas. According to the ATEX directives and
common standards, special requirements apply to the charging of batteries
in the hazardous area. To ensure explosion protection, the parameters for
operation of batteries and battery chargers must be monitored - in addition
to the settings on the charger. The new Ex UPS Guard checks the function
of the charger and of the batteries according to the ATEX directive.
On the market, this unique function provides the safety of the installation.
12974E00

Components
for System Solutions
Components for System Solutions
Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal, "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal GUBox 8265 546
Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal, "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Standard Applications
IIC with Enclosures Made of Sheet Steel or Stainless Steel 8225
IIB with Enclosures Made of Sheet Steel or Stainless Steel CUBEx 8264
Ex d Enclosures
Made of Light Metal 8261
Made of Moulded Plastic 8218
Made of Light Metal 8214
Ex e Technology „Increased Safety“
Ex e Enclosures
Made of Metal 8125
Made of Stainless Steel 8150
544 Components for System Solutions 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E9
Contents
Components for Use in Ex d Enclosures
Bushings
Post Type Bushings 8171
Conductor Bushings 8174
Earth Conductor Bushings 8195
Accessories for Conduit Installation ECD SC SPH ELF
Conduit Seals EYS EZS
Conduit Fittings BMF BFF EM NP
Reducers, Stopping Plugs, Pull Box RE REB PLG LBH
Components for Use in Ex e Enclosures
Load and Motor Switches, 25 A 8006
Load and Motor Switches, Load-Break Switches, 80 A 8544
Load and Motor Switches, 180 A 8549
Miniature Circuit-Breaker 8562
Residual Current Circuit-Breaker 8562
Residual Current Circuit-Breaker with Integral Overcurrent Protection 8562
Motor Protection Circuit-Breakers up to 22.5 A 8523
Contactor 4 kW / 400 V 8510/141
Contactor 4 kW / 400 V with 3 Main Contacts and max. 4 Auxiliary Contacts 8510/122
Contactor max. 7.5 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor max. 11 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor max. 22 kW with 4 Main Contacts 8510
Contactor 25/26 kW / 400 V 8510
Reversing Starter max. 4 kW / 400 V 8510
Reversing Starter max. 7.5 kW / 400 V 8510
Reversing Starter max. 11 kW / 400 V 8510
Motor Protection Relay 8510
Thermistor-Motor Protection Relay 8510
Contact Relay Standard 8510
Contact Relay for PLC 8510
Reay with 2 Changeover Contacts 8510
Latching Relay 8510
Time Relay 8510
Transmitter Supply Unit 8510
Power Supply 8510
Ex i Power Supply 8510
Surge Arrester 8510
Small Fuse Bases 8560
Fuse Base up to 400 V; 25 A 8561/01
Fuse Base up to 500 V; 63 A 8561/02
Transformers STA
Accessories
Mounting Frame System 8298
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Components for System Solutions 545

E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Series 8265
Series 8265 E9
11404E00
WebCode 8265A
> International certification
> 6 enclosure sizes
> Glass windows optional
> Entry method direct and indirect
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust 8265/0: IECEx PTB 07.0027 U
8265/4: IECEx PTB 07.0028 U
8265/5: IECEx PTB 07.0029
8265/0: Ex d e IIC Gb
8265/4: Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb
8265/5: Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
8265/0: Ex tb IIIC Db
8265/5: Ex tb IIIC T 80°C, T 95°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 8265/0: PTB 06 ATEX 1023 U
8265/4: PTB 06 ATEX 1076 U
8265/5: PTB 06 ATEX 1077
8265/0: E II 2 G Ex d e IIC Gb
8265/4: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb
8265/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb T6, T5, T4 Gb
8265/0: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
8265/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T 80°C, T 95°C Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
USA (UL), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated operational current Ie
Standard: 1000 V
Special: 10 kV – depending on the cable entries or bushings used or
depending on the corresponding built-in equipment.
enclosure current
size 1
size 2
size 3
size 4
max. 160 A
size 5
size 6
max. 250 A
Please refer to the individual type and rating plates of the devices!
Degree of protection IP54 without O-ring -60 °C ...
IP65 with O-ring EPDM -50 °C ... (black)
IP66 with O-ring silicone -60 °C ... (blue)
Enclosure Aluminium, copper-free (seawater-resistant) AL Si7Mg03 according to EN 13195.
Upon direct contact with seawater, a coating is recommended.
546 Components for System Solutions 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
E9
Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Series 8265
Selection Table
Version Total dimensions
LxWxH [mm]
Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Size 1 125 x 125 x 132 empty enclosure without window 8265/01-0000 211112 13 2.750
empty enclosure with window 8265/01-0010 211086 13 2.770
Typical Combinations of Ex d Enclosures 8265 with Connection Chambers 8146 or 8125
Ex d enclosures Connection chambers in moulded plastic Connection chambers in sheet steel
or stainless steel
connection chamber via spacer connection chamber via spacer
8265/01-... Size 1 8146/.031 Size 0 8125/.041 Size 0
8146/.041 Size 0
8265/02-... Size 2 8146/.031 Size 0 8125/.041 Size 0
8146/.041 Size 0
8265/03-... Size 3 8146/.041 Size 1 8125/.041 Size 1
8146/.051 Size 1 8125/.051 Size 1
8146/.061 Size 1 8125/.061 Size 1
8146/.071 Size 1 8125/.071 Size 1
8265/04-... Size 4 8146/.073 Size 3 8125/.073 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 4
8146/.083 Size 3 8125/.083 Size 3
8146/.085 Size 3 8125/.085 Size 3
8146/.085 Size 4 8125/.085 Size 4
8146/.093 Size 3 8125/.093 Size 3
8146/.095 Size 3 8125/.095 Size 3
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 4
8265/05-... Size 5 8146/.073 Size 3 8125/.073 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 4
8146/.083 Size 3 8125/.083 Size 3
8146/.085 Size 3 8125/.085 Size 3
8146/.093 Size 3 8125/.093 Size 3
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 3
8265/06-... Size 6 8146/.073 Size 2 8125/.073 Size 2
8146/.075 Size 2
8146/.075 Size 4
8146/.083 Size 2 8125/.083 Size 2
8146/.085 Size 2 8125/.085 Size 2
8146/.085 Size 4 8125/.085 Size 4
8146/.093 Size 2 8125/.093 Size 2
8146/.095 Size 2 8125/.095 Size 2
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 4
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Components for System Solutions 547

Installation Equipment and
Accessories
548 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
Contents
Installation Equipment and Accessories
Cable Glands Ex e
Overview 550
Made of Moulded Plastic 8161 552
Cable Glands with Strain Relief Ex e
Made of Brass HSK-MZ 554
Made of Plastic / Aluminium HSK-K-MZ 555
Cable Glands Made of Brass Ex d / Ex e
for all Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-T3CDS 556
for Unarmoured Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-A2F 557
for all Types of Armoured Cables Ex e 8163/2-C2K 558
for Single Wire Armour Cables Ex e 8163/2-CWe 559
for Wire Braid Armour Cables Ex e 8163/2-CXe 560
for Single Wire Armour Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-E1FW 561
for Lead Sheathed Single Wire Armour Cable Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-E2FW 562
for all Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-E1FU 563
for all Types of Armoured Cables with Inner Lead Sheathed Cable 8163/2-E2FU 564
for Wire Braid and Steel Tape Armour Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-E1FX 565
Compound Barrier Cable Glands for all Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-PX2K 566
Compound Barrier Cable Glands for all Types of Unarmoured Cables Ex d / Ex e 8163/2-PXSS2K 567
Accessories and Spare Parts for 8163
PVC-Shroud HV 568
Breathing Gland
Stopping Plugs
Made of Metal 8292 572
Accessories
Locknuts 575
Flat Rings 575
Adapter, Enlargements, Reducers
Made of Metal 8293 576
Cable Glands
Cable Glands Made of Metal EMSKE
Stopping Plugs
Stopping Plugs Made of Metal 8294
Accessories
Reducers / Adapter 8295
Breathing Gland
Breathing Gland Made of Moulded Plastic G162
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 549

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands
Overview
Overview E10
Selection Tables
The most important selection criteria are given in the following selection tables.
The selection is made in accordance with current standards based on IEC/EN 60079-1.
The cable structure is also taken into account in the table. So you can quickly and easily find the right cable gland.
Selection Guide: Cable Glands Ex e Versions
Type of protection Armouring Material Strain relief Type
not armoured
Armouring
Ex e
all armourings without lead sheath
all armourings with lead sheath
all armourings without lead sheath, with double seal
wire braid
plastic
aluminium/ plastic
nickel- plated brass
single wire armoured (SWA)
single wire armoured (SWA) with lead sheath
steel tape armoured
Low cost alternatives!
8161 with internal earthing for connection of the armouring
Armouring
Selection Guide: Cable Glands Ex d Versions
Is IIC equipment
required?
Is the installation
area in Zone 1?
Is the volume of
the enclosure larger
than 2 dm³?
yes without
yes with
yes
8163/2 PXSS2K
8163/2 PX2K
no unarmoured 8163/2 A2F
Type of protection
Ex d
no
Does th enclosure e
contain an internal
source of ignition?
yes
no
all armourings without lead sheath
no 8163/2 E1FU
all armourings with lead sheath
all armourings without lead sheath, with double seal
wire braid
single wire armoured (SWA)
single wire armoured (SWA) with lead sheath
steel tape armoured
8163/2 C2K
8163/2 E2FU
8163/2 T3CDS
8163/2 CXe
8163/2 CWe
8163/2 E2FW
12029E02
8163/2 E2FU
8163/2 T3CDS
8163/2 E1FX
8163/2 E1FW
8163/2 E2FW
8163/2 E1FX
12030E02
with HSK
without 8161
with HSK
without EMSKE
Type
8163/2 E1FX
Type
550 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands
Overview
Selection Criteria
• Type of protection
• Cable diameter
• Cable structure, Armouring types
• IP degree of protection
• Thread
• Material requirements (moulded material / metal)
• Ambient temperature range
• Single and multiple cable gland, special cable shapes
The selection of cable glands is defined by the following criteria.
The dimensions and the structure of the cable define the type of cable
gland required. The type of protection of the electrical equipment is also an
important selection criterion. The cable gland must be selected to suit the
type of protection for the enclosure. The selection of the cable and
the related cable gland is described in IEC 60079-14. The IP degree of
protection of the unit is affected by the type and structure of the component.
The cable glands from R. STAHL Schaltgeräte are available in different
materials. As a result suitable materials are available for even the most
difficult ambient conditions. To avoid the formation of condensation in
enclosures, a breathing gland is recommended.
Series 8161
02895E00
The fittings are suitable for the entry of cables into enclosures with type of protection
"increased safety". The cable gland is suitable for rigidly laid cables.
A disc is inserted for dust protection during transport and until the cable is installed.
This disc is to be removed to install the cable or place the equipment in operation.
Unused cable glands must be sealed using suitable plugs.
A seal is supplied to adapt the gland to different enclosure surfaces.
Series 8163/2 Ex d, Ex e
04997E00
The cable glands Series 8163/2 are suitable for the direct entry of cables into enclosures with
"flameproof enclosure" and for the indirect entry of cables into enclosures with "increased safety".
Versions are available for use with metal-clad cables.
The cable glands are manufactured to British Standards. Along with the usual seal for the cable
sheath, the secure clamping of the armouring is important to ensure reliable contact.
Series HSK-K-MZ, HSK-MZ and 8162
11120E00
For cables that are not fixed, an
additional strain relief must be fit-ted
to the cable. The Series HSK is
used for this purpose.
01886E00
Breathing glands Series 8162
provide continuous pressure
equalisation between the inside of
the enclosure and the atmosphere
around the enclosure. In this way
moisture is prevented from
entering the enclosure via the
seals and condensing inside
the enclosure.
Stopping Plugs Series 8290 and 8292
10041E00
The stopping plugs in Series 8290
are suitable for sealing unused
holes in the enclosures with type of
protection "increased safety".
They are of impact-resistant
design and have the necessary
self-locking.
14501E00
The stopping plugs in Series 8292
can be used for sealing holes in
flameproof enclosures. As flame-proof
enclosures cannot be simply
drilled, the usage of plugs provides
a future-proof installation that also
permits subsequent additions.

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands
Series 8161
Series 8161 E10
02895E00
WebCode 8161A
> Explosion protection type "increased safety"
> Ex e and Ex i versions
> As single or multi-cable entry
> Integrated plug (accessory) for closing
unused cable entries
> Cable diameter ranges from 4 ... 48 mm
> Protective collar with sprayed-on sealing lip
(up to M32 x 1.5)
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Thread size Number
of entries
Cable dia.
range [mm]
Width across
flats [mm]
Packaging
unit
pieces kg
8161/5 Ex e
(black)
M16 x 1.5 1 4 ... 9 SW20 50 8161/5-M16-9 138482 15 0.423
M20 x 1.5 1 6 ... 13 SW24 50 8161/5-M20-13 138454 15 0.600
M25 x 1.5 1 7 ... 17 SW29 50 8161/5-M25-17 138456 15 1.000
4 4 ... 6 SW29 50 8161/5-M25-96 138474 15 1.000
M32 x 1.5 1 13 ... 21 SW36 25 8161/5-M32-21 138458 15 0.789
4 5 ... 7 SW36 25 8161/5-M32-97 138478 15 0.910
M40 x 1.5 1 17 ... 28 SW46 10 8161/5-M40-28 138460 15 0.678
M50 x 1.5 1 23 ... 35 SW55 4 8161/5-M50-35 138462 15 0.421
M63 x 1.5 1 31 ... 48 SW68 1 8161/5-M63-48 138529 15 0.120
8161/6 Ex i
(black with
blue cap
nut)
M16 x 1.5 1 4 ... 9 SW20 50 8161/6-M16-9 138483 15 0.425
M20 x 1.5 1 6 ... 13 SW24 50 8161/6-M20-13 138464 15 0.055
M25 x 1.5 1 7 ... 17 SW29 50 8161/6-M25-17 138466 15 0.850
4 4 ... 6 SW29 50 8161/6-M25-96 138476 15 1.000
M32 x 1.5 1 13 ... 21 SW36 25 8161/6-M32-21 138468 15 0.790
4 5 ... 7 SW36 25 8161/6-M32-97 138480 15 0.910
M40 x 1.5 1 17 ... 28 SW46 10 8161/6-M40-28 138470 15 0.056
M50 x 1.5 1 23 ... 35 SW55 4 8161/6-M50-35 138472 15 0.360
M63 x 1.5 1 31 ... 48 SW68 1 8161/6-M63-48 138547 15 0.120
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e II
Ex tD A21 IP66
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Russia (GOST R), Kazakhstan (GOST K),
Degree of protection IP66, IP68 at 6 bar 24 h
Material
Gland Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced, flame resistant, self-extinguishing
Colour 8161/5: black (Ex e)
8161/6: nozzle black, cap nut blue (Ex i)

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands
Series 8161
kg
Special key
05263E00
114207 18 0.120
114208 18 0.132
114205 18 0.163
114209 18 0.237
114210 18 0.274
Cable gland with plug
05572E00
138406 18 0.061
138394 18 0.140
138382 18 0.130
138417 18 0.031
138422 18 0.206
138412 18 0.044
for tightening cable glands respectively cap nuts
for cable glands
thread size packing unit
M16 x 1.5 1
M20 x 1.5 1
M25 x 1.5 1
M32 x 1.5 1
M40 x 1.5 1
in polyamide, red
for closing unused cable entries
for cable entries
thread size type of
entry
packing unit
M16 x 1.5 single 50
M20 x 1.5 single 50
M25 x 1.5 single 25
M25 x 1.5 multi 50
M32 x 1.5 single 25
M32 x 1.5 multi 50
04667E00
Thread
size
Dimensions [mm]
SW
(AF)
d1 L1 L2 Cable dia.
range
d2 d4
min. max.
M16 x 1.5 20 22 31 37 9 4 ... 9 10.3 9.3
M20 x 1.5 24 27 36 45 10 6 ... 13 13.3 13.3
M25 x 1.5 29 32 38 47 10 10 ... 17
7 ... 12*
4 x 3 ... 6
17.3 17.3
M32 x 1.5 36 40 42 51 12 13 ... 21
4 x 5 ... 7
21.3 21.3
M40 x 1.5 46 51 52 65 12 17 ... 28 28.3 30
M50 x 1.5 55 61 59 72 14 23 ... 35 35.3 40
M63 x 1.5 68 75 64 78 15 31 ... 48 48.3 53
* Cable dia. range 7 ... 12 mm: with additional sealing ring
The disc fitted to prevent the ingress of dust must be removed
during installation.

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Made of Metal with Strain Relief
Series HSK-MZ-Ex
Series HSK-MZ-Ex E10
13902E00
WebCode HSKB
> Version Ex e II
> IP68
> Usable for portable equipment
> For flexible connecting cable
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
09906E00
Selection Table
Thread AG Cable dia. range [mm] Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
H SW GL kg
M16 x 1.5 4 ... 8 29 19 6 106081 17 0.028
5 ... 10 30 20 6 106082 17 0.028
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 12 33 22 6 106083 17 0.043
10 ... 14 33 24 7 106084 17 0.051
M25 x 1.5 14 ... 18 37 30 7 106085 17 0.082
M32 x 1.5 20 ... 25 43 40 8 106086 17 0.152
M40 x 1.5 24 ... 32 50 50 8 106087 17 0.242
M50 x 1.5 32 ... 38 51 57 9 106088 17 0.560
M63 x 1.5 37 ... 44 52 64/68 10 106089 17 0.616
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e II
Ex tD A20
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 1 D Ex tD A20 IP6x
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation)
Degree of protection IP68 - 10 bar (in specified terminal area)
Material
Cable gland brass nickel-plated
Formed seal NBR
O-ring NBR
Terminal protection Polyamide

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Made of Moulded Plastic with Strain Relief
Series HSK-K-MZ-Ex
Series HSK-K-MZ-Ex E10
13903E00
WebCode HSKA
> Version Ex e II
> Usable for portable equipment
> For flexible connecting cable
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
09905E00
Selection Table
Thread AG Cable dia. range [mm] Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
H SW GL kg
M16 x 1.5 4 ... 8 29 19 15 106073 17 0.012
M20 x 1.5 6 ... 12 35.5 24 15 106074 17 0.022
M25 x 1.5 13 ... 18 41 33 11 106075 17 0.045
M32 x 1.5 18 ... 25 49 42 11 106076 17 0.065
M40 x 1.5 22 ... 32 58 53 13 106077 17 0.104
M50 x 1.5 32 ... 38 61.5 60 13 106078 17 0.174
M63 x 1.5 37 ... 44 62 65/68 14 106079 17 0.270
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e II
Ex tD A20
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 1 D Ex tD A20 IP6x
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation)
Degree of protection IP68 - 10 bar (in specified terminal area)
Material
Cable gland Polyamide / aluminium
Seal NBR

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Triton CDS Cable Glands Ex d and Ex e
for all Types of Armoured Cables
Series 8163/2-T3CDS
Series 8163/2-T3CDS E10
07626E00
WebCode 8163K
> Suitable for use with offshore and
onshore cables with the following types of
mechanical protection
– Single wire armour (SWA)
– Steel tape armour (STA)
– Wire braid armour
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
07598E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland size
Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone
min. max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.7 6.1 11.5 15 26.6 0.1 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-T3CDS-M20 138901 17 0.160
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0.1 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-T3CDS-M20 138903 17 0.250
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.1 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-T3CDS-M20 138902 17 0.360
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 14.0 22.0 15 40.5 0.1 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-T3CDS-M25 138905 17 0.540
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 18.2 26.2 15 40.5 0.1 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-T3CDS-M25 138904 17 0.342
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 0.1 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-T3CDS-M32 138906 17 0.690
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.2 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0.1 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-T3CDS-M40 138907 17 0.920
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-T3CDS-M50 138909 17 1.100
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.1 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-T3CDS-M50 138908 17 1.144
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 50.0 45.6 59.4 15 83.2 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-T3CDS-M63 138911 17 1.600
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 56.0 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-T3CDS-M63 138910 17 1.422
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 62.0 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-T3CDS-M75 138913 17 2.300
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 68.0 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0.1 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-T3CDS-M75 138912 17 2.043
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Zone 1 / 21 IECEx SIR 07.0058 X
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex tD A21 IP66
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
Zone 1 / 21 SIRA 07 ATEX 1201 X
E II 2 GD Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex tD A21 IP66
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Degree of protection IP66, IP67 & IP68 (10 m depth)
Material
Cable gland brass
(nickel-plated brass and stainless steel available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, EN 50262

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Ex d and Ex e
for Unarmoured Cables
Series 8163/2-A2F
Series 8163/2-A2F E10
07574E00
WebCode 8163A
> Suitable for use with normal unarmoured
offshore and onshore cables
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
07593E00
E
A
C
D
Selection Table
Gland size
Dimensions [mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Cable
diameter A
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.2 8.7 15 26.5 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-A2F-M20 138771 17 0.070
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 15 26.5 HV 04 8163/2-20S-A2F-M20 138773 17 0.060
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 15 30.0 HV 05 8163/2-20-A2F-M20 138772 17 0.070
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 15 39.9 HV 09 8163/2-25-A2F-M25 138774 17 0.150
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 15 45.5 HV 10 8163/2-32-A2F-M32 138775 17 0.140
40 M40 x 1.5 23.5 32.2 15 55.4 HV 13 8163/2-40-A2F-M40 138776 17 0.180
50s M50 x 1.5 31.0 38.2 15 61.0 HV 14 8163/2-50S-A2F-M50 138778 17 0.240
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.1 15 66.5 HV 17 8163/2-50-A2F-M50 138777 17 0.250
63s M63 x 1.5 41.5 50.0 15 77.6 HV 20 8163/2-63S-A2F-M63 138780 17 0.370
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 56.0 15 83.2 HV 22 8163/2-63-A2F-M63 138779 17 0.350
75s M75 x 1.5 54.0 62.0 15 88.7 HV 24 8163/2-75S-A2F-M75 138782 17 0.420
75 M75 x 1.5 61.1 68.0 15 94.2 HV 26 8163/2-75-A2F-M75 138781 17 0.410
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Ex e
Series 8163/2-C2K
Series 8163/2-C2K E10
07575E00
WebCode 8163B
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
07594E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone
max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 11.5 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-C2K-M20 138783 17 0.120
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 9.5 15.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-C2K-M20 138785 17 0.220
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-C2K-M20 138784 17 0.217
25s M25 x 1.5 20.0 14.0 22.0 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-C2K-M25 138937 17 0.327
25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-C2K-M25 138786 17 0.327
32 M32 x 1.5 26.3 23.7 33.9 15 51.3 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-C2K-M32 138788 17 0.525
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-C2K-M40 138789 17 0.880
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-C2K-M50 138791 17 1.020
50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-C2K-M50 138790 17 1.550
63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15 83.2 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-C2K-M63 138793 17 1.500
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-C2K-M63 138792 17 1.321
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-C2K-M75 138795 17 1.978
75 M75 x 1.5 68.0 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-C2K-M75 138794 17 1.986
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e II / Ex tD A21 IP66
- -
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 GD Ex e II / Ex tD A21 IP66
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (GOST-K), Russia (GOST-R), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Ex e
for Single Wire Armour Cables
Series 8163/2-CWe
Series 8163/2-CWe E10
07580E00
WebCode 8163C
> Suitable for use with single wire
armour cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
07599E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Braid
thickness
[mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 11.5 15 26.5 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20/16-CWe-M20 138796 17 0.086
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 9.5 15.9 15 26.5 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-CWe-M20 138798 17 0.105
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-CWe-M20 138797 17 0.150
25s M25 x 1.5 20.0 14.0 22.0 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-CWe-M25 138800 17 0.210
25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-CWe-M25 138799 17 0.210
32 M32 x 1.5 26.3 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-CWe-M32 138801 17 0.310
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-CWe-M40 138802 17 0.470
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-CWe-M50 138804 17 0.580
50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-CWe-M50 138803 17 0.740
63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15 83.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-CWe-M63 138806 17 1.120
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-CWe-M63 138805 17 1.100
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-CWe-M75 138808 17 1.750
75 M75 x 1.5 68.0 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-CWe-M75 138807 17 2.070
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
- -
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Cable Glands Ex e
for Wire Braid Armour Cables
Series 8163/2-CXe
Series 8163/2-CXe E10
07580E00
WebCode 8163D
> Suitable for use with wire braid armour cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
07595E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Braid
thickness
[mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 11.5 15 26.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-CXe-M20 138809 17 0.100
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S-CXe-M20 138811 17 0.110
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 06 8163/2-20-CXe-M20 138810 17 0.150
25s M25 x 1.5 20.0 14.0 22.0 15 39.9 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 09 8163/2-25S-CXe-M25 138813 17 0.150
25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15 39.9 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 09 8163/2-25-CXe-M25 138812 17 0.210
32 M32 x 1.5 26.3 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-CXe-M32 138814 17 0.320
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-CXe-M40 138815 17 0.490
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 18 8163/2-50S-CXe-M50 138817 17 0.620
50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 21 8163/2-50-CXe-M50 138816 17 0.750
63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15 83.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 23 8163/2-63S-CXe-M63 138819 17 1.190
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 25 8163/2-63-CXe-M63 138818 17 1.170
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 28 8163/2-75S-CXe-M75 138821 17 2.160
75 M75 x 1.5 68.0 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 30 8163/2-75-CXe-M75 138820 17 1.900
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
- -
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
for Single Wire Armour Cables
Series 8163/2-E1FW
Series 8163/2-E1FW E10
07592E00
WebCode 8163E
> Suitable for use
with single wire armour cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
C
06856E00
E
A
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Braid
thickness
[mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 11.5 15 26.6 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-E1FW-M20 138835 17 0.140
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-E1FW-M20 138837 17 0.140
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-E1FW-M20 138836 17 0.170
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-E1FW-M25 138839 17 0.270
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-E1FW-M25 138838 17 0.330
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-E1FW-M32 138840 17 0.440
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-E1FW-M40 138841 17 0.660
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-E1FW-M50 138843 17 0.780
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-E1FW-M50 138842 17 0.950
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15 83.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-E1FW-M63 138845 17 1.600
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-E1FW-M63 138844 17 1.410
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-E1FW-M75 138847 17 2.050
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-E1FW-M75 138846 17 2.300
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
for Lead Sheathed Single Wire Armour Cables
Series 8163/2-E2FW
Series 8163/2-E2FW E10
13624E00
WebCode 8163H
> Suitable for use with lead covered
or lead sheathed single wire armour cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
A
C
06856E00
E
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Braid
thickness
[mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 11.5 15 26.6 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-E2FW-M20 138861 17 0.140
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-E2FW-M20 138863 17 0.144
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-E2FW-M20 138862 17 0.210
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-E2FW-M25 138865 17 0.310
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15 39.9 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-E2FW-M25 138864 17 0.330
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-E2FW-M32 138866 17 0.450
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-E2FW-M40 138867 17 0.660
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-E2FW-M50 138869 17 0.760
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-E2FW-M50 138868 17 1.000
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15 83.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-E2FW-M63 138871 17 1.680
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-E2FW-M63 138870 17 1.460
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-E2FW-M75 138873 17 2.180
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-E2FW-M75 138872 17 2.320
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8163/2-E1FU
Series 8163/2-E1FU E10
09718E00
WebCode 8163G
> Suitable for use with offshore
and onshore cables with the following types
of mechanical protection
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
06856E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 11.5 15 24.4 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-E1FU-M20 138822 17 0.140
20s M20 x 1.5 3.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-E1FU-M20 138824 17 0.140
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-E1FU-M20 138823 17 0.210
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-E1FU-M25 138826 17 0.330
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-E1FU-M25 138825 17 0.330
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-E1FU-M32 138827 17 0.450
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-E1FU-M40 138828 17 0.660
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-E1FU-M50 138830 17 0.960
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-E1FU-M50 138829 17 0.960
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15 83.2 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-E1FU-M63 138832 17 1.680
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-E1FU-M63 138831 17 1.680
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-E1FU-M75 138834 17 2.100
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-E1FU-M75 138833 17 2.230
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
for all Armour Types with Inner Lead Sheathed Cable
Series 8163/2-E2FU
Series 8163/2-E2FU E10
09718E00
WebCode 8163L
> Suitable for use of offshore and onshore inner
lead sheathed cables for the following armour
types:
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
06856E00
E
A
C
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 11.5 15 24.4 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-E2FU-M20 169332 17 0.163
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 04 8163/2-20S-E2FU-M20 169334 17 0.163
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-E2FU-M20 169333 17 0.217
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-E2FU-M25 169336 17 0.345
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-E2FU-M25 169335 17 0.345
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-E2FU-M32 169337 17 0.484
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-E2FU-M40 169338 17 0.700
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-E2FU-M50 169340 17 0.800
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-E2FU-M50 169339 17 0.830
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15 83.2 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-E2FU-M63 169342 17 1.415
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-E2FU-M63 169341 17 1.514
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-E2FU-M75 169344 17 2.199
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-E2FU-M75 169343 17 2.770
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
for Wire Braid and Steel Tape Armour Cables
Series 8163/2-E1FX
Series 8163/2-E1FX E10
07592E00
WebCode 8163F
> Suitable for use with wire braid &
steel tape armour cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
A
C
06856E00
E
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Braid
thickness
[mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 11.5 15 26.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S/16-E1FX-M20 138848 17 0.150
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15 26.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 04 8163/2-20S-E1FX-M20 138850 17 0.140
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 06 8163/2-20-E1FX-M20 138849 17 0.214
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15 39.9 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 09 8163/2-25S-E1FX-M25 138852 17 0.310
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15 39.9 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 09 8163/2-25-E1FX-M25 138851 17 0.320
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15 51.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-E1FX-M32 138853 17 0.460
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-E1FX-M40 138854 17 0.660
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 18 8163/2-50S-E1FX-M50 138856 17 0.800
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 21 8163/2-50-E1FX-M50 138855 17 0.950
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15 83.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 23 8163/2-63S-E1FX-M63 138858 17 1.670
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 25 8163/2-63-E1FX-M63 138857 17 1.420
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 28 8163/2-75S-E1FX-M75 138860 17 2.090
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0.0 ... 1.00 HV 30 8163/2-75-E1FX-M75 138859 17 2.550
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Compound Barrier Cable Glands Ex d and Ex e
Series 8163/2-PX2K
Series 8163/2-PX2K E10
07624E00
WebCode 8163I
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
C
07596E00
E
A
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Max. no.
of cores
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone
max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 6.1 11.5 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.00 HV 06 8163/2-20S/16-PX2K-M20 138874 17 0.230
20s M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 9.5 15.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20S-PX2K-M20 138876 17 0.160
20 M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 12.5 20.9 15 33.3 0 ... 1.0 0.90 ... 1.25 HV 06 8163/2-20-PX2K-M20 138875 17 0.220
25s M25 x 1.5 17.5 29 14.0 22.0 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25S-PX2K-M25 138878 17 0.350
25 M25 x 1.5 17.5 29 18.2 26.2 15 40.5 0 ... 1.0 1.25 ... 1.60 HV 09 8163/2-25-PX2K-M25 138877 17 0.320
32 M32 x 1.5 23.6 51 23.7 33.9 15 51.3 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 11 8163/2-32-PX2K-M32 138879 17 0.490
40 M40 x 1.5 30.0 80 27.9 40.4 15 61.0 0 ... 1.0 1.60 ... 2.00 HV 15 8163/2-40-PX2K-M40 138880 17 0.710
50s M50 x 1.5 36.6 122 35.2 46.7 15 66.5 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 18 8163/2-50S-PX2K-M50 138882 17 0.830
50 M50 x 1.5 41.0 149 40.4 53.1 15 78.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 21 8163/2-50-PX2K-M50 138881 17 1.050
63s M63 x 1.5 47.9 205 45.6 59.4 15 83.2 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 23 8163/2-63S-PX2K-M63 138884 17 1.670
63 M63 x 1.5 53.7 259 54.6 65.9 15 89.0 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 25 8163/2-63-PX2K-M63 138883 17 1.300
75s M75 x 1.5 59.9 320 59.0 72.1 15 101.6 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 28 8163/2-75S-PX2K-M75 138886 17 1.900
75 M75 x 1.5 64.3 364 66.7 78.5 15 111.1 0 ... 1.0 2.00 ... 2.50 HV 30 8163/2-75-PX2K-M75 138885 17 2.280
The cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Compound Barrier Cable Glands Ex d and Ex e
for all Types of Unarmoured Cables
Series 8163/2-PXSS2K
Series 8163/2-PXSS2K E10
07625E00
WebCode 8163J
> Suitable for use with all types of unarmoured
offshore and onshore cables
> With outer seal
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
C
07597E00
E
A
D
B
Selection Table
Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
PVC-shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Max. no.
of cores
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length D
Across
corners E
max. min. max. kg
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 3.1 8.7 15 33.3 HV 06 8163/2-20S/16-PXSS2K-M20 138887 17 0.280
20s M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 6.1 11.7 15 33.3 HV 06 8163/2-20S-PXSS2K-M20 138889 17 0.190
20 M20 x 1.5 12.6 15 6.5 14.0 15 33.3 HV 06 8163/2-20-PXSS2K-M20 138888 17 0.260
25 M25 x 1.5 17.5 29 11.1 20.0 15 40.5 HV 09 8163/2-25-PXSS2K-M25 138891 17 0.370
32 M32 x 1.5 23.6 51 17.0 26.3 15 51.0 HV 10 8163/2-32-PXSS2K-M32 138892 17 0.720
40 M40 x 1.5 30.0 80 22.0 32.1 15 61.0 HV 15 8163/2-40-PXSS2K-M40 138894 17 0.950
50s M50 x 1.5 36.6 122 29.5 38.2 15 66.5 HV 18 8163/2-50S-PXSS2K-M50 138896 17 1.110
50 M50 x 1.5 41.0 149 35.6 44.1 15 78.6 HV 21 8163/2-50-PXSS2K-M50 138895 17 1.220
63s M63 x 1.5 47.9 205 40.1 50.1 15 83.2 HV 23 8163/2-63S-PXSS2K-M63 138898 17 1.630
63 M63 x 1.5 53.7 259 47.2 56.0 15 89.0 HV 25 8163/2-63-PXSS2K-M63 138897 17 1.500
75s M75 x 1.5 59.9 320 52.8 62.0 15 101.6 HV 28 8163/2-75S-PXSS2K-M75 138900 17 2.330
75 M75 x 1.5 64.3 364 59.1 68.0 15 111.1 HV 30 8163/2-75-PXSS2K-M75 138899 17 2.620
The cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex nR II
Europe (ATEX)
E II 3 G Ex nR II
Material
Cable gland brass
Seal SOLO LSF

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Accessories and Spare Parts for Series 8163
PVC-Shroud
PVC-Shroud E10
Designation Across corners Designation Art. no. PS Weight
PVC-shroud 26.6 HV04 109076 18 0.017
31.0 HV05 109077 18 0.018
33.3 HV06 109078 18 0.024
40.5 HV09 109080 18 0.033
45.0 HV10 109081 18 0.035
51.0 HV11 109082 18 0.040
55.0 HV13 109104 18 0.001
61.0 HV15 109084 18 0.070
66.0 HV17 109091 18 0.001
66.5 HV18 109085 18 0.075
77.5 HV20 109093 18 0.001
78.6 HV21 109086 18 0.230
84.0 HV22 109087 18 0.086
83.2 HV23 109094 18 0.117
87.0 HV24 109095 18 0.001
89.0 HV25 109096 18 0.158
94.0 HV26 109097 18 0.010
101.6 HV28 109099 18 0.460
111.1 HV30 109101 18 0.400
120.0 HV31 109102 18 1.000
129.0 HV32 109103 18 0.300
kg
568 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Breathers Made of Moulded Material
Series 8162
Series 8162 E10
01886E00
WebCode 8162A
> Explosion protection type “increased safety“
> For ventilation and draining Ex e enclosures
> Degree of protection max. IP66
ATEX / IECEx / NEC 500
Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Selection Table
Version Locknut Thread size Packaging unit Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg
Breather made of
plastic
Series 8162
without locknut M25 x 1.5 20 138576 15 0.200
with locknut M25 x 1.5 20 138580 15 0.400
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex tb IIIC Db
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Belarus (operating authorisation)
Degree of protection when fitting into enclosure side:
IP64 for random mounting
IP66 for vertical mounting downwards
Material
Breather polyamide
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Installation Material and Accessories 569

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Breathers Made of Moulded Material
Series 8162
Operating Mode
Explanation of the breather operating mode
09141T00 09142T00
Temperature-related pressure differences between the inside of
the enclosure (P1) and the atmosphere around the enclosure
(P2) are safely balanced by the breather. This limits to the
minimum condensation of water in the enclosure.
Ø 32,50
SW 29
SW 30
9
14,50
37
2
M 25 x 1,5
Installation Material and Accessories
Water which has penetrated the equipment drains out
via the breather.
12061E00
570 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Stopping Plugs
Series 8290/3
Series 8290/3 E10
10041E00
WebCode 8290A
> For Ex e enclosures
> Self-loosening protection
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Thread size Packaging unit Order number Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg
01519E00
M16x1.5 100 8290/3-M16 143556 18 0.300
M20x1.5 100 8290/3-M20 143543 18 0.500
M25x1.5 100 8290/3-M25 143544 18 0.700
M32x1.5 50 8290/3-M32 143562 18 0.600
M40x1.5 30 8290/3-M40 143557 18 0.480
M50x1.5 30 8290/3-M50 143558 18 0.780
M63x1.5 30 8290/3-M63 143559 18 1.680
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex tb IIIC Db
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (GOST K), Russia (GOST R),
Ambient conditions
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 acc. IEC/EN 60529
d M d h1 h2 SW1 SW2
04710E00
h2
h1
2
M
SW2
SW1
M16 x 1.5 22 11 17.5 20 8
M20 x 1.5 26 11 18.2 24 10
M25 x 1.5 31 10.5 18 29 10
M32 x 1.5 38 11.2 18 36 10
M40 x 1.5 51 14 22 46 10
M50 x 1.5 61 14 23.5 55 10
M63 x 1.5 75 14 24.5 68 10

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Stopping Plugs Made of Metal
Series 8292
Series 8292 E10
14501E00
WebCode 8292A
> For Ex e and Ex d enclosures
> Versions
– Metric
– NPT
> Thread sizes
– M16 ... M100
– 3/8" ... 4" NPT
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 10.0159 X
Ex d IIC
Ex e II
Ex d I
Ex e I
Ex tD A21 IP6X
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Sira 10 ATEX 1313 X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 G Ex d I
E II 2 G Ex e I
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X
Operation temperature -60 ... +200 °C
Material Brass, nickel-plated brass, stainless steel (316L)
Selection Table
Version Thread size Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
B D L A/F kg
Stopping plug, NPT,
hexagon socket, brass
14491E00
3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-BS-3/8" NPT 210557 18 0.150
1/2" NPT 25 22 20 10 8292/11-BS-1/2" NPT 210558 18 0.100
3/4" NPT 25 27 26 10 8292/11-BS-3/4" NPT 210559 18 0.125
1" NPT 30 34 16 10 8292/11-BS-1" NPT 210560 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-BS-1 1/4" NPT 210561 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 8292/11-BS-1 1/2" NPT 210562 18 0.150
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-BS-2" NPT 210563 18 0.200
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 39 14 8292/11-BS-2 1/2" NPT 210564 18 0.200
3" NPT 46 89 39 14 8292/11-BS-3" NPT 210565 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 42 14 8292/11-BS-3 1/2" NPT 210566 18 0.275
4" NPT 49 115 43 14 8292/11-BS-4" NPT 210567 18 0.300

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8292
Selection Table
Stopping plug, NPT,
hexagon socket,
nickel-plated brass
14529E00
B D L A/F kg
3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-BN-3/8" NPT 210568 18 0.150
1/2" NPT 25 22 20 10 8292/11-BN-1/2" NPT 210569 18 0.100
3/4" NPT 25 27 20 10 8292/11-BN-3/4" NPT 210570 18 0.125
1" NPT 30 34 25 10 8292/11-BN-1" NPT 210571 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-BN-1 1/4" NPT 210572 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 8292/11-BN-1 1/2" NPT 210573 18 0.150
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-BN-2" NPT 210574 18 0.200
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 39 14 8292/11-BN-2 1/2" NPT 210575 18 0.200
3" NPT 46 89 42 14 8292/11-BN-3" NPT 210576 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 43 14 8292/11-BN-3 1/2" NPT 210577 18 0.275
4" NPT 49 115 43 14 8292/11-BN-4" NPT 210578 18 0.300
Stopping plug, NPT,
hexagon socket,
stainless steel
14529E00
3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-SS-3/8" NPT 210579 18 0.150
1/2" NPT 25 22 20 10 8292/11-SS-1/2" NPT 210580 18 0.100
3/4" NPT 25 27 20 10 8292/11-SS-3/4" NPT 210581 18 0.125
1" NPT 30 34 25 10 8292/11-SS-1" NPT 210582 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-SS-1 1/4" NPT 210583 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 8292/11-SS-1 1/2" NPT 210584 18 0.150
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-SS-2" NPT 210585 18 0.200
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 40 14 8292/11-SS-2 1/2" NPT 210586 18 0.200
3" NPT 46 89 42 14 8292/11-SS-3" NPT 210587 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 42 14 8292/11-SS-3 1/2" NPT 210588 18 0.275
4" NPT 49 115 46 14 8292/11-SS-4" NPT 210589 18 0.300
Selection Table
Version Thread
size
Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
B D b d L E A/F kg
Stopping plug,
metric / NPT,
hexagon head,
nickel-plated brass
11158E00
M16 x 1.5 24 22 22 11 15 24 22 8292/12-BN-M16x1,5 210598 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 24 24 22 15 15 26 24 8292/12-BN-M20x1,5 210599 18 0.075
M24 x 1.5 24 30 18 20 15 32 30 8292/12-BN-M24x1,5 210600 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 24 30 22 20 15 32 30 8292/12-BN-M25x1,5 210601 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 24 40 19 27 15 40 36 8292/12-BN-M32x1,5 210602 18 0.100
M33 x 1.5 24 36 18 27 15 39 36 8292/12-BN-M33x1,5 210603 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 24 46 19 35 15 50 46 8292/12-BN-M40x1,5 210604 18 0.150
M42 x 1.5 24 46 20 35 15 50 46 8292/12-BN-M42x1,5 210605 18 0.150
M48 x 1.5 24 54 18 41 15 60 55 8292/12-BN-M48x1,5 210606 18 0.175
M50 x 1.5 24 55 19 43 15 59 55 8292/12-BN-M50x1,5 210607 18 0.175
M56 x 1.5 24 59 19 48 15 65 60 8292/12-BN-M56x1,5 210608 18 0.200
M63 x 1.5 24 70 19 55 15 76 70 8292/12-BN-M63x1,5 210609 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 24 80 19 70 15 86 80 8292/12-BN-M75x1,5 210610 18 0.300
M90 x 2 24 95 19 83 15 103 95 8292/12-BN-M90x2 210611 18 0.350
M100 x 2 24 108 19 93 15 117 108 8292/12-BN-M100x2 210612 18 0.400
1/2" NPT 29 24 26 13 20 26 24 8292/12-BN-1/2" NPT 210629 18 0.100
3/4" NPT 30 30 27 18 15 32 30 8292/12-BN-3/4" NPT 210630 18 0.125
1" NPT 34 36 31 24 16 39 36 8292/12-BN-1" NPT 210631 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 35 55 30 28 17 59 55 8292/12-BN-1 1/4" NPT 210632 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 35 46 30 34 17 50 46 8292/12-BN-1 1/2" NPT 210633 18 0.150
2" NPT 36 65 31 46 27 70 65 8292/12-BN-2" NPT 210634 18 0.200
2 1/2" NPT 49 80 44 57 40 86 80 8292/12-BN-2 1/2" NPT 210635 18 0.200
3" NPT 51 98 46 72 25 107 99 8292/12-BN-3" NPT 210636 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 52 108 47 84 37 117 108 8292/12-BN-3 1/2" NPT 210637 18 0.275
4" NPT 53 127 48 97 45 137 127 8292/12-BN-4" NPT 210638 18 0.300

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8292
Selection Table
Version Thread
Stopping plug,
metric, hexagon head,
stainless steel
11158E00
size
B D b d L E A/F kg
M16 x 1.5 24 22 – – – – 15 24 22 8292/12-SS-M16x1,5 210613 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 24 24 – – – – 15 26 24 8292/12-SS-M20x1,5 210614 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 24 30 – – – – 15 32 30 8292/12-SS-M25x1,5 210616 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 24 40 – – – – 15 40 36 8292/12-SS-M32x1,5 210617 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 24 46 – – – – 15 50 46 8292/12-SS-M40x1,5 210619 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 24 55 – – – – 15 59 55 8292/12-SS-M50x1,5 210622 18 0.175
M56 x 1.5 24 59 – – – – 15 65 60 8292/12-SS-M56x1,5 210623 18 0.200
M63 x 1.5 24 70 – – – – 15 76 70 8292/12-SS-M63x1,5 210624 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 24 80 – – – – 15 86 80 8292/12-SS-M75x1,5 210625 18 0.300
M90 x 2 24 95 – – – – 15 103 95 8292/12-SS-M90x2 210626 18 0.350
M100 x 2 24 108 – – – – 15 117 108 8292/12-SS-M100x2 210627 18 0.400
Selection Table
B D L A/F kg
Stopping plug,
metric, hexagon socket,
nickel-plated brass
14482E00
M20 x 1.5 20.8 27.3 15.3 10 8292/13-BN-M20x1,5 210650 18 0.075
Note: for the dimensions, see selection table
SW
E
M
B
L
ø D
4
5
b
ø d
14748E00 14750E00
L
ø d
b
A
ø D
SW
B
Stopping plug 8292/11 Stopping plug 8292/12
14750E00
SW10 15,30
20,80
5,50
Stopping plug 8292/13
M20 x 1,5
ø 27,30
574 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Locknuts, Flat Gaskets
E10
Selection Table
Version Internal thread d Dimensions [mm] Packing unit Art. no. PS Weight
A/F F A pieces kg
Locknut, metric
brass, nickel plated
00608E00
06478E00
M16 x 1.5 19 22 3 50 138383 18 0.135
M20 x 1.5 24 27 3 50 138389 18 0.241
M25 x 1.5 29 32 3.5 50 138395 18 0.348
M32 x 1.5 36 40 4 25 138401 18 0.267
M40 x 1.5 46 51 4.5 10 138407 18 0.218
M50 x 1.5 55 61 5 4 138413 18 0.109
M63 x 1.5 70 78 5.5 1 138418 18 0.054
M75 x 1.5 85 97 6 1 110877 18 0.151
M90 x 2.0 107.5 124 9.5 1 110878 18 0.260
Selection Table
Version for nominal size Dimensions [mm] Packing unit Art. no. PS Weight
d1 d2 S pieces kg
Flat gaskets, EPDM
00648E00
04545E00
M16 16 22 2 100 111768 19 0.002
M20 20 26 2 100 111770 19 0.002
M25 25 31 2 100 111771 19 0.001
M32 32 38 3 100 111773 19 0.002
M40 40 46 3 100 111774 19 0.002
M50 50 56 3 100 111775 19 0.002
M63 63 69 3 100 111776 19 0.002

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Adaptors Made of Metal
Series 8293
Series 8293 E10
14494E00
WebCode 8293A
> Numerous versions
– Enlargement
– Reducer
– Adaptors
> Degree of protection
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Selection Table
Version Male
thread O
Female
thread I
D L B A/F E Type kg
Extension
metric / metric
brass
13614E00
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM16x1,5-
IM20x1,5
210292 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM20x1,5-
IM25x1,5
210293 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM25x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210199 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM32x1,5-
IM40x1,5
210200 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM40x1,5-
IM50x1,5
210281 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 78 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM50x1,5-
IM63x1,5
210282 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 85 Form B 8293/11-BS-,5-IM75x1,5 210283 18 0.250
O
SW
Extension
metric / metric
nickel-plated brass
14498E00
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 25 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM16x1,5-
IM20x1,5
210462 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM20x1,5-
IM25x1,5
210463 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM25x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210309 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM32x1,5-
IM40x1,5
210310 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM40x1,5-
IM50x1,5
210311 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 78 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM50x1,5-
IM63x1,5
210312 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 52 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM63x1,5-
IM75x1,5
210313 18 0.250
O
SW

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8293
Selection Table
Version Male
Extension
metric / metric
stainless steel
14498E00
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
thread O
Female
thread I
D L B A/F E Type kg
M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM16x1,5-
IM20x1,5
210326 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM20x1,5-
IM25x1,5
210327 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM25x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210328 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM32x1,5-
IM40x1,5
210329 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM40x1,5-
IM50x1,5
210330 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 76 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM50x1,5-
IM63x1,5
210331 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 85 Form B 8293/11-SS-OM63x1,5-
IM75x1,5
210332 18 0.250
O
SW
Selection Table
Version Male
thread O
Female
thread I
D L B A/F E Type kg
Reduction
metric / metric
brass
01550E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O
L
B SW
Form A
M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM20x1,5-
IM16x1,5
210284 18 0.075
M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM25x1,5-
IM20x1,5
210285 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM32x1,5-
IM25x1,5
210286 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM40x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210287 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM50x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210288 18 0.175
M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM50x1,5-
IM40x1,5
210289 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM63x1,5-
IM32x1,5
210290 18 0.250

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8293
Selection Table
Version Male
Reduction metric / metric
nickel-plated brass
14509E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O O
L
B SW
Form A
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
thread O
Female
thread I
D L B A/F E Type kg
M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM20x1,5-
M25 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM25x1,5-
M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM25x1,5-
M32 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM32x1,5-
M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM32x1,5-
M33 x 1.5 M24 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM33x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM40x1,5-
M48 x 1.5 M42 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM48x1,5-
M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM50x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM50x1,5-
M56 x 1.5 M42 x 1.5 65 15 25 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM56x1,5-
M48 x 1.5 65 15 25 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM56x1,5-
M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM63x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM63x1,5-
M50 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM63x1,5-
M75 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 79 15 25 79 85 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM75x1,5-
M90 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 100 20 30 100 108 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM90x1,5-
SW
Reduction metric / metric
stainless steel
14509E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O
L
B SW
Form A
M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM20x1,5-
M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM25x1,5-
M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM32x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM40x1,5-
M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM50x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM50x1,5-
M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM63x1,5-
M40 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM63x1,5-
M50 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM63x1,5-
M75 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 79 15 25 79 85 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM75x1,5-
M90 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 100 20 30 100 108 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM90x1,5-
IM16x1,5
210314 18 0.075
IM16x1,5
210457 18 0.075
IM20x1,5
210315 18 0.075
IM20x1,5
210316 18 0.100
IM25x1,5
210317 18 0.100
IM24x1,5
210458 18 0.100
IM32x1,5
210318 18 0.150
IM42x1,5
210459 18 0.175
IM32x1,5
210319 18 0.175
IM40x1,5
210320 18 0.175
IM42x1,5
210460 18 0.200
IM48x1,5
210461 18 0.200
IM32x1,5
210321 18 0.250
IM40x1,5
210322 18 0.250
IM50x1,5
210323 18 0.250
IM63x1,5
210324 18 0.300
IM75x1,5
210325 18 0.350
IM16x1,5
210333 18 0.075
IM20x1,5
210334 18 0.075
IM25x1,5
210335 18 0.100
IM32x1,5
210336 18 0.150
IM32x1,5
210337 18 0.175
IM40x1,5
210338 18 0.175
IM32x1,5
210339 18 0.250
IM40x1,5
210340 18 0.250
IM50x1,5
210341 18 0.250
IM63x1,5
210342 18 0.300
IM75x1,5
210343 18 0.350
578 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8293
Selection Table
Version Male thread
O
Female
thread I
Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Wei-ght
D L B A/F E Type kg
Adaptor metric / NPT
brass
01550E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O O
L
B SW
Form A
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM20x1,5-
I3/8"NPT
210426 18 0.075
I1/2"NPT
210428 18 0.075
3/4" NPT 30 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BS-OM25x1,5-
I3/4"NPT
210429 18 0.075
I3/4"NPT
210431 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM40x1,5-
I1"NPT
210433 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM50x1,5-
I1 1/4"NPT
210434 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM63x1,5-
I1 1/2"NPT
210435 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM75x1,5-
I2"NPT
210436 18 0.300
SW
nickel-plated brass
14509E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O O
L
B SW
Form A
ø D
E
14827E00
L
B
I
Form B
M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM20x1,5-
I3/8"NPT
210262 18 0.075
I1/2"NPT
210264 18 0.075
3/4" NPT 30 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BN-OM25x1,5-
I3/4"NPT
210265 18 0.075
I3/4"NPT
210267 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM40x1,5-
I1"NPT
210269 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM50x1,5-
I1 1/4"NPT
210270 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM63x1,5-
I1 1/2"NPT
210271 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM75x1,5-
I2"NPT
210272 18 0.300
M90 x 2 1 1/2" NPT 100 16 30 100 108 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM90x2-I1
1/2"NPT
210273 18 0.350
M100 x 2 3" NPT 109 20 30 110 119 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM100x2-
I3"NPT
210274 18 0.400
SW
stainless steel
14509E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O
L
B SW
Form A
M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM20x1,5-
I3/8"NPT
210275 18 0.075
I1/2"NPT
210276 18 0.075
I3/4"NPT
210277 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM40x1,5-
I1"NPT
210278 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM50x1,5-
I1 1/4"NPT
210279 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM63x1,5-
I1 1/2"NPT
210280 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-SS-OM75x1,5-
I2"NPT
210291 18 0.300

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Series 8293
Selection Table
Version Male thread
Adaptor NPT / metric
brass
01550E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O
L
B SW
Form A
O
Female
thread I
Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Wei-ght
D L B A/F E Type kg
3/8" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM3/
1/2" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 20 29 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM1/
3/4" NPT M16 x 1.5 30 20 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM3/
M20 x 1.5 30 20 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM3/
1" NPT M20 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM1"
M25 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM1"
1 1/4" NPT M32 x 1.5 46 26 36 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM1 1/
1 1/2" NPT M32 x 1.5 50 26 35 50 54 Form A 8293/11-BS-O1 1/
2" NPT M50 x 1.5 65 27 36 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BS-OM2"
Adaptor NPT / metric
nickel-plated brass
14509E00
ø D
E
14828E00
I
O
L
B SW
Form A
3/8" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM3/
1/2" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 20 29 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM1/
3/4" NPT M16 x 1.5 30 21 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM3/
M20 x 1.5 30 21 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM3/
1" NPT M20 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM1"
M25 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM1"
1 1/4" NPT M32 x 1.5 46 26 36 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM1 1/
1 1/2" NPT M32 x 1.5 50 26 35 50 54 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM1 1/
2" NPT M50 x 1.5 65 27 36 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BN-OM2"
Technical Data
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 10.0160 X
Ex d IIC
Ex e II
Ex tD A21 IP6X
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Sira 10 ATEX 1313 X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X
Material Brass, nickel-plated brass, stainless steel (316L)
8"NPTxM10x1,5
210344 18 0.150
2"NPTxM10x1,5
210345 18 0.100
4"NPTxM16x1,5
210346 18 0.125
4"NPTxM20x1,5
210347 18 0.125
NPTxM20x1,5
210348 18 0.150
NPTxM25x1,5
210349 18 0.150
4"NPTxM32x1,5
210350 18 0.150
2"NPTxIM32x1,5
210294 18 0.150
NPTxM50x1,5
210295 18 0.200
8"NPTxM10x1,5
210296 18 0.150
2"NPTxM10x1,5
210297 18 0.100
4"NPTxM16x1,5
210298 18 0.125
4"NPTxM20x1,5
210299 18 0.125
NPTxM20x1,5
210300 18 0.150
NPTxM25x1,5
210301 18 0.150
4"NPTxM32x1,5
210302 18 0.150
2"NPTxM32x1,5
210303 18 0.150
NPTxM50x1,5
210304 18 0.200
580 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Enlargements, Reducers Made of Moulded Plastic
E10
13897E00
WebCode ACC1A
> Numerous versions
– Enlargements
– Reducers
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
Technical Data
Europe (ATEX)
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66
Certificates ATEX
Material Polyamide
Selection Table
Version Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
Da Di L A/F TL kg
Enlargement
metric - metric
10552E00
M20 M25 9 29 27 109390 18 0.008
M25 M32 10 36 28 109389 18 0.018
M32 M40 12 46 30 109388 18 0.023
M40 M50 12 55 30 109387 18 0.031
M50 M63 14 68 32 109386 18 0.044
Selection Table
Version Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
Ga Gi L A/F Di E Type kg
Reducers
metric - metric
10553E00
M25 M20 10 29 19 32 Form B 109384 18 0.006
M32 M20 12 36 26 40 Form B 109383 18 0.013
M32 M25 12 36 26 40 Form B 109382 18 0.013
M40 M20 12 46 32 51 Form C 109381 18 0.020
M40 M25 12 46 32 51 Form C 109380 18 0.018
M40 M32 12 46 32 51 Form B 109379 18 0.016

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
Note: For dimensions see selection table
10556E00 10555E00
Adaptor, reducer form B Adaptor, reducer form C
10619E00
Enlargement: metric - metric
Adaptor, enlargement, reducer made of moulded plastic
582 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10
E10

Type Index
Type Description Page
50.
502 Ex . . . . . . Cable Reel for Zones 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/362
60..
6001 . . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
Made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W . . E2/261
6009 . . . . . . . . Emergency Light Fittings for
Fluorescent Lamps Made of
Polyester Resin 18, 56 W . . . . . . . . . . . E2/264
6014 Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
Made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W . . . . . E2/279
6035 . . . . . . . . Tubular Light Fittings for Fluorescent
Lamps, Made of Aluminium . . . . . . . . . . E2/268
6039 . . . . . . . . Tubular Light Fittings for Fluorescent
Lamps, LED, Made of Polycarbonate . . E2/270
6050 . . . . . . . . Pendant Light Fittings for Discharge
Lamps up to 500 W, Energy Saving
Lamps up to 23 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/285
61..
6100 . . . . . . . . Compact Light Fittings Made of
Polyester Resin for Fluorescent
Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/256
6108 . . . . . . . . Compact Emergency Light Fittings
Made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent
Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/258
6121 . . . . . . . . Floodlights Made of Cast Aluminium
for Discharge Lamps up to max. 400 W . E2/294
6122 . . . . . . . . Tank Inspection Lamps for
Halogen Lamps up to 100 W . . . . . . . . . E2/303
6140 Hand Lamps with Extremely High
Luminous Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/313
6141 . . . . . . . . Hand Lamps for Alkaline Batteries . . . . . E2/315
6147 . . . . . . . . Hand Lamps with Connection Lead
for Incandescent Lamps up to 60 W. . . . E2/320
6148 . . . . . . . . Portable Lamps
with Lead-Fleece Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/308
6149/2 . . . . . . Inspection Light LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/317
6161 . . . . . . . . Flashing Beacon
and Continuous Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/472
6162 Signal Beacon- LED E5/475
63..
6388. . . . . . . . Bulkhead Light Fittings for
Incandescent Lamps up to 100 W . . . . . E2/283
64..
6414. . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
Made of Sheet Steel 18, 36, 58 W . . . . . E2/279
6470. . . . . . . . Pendant Light Fittings
for Discharge Lamps up to 600 W,
Induction Lamps up to 165 W. . . . . . . . . E2/289
65..
6500. . . . . . . . Compact Light Fittings Made of Polyester
Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . E2/256
6508. . . . . . . . Compact Emergency Light Fittings
Made of Polyester Resin for
Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/258
6521/4 . . . . . . Floodlights Made of Stainless Steel for
Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W. . . . E2/296
6521/5 . . . . . . Floodlights Made of Stainless Steel for
Discharge Lamps up to max. 400 W. . . . E2/298
66..
6600. . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps
Made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W . . E2/272
6608/3 . . . . . . Emergency Light Fittings for Fluorescent
Lamps ECOLUX Economy - Made of
Polyester Resin 18, 36 W. . . . . . . . . . . . E2/276
6608/5 . . . . . . Emergency Light Fittings for Fluorescent
Lamps ECOLUX Made of Polyester Resin
18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/274
67..
6788. . . . . . . . Bulkhead Light Fittings
for Halogen Lamps up to 150 W E2/283
74..
7485. . . . . . . . Grounding Monitoring Device
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars E4/450
584 Type Index 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

Contents
80..
8003 . . . . . . . . Control Buttons/ Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/401
8003 . . . . . . . . Accessories and Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . E3/412
8013 . . . . . . . . LED Diode Indicating Lamps
for Panel Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/408
8018 . . . . . . . . LED Illuminated Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . E4/410
8030 . . . . . . . . Installation Switches Made
of Moulded Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/326
8040 . . . . . . . . Control Device System ConSig. . . . . . . . E4/415
8040 . . . . . . . . Control Device System NEC ConSig . . . E4/423
8040 . . . . . . . . Radio Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/430
8060 . . . . . . . . Position Switches acc. EN 50047 . . . . . . E4/395
8064 . . . . . . . . Micro Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/380
8070 . . . . . . . . Position Switches acc. EN 50041 . . . . . . E4/398
8074 . . . . . . . . Position Switches in Metal
acc. EN 50041. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/384
8074 . . . . . . . . Radio Position Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/389
81..
8102 . . . . . . . . Junction Boxes Made of Polyester
Resin with 4 Sheath Terminals . . . . . . . . E3/329
8118 . . . . . . . . Junction Boxes Made of Polyester
Resin with 4 ... 8 Sheath Terminals . . . . E3/330
8118 . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Made of
Polyester Resin for Terminal Blocks
up to 4 mm² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/332
8118 . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Made of Polyester Resin
for WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors . . E3/334
8125/5071 . . . Grounding Systems/Monitoring Devices
for Barrels and Tank Containers
up to SIL 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/443
8146 . . . . . . . . Control Stations Made of
Poyester Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/433
8146 . . . . . . . . Lighting and Heating Panels
Made of Polyester Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/536
8146 . . . . . . . . Overview Module Technology. . . . . . . . . E8/534
8146 . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Made of Polyester Resin
for Terminals Blocks up to 240mm² . . . . E3/337
8146/5075 . . . Grounding Monitoring Devices for
Barrels and Tank Containers . . . . . . . . . E4/443
8150 . . . . . . . . Control Stations Made of
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/438
8150 . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Made of
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/344
8161 . . . . . . . . Cable Glands Ex e Made of
Moulded Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/552
8162 . . . . . . . . Breathing Glands Made of
Moulded Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/569
8163/2-A2F . . Cable Glands Made of Brass for
Unarmoured Cables Ex d / Ex e . . . . . . . E10/557
8163/2-C2K . . Cable Glands Made of Brass for all
Types of Armoured Cables Ex e . . . . . . . E10/558
8163/2-CWe. . Cable Glands Made of Brass for
Single Wire Armour Cables Ex e. . . . . . . E10/559
8163/2-CXe . . Cable Glands Made of Brass for
Wire Braid Armour Cables Ex e . . . . . . . E10/560
8163/2-E1FU . Cable Glands Made of Brass for all
Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e . . E10/563
8163/2-E1FW. Cable Glands Made of Brass for all
Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e . . E10/561
8163/2-E1FX . Cable Glands for
Wire Braid Armour Cables Ex d / Ex e . . E10/565
8163/2-E2FU . Cable Glands for all Types
of Armoured Cables with Inner Lead
Sheathed Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/564
81..
8163/2-E2FW Cable Glands Made of Brass for
Lead Sheathed Single Wire Armour
Cable Ex d / Ex e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/562
8163/2-PX2K . Compound Barrier Cable Glands for
all Types of Armoured Cables
Ex d / Ex e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/566
8163/2-PXSS2K Compound Barrier Cable Glands for
all Types of Unarmoured Cables
Ex d / Ex e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/567
8163/2-T3CDS Cable Glands Made of Brass for all
Types of Armoured Cables Ex d / Ex e. . E10/556
8186. . . . . . . . Optical Fibre Splice Cassette . . . . . . . . . E3/374
8187. . . . . . . . Ethernet terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/376
82..
8214. . . . . . . . Camera Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/250
8220. . . . . . . . Overview Flameproof Enclosures. . . . . . E8/534
8225. . . . . . . . Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIC
Made of Sheet Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/532
8250. . . . . . . . Empty enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/351
8252/1 . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Ex d
Made of Aluminium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/349
8261. . . . . . . . Overview Flameproof Enclosures. . . . . . E8/534
8264. . . . . . . . Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIB,
Made of Light Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/528
8264. . . . . . . . Overview CUBEx System. . . . . . . . . . . . E8/534
8264. . . . . . . . Lighting and Heating Panels,
Made of Light Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/539
8265. . . . . . . . Ex d Enclosures Made of Light Metal
"Flameproof Encapsulation" . . . . . . . . . . E9/546
8265. . . . . . . . RFID Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/147
8265. . . . . . . . UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply -
Ex UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/541
8265. . . . . . . . WLAN Access Point - Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . A6/143
8290. . . . . . . . Stopping Plugs Made of
Moulded Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/571
8292. . . . . . . . Stopping Plugs Made of Metal . . . . . . . . E10/572
8293. . . . . . . . Adapter Made of Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/576
84..
8485. . . . . . . . Grounding Monitoring Devices
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars . . . . . . . . E4/446
8491. . . . . . . . Signal Horn, 105 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/466
85..
8527. . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit-Breakers
up to 22.5 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/523
8537. . . . . . . . Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/516
8570. . . . . . . . 16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . E3/354
8570/16 . . . . . 16 A Coupler Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/363
8571/16 . . . . . 32 A Coupler Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/363
8575. . . . . . . . 16 A Small Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . E3/354
8575/14 . . . . . 16 A Coupler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/361
8581. . . . . . . . 125 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . E3/358
8591/1 . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX 4-poles . . . E3/365
8591/2 . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX 6-poles . . . E3/368
8591/4 . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX
4 P + PE Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/365
8592/1 . . . . . . Y-Adapter miniCLIX with Cable Glands
4-poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/371
8592/4 . . . . . . Y-Adapter miniCLIX with Cable Glands,
4P + PE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/371
8593/8 . . . . . . Y-Adapter miniCLIX
Plug and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/372
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Type Index 585

90..
9001 . . . . . . . . Single-Channel Safety Barriers. . . . . . . . A2/6
9002 . . . . . . . . Dual-Channel Safety Barriers . . . . . . . . . A2/8
9004 . . . . . . . . Safety Barriers with
Electronic Current Limitation. . . . . . . . . . A2/10
91..
9143 . . . . . . . . Ex i Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/18
9146 . . . . . . . . Frequency Transmitter - Ex i . . . . . . . . . A3/20
9147 . . . . . . . . Vibration Transducer Supply Unit . . . . . . A3/22
9160 . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit - Ex i . . . . . . . . A3/24
9160 . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit -
Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/66
9162 . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit with
Limit Value - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/26
9162 . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit with
Limit Value - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/67
9163 . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater HART Input . . . . . . . . A3/28
9164 . . . . . . . . mA-Isolating Repeater - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . A3/30
9164 . . . . . . . . mA-Isolating Repeater -
Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/68
9165 . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/32
9165 . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . A3/69
9167 . . . . . . . . IIsolating Repeater Loop Powered -
Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/34
9167 . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater Loop Powered -
Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/70
9170 . . . . . . . . Switching Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/36
9172 . . . . . . . . I.S. Relay Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/38
9172 . . . . . . . . Relay Module - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/71
9174 . . . . . . . . Electronic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/40
9175 . . . . . . . . Binary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/42
9175 . . . . . . . . Binary Output with Line Fault
Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/44
9176 . . . . . . . . Binary Output without Power Supply . . . A3/46
9180 . . . . . . . . Resistance Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/48
9182 . . . . . . . . Temperature Transmitter - Ex i . . . . . . . A3/50
9182 . . . . . . . . Temperature Transmitter -
Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/72
9185 . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Isolating Repeater . . . . . . . . . . A3/52
9186 . . . . . . . . Fibre Optics Fieldbus
Isolating Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/54
9192 . . . . . . . . HART-Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/56
9193 . . . . . . . . Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/58
9194 . . . . . . . . pac-Bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/60
9195 . . . . . . . . pac-Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/62
9196 . . . . . . . . HART Termination Board . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/64
94..
9410/34 . . . . . Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler . . . . . A5/135
9411/11 . . . . . Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler . . . . . A5/130
9411/21 . . . . . Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler . . . . . . A5/128
9411/24 . . . . . Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler . . . . . . A5/133
9412 . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/122
9413/21 . . . . . Digital I/O Coupler (4-Wire). . . . . . . . . . . A5/132
9415 . . . . . . . . Diagnosis Communications Module . . . . A5/123
9418 . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Terminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/137
9419 . . . . . . . . bus-carrier for Fieldbus Power Supply
Series 9412. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/124
9419 . . . . . . . . bus-carrier,
Yokogawa ALF111 version . . . . . . . . . . . A5/126
94..
9440/15 . . . . . CPU & Power Module
for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/79
9440/22 . . . . . CPU & Power Module
for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/78
9441/12 . . . . . Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module
for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/80
for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/82
for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/80
9444/15 Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module
for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/82
9461/15 . . . . . Analog Input Module HART Ex n Inputs
8 Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/88
9466/15 . . . . . Analog Output Module HART
Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . A4/90
9468/32 . . . . . Analog Universal Modul HART
for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/84
9468/33 . . . . . Analog Universal Modul HART
for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/86
9470/25 . . . . . Digital Input Module NAMUR
Ex n Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/96
9470/32 . . . . . Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1. . A4/92
9470/33 . . . . . Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2. . A4/94
9475/32-04-.2 Digital Output Modul 4 Channels
Zone 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/100
9475/32-04-72 Digital Output Modul 4 Channels
Zone 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/98
Zone 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/102
Zone 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/104
9477/12 . . . . . Digital Output Module Relay
Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/106
9477/15 . . . . . Digital Output Module Relay
Ex nA Outputs for Zone 2 / Div. 2. . . . . . A4/108
9478. . . . . . . . Digital Output Module Ventil . . . . . . . . . . A4/109
9482/32 . . . . . Temperature Input Module for Zone 1
for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/110
9482/33 . . . . . Temperature Input Module for Zone 2
for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/112
9490. . . . . . . . Sockets for CPU & Power Module . . . . . A4/78
9490. . . . . . . . Sockets for Digital Output
Module Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/106
9494. . . . . . . . BusRail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/114
97..
9710. . . . . . . . WLAN Access Point - Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . A6/145
9713. . . . . . . . RFID Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/147
9715. . . . . . . . WirelessHART Gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/150
ABC.
A..
. . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter Made of Moulded Plastic. . . . . . E10/581
E..
. . . . . . . . . . . . Enlargements Made of Moulded Plastic . E10/581
EC-710. . . . . . Compact Colour Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/238
EC-740-AFZ. . Zoom Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/240
EC-740-PTZ. . Zoom Camera with Pan/Tilt Function . . . A8/242
EC-750-PA. . . DOME Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/244
586 Type Index 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

Contents
ABC.
E..
EC-800-PTT . . Thermal Imaging Camera
with Pan/Tilt Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/248
EC-800-TIC . . Thermal Imaging Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/246
ET-300 . . . . . . Visualization Systems - Zone 1. . . . . . . . A7/213
ET-400 . . . . . . Panel PC Systems - Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . A7/190
ET-500 . . . . . . Open Panel PC Systems - Zone 1 . . . . . A7/171
ET-600 . . . . . . ET - PC-Terminals - Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . A7/156
ET-FALCON. . Text / Graphic Displays - Zone 1. . . . . . . A7/220
F..
FD40IS . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe LED Flashing Beacon . E5/479
FL60 . . . . . . . . Storbe, Flash Energy 5 Joule . . . . . . . . . E5/454
FX15. . . . . . . . GRP Explosion Proof
Visual Signal 5 Joule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/468
. . . . . . . . . . . . Flat Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/575
G..
G053/1 . . . . . . Radio Receiver and Radio Repeater . . . E4/392
H..
HSG . . . . . . . . Enclosures for ET-/MT-/IT-Devices. . . . . A7/226
HSK-K-MZ . . . Cable Glands with Strain Relief Ex e
Made of Plastic / Aluminium . . . . . . . . . . E10/555
HSK-MZ Cable Glands with Strain Relief Ex e
Made of Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/554
HV . . . . . . . . . PVC-Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/568
I..
ISview Video Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/252
IT-400. . . . . . . Panel PC Systems - Non-Ex . . . . . . . . . . A7/208
IT-500. . . . . . . Open Panel PC Systems - Non-Ex . . . . . A7/185
IT-600. . . . . . . IT - PC-Terminals - Non-Ex. . . . . . . . . . . A7/166
L..
. . . . . . . . . . . . Locknuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/575
L148 . . . . . . . . Portable Lamp with Lead-Scid Battery
Industrial Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/311
M..
MCP . . . . . . . . Control Device Manual Call Points . . . . . E5/492
MT-300. . . . . . Visualization Systems - Zone 2. . . . . . . . A7/216
MT-400. . . . . . Panel PC Systems - Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . A7/199
MT-500. . . . . . Open Panel PC Systems - Zone 2 . . . . . A7/178
MT-600. . . . . . MT - PC-Terminals - Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . A7/161
MT-FALCON . Text / Graphic Displays - Zone 2. . . . . . . A7/224
R..
. . . . . . . . . . . . Reducers Made of Moulded Plastic . . . . E10/581
S..
SD40IS. . . . . . Intrinsically Safe LED Status Beacon . . . E5/479
SeeTec. . . . . . Video Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/253
T..
TEF 1058 Junction Box for Heat Tracing -
Pipe Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/498
TEF 1058 . . . . Junction Box for Heat Tracing -
. . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/500
TEF 1058 . . . . Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing . . . . . . E6/503
TEF 1058 Ambient Sensing
Electronic Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/504
TEF 1058 Electronic Thermostat -
Wall Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/505
TEF 1058 . . . . Capillary Tube Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . E6/507
T..
TEF 2430 . . . . LED Obstruction Light, Low Intensity . . . E5/482
TEF 2430 . . . . Perimeter Light LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/324
TEF 2430 . . . . Signal Beacon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/484
TEF 2440 . . . . Signal Beacon - Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/486
TEF 2850 . . . . Navigation Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/488
TEF 4500 . . . . Control Device Commander Utility . . . . . E5/494
TEF 502392 . . Ambient Air Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/503
TEF 5029 . . . . Glass Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/513
TEF 7000 . . . . Pipe Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/513
TEF 7210 . . . . Cladding Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/512
TEF 7211 . . . . Flange Crossing Protector . . . . . . . . . . . E6/512
TEF 9177 . . . . Connection Kit for Heat Tracing Cables . E6/512
TEF 9206 . . . . Enclosure Heater with Junction Box . . . . E6/509
TEF 9207 Enclosure Heater with Junction Box
and Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/510
TEF 9964 . . . . Xenon Helideck Floodlight . . . . . . . . . . . E2/322
TEF 9967 . . . . Windsock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/490
Y..
YA11 . . . . . . . Hazardous Area Sounder - 100 dB (A) . . E5/462
YA60 . . . . . . . Sounder, 110 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/454
YA90 . . . . . . . Sounder, 115 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/464
YL4IS . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal -
100 dB (A) / LED Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/458
YL5IS . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal -
105 dB (A) / LED Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/458
YL60 Sounder / Strobe Combination -
110 dB (A) / 5 Joule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/454
YO3IS . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Sounder 100 dB (A). . . E5/458
YO4IS Intrinsically Safe Sounder
100 dB (A) Modular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/458
YO5IS . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Sounder 105 dB (A). . . E5/458
2013-09-10·KP00·III·en Type Index 587

Sales Organisation / International
EUROPA /
MITTLERER OSTEN / AFRIKA
EUROPE /
MIDDLE EAST / AFRICA
Deutschland / Germany
Verkaufsbüro Nord
Heidenkampsweg 100
20097 HAMBURG
T +49 40 736 054-0
F +49 40 736 054-54
info.nord@stahl.de
www.stahl.de
Verkaufsbüro Süd
Am Bahnhof 30
74638 WALDENBURG
T +49 7942 943-0
F +49 7942 943-1777
info.sued@stahl.de
www.stahl.de
Verkaufsbüro West
Brügelmannstr. 5
50679 KÖLN
T +49 221 962 569-0
F +49 221 962 569-25
info.west@stahl.de
www.stahl.de
R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH
Im Gewerbegebiet Pesch 14
50767 KÖLN
T +49 221 59808 200
F +49 221 59808 260
office@stahl-hmi.de
www.stahl-hmi.de
R. STAHL Camera Systems GmbH
Im Gewerbegebiet Pesch 14
50767 KÖLN
T +49 221 59808 300
F +49 221 59808 360
info@stahl-camera.de
www.stahl-camera.de
Ägypten / Egypt
EAGLE CO. (S.A.E.)
23, Fawzy Moaaz Str.
ALEXANDRIA 432
T +20 3 42570-11
F +20 3 42570-61
eagle.co@tedata.net.eg
Aserbaidschan / Azerbaijan
ATENAU LTD.
27, Heydar Aliyev avenue,
KHIRDALAN AZ0100
T +994 12 3424 468
F +994 12 4470 889
office@atenau-ltd.com
www.atenau-ltd.com
Belgien / Belgium
STAHL N.V.
Sint Gillislaan 6, Bus 3
9200 SINT GILLIS-DENDERMONDE
T +32 52 2113-51
F +32 52 2113-47
info@stahl.be
www.stahl.be
Bosnien und Herzegowina
Bosnia and Herzegowina
KOLEKTOR SYNATEC d.o.o.
Dzemala Bijedica 2
71000 SARAJEVO
T +387 33 658-405
F +387 33 658-149
sinabo@kolektor.ba
www.kolektorsinabo.ba
Bulgarien / Bulgaria
Bright Engineering Ltd.
37, Yan Huniyadi blvd.
9027, VARNA
T +359 52 511 213
F +359 52 591 696
office@bright-eng.com
www.bright-eng.com
Dänemark / Denmark
MAX FODGAARD A/S
Sydholmen 10
2650 HVIDOVRE
T +45 70 261 700
F +45 70 263 110
max@fodgaard.dk
www.fodgaard.dk
Estland / Estonia
ASE-Automatic
Systems Engineering
ul. Narwicka 6
80557 GDANSK
T +48 58 5207 720
F +48 58 3464 344
stahl@ase.com.pl
www.ase.com.pl
Finnland / Finland
EX-TEKNIIKKA OY
Vellamonkatu 30 B
00550 HELSINKI
T +358 207 92079-0
F +358 207 92079-1
ilkka.kilpelainen@extekniikka.fi
www.extekniikka.fi
Frankreich / France
ST Solutions ATEX
Immeuble NAXOS
56, Rue des Hautes Pâtures
92737 NANTERRE CEDEX
T +33 1 4119 485-8
F +33 1 4119 485-9
info@stahl.fr
www.stahl.fr
Georgien / Georgia
Insta LLC
8 Zakariadze Str.
0177 TBILISI
T +995 32 220 2020/123
F +995 32 220 2022
sales@insta.ge
www.insta.ge
Griechenland / Greece
ADICON
6 Selefkou
13676 THRAKOMAKEDONES/
ATHENS
T +30 210 243-3383
F +30 210 243-5073
tsakarelos@tee.gr
www.adicon.gr
Großbritannien / Great Britain
R. STAHL LTD.
Unit 11 Maybrook Business Park
Maybrook Road
MINWORTH
BIRMINGHAM B76 1AL
T +44 121 76764-00
F +44 121 76764-90
info@rstahl.co.uk
www.rstahl.co.uk
Italien / Italy
R. STAHL s.r.l. socio unico
Via Grandi 27
20068 PESCHIERA
BORROMEO (MI)
T +39 02 5530 8024
F +39 02 5165 0680
info@stahl.it
www.stahl.it
Kasachstan / Kazakhstan
TOO Universal
19, Al-Faraby ave.,
Building 2B, 6th floor
Business Center “Nurly-Tau“
ALMATY 050059
T +7 727 311 05-41
F +7 727 311 05-43
info_universal@eit.kz
www.eit.kz
Kroatien / Croatia
Ex-OPREMA j.d.o.o.
Rapska 26/1
10000 ZAGREB
F +385 1 5616 110
F +385 1 5606 185
info@ex-oprema.hr
Lettland / Latvia
ASE-Automatic
Systems Engineering
ul. Narwicka 6
80557 GDANSK
T +48 58 5207 720
F +48 58 3464 344
stahl@ase.com.pl
www.ase.com.pl
Litauen / Lithuania
ASE-Automatic
Systems Engineering
ul. Narwicka 6
80557 GDANSK
T +48 58 5207 720
F +48 58 3464 344
stahl@ase.com.pl
www.ase.com.pl
Mazedonien / Macedonia
KEYING d.o.o.
Vuka Karadžica 79
23300 KIKINDA
SERBIEN / MONTENEGRO
T +381 230 439 519
F +381 230 401 790
keying@keying.co.rs
Namibia
Seahorse Technology
Ferdinand van Dijk
41 Hebenstreit Street
PO Box 11800
WINDHOEK
T +26 4 61 261 460
F +26 4 61 264 704
rooibok@kpnmail.nl
Niederlande / Netherlands
ELECTROMACH B.V.
Jan Tinbergenstraat 193
7559 SP HENGELO
T +31 74 2472 472
F +31 74 2435 925
info@electromach.nl
www.electromach.com
Nigeria
ESACO PTY. LTD.
P. O. Box 3095
1610 EDENVALE
T +27 87 940 1677
F +27 87 940 1678
rpanis@esaco.co.za
Norwegen / Norway
STAHL-Syberg AS
Luhrtoppen 2
1470 LØRENSKOG
T +47 24 08441-0
F +47 24 08441-1
mail@stahl-syberg.no
www.stahl-syberg.no
Tranberg A.S.
Strandsvingen 6,
P. O. Box 8033
4068 STAVANGER
T +47 51 5789-00
F +47 51 5789-50
info@tranberg.com
www.tranberg.com
Österreich / Austria
R. STAHL Nissl GmbH
Jochen-Rindt-Str. 41
1230 WIEN
T +43 1 6163 929-0
F +43 1 6163 929-22
office@rstahl-nissl.at
www.rstahl-nissl.at
Polen / Poland
ASE-Automatic
Systems Engineering
ul. Narwicka 6
80557 GDANSK
T +48 58 5207 720
F +48 58 3464 344
stahl@ase.com.pl
www.ase.com.pl
Portugal
Industrías STAHL,
S.A. sucursal em Portugal
Largo Piramide no. 3 M Sala E
Gab. 7
2795-156 LINDA-A-VELHA
(CONCEICO OEIRAS) LISBOA
T +351 21 414531-5
F +351 21 414531-7
stahl@stahl.pt
www.stahl.es
Rumänien / Romania
LAPP KABEL ROMANIA
Autostrada Bucuresti-Pitiesti,
Km 13.5
Parc Industrial A1
"POLO OCCIDENTALE"- Hala M,
Comuna Dragomiresti Vale
Sat Dragomiresti Deal
JUDETUL ILFOV
T +40 21 31009-61
F +40 21 31009-59
office@lappkabel.ro
www.lappkabel.ro
Russland / Russia
OOO R. STAHL
Zvyozdnyi boulevard 21
Building 1
129085 MOSKAU
T +7 495 6150 473
F +7 495 6163 252
info@stahl.ru.com
www.stahl.ru.com
Schweden / Sweden
R. STAHL SVENSKA AB
Bagspännarvägan 14
17568 JÄRFÄLLA
T +46 8 3891-00
F +46 8 3891-98
info@rstahl.se
Schweiz / Switzerland
R. STAHL Schweiz AG
Brüelstraße 26
4312 MAGDEN
T +41 618 5540-60
F +41 618 5540-80
info@stahl-schweiz.ch
www.stahl-schweiz.ch
Serbien und Montenegro
Serbia and Montenegro
KEYING d.o.o
Vuka Karadžica 79
23300 KIKINDA
T +381 230 439 519
F +381 230 401 790
keying@keying.co.rs
Slowakei / Slovakia
EX-TECHNIK spol. s.r.o.
Na Peconce 1903/21
710 00 OSTRAVA/
CZECH REPUBLIC
T +420 596 2425-48
F +420 596 2425-51
technik@ex-technik.cz
www.ex-technik.cz
Slowenien / Slovenia
KOLEKTOR SYNATEC d.o.o.
Vojkova Ulica 8B
5280 IDRIJA
T +386 5 37206-50
F +386 5 37206-60
bbolko@synatec.si
Spanien / Spain
INDUSTRIAS STAHL S.A.
Poligono Industrial
Aragoneses, 2 Acceso 10
28108 ALCOBENDAS (MADRID)
T +34 916 615 500
F +34 916 612 783
stahl@stahl.es
www.stahl.es
Südafrika / South Africa
ESACO PTY. LTD.
P. O. Box 3095
1610 EDENVALE
T +27 87 940 1677
F +27 87 940 1678
rpanis@esaco.co.za
588 2013-09-10·KP00·III·en

2013-09-10·KP00·III·en
Sales Organisation / International
Tschechische Republik /
Czech Republic
EX-TECHNIK spol. s.r.o.
Na Peconce 1903/21
710 00 OSTRAVA
T +420 596 2425-48
F +420 596 2425-51
technik@ex-technik.cz
www.ex-technik.cz
Türkei / Turkey
KAS PAZARLAMA A.S.
Sedat Simavi Sk. No. 52/2
06550 CANKAYA, ANKARA
T +90 312 4414 335
F +90 312 4414 336
info@kaspazarlama.comtr
www.kaspazarlama.com.tr
Turkmenistan
Asia Caspian Engineering Co. LTD
ACECO Group of Companies
Bitaraplyk Avenue 231
Oguzkent Sofitel Business Center
Room No 201, 2nd floor
ASHGABAT, 744000
T +993 12 44 99 84
M +993 65 09 55 65
nkapoor@acecogrp.com
www.acecogrp.com
Ukraine
Private Joint Stock Company
„Donetsk Engineering Group“
3, Cherkasova str.
UKR 83023 DONETSK
T +380 62 3828-977
F +380 62 3828-412
ded@deg.com.ua
www.deg.com.ua
Ungarn / Hungary
STAHL Magyarország Kft
17. Maglódi Str., C/I/107
1106 BUDAPEST
T +36 1 433 336-0
F +36 1 433 336-1
rstahl@rstahl.hu
www.rstahl.hu
Usbekistan / Uzbekistan
OOO "INKOMKONSALTING"
Mavlyanova str.,48
TASHKENT 100084
T+998 71 235-18-91
F+998 71 234-13-06
emersonuz@inbox.uz
Weißrussland / Belarus
ZAO EXIMELEKTRO
Ribalko Str. 26-110
220033 MINSK
T +375 17 2105 390
F +375 17 2984 411 (22)
exstahl@mail.ru
AMERIKA / AMERICA
Argentinien / Argentina
NAKASE S.R.L.
Calle 49 N° 5764
(B1653AOX) VILLA BALLESTER
PROV. BUENOS AIRES
T +54 11 4768 4242 ext. 122
F +54 11 4768 4849 ext. 111
ccasuscelli@nakase.com.ar
Brasilien / Brazil
R. STAHL do Brasil, Ltda.
Rua Barbalha, 303 sala:12
SAO PAULO / SP
CEP: 05083-020
T +55 11 3637-0567
F +55 11 3375-8795
vendas@rstahl.com.br
www.rstahl.com.br
Chile
INGENIERIA DESIMAT LTDA.
Av. Puerto Vespucio 9670
9061072 PUDAHUEL SANTIAGO
T +56 2 747 015-2
F +56 2 747 015-3
gdesimat@entelchile.net
www.desimat.com
Kanada / Canada
R. STAHL LTD.
7003-56th Avenue
EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6B 3L2
T +1 877 416 4302
F +1 780 489 5525
info-edmonton@rstahl.com
www.rstahl.com
Kolumbien / Columbia
AUTOMATIZACION
AVANZADA S.A.
Carrera 97 No 24C-23 Bodega 4
BOGOTA D.C.
T +57 1 5478 510
F +57 1 4132 285
productos@
automatizacionavanzada.com
www.automatizacionavanzada.com
Mexiko / Mexico
ISEL Implementos y
Servicios Electrónicos S.A. de C.V.
Via Lopez Mateos No. 128,
Col. Jocarandas,
TLALNEPANTLA 54050
T +52 55 5398 8088
F +52 55 5397 3985
isel2@prodigy.net.mx
www.isel.com.mx
Peru
DESIMAT Peru SAC
Av. Velasco Astete 2371
SURCO - LIMA
T +51 1 27527-65
F +51 1 27527-76
ventasperu@desimat.com
www.desimat.com
USA
R. STAHL Inc.
13259 N. Promenade Blvd.
STAFFORD, TX 77477
T +1 800-782-4357
F +1 281-313-9302
sales@rstahl.com
www.rstahl.com
Venezuela
TEX C. A.
Edificio Lipesa, Piso 3, Oficina 32
Avenida Orinoco, Bello Monte
CARACAS 1070
T +58 212 9532 769
F +58 212 9521 504
texca-ex@cantv.net
www.texca.com
ASIEN / ASIA
Abu Dhabi
SWITCHGEAR
Al Sahwa Trading Co. L.L.C.
P.O. Box: 45491
ABU DHABI
T +971 2 6273 270
F +971 2 6270 960
rajantawade@alhassan.ae
AUTOMATION
Trizac Abu Dhabi
P.O. Box 4434
Abu Dhabi
T +971 2 6330 552
F +971 2 6330 557
trizac@emirates.net.ae
Australien / Australia
R. STAHL Australia Pty. Ltd.
72 Auburn Street
WOLLONGONG, NSW 2500
T +61 2 4254 4777
F +61 3 9429 1075
info@stahl.com.au
www.stahl.com.au
Bahrain
Universal Electro Engineering Co.
(UNEECO)
PO Box 728
MANAMA
T +973 1782 6644
F +973 1782 7090
uneeco@uneeco.com
www.uneeco.com
China
R. STAHL EX-PROOF CO. LTD.
(Shanghai)
Unit D, 9th Floor, Bldg. No. 4
889 Yishan Road
SHANGHAI 200233
T +86 21 6485-0011
F +86 21 6485-2954
benjamin@rstahl.com.cn
Indien / India
R. STAHL (P) LTD.
Plot No. 5 | Malrosapuram Road
Sengundram Indl Area |
Maraimalai Nagar
KANCHEEPURAM DT603 209
T +91 98 4097 3454
sales@rstahl.net
Japan
R. STAHL K.K. Co. Ltd.
Shinyurigaoka City Building 3F
1-1-1 Manpukuji, Asao-Ku
KAWASAKI-SHI,
KANAGAWA 215 0004
T +81 44 9592 612
F +81 44 9592 605
sakae-nishimine@stahl.jp
Kuwait
Rezayat Trading Company
P.O. Box 106
SAFAT 13002
T+965 4816 838
kmoryani@rezayatkwt.com
www.rezayatkwt.com
Malaysia und Südostasien /
Malaysia and South East Asia
R. STAHL CO. LTD.
No. 503 Keang Nam Bldg.
#163-16 SUNG NAE-DONG
KANG-DONG-KU, SEOUL
T +82 2 4708 877
F +82 2 4718 285
korea@stahl.co.kr
www.stahl.co.kr
Neuseeland / New Zealand
ELECTROPAR Limited
P. O. Box 58623
GREENMOUNT, AUCKLAND 2141
T +64 9 2742 000
F +64 9 2742 001
mikeb@electropar.co.nz
www.electropar.co.nz
Oman
Al Hassan Group of Companies
P.O. Box 1948, Postal Code 112
RUWI
T +968 248 1057 5209
abbas.j@al-hassan.com
www.al-hassan.com
Pakistan
MAPLE PAKISTAN (PVT.) LTD.
FL-42, Block B
Gulshan-e-Jamal
Rashid Minhas Road
KARACHI
T +92 2 1460 2155
F +92 2 1457 5460
pervez@maple.com.pk
www.maple.com.pk
Katar / Qatar
Petroleum Technology Co. W.L.L.
P.O. Box 16069, 8th Floor,
Toyota Tower
Airport Road
DOHA
T +974 4419 603
biswadeep@petrotec.com.qa
Südkorea / South Korea
R. STAHL CO. LTD.
No. 503 Keang Nam Bldg.
#163-16 Sung Nae-Dong
KANG-DONG-KU, SEOUL
T +82 2 4708 877
F +82 2 4718 285
korea@stahl.co.kr
www.stahl.co.kr
Taiwan
Wan Jiun Technology Co., Ltd.
11 F-1, No. 178,
Sec. 4 Cheng Te Road,
Shilin District
TAIPEI CITY 111
T +886 2 2882 2211
F +886 2 2881 7562
ronda@ex.com.tw
www.ex.com.tw
VAE / UAE
R. STAHL MIDDLE EAST FZE
P. O. Box 17784
Jebel Ali Free Zone
DUBAI
T +971 4 8835 855
F +971 4 8834 685
info@stahl.ae
2013-10-25

R.STAHL
Am Bahnhof 30
74638 WALDENBURG · GERMANY
T +49 7942 943-0
F +49 7942 943-4333
info@stahl.de
www.stahl.de
ID 223602
2014-02/en-00 · Printed in Germany

Stahl Hazardous Area Product Catalogue

More Related Content

Viewers also liked

Similar to Stahl Hazardous Area Product Catalogue

More from Thorne & Derrick International

Recently uploaded

Stahl Hazardous Area Product Catalogue